tMoA

Would you like to react to this message? Create an account in a few clicks or log in to continue.
tMoA

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~

+13
mudra
Carol
THEeXchanger
Aquaries1111
RedEzra
Brook
Jenetta
Raven
shiloh
B.B.Baghor
magamud
Sanicle
orthodoxymoron
17 posters

    United States AI Solar System (1)

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Fri Jan 23, 2015 4:18 pm

    Thank-you B.B. As I've mentioned before -- I'm not an atheist, agnostic, or believer. I am a Possibility-Thinker (which includes positive, negative, and neutral possibilities). If one keeps this sort of thing to themselves -- it's not so bad -- but when one does this on the internet in a semi-convincing manner -- life can become somewhat problematic. I think there really are Angels and Demons -- and that we wrestle against more than Flesh and Blood. I don't even think that Soul v Soul is an adequate explanation for the Conflict of the Ages. Considering the possibility of Star Wars of Conquest (locally and universally) has been MOST disturbing to me. Mankind seems to attempt to reach God beyond Earth -- bring God down to Earth -- escape God -- forget about God -- invent New Gods and Goddesses (often creating God in OUR Image) -- Play God -- etc. It goes on and on and on -- century after century after century. These are the Best of Times -- and the Worst of Times. I have NO Idea what the future holds in store for us (if anything). I guess we'll just have to wait and see -- or wait and not see. I sometimes feel a bit like the chicken in this commercial!!

    magamud wrote:I tend to think that if real bible believers would have held their integrity when war was trying to use it for justification, that they would have died long long ago.  Kind of like the Halkin council  www.youtube.com/watch?v=I9xN0Ol5vZQ

    Difficult times when the power of God has been used like a cheap whore for millennia.  Im not sure if our species knows the difference.  This might be why Jesus mentions, show me the stone the builders rejected.  This implies truth will come from where no one expects and more support to the saying, Jesus comes like a thief in the Night.

    Be well and prosper.
    Thank-you magamud. I don't think that even the True-Believers of what I'm currently posting, really 'get-it'. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=75eVSudoqpg I hate to say it, but I tend to think that the Jesuits, Gizeh-Intelligence, and the Ancient-Egyptian-Deity 'get-it' -- but that 'it' is in conflict with their agendas. I know that I just 'get' little bits and pieces. I once talked to a relative of a very-famous Hollywood director about the possibility of a very high-quality 'Life of Christ' motion-picture, based upon a lot of what I'm currently posting. Obviously, nothing ever came of it -- but I'd still like to see some very high-quality Political and Theological Science-Fiction, based upon the TOTALITY of this thread -- with a helluva lot of input from scholars, insiders, intelligence-agencies, writers, editors, et al -- if you know what I mean. I'm almost to the point of recommending the Life of Christ by Fulton Sheen and the 1928 Book of Common Prayer -- because I agree with a lot of it -- find it mentally and spiritually beneficial -- and because it constitutes Minimalist-Traditionalist Ecumenical Theology and Liturgy -- without a lot of BS and Baggage. I think we are a very sophisticated and very primitive species -- on the brink of extinction. I feel as if 'Saving the World and Humanity' involves intense conflict with Divinity and Humanity -- but please don't take it personally. Anyway, I'm going to finish posting this book -- and then I'm going to take a break -- because I am at the breaking-point -- or perhaps I'm already broken -- and on the brink of falling apart. BTW -- I think someone MIGHT'VE tried to pry-open a window on my car. The window has been stuck in the closed-position for months -- and this morning it was partially open -- but then I'm just a completely paranoid and ignorant fool. What was it that Jesus said about calling people 'fools'??


    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Broken-angel-peter-piatt

    CHAPTER 16 -- The Pilgrim Fathers

    The English Reformers, while renouncing the doctrines of Romanism, had retained many of its forms. Thus though the authority and the creed of Rome were rejected, not a few of her customs and ceremonies were incorporated into the worship of the Church of England. It was claimed that these things were not matters of conscience; that though they were not commanded in Scripture, and hence were nonessential, yet not being forbidden, they were not intrinsically evil. Their observance tended to narrow the gulf which separated the reformed churches from Rome, and it was urged that they would promote the acceptance of the Protestant faith by Romanists.

    To the conservative and compromising, these arguments seemed conclusive. But there was another class that did not so judge. The fact that these customs "tended to bridge over the chasm between Rome and the Reformation" (Martyn, volume 5, page 22), was in their view a conclusive argument against retaining them. They looked upon them as badges of the slavery from which they had been delivered and to which they had no disposition to return. They reasoned that God has in His word established the regulations governing His worship, and that men are not at liberty to add to these or to detract from them. The very beginning of the great apostasy was in seeking to supplement the authority of God by that of the church. Rome began by enjoining what God had not forbidden, and she ended by forbidding what He had explicitly enjoined.

    Many earnestly desired to return to the purity and simplicity which characterized the primitive church. They regarded many of the established customs of the English Church as monuments of idolatry, and they could not in conscience unite in her worship. But the church, being supported by the civil authority, would permit no dissent from her forms. Attendance upon her service was required by law, and unauthorized assemblies for religious worship were prohibited, under penalty of imprisonment, exile, and death.

    At the opening of the seventeenth century the monarch who had just ascended the throne of England declared his determination to make the Puritans "conform, or . . . harry them out of the land, or else worse."--George Bancroft, History of the United States of America, pt. 1, ch. 12, par. 6. Hunted, persecuted, and imprisoned, they could discern in the future no promise of better days, and many yielded to the conviction that for such as would serve God according to the dictates of their conscience, "England was ceasing forever to be a habitable place."--J. G. Palfrey, History of New England, ch. 3, par. 43. Some at last determined to seek refuge in Holland. Difficulties, losses, and imprisonment were encountered. Their purposes were thwarted, and they were betrayed into the hands of their enemies. But steadfast perseverance finally conquered, and they found shelter on the friendly shores of the Dutch Republic.

    In their flight they had left their houses, their goods, and their means of livelihood. They were strangers in a strange land, among a people of different language and customs. They were forced to resort to new and untried occupations to earn their bread. Middle-aged men, who had spent their lives in tilling the soil, had now to learn mechanical trades. But they cheerfully accepted the situation and lost no time in idleness or repining. Though often pinched with poverty, they thanked God for the blessings which were still granted them and found their joy in unmolested spiritual communion. "They knew they were pilgrims, and looked not much on those things, but lifted up their eyes to heaven, their dearest country, and quieted their spirits."--Bancroft, pt. 1, ch. 12, par. 15.

    In the midst of exile and hardship their love and faith waxed strong. They trusted the Lord's promises, and He did not fail them in time of need. His angels were by their side, to encourage and support them. And when God's hand seemed pointing them across the sea, to a land where they might found for themselves a state, and leave to their children the precious heritage of religious liberty, they went forward, without shrinking, in the path of providence.

    God had permitted trials to come upon His people to prepare them for the accomplishment of His gracious purpose toward them. The church had been brought low, that she might be exalted. God was about to display His power in her behalf, to give to the world another evidence that He will not forsake those who trust in Him. He had overruled events to cause the wrath of Satan and the plots of evil men to advance His glory and to bring His people to a place of security. Persecution and exile were opening the way to freedom.

    When first constrained to separate from the English Church, the Puritans had joined themselves together by a solemn covenant, as the Lord's free people, "to walk together in all His ways made known or to be made known to them." --J. Brown, The Pilgrim Fathers, page 74. Here was the true spirit of reform, the vital principle of Protestantism. It was with this purpose that the Pilgrims departed from Holland to find a home in the New World. John Robinson, their pastor, who was providentially prevented from accompanying them, in his farewell address to the exiles said:

    "Brethren, we are now erelong to part asunder, and the Lord knoweth whether I shall live ever to see your faces more. But whether the Lord hath appointed it or not, I charge you before God and His blessed angels to follow me no farther than I have followed Christ. If God should reveal anything to you by any other instrument of His, be as ready to receive it as ever you were to receive any truth of my ministry; for I am very confident the Lord hath more truth and light yet to break forth out of His holy word."--Martyn, vol. 5, p. 70.

    "For my part, I cannot sufficiently bewail the condition of the reformed churches, who are come to a period in religion, and will go at present no farther than the instruments of their reformation. The Lutherans cannot be drawn to go beyond what Luther saw; . . . and the Calvinists, you see, stick fast where they were left by that great man of God, who yet saw not all things. This is a misery much to be lamented; for though they were burning and shining lights in their time, yet they penetrated not into the whole counsel of God, but were they now living, would be as willing to embrace further light as that which they first received."--D. Neal, History of the Puritans, vol. 1, p. 269.

    "Remember your church covenant, in which you have agreed to walk in all the ways of the Lord, made or to be made known unto you. Remember your promise and covenant with God and with one another, to receive whatever light and truth shall be made known to you from His written word; but withal, take heed, I beseech you, what you receive for truth, and compare it and weigh it with other scriptures of truth before you accept it; for it is not possible the Christian world should come so lately out of such thick antichristian darkness, and that full perfection of knowledge should break forth at once."--Martyn, vol. 5, pp. 70, 71.

    It was the desire for liberty of conscience that inspired the Pilgrims to brave the perils of the long journey across the sea, to endure the hardships and dangers of the wilderness, and with God's blessing to lay, on the shores of America, the foundation of a mighty nation. Yet honest and God-fearing as they were, the Pilgrims did not yet comprehend the great principle of religious liberty. The freedom which they sacrificed so much to secure for themselves, they were not equally ready to grant to others. "Very few, even of the foremost thinkers and moralists of the seventeenth century, had any just conception of that grand principle, the outgrowth of the New Testament, which acknowledges God as the sole judge of human faith."--Ibid., vol. 5, p. 297. The doctrine that God has committed to the church the right to control the conscience, and to define and punish heresy, is one of the most deeply rooted of papal errors. While the Reformers rejected the creed of Rome, they were not entirely free from her spirit of intolerance. The dense darkness in which, through the long ages of her rule, popery had enveloped all Christendom, had not even yet been wholly dissipated. Said one of the leading ministers in the colony of Massachusetts Bay: "It was toleration that made the world antichristian; and the church never took harm by the punishment of heretics."--Ibid., vol. 5, p. 335. The regulation was adopted by the colonists that only church members should have a voice in the civil government. A kind of state church was formed, all the people being required to contribute to the support of the clergy, and the magistrates being authorized to suppress heresy. Thus the secular power was in the hands of the church. It was not long before these measures led to the inevitable result --persecution.

    Eleven years after the planting of the first colony, Roger Williams came to the New World. Like the early Pilgrims he came to enjoy religious freedom; but, unlike them, he saw --what so few in his time had yet seen--that this freedom was the inalienable right of all, whatever might be their creed. He was an earnest seeker for truth, with Robinson holding it impossible that all the light from God's word had yet been received. Williams "was the first person in modern Christendom to establish civil government on the doctrine of the liberty of conscience, the equality of opinions before the law."--Bancroft, pt. 1, ch. 15, par. 16. He declared it to be the duty of the magistrate to restrain crime, but never to control the conscience. "The public or the magistrates may decide," he said, "what is due from man to man; but when they attempt to prescribe a man's duties to God, they are out of place, and there can be no safety; for it is clear that if the magistrates has the power, he may decree one set of opinions or beliefs today and another tomorrow; as has been done in England by different kings and queens, and by different popes and councils in the Roman Church; so that belief would become a heap of confusion."--Martyn, vol. 5, p. 340.

    Attendance at the services of the established church was required under a penalty of fine or imprisonment. "Williams reprobated the law; the worst statute in the English code was that which did but enforce attendance upon the parish church. To compel men to unite with those of a different creed, he regarded as an open violation of their natural rights; to drag to public worship the irreligious and the unwilling, seemed only like requiring hypocrisy. . . . 'No one should be bound to worship, or,' he added, 'to maintain a worship, against his own consent.' 'What!' exclaimed his antagonists, amazed at his tenets, 'is not the laborer worthy of his hire?' 'Yes,' replied he, 'from them that hire him.'"-- Bancroft, pt. 1, ch. 15, par. 2.

    Roger Williams was respected and beloved as a faithful minister, a man of rare gifts, of unbending integrity and true benevolence; yet his steadfast denial of the right of civil magistrates to authority over the church, and his demand for religious liberty, could not be tolerated. The application of this new doctrine, it was urged, would "subvert the fundamental state and government of the country."--Ibid., pt. 1, ch. 15, par. 10. He was sentenced to banishment from the colonies, and, finally, to avoid arrest, he was forced to flee, amid the cold and storms of winter, into the unbroken forest.

    "For fourteen weeks," he says, "I was sorely tossed in a bitter season, not knowing what bread or bed did mean." But "the ravens fed me in the wilderness," and a hollow tree often served him for a shelter.--Martyn, vol. 5, pp. 349, 350. Thus he continued his painful flight through the snow and the trackless forest, until he found refuge with an Indian tribe whose confidence and affection he had won while endeavoring to teach them the truths of the gospel.

    Making his way at last, after months of change and wandering, to the shores of Narragansett Bay, he there laid the foundation of the first state of modern times that in the fullest sense recognized the right of religious freedom. The fundamental principle of Roger Williams's colony was "that every man should have liberty to worship God according to the light of his own conscience."--Ibid., vol. 5, p. 354. His little state, Rhode Island, became the asylum of the oppressed, and it increased and prospered until its foundation principles--civil and religious liberty--became the cornerstones of the American Republic.

    In that grand old document which our forefathers set forth as their bill of rights--the Declaration of Independence--they declared: "We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal; that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights; that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness." And the Constitution guarantees, in the most explicit terms, the inviolability of conscience: "No religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office of public trust under the United States." "Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof."

    "The framers of the Constitution recognized the eternal principle that man's relation with his God is above human legislation, and his rights of conscience inalienable. Reasoning was not necessary to establish this truth; we are conscious of it in our own bosoms. It is this consciousness which, in defiance of human laws, has sustained so many martyrs in tortures and flames. They felt that their duty to God was superior to human enactments, and that man could exercise no authority over their consciences. It is an inborn principle which nothing can eradicate."--Congressional documents (U.S.A.), serial No. 200, document No. 271.

    As the tidings spread through the countries of Europe, of a land where every man might enjoy the fruit of his own labor and obey the convictions of his own conscience, thousands flocked to the shores of the New World. Colonies rapidly multiplied. "Massachusetts, by special law, offered free welcome and aid, at the public cost, to Christians of any nationality who might fly beyond the Atlantic 'to escape from wars or famine, or the oppression of their persecutors.' Thus the fugitive and the downtrodden were, by statute, made the guests of the commonwealth."--Martyn, vol. 5, p. 417. In twenty years from the first landing at Plymouth, as many thousand Pilgrims were settled in New England.

    To secure the object which they sought, "they were content to earn a bare subsistence by a life of frugality and toil. They asked nothing from the soil but the reasonable returns of their own labor. No golden vision threw a deceitful halo around their path. . . . They were content with the slow but steady progress of their social polity. They patiently endured the privations of the wilderness, watering the tree of liberty with their tears, and with the sweat of their brow, till it took deep root in the land."

    The Bible was held as the foundation of faith, the source of wisdom, and the charter of liberty. Its principles were diligently taught in the home, in the school, and in the church, and its fruits were manifest in thrift, intelligence, purity, and temperance. One might be for years a dweller in the Puritan settlement, "and not see a drunkard, or hear an oath, or meet a beggar."--Bancroft, pt. 1, ch. 19, par. 25. It was demonstrated that the principles of the Bible are the surest safeguards of national greatness. The feeble and isolated colonies grew to a confederation of powerful states, and the world marked with wonder the peace and prosperity of "a church without a pope, and a state without a king."

    But continually increasing numbers were attracted to the shores of America, actuated by motives widely different from those of the first Pilgrims. Though the primitive faith and purity exerted a widespread and molding power, yet its influence became less and less as the numbers increased of those who sought only worldly advantage.

    The regulation adopted by the early colonists, of permitting only members of the church to vote or to hold office in the civil government, led to most pernicious results. This measure had been accepted as a means of preserving the purity of the state, but it resulted in the corruption of the church. A profession of religion being the condition of suffrage and officeholding, many, actuated solely by motives of worldly policy, united with the church without a change of heart. Thus the churches came to consist, to a considerable extent, of unconverted persons; and even in the ministry were those who not only held errors of doctrine, but who were ignorant of the renewing power of the Holy Spirit. Thus again was demonstrated the evil results, so often witnessed in the history of the church from the days of Constantine to the present, of attempting to build up the church by the aid of the state, of appealing to the secular power in support of the gospel of Him who declared: "My kingdom is not of this world." John 18:36. The union of the church with the state, be the degree never so slight, while it may appear to bring the world nearer to the church, does in reality but bring the church nearer to the world.

    The great principle so nobly advocated by Robinson and Roger Williams, that truth is progressive, that Christians should stand ready to accept all the light which may shine from God's holy word, was lost sight of by their descendants. The Protestant churches of America,--and those of Europe as well,--so highly favored in receiving the blessings of the Reformation, failed to press forward in the path of reform. Though a few faithful men arose, from time to time, to proclaim new truth and expose long-cherished error, the majority, like the Jews in Christ's day or the papists in the time of Luther, were content to believe as their fathers had believed and to live as they had lived. Therefore religion again degenerated into formalism; and errors and superstitions which would have been cast aside had the church continued to walk in the light of God's word, were retained and cherished. Thus the spirit inspired by the Reformation gradually died out, until there was almost as great need of reform in the Protestant churches as in the Roman Church in the time of Luther. There was the same worldliness and spiritual stupor, a similar reverence for the opinions of men, and substitution of human theories for the teachings of God's word.

    The wide circulation of the Bible in the early part of the nineteenth century, and the great light thus shed upon the world, was not followed by a corresponding advance in knowledge of revealed truth, or in experimental religion. Satan could not, as in former ages, keep God's word from the people; it had been placed within the reach of all; but in order still to accomplish his object, he led many to value it but lightly. Men neglected to search the Scriptures, and thus they continued to accept false interpretations, and to cherish doctrines which had no foundation in the Bible.

    Seeing the failure of his efforts to crush out the truth by persecution, Satan had again resorted to the plan of compromise which led to the great apostasy and the formation of the Church of Rome. He had induced Christians to ally themselves, not now with pagans, but with those who, by their devotion to the things of this world, had proved themselves to be as truly idolaters as were the worshipers of graven images. And the results of this union were no less pernicious now than in former ages; pride and extravagance were fostered under the guise of religion, and the churches became corrupted. Satan continued to pervert the doctrines of the Bible, and traditions that were to ruin millions were taking deep root. The church was upholding and defending these traditions, instead of contending for "the faith which was once delivered unto the saints." Thus were degraded the principles for which the Reformers had done and suffered so much.

    CHAPTER 17 -- Heralds of the Morning

    One of the most solemn and yet most glorious truths revealed in the Bible is that of Christ's second coming to complete the great work of redemption. To God's pilgrim people, so long left to sojourn in "the region and shadow of death," a precious, joy-inspiring hope is given in the promise of His appearing, who is "the resurrection and the life," to "bring home again His banished." The doctrine of the second advent is the very keynote of the Sacred Scriptures. From the day when the first pair turned their sorrowing steps from Eden, the children of faith have waited the coming of the Promised One to break the destroyer's power and bring them again to the lost Paradise. Holy men of old looked forward to the advent of the Messiah in glory, as the consummation of their hope. Enoch, only the seventh in descent from them that dwelt in Eden, he who for three centuries on earth walked with his God, was permitted to behold from afar the coming of the Deliverer. "Behold," he declared, "the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all." Jude 14, 15. The patriarch Job in the night of his affliction exclaimed with unshaken trust: "I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that He shall stand at the latter day upon the earth: . . . in my flesh shall I see God: whom I shall see for myself, and mine eyes shall behold, and not another." Job 19:25-27.

    The coming of Christ to usher in the reign of righteousness has inspired the most sublime and impassioned utterances of the sacred writers. The poets and prophets of the Bible have dwelt upon it in words glowing with celestial fire. The psalmist sang of the power and majesty of Israel's King: "Out of Zion, the perfection of beauty, God hath shined. Our God shall come, and shall not keep silence. . . . He shall call to the heavens from above, and to the earth, that He may judge His people." Psalm 50:2-4. "Let the heavens rejoice, and let the earth be glad . . . before the Lord: for He cometh, for He cometh to judge the earth: He shall judge the world with righteousness, and the people with His truth." Psalm 96:11-13.

    Said the prophet Isaiah: "Awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust: for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead." "Thy dead men shall live, together with my dead body shall they arise." "He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord God will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people shall He take away from off all the earth: for the Lord hath spoken it. And it shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us: this is the Lord; we have waited for Him, we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation." Isaiah 26:19; 25:8, 9.

    And Habakkuk, rapt in holy vision, beheld His appearing. "God came from Teman, and the Holy One from Mount Paran. His glory covered the heavens, and the earth was full of His praise. And His brightness was as the light." "He stood, and measured the earth: He beheld, and drove asunder the nations; and the everlasting mountains were scattered, the perpetual hill did bow: His ways are everlasting." "Thou didst ride upon Thine horses and Thy chariots of salvation." "The mountains saw Thee, and they trembled: . . . the deep uttered his voice, and lifted up his hands on high. The sun and moon stood still in their habitation: at the light of Thine arrows they went, and at the shining of Thy glittering spear." "Thou wentest forth for the salvation of Thy people, even for salvation with Thine anointed." Habakkuk 3:3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13.

    When the Saviour was about to be separated from His disciples, He comforted them in their sorrow with the assurance that He would come again: "Let not your heart be troubled. . . . In My Father's house are many mansions. . . . I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself." John 14:1-3. "The Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him." "Then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory: and before Him shall be gathered all nations." Matthew 25:31, 32.

    The angels who lingered upon Olivet after Christ's ascension repeated to the disciples the promise of His return: "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." Acts 1:11. And the apostle Paul, speaking by the Spirit of Inspiration, testified: "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and with the trump of God." 1 Thessalonians 4:16. Says the prophet of Patmos: "Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him." Revelation 1:7.

    About His coming cluster the glories of that "restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began." Acts 3:21. Then the long-continued rule of evil shall be broken; "the kingdoms of this world" will become "the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and ever." Revelation 11:15. "The glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together." "The Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations." He shall be "for a crown of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue of His people." Isaiah 40:5; 61:11; 28:5.

    It is then that the peaceful and long-desired kingdom of the Messiah shall be established under the whole heaven. "The Lord shall comfort Zion: He will comfort all her waste places; and He will make her wilderness like Eden, and her desert like the garden of the Lord." "The glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon." "Thou shalt no more be termed Forsaken; neither shall thy land any more be termed Desolate: but thou shalt be called My Delight, and thy land Beulah." "As the bridegroom rejoiceth over the bride, so shall thy God rejoice over thee." Isaiah 51:3; 35:2; 62:4, 5, margin.

    The coming of the Lord has been in all ages the hope of His true followers. The Saviour's parting promise upon Olivet, that He would come again, lighted up the future for His disciples, filling their hearts with joy and hope that sorrow could not quench nor trials dim. Amid suffering and persecution, the "appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ" was the "blessed hope." When the Thessalonian Christians were filled with grief as they buried their loved ones, who had hoped to live to witness the coming of the Lord, Paul, their teacher, pointed them to the resurrection, to take place at the Saviour's advent. Then the dead in Christ should rise, and together with the living be caught up to meet the Lord in the air. "And so," he said, "shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words." 1 Thessalonians 4:16-18.

    On rocky Patmos the beloved disciple hears the promise, "Surely I come quickly," and his longing response voices the prayer of the church in all her pilgrimage, "Even so, come, Lord Jesus." Revelation 22:20.

    From the dungeon, the stake, the scaffold, where saints and martyrs witnessed for the truth, comes down the centuries the utterance of their faith and hope. Being "assured of His personal resurrection, and consequently of their own at His coming, for this cause," says one of these Christians, "they despised death, and were found to be above it."--Daniel T. Taylor, The Reign of Christ on Earth: or, The Voice of the Church in All Ages, page 33. They were willing to go down to the grave, that they might "rise free."--Ibid., page 54. They looked for the "Lord to come from heaven in the clouds with the glory of His Father," "bringing to the just the times of the kingdom." The Waldenses cherished the same faith.--Ibid., pages 129-132. Wycliffe looked forward to the Redeemer's appearing as the hope of the church.-- Ibid., pages 132-134.

    Luther declared: "I persuade myself verily, that the day of judgment will not be absent full three hundred years. God will not, cannot, suffer this wicked world much longer." "The great day is drawing near in which the kingdom of abominations shall be overthrown."--Ibid., pages 158, 134.

    "This aged world is not far from its end," said Melanchthon. Calvin bids Christians "not to hesitate, ardently desiring the day of Christ's coming as of all events most auspicious;" and declares that "the whole family of the faithful will keep in view that day." "We must hunger after Christ, we must seek, contemplate," he says, "till the dawning of that great day, when our Lord will fully manifest the glory of His kingdom."--Ibid., pages 158, 134.

    "Has not the Lord Jesus carried up our flesh into heaven?" said Knox, the Scotch Reformer, "and shall He not return? We know that He shall return, and that with expedition." Ridley and Latimer, who laid down their lives for the truth, looked in faith for the Lord's coming. Ridley wrote: "The world without doubt--this I do believe, and therefore I say it--draws to an end. Let us with John, the servant of God, cry in our hearts unto our Saviour Christ, Come, Lord Jesus, come."--Ibid., pages 151, 145.

    "The thoughts of the coming of the Lord," said Baxter, "are most sweet and joyful to me."--Richard Baxter, Works, vol. 17, p. 555. "It is the work of faith and the character of His saints to love His appearing and to look for that blessed hope." "If death be the last enemy to be destroyed at the resurrection, we may learn how earnestly believers should long and pray for the second coming of Christ, when this full and final conquest shall be made."--Ibid., vol. 17, p. 500. "This is the day that all believers should long, and hope, and wait for, as being the accomplishment of all the work of their redemption, and all the desires and endeavors of their souls." "Hasten, O Lord, this blessed day!"--Ibid., vol. 17, pp. 182, 183. Such was the hope of the apostolic church, of the "church in the wilderness," and of the Reformers.

    Prophecy not only foretells the manner and object of Christ's coming, but presents tokens by which men are to know when it is near. Said Jesus: "There shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars." Luke 21:25. "The sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory." Mark 13:24-26. The revelator thus describes the first of the signs to precede the second advent: "There was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood." Revelation 6:12.

    These signs were witnessed before the opening of the nineteenth century. In fulfillment of this prophecy there occurred, in the year 1755, the most terrible earthquake that has ever been recorded. Though commonly known as the earthquake of Lisbon, it extended to the greater part of Europe, Africa, and America. It was felt in Greenland, in the West Indies, in the island of Madeira, in Norway and Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland. It pervaded an extent of not less than four million square miles. In Africa the shock was almost as severe as in Europe. A great part of Algiers was destroyed; and a short distance from Morocco, a village containing eight or ten thousand inhabitants was swallowed up. A vast wave swept over the coast of Spain and Africa engulfing cities and causing great destruction.

    It was in Spain and Portugal that the shock manifested its extreme violence. At Cadiz the inflowing wave was said to be sixty feet high. Mountains, "some of the largest in Portugal, were impetuously shaken, as it were, from their very foundations, and some of them opened at their summits, which were split and rent in a wonderful manner, huge masses of them being thrown down into the adjacent valleys. Flames are related to have issued from these mountains."-- Sir Charles Lyell, Principles of Geology, page 495.

    At Lisbon "a sound of thunder was heard underground, and immediately afterwards a violent shock threw down the greater part of that city. In the course of about six minutes sixty thousand persons perished. The sea first retired, and laid the bar dry; it then rolled in, rising fifty feet or more above its ordinary level." "Among other extraordinary events related to have occurred at Lisbon during the catastrophe, was the subsidence of a new quay, built entirely of marble, at an immense expense. A great concourse of people had collected there for safety, as a spot where they might be beyond the reach of falling ruins; but suddenly the quay sank down with all the people on it, and not one of the dead bodies ever floated to the surface."--Ibid., page 495.

    "The shock" of the earthquake "was instantly followed by the fall of every church and convent, almost all the large public buildings, and more than one fourth of the houses. In about two hours after the shock, fires broke out in different quarters, and raged with such violence for the space of nearly three days, that the city was completely desolated. The earthquake happened on a holyday, when the churches and convents were full of people, very few of whom escaped."-- Encyclopedia Americana, art. "Lisbon," note (ed. 1831). "The terror of the people was beyond description. Nobody wept; it was beyond tears. They ran hither and thither, delirious with horror and astonishment, beating their faces and breasts, crying, 'Misericordia! the world's at an end!' Mothers forgot their children, and ran about loaded with crucifixed images. Unfortunately, many ran to the churches for protection; but in vain was the sacrament exposed; in vain did the poor creatures embrace the altars; images, priests, and people were buried in one common ruin." It has been estimated that ninety thousand persons lost their lives on that fatal day.

    Twenty-five years later appeared the next sign mentioned in the prophecy--the darkening of the sun and moon. What rendered this more striking was the fact that the time of its fulfillment had been definitely pointed out. In the Saviour's conversation with His disciples upon Olivet, after describing the long period of trial for the church,--the 1260 years of papal persecution, concerning which He had promised that the tribulation should be shortened,--He thus mentioned certain events to precede His coming, and fixed the time when the first of these should be witnessed: "In those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light." Mark 13:24. The 1260 days, or years, terminated in 1798. A quarter of a century earlier, persecution had almost wholly ceased. Following this persecution, according to the words of Christ, the sun was to be darkened. On the 19th of May, 1780, this prophecy was fulfilled.

    "Almost, if not altogether alone, as the most mysterious and as yet unexplained phenomenon of its kind, . . . stands the dark day of May 19, 1780,--a most unaccountable darkening of the whole visible heavens and atmosphere in New England."--R. M. Devens, Our First Century, page 89.

    An eyewitness living in Massachusetts describes the event as follows: "In the morning the sun rose clear, but was soon overcast. The clouds became lowery, and from them, black and ominous, as they soon appeared, lightning flashed, thunder rolled, and a little rain fell. Toward nine o'clock, the clouds became thinner, and assumed a brassy or coppery appearance, and earth, rocks, trees, buildings, water, and persons were changed by this strange, unearthly light. A few minutes later, a heavy black cloud spread over the entire sky except a narrow rim at the horizon, and it was as dark as it usually is at nine o'clock on a summer evening. . . .

    "Fear, anxiety, and awe gradually filled the minds of the people. Women stood at the door, looking out upon the dark landscape; men returned from their labor in the fields; the carpenter left his tools, the blacksmith his forge, the tradesman his counter. Schools were dismissed, and tremblingly the children fled homeward. Travelers put up at the nearest farmhouse. 'What is coming?' queried every lip and heart. It seemed as if a hurricane was about to dash across the land, or as if it was the day of the consummation of all things.

    "Candles were used; and hearth fires shone as brightly as on a moonless evening in autumn. . . . Fowls retired to their roosts and went to sleep, cattle gathered at the pasture bars and lowed, frogs peeped, birds sang their evening songs, and bats flew about. But the human knew that night had not come. . . .

    "Dr. Nathanael Whittaker, pastor of the Tabernacle church in Salem, held religious services in the meeting-house, and preached a sermon in which he maintained that the darkness was supernatural. Congregations came together in many other places. The texts for the extemporaneous sermons were invariably those that seemed to indicate that the darkness was consonant with Scriptural prophecy. . . . The darkness was most dense shortly after eleven o'clock."--The Essex Antiquarian, April, 1899, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 53, 54. "In most parts of the country it was so great in the daytime, that the people could not tell the hour by either watch or clock, nor dine, nor manage their domestic business, without the light of candles. . . .

    "The extent of this darkness was extraordinary. It was observed as far east as Falmouth. To the westward it reached to the farthest part of Connecticut, and to Albany. To the southward, it was observed along the seacoasts; and to the north as far as the American settlements extend."--William Gordon, History of the Rise, Progress, and Establishment of the Independence of the U.S.A., vol. 3, p. 57.

    The intense darkness of the day was succeeded, an hour or two before evening, by a partially clear sky, and the sun appeared, though it was still obscured by the black, heavy mist. "After sundown, the clouds came again overhead, and it grew dark very fast." "Nor was the darkness of the night less uncommon and terrifying than that of the day; notwithstanding there was almost a full moon, no object was discernible but by the help of some artificial light, which, when seen from the neighboring houses and other places at a distance, appeared through a kind of Egyptian darkness which seemed almost impervious to the rays."--Isaiah Thomas, Massachusetts Spy; or, American Oracle of Liberty, vol. 10, No. 472 (May 25, 1780). Said an eyewitness of the scene: "I could not help conceiving at the time, that if every luminous body in the universe had been shrouded in impenetrable shades, or struck out of existence, the darkness could not have been more complete."--Letter by Dr. Samuel Tenney, of Exeter, New Hampshire, December, 1785 (in Massachusetts Historical Society Collections, 1792, 1st series, vol. 1, p. 97). Though at nine o'clock that night the moon rose to the full, "it had not the least effect to dispel the deathlike shadows." After midnight the darkness disappeared, and the moon, when first visible, had the appearance of blood.

    May 19, 1780, stands in history as "The Dark Day." Since the time of Moses no period of darkness of equal density, extent, and duration, has ever been recorded. The description of this event, as given by eyewitnesses, is but an echo of the words of the Lord, recorded by the prophet Joel, twenty-five hundred years previous to their fulfillment: "The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of the Lord come." Joel 2:31.

    Christ had bidden His people watch for the signs of His advent and rejoice as they should behold the tokens of their coming King. "When these things begin to come to pass," He said, "then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh." He pointed His followers to the budding trees of spring, and said: "When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand." Luke 21:28, 30, 31.

    But as the spirit of humility and devotion in the church had given place to pride and formalism, love for Christ and faith in His coming had grown cold. Absorbed in worldliness and pleasure seeking, the professed people of God were blinded to the Saviour's instructions concerning the signs of His appearing. The doctrine of the second advent had been neglected; the scriptures relating to it were obscured by misinterpretation, until it was, to a great extent, ignored and forgotten. Especially was this the case in the churches of America. The freedom and comfort enjoyed by all classes of society, the ambitious desire for wealth and luxury, begetting an absorbing devotion to money-making, the eager rush for popularity and power, which seemed to be within the reach of all, led men to center their interests and hopes on the things of this life, and to put far in the future that solemn day when the present order of things should pass away.

    When the Saviour pointed out to His followers the signs of His return, He foretold the state of backsliding that would exist just prior to His second advent. There would be, as in the days of Noah, the activity and stir of worldly business and pleasure seeking--buying, selling, planting, building, marrying, and giving in marriage--with forgetfulness of God and the future life. For those living at this time, Christ's admonition is: "Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares." "Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man." Luke 21:34, 36.

    The condition of the church at this time is pointed out in the Saviour's words in the Revelation: "Thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead." And to those who refuse to arouse from their careless security, the solemn warning is addressed: "If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee." Revelation 3:1, 3.

    It was needful that men should be awakened to their danger; that they should be roused to prepare for the solemn events connected with the close of probation. The prophet of God declares: "The day of the Lord is great and very terrible; and who can abide it?" Who shall stand when He appeareth who is "of purer eyes than to behold evil," and cannot "look on iniquity"? Joel 2:11; Habakkuk 1:13. To them that cry, "My God, we know Thee," yet have transgressed His covenant, and hastened after another god, hiding iniquity in their hearts, and loving the paths of unrighteousness-- to these the day of the Lord is "darkness, and not light, even very dark, and no brightness in it." Hosea 8:2, 1; Psalm 16:4; Amos 5:20. "It shall come to pass at that time," saith the Lord, "that I will search Jerusalem with candles, and punish the men that are settled on their lees: that say in their heart, The Lord will not do good, neither will He do evil." Zephaniah 1:12. "I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible." Isaiah 13:11. "Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them;" "their goods shall become a booty, and their houses a desolation." Zephaniah 1:18, 13.

    The prophet Jeremiah, looking forward to this fearful time, exclaimed: "I am pained at my very heart. . . . I cannot hold my peace, because thou hast heard, O my soul, the sound of the trumpet, the alarm of war. Destruction upon destruction is cried." Jeremiah 4:19, 20.

    "That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick darkness, a day of the trumpet and alarm." Zephaniah 1:15, 16. "Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, . . . to lay the land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it." Isaiah 13:9.

    In view of that great day the word of God, in the most solemn and impressive language, calls upon His people to arouse from their spiritual lethargy and to seek His face with repentance and humiliation: "Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in My holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand." "Sanctify a fast, call a solemn assembly: gather the people, sanctify the congregation, assemble the elders, gather the children: . . . let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and the bride out of her closet. Let the priests, the ministers of the Lord, weep between the porch and the altar." "Turn ye even to Me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weeping, and with mourning: and rend your heart, and not your garments, and turn unto the Lord your God: for He is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness." Joel 2:1, 15-17, 12, 13.

    To prepare a people to stand in the day of God, a great work of reform was to be accomplished. God saw that many of His professed people were not building for eternity, and in His mercy He was about to send a message of warning to arouse them from their stupor and lead them to make ready for the coming of the Lord.

    This warning is brought to view in Revelation 14. Here is a threefold message represented as proclaimed by heavenly beings and immediately followed by the coming of the Son of man to reap "the harvest of the earth." The first of these warnings announces the approaching judgment. The prophet beheld an angel flying "in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters." Revelation 14:6, 7.

    This message is declared to be a part of "the everlasting gospel." The work of preaching the gospel has not been committed to angels, but has been entrusted to men. Holy angels have been employed in directing this work, they have in charge the great movements for the salvation of men; but the actual proclamation of the gospel is performed by the servants of Christ upon the earth.

    Faithful men, who were obedient to the promptings of God's Spirit and the teachings of His word, were to proclaim this warning to the world. They were those who had taken heed to the "sure word of prophecy," the "light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the daystar arise." 2 Peter 1:19. They had been seeking the knowledge of God more than all hid treasures, counting it "better than the merchandise of silver, and the gain thereof than fine gold." Proverbs 3:14. And the Lord revealed to them the great things of the kingdom. "The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant." Psalm 25:14.

    It was not the scholarly theologians who had an understanding of this truth, and engaged in its proclamation. Had these been faithful watchmen, diligently and prayerfully searching the Scriptures, they would have known the time of night; the prophecies would have opened to them the events about to take place. But they did not occupy this position, and the message was given by humbler men. Said Jesus: "Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you." John 12:35. Those who turn away from the light which God has given, or who neglect to seek it when it is within their reach, are left in darkness. But the Saviour declares: "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." John 8:12. Whoever is with singleness of purpose seeking to do God's will, earnestly heeding the light already given, will receive greater light; to that soul some star of heavenly radiance will be sent to guide him into all truth.

    At the time of Christ's first advent the priests and scribes of the Holy City, to whom were entrusted the oracles of God, might have discerned the signs of the times and proclaimed the coming of the Promised One. The prophecy of Micah designated His birthplace; Daniel specified the time of His advent. Micah 5:2; Daniel 9:25. God committed these prophecies to the Jewish leaders; they were without excuse if they did not know and declare to the people that the Messiah's coming was at hand. Their ignorance was the result of sinful neglect. The Jews were building monuments for the slain prophets of God, while by their deference to the great men of earth they were paying homage to the servants of Satan. Absorbed in their ambitious strife for place and power among men, they lost sight of the divine honors proffered them by the King of heaven.

    With profound and reverent interest the elders of Israel should have been studying the place, the time, the circumstances, of the greatest event in the world's history--the coming of the Son of God to accomplish the redemption of man. All the people should have been watching and waiting that they might be among the first to welcome the world's Redeemer. But, lo, at Bethlehem two weary travelers from the hills of Nazareth traverse the whole length of the narrow street to the eastern extremity of the town, vainly seeking a place of rest and shelter for the night. No doors are open to receive them. In a wretched hovel prepared for cattle, they at last find refuge, and there the Saviour of the world is born.

    Heavenly angels had seen the glory which the Son of God shared with the Father before the world was, and they had looked forward with intense interest to His appearing on earth as an event fraught with the greatest joy to all people. Angels were appointed to carry the glad tidings to those who were prepared to receive it and who would joyfully make it known to the inhabitants of the earth. Christ had stooped to take upon Himself man's nature; He was to bear an infinite weight of woe as He should make His soul an offering for sin; yet angels desired that even in His humiliation the Son of the Highest might appear before men with a dignity and glory befitting His character. Would the great men of earth assemble at Israel's capital to greet His coming? Would legions of angels present Him to the expectant company?

    An angel visits the earth to see who are prepared to welcome Jesus. But he can discern no tokens of expectancy. He hears no voice of praise and triumph that the period of Messiah's coming is at hand. The angel hovers for a time over the chosen city and the temple where the divine presence has been manifested for ages; but even here is the same indifference. The priests, in their pomp and pride, are offering polluted sacrifices in the temple. The Pharisees are with loud voices addressing the people or making boastful prayers at the corners of the streets. In the palaces of kings, in the assemblies of philosophers, in the schools of the rabbis, all are alike unmindful of the wondrous fact which has filled all heaven with joy and praise--that the Redeemer of men is about to appear upon the earth.

    There is no evidence that Christ is expected, and no preparation for the Prince of life. In amazement the celestial messenger is about to return to heaven with the shameful tidings, when he discovers a group of shepherds who are watching their flocks by night, and, as they gaze into the starry heavens, are contemplating the prophecy of a Messiah to come to earth, and longing for the advent of the world's Redeemer. Here is a company that is prepared to receive the heavenly message. And suddenly the angel of the Lord appears, declaring the good tidings of great joy. Celestial glory floods all the plain, an innumerable company of angels is revealed, and as if the joy were too great for one messenger to bring from heaven, a multitude of voices break forth in the anthem which all the nations of the saved shall one day sing: "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." Luke 2:14.

    Oh, what a lesson is this wonderful story of Bethlehem! How it rebukes our unbelief, our pride and self-sufficiency. How it warns us to beware, lest by our criminal indifference we also fail to discern the signs of the times, and therefore know not the day of our visitation.

    It was not alone upon the hills of Judea, not among the lowly shepherds only, that angels found the watchers for Messiah's coming. In the land of the heathen also were those that looked for Him; they were wise men, rich and noble, the philosophers of the East. Students of nature, the Magi had seen God in His handiwork. From the Hebrew Scriptures they had learned of the Star to arise out of Jacob, and with eager desire they awaited His coming, who should be not only the "Consolation of Israel," but a "Light to lighten the Gentiles," and "for salvation unto the ends of the earth." Luke 2:25, 32; Acts 13:47. They were seekers for light, and light from the throne of God illumined the path for their feet. While the priests and rabbis of Jerusalem, the appointed guardians and expounders of the truth, were shrouded in darkness, the Heaven-sent star guided these Gentile strangers to the birthplace of the newborn King.

    It is "unto them that look for Him" that Christ is to "appear the second time without sin unto salvation." Hebrews 9:28. Like the tidings of the Saviour's birth, the message of the second advent was not committed to the religious leaders of the people. They had failed to preserve their connection with God, and had refused light from heaven; therefore they were not of the number described by the apostle Paul: "But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness." 1 Thessalonians 5:4, 5.

    The watchmen upon the walls of Zion should have been the first to catch the tidings of the Saviour's advent, the first to lift their voices to proclaim Him near, the first to warn the people to prepare for His coming. But they were at ease, dreaming of peace and safety, while the people were asleep in their sins. Jesus saw His church, like the barren fig tree, covered with pretentious leaves, yet destitute of precious fruit. There was a boastful observance of the forms of religion, while the spirit of true humility, penitence, and faith--which alone could render the service acceptable to God--was lacking. Instead of the graces of the Spirit there were manifested pride, formalism, vainglory, selfishness, oppression. A backsliding church closed their eyes to the signs of the times. God did not forsake them, or suffer His faithfulness to fail; but they departed from Him, and separated themselves from His love. As they refused to comply with the conditions, His promises were not fulfilled to them.

    Such is the sure result of neglect to appreciate and improve the light and privileges which God bestows. Unless the church will follow on in His opening providence, accepting every ray of light, performing every duty which may be revealed, religion will inevitably degenerate into the observance of forms, and the spirit of vital godliness will disappear. This truth has been repeatedly illustrated in the history of the church. God requires of His people works of faith and obedience corresponding to the blessings and privileges bestowed. Obedience requires a sacrifice and involves a cross; and this is why so many of the professed followers of Christ refused to receive the light from heaven, and, like the Jews of old, knew not the time of their visitation. Luke 19:44. Because of their pride and unbelief the Lord passed them by and revealed His truth to those who, like the shepherds of Bethlehem and the Eastern Magi, had given heed to all the light they had received.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Fri Jan 23, 2015 5:53 pm

    Consider the following:

    1. The Perfect Law of the Lord.
    2. Job.
    3. Psalms.
    4. Proverbs.
    5. Ecclesiastes.
    6. Song of Songs.
    7. Isaiah.
    8. Jeremiah.
    9. Lamentations.
    10. Ezekiel.
    11. Daniel.
    12. The Isaiah-Messiah.

    Obviously The Perfect Law of the Lord and The Isaiah-Messiah might have to be derived from Job through Daniel -- sort of similar to Gospel-Source "Q" (of which there is no actual-physical document). Does anyone grasp what I'm hinting at?? Theology is largely guesswork, arbitrariness, and obedience -- which seems to involve massive doses of dishonesty. Stumbling around like I do -- is no way to gain or retain employment within the religious establishment. I just finished listening to some really brainy guys discussing foreign policy (especially relative to Egypt) -- and they made me feel really stupid. I am not an intellectual in any way, shape, or form -- but I still think this thread is worth a careful review. The most beneficial material is the work of others. I merely point you in (hopefully) the right direction. BTW -- what do you think King David would say about the Latin Mass and Sacred Classical Music?? What if the Latin Mass retained it's basic form -- yet was rendered in the vernacular -- and given a somewhat Protestant interpretation?? What if the Latin Mass were seamlessly combined with the Bach B-Minor Mass?? What if there were a church which consisted only of what I just described (plus nothing)?? What if less is more?? What if both Judaism and Christianity got it wrong?? What if both Catholicism and Protestantism got it wrong?? What if both Atheism and Agnosticism got it wrong?? What if EVERYONE got it wrong?? What if what I've just discussed is getting somewhat close to getting it right?? What if we live in a Roman Catholic Solar System?? Or should I say "What if we live in an Egyptian-Roman Solar-System Empire"?? What Would Martin Luther Say?? What Would Monseigneur Bowe Say?? I just can't stop listening to the following Sherry Shriner Show. This almost seems like a "Poison-Pill" sort of thing (if you know what I mean). http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2014/07/08/07-07-14-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner Try listening to the show several times -- and look beneath the surface -- and look for weaknesses and inconsistencies. Sherry often sounds like she has first-hand experience and information (rather than merely being the product of research). I continue to be Wary of Sherry -- but I think she knows a HUGE amount of forbidden-knowledge -- and possibly not in a good way. I like Sherry (in one respect) -- but she frightens me (in another respect). I simply think that show fits in with the madness of this experimental-thread. Researchers Beware!! I've gotten away from listening to Frank O'Collins -- but I think he has a lot of insights -- and he often seems to have an insider-perspective. You might find the following article beneficial to your quest. I appreciate his emphasis on Law. I think Law is central to Saving the World and Humanity.
    Aquaries1111 wrote: Hello, this is Frank O’Collins for the Ucadia Blog for the Ucadia Sacred-Space-Day-Time known as the 2nd Day known as “MONS” of the 7th Sun Arc” of the 3rd Day of Moon Cycle of the 1st Season of the 3rd year of the new Great Era. In Roman Cult time, this would be known as Thursday 22nd of January 2015. The unique Ucadia Gazette number to this Sacred-Space-Day-Time is Gazette Number 4690845.

    If this all sounds strange and you are new to listening to Ucadia, then please, I urge you to go read and listen to the article from last week entitled “Year 3 [2015]: The revelations, events and changes yet to come” where I explained that today all time and space is sacred; and that there is no unsacred space-time; and that as we are living flesh and blood beings we cannot possibly be considered dead entities in law unless we are dealing with a fake system of law; and that no longer are we slaves to some perverse death cult model of necromancers and bone collectors. I also explained last week that if you go to the website One-Heaven.Org and click on the link to the Gazette and type in the Roman Date or the Gazette Number 4690845, then you will see the public and spiritual notices for today (and then for every other day yet to come this Ucadia year) as prima facie evidence and proof at law under the heading “Divine & Ecclesiastical Law”.

    A number of you who did read and listen to the article and audio recording from last week replied to me with some feedback as well as some questions for clarification – that I hope to answer for you in a moment. Before I do that, I want to briefly explain why I chose the topic for the article and audio recording tonight entitled “In a world suffering from lack of discernment: Truth is God” and what I hope can be achieved if people take the time to read and listen carefully to this Ucadia blog and audio.

    If you do take the time to read and listen and agree with what I am about to say, then I hope you can take the time to post this blog and audio in as many places as you can and even post it on YouTube if that is something you have the skill and time to do.

    The first reason I wanted to discuss the topic “In a world suffering from lack of discernment: Truth is God”, is that after all I have written and recorded and all that I have said and done, I continue to find many people judging without reading; and speaking without listening; and replying without comprehending. Maybe you continue to experience the same issue with people around you as you express a greater awareness of the truth?

    For example, when I have explained that the highest law and the one constant law throughout all civilized history and religion is the Golden Rule of Law, namely “no one is above the law and everyone is subject to the same laws” and that this fact is also expressed in the verses attributed to Jesus in Matthew 7:12, some people still don’t get it. When I have shown time and time again that any system that hides laws, or creates immunities for certain classes of elite people but punishes others for the same alleged crime, then such a system cannot possibly be law – again a number of people find it impossible to discern such a simple fact.

    Or for example, when I have explained that the only real property in the world is rights; and that all men and women are born with certain unalienable rights – as is expressed clearly in the document known as the Declaration of Independence – and that any system that seeks to steal, deny or obstruct such fundamental rights cannot be a system of Justice or Law, some people find this difficult to grasp. I mean the word “justice” from Latin literally means “rights of use”, so unless such rights are administered with clean hands in good faith, good conscience and good character then there is no law.

    Or for example, when I have shown that the basic principles of Due Process in the administration of rights under law from the beginning of time, forbid any man or woman to be judge, jury or executioner in their own cause; or for a man or woman to be considered guilty before even the evidence is presented and the case heard; or for anyone to be a judge or to give evidence unless they swear a solemn oath to tell the truth and not injure the law – a lot of people are not comprehending these simplest and most fundamental of principles.

    So I have spent twenty-two years distilling the maxims of law into the twenty two books of canons of law and yet many people continue to write, or complain but then refuse to read; or look to present excuses why they won’t read – because someone told them it is dangerous information, or even the most superficial of excuses such as claiming the word “canon” is somehow evil. I mean, the word “canon” comes from the Ancient Greek word kanon (κανών) meaning “rule or standard” and was introduced by Constantine when the formal structure of Christianity was first formed – more than 1,000 years before the Venetians and Pisans stole the word and weaponized it under their false cult known as the “Roman Cult”. Yet some people seem stubbornly keen to believe what they want to believe and to find any and every excuse not to open their eyes or their ears.

    It is why the one hundred and forty four maxims are reprinted as a core part of every constitution and charter of Ucadia such as Article 7 of the Sacred Charter and Constitution of the Globe Union. So there can be no sensible argument or reasonable excuse to say “it is too complicated” or “I didn’t have time” or “I did not know”.

    I realize and can empathize with the discomfort and fear that some may feel when faced with the truth. I also do not blame anyone, nor condemn or judge harshly anyone who turns their back on such basic and simple truths of Law, or Justice and Due Process to then throw their lives away following false gurus and blatant scams. Yet, this does not diminish what has been said or written or the fact that people have been shown again and again and again the simplest of measures to discern truth from falsity.

    The second reason I want to discuss the topic “In a world suffering from lack of discernment: Truth is God”, is that clearly if certain people are presently incapable of comprehending truth from falsity, or grasping even the simplest of measures to help their own discernment, then there must be something causing such lack of discernment, beyond levels of education, or media propaganda, or social pressures and even personal psychological needs and wants.

    A clue that there is a level of consciousness playing an active part in disrupting the general levels of discernment of people can be evidenced often by the reactions you may receive with sharing certain information from Ucadia.

    For example, most people are generally more accepting of a positive conscious awareness of planet Earth and that every action has a consequence on the environment and sustainability of life – yet are less willing to accept the same rule applies to our own levels of conscious awareness in judging others, our thoughts, desire and actions. So what causes such a disconnect of logic – when both concepts should be complimentary?

    Or another example is the more “new age” lifestyle of customizing your own philosophy in replacing traditional notions of religion where people speak of spiritual guides, ascended masters, psychics, spiritual healers, tarot card readers and even druids, witches and warlocks as if the same consequences for following such ideas and participating in such rituals does not have the same effect as if one still participated in the purely commercial rituals of fake Christian cults. There appears a distinct lack of discernment as to what is merely re-hashed “hocus pocus” compared to real and lasting self knowledge.

    A more sinister version of encouraging people to switch off all forms of common sense, reason and logic is esoteric fundamentalism – that is an increasing number of authors desperate for fame, or notoriety that will take two or more disconnected ideas and synthesize them into a pseudo philosophy to try and shock, or scare you and sell books and become famous. For example, I encountered such lunatic fantasy in the form of the poorly concocted label known as the “Collins Elite” that somehow synthesizes UFO activity as really being demonic, caused by inter-dimensional portals formed by Alastair Crowley, Jack Parsons, Ron Hubbard and now controlled by a mysterious “New World Order” group called the Collins Elite funded by the CIA. Where do you begin on such a merry go round of madness? Are there negative spirits? Of course – what do you think I have been speaking about for years on the Mundi Mind Virus of perpetuating a world of stupidity and slave mind? Are their intelligent life forms beyond the Homo Sapien? Well, if you are still unsure, you better start reading the Journey of UCA on the website Ucadia.com. Is there a connection to Collins over history to higher forms of consciousness? Go and read Lebor Clann Glas. But if your conclusion is that somehow Ucadia is about enslavement, when it is the only site that reveals the Golden Rule of Law, the true focus on the teachings of law by Jesus and others and identifies who really are the slave traders with mountains of prima facie evidence in statutes – then you have a serious case of cognitive dissonance – that is, you are not listening to what is being said hundreds of times and you are not comprehending what is written on thousands of pages. Or if you think that Ucadia is somehow about negative spirituality when it is the only philosophy that reveals the power of each individual and the fact that no one stands between you and the Divine – because you are the Unique Collective Awareness made flesh – then you may have a serious mental illness caused by those who are telling you such falsities and stopping you from seeing the truth in front of your eyes.

    So this brings us to probably the biggest problem we face today being the inability of so many people to stop their almost “zombie” and “robot-like” behaviour, where they are wedded to their phone, or tablet, or computer screen or television and spend almost every waking moment, filtering and processing but rarely participating in deep thinking or meditation or reflection of any kind. Have a look at the faces of people as they travel to work, or sit to eat. For some reason, it is almost as if we woke up one morning and more than three quarters of the population of planet Earth were kidnapped and replaced by robots and empty vessels. What then is causing such disconnect? What advantage are these forces seeking by encouraging more and more people to abdicate an active presence in their own physical bodies by being distracted from this digital network of noise?

    Finally, the third reason for the topic “In a world suffering from lack of discernment: Truth is God” is that it is a point of respect to the great mind and spirit of Mahatma Gandhi, who said, “I used to think that God is Truth, but now I know that Truth is God” in reference to an awakening of consciousness to seeing that nothing is absolute and everything is a matter of degree; and that wise discernment rather than blind faith is the only true path; and that attitudes built on fear and prejudice and conformity can never bring lasting satisfaction and ultimately only lead us to an inner world of unhappiness and misery; and sometimes to an outer life of depression, dissatisfaction and sometimes self harm.

    What we choose to accept or reject in terms of ideas and models of the world has a profound impact on our existence and personal happiness. The power of ideas to free us and awaken us cannot be understated; nor should we underestimate the power of certain ideas to enslave us and keep us chained and in constant turmoil in this life and the next. As I said at the end of last year – if you willingly choose to live a life of stupidity and die stupid, then that level of stupidity carries over to the next plane of existence. You don’t suddenly get a spiritual smart pill. Nor do you go to hell according to any deliberately stupid Roman Cult philosophy. Call it Stupid Heaven then – a state of being a ghost enslaved in Mundi Mind Virus, because you refused to listen and you willfully refused to read. A state of being that can be altered to free such minds, only if such minds are willing to stop being so stupid.

    So I want to take the time tonight to speak plainly, without throwing lots of facts and details around, in the hope that those who do choose to read and listen will at least find this topic relevant and useful and positive in some way.

    Let us then begin by briefly answering some quick questions and requested points for clarification from the blog of last week concerning earth changes coming possibly this year and over the next few years.

    Clarification on Year 3 [2015]: The revelations, events and changes yet to come

    Last week, when I spoke about coming major changes to the climate of the Earth, I mentioned that in the past two thousand years we have an example of a pole shift and equator shift demonstrating major upheaval in climate-around 250 CE, where whole regions of North Africa and Arabia and India and China turned from tropic and sub-tropical environments into deserts gradually over the next 1,600 years to what we see today. I also included a link to an earlier blog I did in Ucadia Year 1 [2013] on the coming pole shifts, where I mentioned pole shifts in space of 20,000 to 40,000 years. So clearly, there appeared to be a disconnect in reconciling such information.

    My answer then is twofold. The first is that what I know now, I did not know then, that the position of the equator as well as the poles undergo micro shifts of half a degree and a few hundred miles on a regular basis every few thousand years; and that every 20,000 to 40,000 years these changes correspond to a more significant shift, often accompanied by an ice age event where say Northern Europe or Greenland or Canada becomes the new North Pole; and that every 200,000 to 400,000 years the pole shift is even more significant. So I apologize that I did not make this notion clear between the two blogs with the most recent chat from last week.

    In any event, the point I was trying to make is that such cycles are normal in the life of the planet and in no way are intended to cause the mass extinction of life in general or of our species – but the complete opposite – to help sustain life by protecting the integrity of the planets core balance between the liquid oceans, the atmospheric gases and the internal and external electro-magnetic fields.

    The second point I wish to clarify is the description of likely climate changes for individual land masses and nations. I did not, for example mention the likely impact for New Zealand that will is likely to see the south-east of the South Island become colder, yet conversely the North-west of the North Island become warmer as the position of the islands relative to the repositioned equator appears to “rotate” slightly clockwise – being the same effect of the east coast of North America. I am happy to do a follow-up blog on these topics in the next weeks including providing some images of before-and-after likely positions. But for now, let us get into more detail on the topic tonight being “In a world suffering from lack of discernment: Truth is God”.

    What is Truth?

    So before we explain more what is meant by the statement “Truth is God”, what do we mean by the word Truth?

    Well, a quick look at any larger dictionary suddenly brings up a large array of meanings, some that contradict one another. For example, a common definition of “truth” is “a state or quality of being true to someone or something” – that is a definition verging on being circular – i.e. “truth means true and true means truth”.

    Another common definition for “truth” is “a genuine depiction or statements of reality” and “conformity to fact or reality; correctness, accuracy” – with both definitions making the bold leap of faith and assumption of some underlying model that “truth” can be defined as an independent quality having its own existence relative to the observer – hence the Roman Cult assertion that “(their version of) God is Truth”.

    Yet the older definitions of “truth” contradict the notion of “truth” being an independent quality having its own existence, when we look at the ancient definition meaning “a pledge of loyalty or faith” and “faithfulness; or fidelity”.

    Now normally, looking at the origin of the word gives us clues as to its first meaning and therefore a way of disentangling definitions added on later that might make no sense or contradict the intended meaning of the word. Yet when we look at the claimed origins of the word, we end up falling into a black hole of nefarious claims of it being Old English, or “proto-Indo-European” or Icelandic etc.

    In fact, the origin of the word truth is to be found in the ancient Gaelic word “truath”, corrupted to the word “tuath” so no one will recognize its purpose. The word “truth” literally meant one’s tribe and one’s place in society and one’s personal pledge of loyalty and fidelity to protect and support a group of people beyond just your immediate family, but your extended family. Truth was the backbone of Celtic Society and it was born from human interaction and dependent upon free will and conscious choice.

    The restoration of the original teachings of Jeremiah in the formation of the Laws of Tara is still a work in progress.  But I can best describe the true origins of truth in the third book of Tara – being from where the corrupt term Torah is extracted. The third book was called Diatuair – from where we get “deuteros” and it meant “the law of the gods” or simply Divine Law. You can go and see the work in progress on Tara under Sacred Texts on One-Heaven.Org. Here are the original Ten Commandments as the perfect expression of the origin of truth under the laws of Tara:

    Ten Commandments
    1 There be one act above all others,
    2 All heaven and the gods command:
    3 To Honor the Law above all things.
    4 Thus from Honor springs all sacred acts.
    5 From Honor then comes three primary beings:
    6 To Protect;
    7 To Provide;
    8 To Serve.
    9 All heaven and the gods command:
    10 To protect and defend one’s honor.
    11 This being the first rule of self.
    12 To protect and defend the home.
    13 This being the first rule of home.
    14 To protect and defend the tribe.
    15 This being the first rule of the tribe.
    16 To provide for one’s health and well being.
    17 This being the second rule of self.
    18 To provide for one’s kin and home.
    19 This being the second rule of home.
    20 To provide for all strangers, guests and those in need.
    21 This being the second rule of the tribe.
    22 To serve to better one’s self and knowledge.
    23 This being the third rule of self.
    24 To serve to better the lives of one’s kin and home.
    25 This being the third rule of home.
    26 To serve to better the life of the tribe.
    27 This being the third rule of the tribe.
    28 The Ten Commandments therefore be:
    29 First: To honor, protect and to serve the law;
    30 Second: To protect and defend one's own honor;
    31 Third: To protect and defend the home;
    32 Fourth: To protect and defend the tribe;
    33 Fifth: To provide for one’s health and well being;
    34 Sixth: To provide for one's own kin and home;
    35 Seventh: To provide for all strangers, guests and those in need;
    36 Eighth: To serve to better one’s self and knowledge;
    37 Ninth: To serve to better the lives of one’s kin and home;
    38 Tenth: To serve to better the life of the tribe.
    39 Let no man change or alter these commandments,
    40 Lest he be judged by all heaven and the gods.

    Once the origin of truth and its true meaning is deliberately or accidentally taken out of context, then the word “truth” and its meaning can be manipulated by people of low morals and character.  

    You see, you cannot enslave a people, until you separate them and divide them. Fear only works best when one feels completely isolated and vulnerable. So the Roman Cult had to invent an entire system of stupid ideas to eventually break people down from tribes, then break down families and then ultimately destroy the family unit; and they have largely succeeded in doing just that.

    Once people surrender common sense, reason and logic to accept the stupid philosophy of the Roman Cult and its supporters that “truth” is somehow an absolute independent quality of reality – then the truth can be moulded into whatever mind control agenda is needed to groom millions into being as stupid as possible, so they die stupid they become stupid ghosts. That is the agenda of the necromancers and bone collectors for more than 500 years and it has been working until now.

    How do we know then what is True?

    So if the real and true meaning of “truth” is one’s pledge to the tribe as per the Ten Commandments defined within the laws of Tara – how can we discern truth from non-truth?

    The answer is very simple and extraordinarily powerful. You see if you are not addicted to fast foods, fizzy drinks and artificial poisons, then your primary brain is your intestines – or your gut. If this does not make sense, then please have a look at Article 59 on Complex Life under Natural Law and the 3-Brain model of complex life. Your intestines are full of millions and millions of neurons. If you don’t believe me, then just look at an image of the intestines and our third brain your neo cortex or what typically is just called “the brain” – do you see any similarities in terms of shape and pattern? Unless you are addicted to prescription medications or other forms of mind altering drugs, your gut has a natural and acute sense of connection to the outside world – that we often call instinct – or simply a “gut feeling”. In other words, if we weren’t groomed now to be perpetual slaves known as consumers, then we would have our natural ability to sense a discord or negative instinctual reaction.

    The second part of this extraordinary natural system in each of us, that I once called your “bullshit detector” system in an earlier blog, is your heart. Your heart also is packed with millions of neurons and has the incredible ability to allow us to overcome false conclusions of our neo-cortex that may dismiss a reasonable or rational thought. Our heart validates or repudiates the ego driven neo-cortex. It is our rudder and our steward and the seat of what we would normally call our conscience or sense of true right from wrong.

    Yet our heart can also be damaged in sensing truth from falsity through deliberate childhood trauma such as rape, or incest. Also the promotion of ultra high definition violence and horror in the form of news, films for entertainment and computer games as well as music tuned to 440 Hz and now 444 Hz, kills our hearts ability to operate properly.  Without an open heart, we have no empathy, we lose our sense of compassion, and we lose our moral compass and our conscience. That is precisely what the slave traders that own and run the Roman Cult as a business want – a world full of sociopathic consuming slaves, riddled with fear and stupidity.

    With a general state of health and an open heart, you have the tools without having to worry about what I say or is written here to discern for yourself what is true and what is not true.

    What prevents the world from discerning the Truth?

    The good news in all of this is that we have reached a tipping point – a point where the stupid world of models that make no sense and contradict reason and an open heart are being exposed for what they are.

    No matter how many false flag operations are launched, people are uniting in the streets against attempts to frighten them to abandon their rights to think and to speak. People are communicating more and finding ways to improve their health. So despite the best efforts of the ruling elite, people are waking up in tens of thousands and millions around the world more and more.

    That does not mean we will get every choice right or that we will not be tricked by people who lie to us. We live in a society that rewards the art of lying and celebrates lying as a high form of entertainment. But we are witnessing a definite shift, as people are less and less accepting of the lies that are promoted on the nightly “news” and by official government statements.

    All we have to consider and remind ourselves is our own natural abilities within our own bodies to discern truth from lies and to trust our instinct and an open heart. That is why “truth is God” because truth through our open heart is our connection to the Divine and our ability to validate the experience as true – rather than false euphoria or forced conformity.

    So whatever you feel and whatever you think, I hope and trust that you are able to discern the truth from lies and continue reading and reviewing and judging Ucadia and the Ucadia Model for what it is, not what people may claim it to be.

    Until we speak next week, thank you for all who continue to support and help and please be safe and well.

    Cheers

    Frank

    https://ucadia.s3.amazonaws.com/audio/2015/2015_01_23_blog.mp3
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Foc-frank-ocollins-feat
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 FRANK_O_COLLINS_RED_ICE_HOUR_1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Frank-2
    B.B.Baghor
    B.B.Baghor


    Posts : 1851
    Join date : 2014-01-31
    Age : 73
    Location : Druid county UK

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  B.B.Baghor Sat Jan 24, 2015 12:56 pm

    Words by ortho: "As I've mentioned before -- I'm not an atheist, agnostic, or believer. I am a Possibility-Thinker (which includes positive, negative, and neutral possibilities). If one keeps this sort of thing to themselves -- it's not so bad -- but when one does this on the internet in a semi-convincing manner -- life can become somewhat problematic".

    I'm not sure if I understand what you refer to, ortho, where you point at, with "life can become somewhat problematic".
    Is it my semi-convincing "shouts into the universe" or your sharing of possible views on what's going on in it?
    I'm aware of my "miss-know-it-all" side effect, similar to Hermione's attitude in Harry Potters stories Hmmm

    And here's another question, about your quest for what, who, why and where? if I may describe it that way, a sincere
    question: when you're a possibility thinker, coming from a neutral point of view, if that's how you approach your quest,
    when presenting your posts with considerations and possible truths, how come that you feel increasingly paranoid?
    Like you mentioned here lately?

    I'm wondering, what is it that causes you to feel that way? Or picture yourself as the chicken in that tubby? (I'd rather
    picture myself in the fate of the chicken, for at least it's courageous in making a move outside the treadmill and see new things).

    Are you trying to check the possible reality of those different views on life, presented in your posts, by feeling your
    way through them, have a taste of them, as if they're real, maybe? (although temporarily) For if that's so, you might
    expose yourself to possible realities, in existence only for those with a kindred nature to yours.

    I'm curious how you look at this view of mine. I think (and experience) that I live in a reality of my own making, shaped by
    my belief systems, either based on experiences of the past, declared as my fate, a passively created reality, or based on being
    openminded, in a state of wonder, declared as my creation, my wished for reality.

    And coming from that point of view of mine, assuming that you ponder all those possiblities, I wonder if you risk a fragmentation
    of your consciousness, in how you perceive your world, your reality. Have you ever considered that as a possible cause for anxiety?
    Having said all this....   I truly hope I haven't caused trouble by adding more to it.
    Did I forget the sea of salt with which you recommend I should take all of your posts, ortho? OO UU (blinking owl)
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Jan 24, 2015 3:21 pm

    B.B.Baghor wrote: Words by ortho: "As I've mentioned before -- I'm not an atheist, agnostic, or believer. I am a Possibility-Thinker (which includes positive, negative, and neutral possibilities). If one keeps this sort of thing to themselves -- it's not so bad -- but when one does this on the internet in a semi-convincing manner -- life can become somewhat problematic".

    I'm not sure if I understand what you refer to, ortho, where you point at, with "life can become somewhat problematic".
    Is it my semi-convincing "shouts into the universe" or your sharing of possible views on what's going on in it?
    I'm aware of my "miss-know-it-all" side effect, similar to Hermione's attitude in Harry Potters stories Hmmm

    A general feeling of oppression and discomfort -- strange visitors -- a website (including the web-address) of mine being completely removed from the internet -- reprehensible treatment in "real-life" -- my general situation steadily worsening -- horrifying conceptualizations regarding how things might be -- hints at who I might really be -- hints regarding the extermination of the human-race -- etc. Your participation came after most of the madness had already occurred (unless we've met before (online and/or in real-life). I frankly utilize the forum-members as sparring-partners and co-stars in an ongoing religious and political science-fictional pseudo-intellectual "quest".

    And here's another question, about your quest for what, who, why and where? if I may describe it that way, a sincere
    question: when you're a possibility thinker, coming from a neutral point of view, if that's how you approach your quest,
    when presenting your posts with considerations and possible truths, how come that you feel increasingly paranoid?
    Like you mentioned here lately?

    I do it for new-answers -- in the context of the old-answers not working any longer. I've posted some pretty provocative posts -- which probably made some significant individuals of interest highly displeased. My intuitive-perceptions and historical-interpretations cause me to feel as if history might repeat itself with a vengeance -- and just because I'm paranoid, doesn't mean they're not out to get me. "Don't burn me, bro!!"

    I'm wondering, what is it that causes you to feel that way? Or picture yourself as the chicken in that tubby? (I'd rather
    picture myself in the fate of the chicken, for at least it's courageous in making a move outside the treadmill and see new things).

    I guess that chicken reminds me of David Mann -- in Steven Spielberg's first movie Duel. It's interesting to me that Steven Spielberg was talking on the phone with the alien Paul (receiving a movie-idea from the alien) -- and Duel was playing in the downtown theater in the movie Paul. It's also of interest to me that I had a couple of conversations with a close-relative of Steven regarding a movie-idea. Robert Morningsky speaks (perhaps jokingly) of an alien giving Steven Spielberg movie ideas. In the movie Dogma -- Serendipity speaks of writing the scripts for 19 of the top 20 movies of all-time -- and speaks of writing the Bible (in a non-sexist form). Serendipity is a Muse who Lacks Definition. I even had a message mysteriously appear in my laptop word-processor claiming that I wrote 37 books in antiquity -- 5 of which are in the Bible!! Honest!!

    Are you trying to check the possible reality of those different views on life, presented in your posts, by feeling your
    way through them, have a taste of them, as if they're real, maybe? (although temporarily) For if that's so, you might
    expose yourself to possible realities, in existence only for those with a kindred nature to yours.

    I've engaged in radical ongoing online-modeling which seems to have spilled-over into real-life. I created a thread in the old (now-closed) Project Avalon titled Amen Ra -- and shortly thereafter (one dark night) a mysterious individual of interest looked me in the eye -- and stated (matter of fact) "I Am Ra." They said they were "Angry and Jealous." They also said "you're lucky to be alive" and "I'm tired of keeping you alive".  

    I'm curious how you look at this view of mine. I think (and experience) that I live in a reality of my own making, shaped by
    my belief systems, either based on experiences of the past, declared as my fate, a passively created reality, or based on being
    openminded, in a state of wonder, declared as my creation, my wished for reality.

    I think we live in a combination of "creating our own reality" and being "victims and beneficiaries of circumstances, context, chance, and the choices of others".

    And coming from that point of view of mine, assuming that you ponder all those possibilities, I wonder if you risk a fragmentation
    of your consciousness, in how you perceive your world, your reality. Have you ever considered that as a possible cause for anxiety?
    Having said all this....   I truly hope I haven't caused trouble by adding more to it. Did I forget the sea of salt with which you recommend I should take all of your posts, ortho? OO UU (blinking owl)

    I try to separate fantasy from reality -- but I try to imagine possible (and likely) realities (which are often MOST Upsetting and Disorienting). Does that make me crazy?? Probably. BTW -- I drink coffee from my "Owl-Mug" as I watch "Dr. Who". What Would Lilith Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would the Queen of Heaven Say??

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 32415f
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 KeirDulleaDavidBowman2001
    Why is David Mann Paranoid??
    What Would David Bowman Say??
    Is David a Victim??
    Is David Azazel??
    CHAPTER 18 -- An American Reformer

    An Upright, honest-hearted farmer, who had been led to doubt the divine authority of the Scriptures, yet who sincerely desired to know the truth, was the man specially chosen of God to lead out in the proclamation of Christ's second coming. Like many other reformers, William Miller had in early life battled with poverty and had thus learned the great lessons of energy and self-denial. The members of the family from which he sprang were characterized by an independent, liberty-loving spirit, by capability of endurance, and ardent patriotism--traits which were also prominent in his character. His father was a captain in the army of the Revolution, and to the sacrifices which he made in the struggles and sufferings of that stormy period may be traced the straitened circumstances of Miller's early life.

    He had a sound physical constitution, and even in childhood gave evidence of more than ordinary intellectual strength. As he grew older, this became more marked. His mind was active and well developed, and he had a keen thirst for knowledge. Though he did not enjoy the advantages of a collegiate education, his love of study and a habit of careful thought and close criticism rendered him a man of sound judgment and comprehensive views. He possessed an irreproachable moral character and an enviable reputation, being generally esteemed for integrity, thrift, and benevolence. By dint of energy and application he early acquired a competence, though his habits of study were still maintained. He filled various civil and military offices with credit, and the avenues to wealth and honor seemed wide open to him.

    His mother was a woman of sterling piety, and in childhood, he had been subject to religious impressions. In early manhood, however, he was thrown into the society of deists, whose influence was the stronger from the fact that they were mostly good citizens and men of humane and benevolent disposition. Living, as they did, in the midst of Christian institutions, their characters had been to some extent molded by their surroundings. For the excellencies which won them respect and confidence they were indebted to the Bible; and yet these good gifts were so perverted as to exert an influence against the word of God. By association with these men, Miller was led to adopt their sentiments. The current interpretations of Scripture presented difficulties which seemed to him insurmountable; yet his new belief, while setting aside the Bible, offered nothing better to take its place, and he remained far from satisfied. He continued to hold these views, however, for about twelve years. But at the age of thirty-four the Holy Spirit impressed his heart with a sense of his condition as a sinner. He found in his former belief no assurance of happiness beyond the grave. The future was dark and gloomy. Referring afterward to his feelings at this time, he said:

    "Annihilation was a cold and chilling thought, and accountability was sure destruction to all. The heavens were as brass over my head, and the earth as iron under my feet. Eternity--what was it? And death--why was it? The more I reasoned, the further I was from demonstration. The more I thought, the more scattered were my conclusions. I tried to stop thinking, but my thoughts would not be controlled. I was truly wretched, but did not understand the cause. I murmured and complained, but knew not of whom. I knew that there was a wrong, but knew not how or where to find the right. I mourned, but without hope."

    In this state he continued for some months. "Suddenly," he says, "the character of a Saviour was vividly impressed upon my mind. It seemed that there might be a being so good and compassionate as to himself atone for our transgressions, and thereby save us from suffering the penalty of sin. I immediately felt how lovely such a being must be, and imagined that I could cast myself into the arms of, and trust in the mercy of, such a one. But the question arose, How can it be proved that such a being does exist? Aside from the Bible, I found that I could get no evidence of the existence of such a Saviour, or even of a future state. . . .

    "I saw that the Bible did bring to view just such a Saviour as I needed; and I was perplexed to find how an uninspired book should develop principles so perfectly adapted to the wants of a fallen world. I was constrained to admit that the Scriptures must be a revelation from God. They became my delight; and in Jesus I found a friend. The Saviour became to me the chiefest among ten thousand; and the Scriptures, which before were dark and contradictory, now became the lamp to my feet and light to my path. My mind became settled and satisfied. I found the Lord God to be a Rock in the midst of the ocean of life. The Bible now became my chief study, and I can truly say, I searched it with great delight. I found the half was never told me. I wondered why I had not seen its beauty and glory before, and marveled that I could have ever rejected it. I found everything revealed that my heart could desire, and a remedy for every disease of the soul. I lost all taste for other reading, and applied my heart to get wisdom from God."--S. Bliss, Memoirs of Wm. Miller, pages 65-67.

    Miller publicly professed his faith in the religion which he had despised. But his infidel associates were not slow to bring forward all those arguments which he himself had often urged against the divine authority of the Scriptures. He was not then prepared to answer them; but he reasoned that if the Bible is a revelation from God, it must be consistent with itself; and that as it was given for man's instruction, it must be adapted to his understanding. He determined to study the Scriptures for himself, and ascertain if every apparent contradiction could not be harmonized.

    Endeavoring to lay aside all preconceived opinions, and dispensing with commentaries, he compared scripture with scripture by the aid of the marginal references and the concordance. He pursued his study in a regular and methodical manner; beginning with Genesis, and reading verse by verse, he proceeded no faster than the meaning of the several passages so unfolded as to leave him free from all embarrassment. When he found anything obscure, it was his custom to compare it with every other text which seemed to have any reference to the matter under consideration. Every word was permitted to have its proper bearing upon the subject of the text, and if his view of it harmonized with every collateral passage, it ceased to be a difficulty. Thus whenever he met with a passage hard to be understood he found an explanation in some other portion of the Scriptures. As he studied with earnest prayer for divine enlightenment, that which had before appeared dark to his understanding was made clear. He experienced the truth of the psalmist's words: "The entrance of Thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple." Psalm 119:130.

    With intense interest he studied the books of Daniel and the Revelation, employing the same principles of interpretation as in the other scriptures, and found, to his great joy, that the prophetic symbols could be understood. He saw that the prophecies, so far as they had been fulfilled, had been fulfilled literally; that all the various figures, metaphors, parables, similitudes, etc., were either explained in their immediate connection, or the terms in which they were expressed were defined in other scriptures, and when thus explained, were to be literally understood. "I was thus satisfied," he says, "that the Bible is a system of revealed truths, so clearly and simply given that the wayfaring man, though a fool, need not err therein."--Bliss, page 70. Link after link of the chain of truth rewarded his efforts, as step by step he traced down the great lines of prophecy. Angels of heaven were guiding his mind and opening the Scriptures to his understanding.

    Taking the manner in which the prophecies had been fulfilled in the past as a criterion by which to judge of the fulfillment of those which were still future, he became satisfied that the popular view of the spiritual reign of Christ--a temporal millennium before the end of the world--was not sustained by the word of God. This doctrine, pointing to a thousand years of righteousness and peace before the personal coming of the Lord, put far off the terrors of the day of God. But, pleasing though it may be, it is contrary to the teachings of Christ and His apostles, who declared that the wheat and the tares and to grow together until the harvest, the end of the world; that "evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse;" that "in the last days perilous times shall come;" and that the kingdom of darkness shall continue until the advent of the Lord and shall be consumed with the spirit of His mouth and be destroyed with the brightness of His coming. Matthew 13:30, 38-41; 2 Timothy 3:13, 1; 2 Thessalonians 2:8.

    The doctrine of the world's conversion and the spiritual reign of Christ was not held by the apostolic church. It was not generally accepted by Christians until about the beginning of the eighteenth century. Like every other error, its results were evil. It taught men to look far in the future for the coming of the Lord and prevented them from giving heed to the signs heralding His approach. It induced a feeling of confidence and security that was not well founded and led many to neglect the preparation necessary in order to meet their Lord.

    Miller found the literal, personal coming of Christ to be plainly taught in the Scriptures. Says Paul: "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and with the trump of God." 1 Thessalonians 4:16. And the Saviour declares: "They shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory." "For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:30, 27. He is to be accompanied by all the hosts of heaven. "The Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him." Matthew 25:31. "And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect." Matthew 24:31.

    At His coming the righteous dead will be raised, and the righteous living will be changed. "We shall not all sleep," says Paul, "but we shall all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality." 1 Corinthians 15:51-53. And in his letter to the Thessalonians, after describing the coming of the Lord, he says: "The dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord." 1 Thessalonians 4:16, 17.

    Not until the personal advent of Christ can His people receive the kingdom. The Saviour said: "When the Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory: and before Him shall be gathered all nations: and He shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats: and He shall set the sheep on His right hand, but the goats on the left. Then shall the King say unto them on His right hand, Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." Matthew 25:31-34. We have seen by the scriptures just given that when the Son of man comes, the dead are raised incorruptible and the living are changed. By this great change they are prepared to receive the kingdom; for Paul says: "Flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither doth corruption inherit incorruption." 1 Corinthians 15:50. Man in his present state is mortal, corruptible; but the kingdom of God will be incorruptible, enduring forever. Therefore man in his present state cannot enter into the kingdom of God. But when Jesus comes, He confers immortality upon His people; and then He calls them to inherit the kingdom of which they have hitherto been only heirs.

    These and other scriptures clearly proved to Miller's mind that the events which were generally expected to take place before the coming of Christ, such as the universal reign of peace and the setting up of the kingdom of God upon the earth, were to be subsequent to the second advent. Furthermore, all the signs of the times and the condition of the world corresponded to the prophetic description of the last days. He was forced to the conclusion, from the study of Scripture alone, that the period allotted for the continuance of the earth in its present state was about to close.

    "Another kind of evidence that vitally affected my mind," he says, "was the chronology of the Scriptures. . . . I found that predicted events, which had been fulfilled in the past, often occurred within a given time. The one hundred and twenty years to the flood (Genesis 6:3); the seven days that were to precede it, with forty days of predicted rain (Genesis 7:4); the four hundred years of the sojourn of Abraham's seed (Genesis 15:13); the three days of the butler's and baker's dreams (Genesis 40:12-20); the seven years of Pharaoh's (Genesis 41:28-54); the forty years in the wilderness (Numbers 14:34); the three and a half years of famine (1 Kings 17:1) [see Luke 4;] . . . the seventy years' captivity (Jeremiah 25:11); Nebuchadnezzar's seven times (Daniel 4:13-16); and the seven weeks, threescore and two weeks, and the one week, making seventy weeks, determined upon the Jews (Daniel 9:24-27),--the events limited by these times were all once only a matter of prophecy, and were fulfilled in accordance with the predictions."--Bliss, pages 74, 75.

    When, therefore, he found, in his study of the Bible, various chronological periods that, according to his understanding of them, extended to the second coming of Christ, he could not but regard them as the "times before appointed," which God had revealed unto His servants. "The secret things," says Moses, "belong unto the Lord our God: but those things which are revealed belong unto us and to our children forever;" and the Lord declares by the prophet Amos, that He "will do nothing, but He revealeth His secret unto His servants the prophets." Deuteronomy 29:29; Amos 3:7. The students of God's word may, then, confidently expect to find the most stupendous event to take place in human history clearly pointed out in the Scriptures of truth.

    "As I was fully convinced," says Miller, "that all Scripture given by inspiration of God is profitable (2 Timothy 3:16); that it came not at any time by the will of man, but was written as holy men were moved by the Holy Ghost (2 Peter 1:21), and was written 'for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope' (Romans 15:4), I could but regard the chronological portions of the Bible as being as much a portion of the word of God, and as much entitled to our serious consideration, as any other portion of the Scriptures. I therefore felt that in endeavoring to comprehend what God had in His mercy seen fit to reveal to us, I had no right to pass over the prophetic periods."-- Bliss, page 75.

    The prophecy which seemed most clearly to reveal the time of the second advent was that of Daniel 8:14: "Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed." Following his rule of making Scripture its own interpreter, Miller learned that a day in symbolic prophecy represents a year (Numbers 14:34; Ezekiel 4:6); he saw that the period of 2300 prophetic days, or literal years, would extend far beyond the close of the Jewish dispensation, hence it could not refer to the sanctuary of that dispensation. Miller accepted the generally received view that in the Christian age the earth is the sanctuary, and he therefore understood that the cleansing of the sanctuary foretold in Daniel 8:14 represented the purification of the earth by fire at the second coming of Christ. If, then, the correct starting point could be found for the 2300 days, he concluded that the time of the second advent could be readily ascertained. Thus would be revealed the time of that great consummation, the time when the present state, with "all its pride and power, pomp and vanity, wickedness and oppression, would come to an end;" when the curse would be "removed from off the earth, death be destroyed, reward be given to the servants of God, the prophets and saints, and them who fear His name, and those be destroyed that destroy the earth."--Bliss, page 76.

    With a new and deeper earnestness, Miller continued the examination of the prophecies, whole nights as well as days being devoted to the study of what now appeared of such stupendous importance and all-absorbing interest. In the eighth chapter of Daniel he could find no clue to the starting point of the 2300 days; the angel Gabriel, though commanded to make Daniel understand the vision, gave him only a partial explanation. As the terrible persecution to befall the church was unfolded to the prophet's vision, physical strength gave way. He could endure no more, and the angel left him for a time. Daniel "fainted, and was sick certain days." "And I was astonished at the vision," he says, "but none understood it."

    Yet God had bidden His messenger: "Make this man to understand the vision." That commission must be fulfilled. In obedience to it, the angel, some time afterward, returned to Daniel, saying: "I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding;" "therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision." Daniel 8:27, 16; 9:22, 23, 25-27. There was one important point in the vision of chapter 8 which had been left unexplained, namely, that relating to time--the period of the 2300 days; therefore the angel, in resuming his explanation, dwells chiefly upon the subject of time:

    "Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy Holy City. . . . Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for Himself. . . . And He shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week He shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease."

    The angel had been sent to Daniel for the express purpose of explaining to him the point which he had failed to understand in the vision of the eighth chapter, the statement relative to time--"unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed." After bidding Daniel "understand the matter, and consider the vision," the very first words of the angel are: "Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy Holy City." The word here translated "determined" literally signifies "cut off." Seventy weeks, representing 490 years, are declared by the angel to be cut off, as specially pertaining to the Jews. But from what were they cut off? As the 2300 days was the only period of time mentioned in chapter 8, it must be the period from which the seventy weeks were cut off; the seventy weeks must therefore be a part of the 2300 days, and the two periods must begin together. The seventy weeks were declared by the angel to date from the going forth of the commandment to restore and build Jerusalem. If the date of this commandment could be found, then the starting point for the great period of the 2300 days would be ascertained.

    In the seventh chapter of Ezra the decree is found. Verses 12-26. In its completest form it was issued by Artaxerxes, king of Persia, 457 B.C. But in Ezra 6:14 the house of the Lord at Jerusalem is said to have been built "according to the commandment ["decree," margin] of Cyrus, and Darius, and Artaxerxes king of Persia." These three kings, in originating, reaffirming, and completing the decree, brought it to the perfection required by the prophecy to mark the beginning of the 2300 years. Taking 457 B.C., the time when the decree was completed, as the date of the commandment, every specification of the prophecy concerning the seventy weeks was seen to have been fulfilled.

    "From the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks"--namely, sixty-nine weeks, or 483 years. The decree of Artaxerxes went into effect in the autumn of 457 B.C. From this date, 483 years extend to the autumn of A.D. 27. (See Appendix.) At that time this prophecy was fulfilled. The word "Messiah" signifies "the Anointed One." In the autumn of A.D. 27 Christ was baptized by John and received the anointing of the Spirit. The apostle Peter testifies that "God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power." Acts 10:38. And the Saviour Himself declared: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me, because He hath anointed Me to preach the gospel to the poor." Luke 4:18. After His baptism He went into Galilee, "preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God, and saying, The time is fulfilled." Mark 1:14, 15.

    "And He shall confirm the covenant with many for one week." The "week" here brought to view is the last one of the seventy; it is the last seven years of the period allotted especially to the Jews. During this time, extending from A.D. 27 to A.D. 34, Christ, at first in person and afterward by His disciples, extended the gospel invitation especially to the Jews. As the apostles went forth with the good tidings of the kingdom, the Saviour's direction was: "Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not: but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel." Matthew 10:5, 6.

    "In the midst of the week He shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease." In A.D. 31, three and a half years after His baptism, our Lord was crucified. With the great sacrifice offered upon Calvary, ended that system of offerings which for four thousand years had pointed forward to the Lamb of God. Type had met antitype, and all the sacrifices and oblations of the ceremonial system were there to cease.

    The seventy weeks, or 490 years, especially allotted to the Jews, ended, as we have seen, in A.D. 34. At that time, through the action of the Jewish Sanhedrin, the nation sealed its rejection of the gospel by the martyrdom of Stephen and the persecution of the followers of Christ. Then the message of salvation, no longer restricted to the chosen people, was given to the world. The disciples, forced by persecution to flee from Jerusalem, "went everywhere preaching the word." "Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them." Peter, divinely guided, opened the gospel to the centurion of Caesarea, the God-fearing Cornelius; and the ardent Paul, won to the faith of Christ, was commissioned to carry the glad tidings "far hence unto the Gentiles." Acts 8:4, 5; 22:21.

    Thus far every specification of the prophecies is strikingly fulfilled, and the beginning of the seventy weeks is fixed beyond question at 457 B.C., and their expiration in A.D. 34. From this data there is no difficulty in finding the termination of the 2300 days. The seventy weeks--490 days--having been cut off from the 2300, there were 1810 days remaining. After the end of 490 days, the 1810 days were still to be fulfilled. From A.D. 34, 1810 years extend to 1844. Consequently the 2300 days of Daniel 8:14 terminate in 1844. At the expiration of this great prophetic period, upon the testimony of the angel of God, "the sanctuary shall be cleansed." Thus the time of the cleansing of the sanctuary--which was almost universally believed to take place at the second advent--was definitely pointed out.

    Miller and his associates at first believed that the 2300 days would terminate in the spring of 1844, whereas the prophecy points to the autumn of that year. (See Appendix.) The misapprehension of this point brought disappointment and perplexity to those who had fixed upon the earlier date as the time of the Lord's coming. But this did not in the least affect the strength of the argument showing that the 2300 days terminated in the year 1844, and that the great event represented by the cleansing of the sanctuary must then take place.

    Entering upon the study of the Scriptures as he had done, in order to prove that they were a revelation from God, Miller had not, at the outset, the slightest expectation of reaching the conclusion at which he had now arrived. He himself could hardly credit the results of his investigation. But the Scripture evidence was too clear and forcible to be set aside.

    He had devoted two years to the study of the Bible, when, in 1818, he reached the solemn conviction that in about twenty-five years Christ would appear for the redemption of His people. "I need not speak," says Miller, "of the joy that filled my heart in view of the delightful prospect, nor of the ardent longings of my soul for a participation in the joys of the redeemed. The Bible was now to me a new book. It was indeed a feast of reason; all that was dark, mystical, or obscure to me in its teachings, had been dissipated from my mind before the clear light that now dawned from its sacred pages; and, oh, how bright and glorious the truth appeared! All the contradictions and inconsistencies I had before found in the word were gone; and although there were many portions of which I was not satisfied I had a full understanding, yet so much light had emanated from it to the illumination of my before darkened mind, that I felt a delight in studying the Scripture which I had not before supposed could be derived from its teachings."--Bliss, pages 76, 77.

    "With the solemn conviction that such momentous events were predicted in the Scriptures to be fulfilled in so short a space of time, the question came home to me with mighty power regarding my duty to the world, in view of the evidence that had affected my own mind."--Ibid., page 81. He could not but feel that it was his duty to impart to others the light which he had received. He expected to encounter opposition from the ungodly, but was confident that all Christians would rejoice in the hope of meeting the Saviour whom they professed to love. His only fear was that in their great joy at the prospect of glorious deliverance, so soon to be consummated, many would receive the doctrine without sufficiently examining the Scriptures in demonstration of its truth. He therefore hesitated to present it, lest he should be in error and be the means of misleading others. He was thus led to review the evidences in support of the conclusions at which he had arrived, and to consider carefully every difficulty which presented itself to his mind. He found that objections vanished before the light of God's word, as mist before the rays of the sun. Five years spent thus left him fully convinced of the correctness of his position.

    And now the duty of making known to others what he believed to be so clearly taught in the Scriptures, urged itself with new force upon him. "When I was about my business," he said, "it was continually ringing in my ears, 'Go and tell the world of their danger.' This text was constantly occurring to me: 'When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul." Ezekiel 33:8, 9. I felt that if the wicked could be effectually warned, multitudes of them would repent; and that if they were not warned, their blood might be required at my hand."--Bliss, page 92.

    He began to present his views in private as he had opportunity, praying that some minister might feel their force and devote himself to their promulgation. But he could not banish the conviction that he had a personal duty to perform in giving the warning. The words were ever recurring to his mind: "Go and tell it to the world; their blood will I require at thy hand." For nine years he waited, the burden still pressing upon his soul, until in 1813 he for the first time publicly gave the reasons of his faith.

    As Elisha was called from following his oxen in the field, to receive the mantle of consecration to the prophetic office, so was William Miller called to leave his plow and open to the people the mysteries of the kingdom of God. With trembling he entered upon his work, leading his hearers down, step by step, through the prophetic periods to the second appearing of Christ. With every effort he gained strength and courage as he saw the widespread interest excited by his words.

    It was only at the solicitation of his brethren, in whose words he heard the call of God, that Miller consented to present his views in public. He was now fifty years of age, unaccustomed to public speaking, and burdened with a sense of unfitness for the work before him. But from the first his labors were blessed in a remarkable manner to the salvation of souls. His first lecture was followed by a religious awakening in which thirteen entire families, with the exception of two persons, were converted. He was immediately urged to speak in other places, and in nearly every place his labor resulted in a revival of the work of God. Sinners were converted, Christians were roused to greater consecration, and deists and infidels were led to acknowledge the truth of the Bible and the Christian religion. The testimony of those among whom he labored was: "A class of minds are reached by him not within the influence of other men."--Ibid., page 138. His preaching was calculated to arouse the public mind to the great things of religion and to check the growing worldliness and sensuality of the age.

    In nearly every town there were scores, in some, hundreds, converted as a result of his preaching. In many places Protestant churches of nearly all denominations were thrown open to him, and the invitations to labor usually came from the ministers of the several congregations. It was his invariable rule not to labor in any place to which he had not been invited, yet he soon found himself unable to comply with half the requests that poured in upon him. Many who did not accept his views as to the exact time of the second advent were convinced of the certainty and nearness of Christ's coming and their need of preparation. In some of the large cities his work produced a marked impression. Liquor dealers abandoned the traffic and turned their shops into meeting rooms; gambling dens were broken up; infidels, deists, Universalists, and even the most abandoned profligates were reformed, some of whom had not entered a house of worship for years. Prayer meetings were established by the various denominations, in different quarters, at almost every hour, businessmen assembling at midday for prayer and praise. There was no extravagant excitement, but an almost universal solemnity on the minds of the people. His work, like that of the early Reformers, tended rather to convince the understanding and arouse the conscience than merely to excite the emotions.

    In 1833 Miller received a license to preach, from the Baptist Church, of which he was a member. A large number of the ministers of his denomination also approved his work, and it was with their formal sanction that he continued his labors. He traveled and preached unceasingly, though his personal labors were confined principally to the New England and Middle States. For several years his expenses were met wholly from his own private purse, and he never afterward received enough to meet the expense of travel to the places where he was invited. Thus his public labors, so far from being a pecuniary benefit, were a heavy tax upon his property, which gradually diminished during this period of his life. He was the father of a large family, but as they were all frugal and industrious, his farm sufficed for their maintenance as well as his own.

    In 1833, two years after Miller began to present in public the evidences of Christ's soon coming, the last of the signs appeared which were promised by the Saviour as tokens of His second advent. Said Jesus: "The stars shall fall from heaven." Matthew 24:29. And John in the Revelation declared, as he beheld in vision the scenes that should herald the day of God: "The stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind." Revelation 6:13. This prophecy received a striking and impressive fulfillment in the great meteoric shower of November 13, 1833. That was the most extensive and wonderful display of falling stars which has ever been recorded; "the whole firmament, over all the United States, being then, for hours, in fiery commotion! No celestial phenomenon has ever occurred in this country, since its first settlement, which was viewed with such intense admiration by one class in the community, or with so much dread and alarm by another." "Its sublimity and awful beauty still linger in many minds. . . . Never did rain fall much thicker than the meteors fell toward the earth; east, west, north, and south, it was the same. In a word, the whole heavens seemed in motion. . . . The display, as described in Professor Silliman's Journal, was seen all over North America. . . . From two o'clock until broad daylight, the sky being perfectly serene and cloudless, an incessant play of dazzlingly brilliant luminosities was kept up in the whole heavens."--R. M. Devens, American Progress; or, The Great Events of the Greatest Century, ch. 28, pars. 1-5.

    "No language, indeed, can come up to the splendor of that magnificent display; . . . no one who did not witness it can form an adequate conception of its glory. It seemed as if the whole starry heavens had congregated at one point near the zenith, and were simultaneously shooting forth, with the velocity of lightning, to every part of the horizon; and yet they were not exhausted--thousands swiftly followed in the tracks of thousands, as if created for the occasion."--F. Reed, in the Christian Advocate and Journal, Dec. 13, 1833. "A more correct picture of a fig tree casting its figs when blown by a mighty wind, it was not possible to behold."--"The Old Countryman," in Portland Evening Advertiser, Nov. 26, 1833.

    In the New York Journal of Commerce of November 14, 1833, appeared a long article regarding this wonderful phenomenon, containing this statement: "No philosopher or scholar has told or recorded an event, I suppose, like that of yesterday morning. A prophet eighteen hundred years ago foretold it exactly, if we will be at the trouble of understanding stars falling to mean falling stars, . . . in the only sense in which it is possible to be literally true."

    Thus was displayed the last of those signs of His coming, concerning which Jesus bade His disciples: "When ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors." Matthew 24:33. After these signs, John beheld, as the great event next impending, the heavens departing as a scroll, while the earth quaked, mountains and islands removed out of their places, and the wicked in terror sought to flee from the presence of the Son of man. Revelation 6:12-17.

    Many who witnessed the falling of the stars, looked upon it as a herald of the coming judgment, "an awful type, a sure forerunner, a merciful sign, of that great and dreadful day." --"The Old Countryman," in Portland Evening Advertiser, Nov. 26, 1833. Thus the attention of the people was directed to the fulfillment of prophecy, and many were led to give heed to the warning of the second advent.

    In the year 1840 another remarkable fulfillment of prophecy excited widespread interest. Two years before, Josiah Litch, one of the leading ministers preaching the second advent, published an exposition of Revelation 9, predicting the fall of the Ottoman Empire. According to his calculations, this power was to be overthrown "in A.D. 1840, sometime in the month of August;" and only a few days previous to its accomplishment he wrote: "Allowing the first period, 150 years, to have been exactly fulfilled before Deacozes ascended the throne by permission of the Turks, and that the 391 years, fifteen days, commenced at the close of the first period, it will end on the 11th of August, 1840, when the Ottoman power in Constantinople may be expected to be broken. And this, I believe, will be found to be the case."--Josiah Litch, in Signs of the Times, and Expositor of Prophecy, Aug. 1, 1840.

    At the very time specified, Turkey, through her ambassadors, accepted the protection of the allied powers of Europe, and thus placed herself under the control of Christian nations. The event exactly fulfilled the prediction. (See Appendix.) When it became known, multitudes were convinced of the correctness of the principles of prophetic interpretation adopted by Miller and his associates, and a wonderful impetus was given to the advent movement. Men of learning and position united with Miller, both in preaching and in publishing his views, and from 1840 to 1844 the work rapidly extended.

    William Miller possessed strong mental powers, disciplined by thought and study; and he added to these the wisdom of heaven by connecting himself with the Source of wisdom. He was a man of sterling worth, who could not but command respect and esteem wherever integrity of character and moral excellence were valued. Uniting true kindness of heart with Christian humility and the power of self-control, he was attentive and affable to all, ready to listen to the opinions of others and to weigh their arguments. Without passion or excitement he tested all theories and doctrines by the word of God, and his sound reasoning and thorough knowledge of the Scriptures enabled him to refute error and expose falsehood.

    Yet he did not prosecute his work without bitter opposition. As with earlier Reformers, the truths which he presented were not received with favor by popular religious teachers. As these could not maintain their position by the Scriptures, they were driven to resort to the sayings and doctrines of men, to the traditions of the Fathers. But the word of God was the only testimony accepted by the preachers of the advent truth. "The Bible, and the Bible only," was their watchword. The lack of Scripture argument on the part of their opponents was supplied by ridicule and scoffing. Time, means, and talents were employed in maligning those whose only offense was that they looked with joy for the return of their Lord and were striving to live holy lives and to exhort others to prepare for His appearing.

    Earnest were the efforts put forth to draw away the minds of the people from the subject of the second advent. It was made to appear a sin, something of which men should be ashamed, to study the prophecies which relate to the coming of Christ and the end of the world. Thus the popular ministry undermined faith in the word of God. Their teaching made men infidels, and many took license to walk after their own ungodly lusts. Then the authors of the evil charged it all upon Adventists.

    While drawing crowded houses of intelligent and attentive hearers, Miller's name was seldom mentioned by the religious press except by way of ridicule or denunciation. The careless and ungodly emboldened by the position of religious teachers, resorted to opprobrious epithets, to base and blasphemous witticisms, in their efforts to heap contumely upon him and his work. The gray-headed man who had left a comfortable home to travel at his own expense from city to city, from town to town, toiling unceasingly to bear to the world the solemn warning of the judgment near, was sneeringly denounced as a fanatic, a liar, a speculating knave.

    The ridicule, falsehood, and abuse heaped upon him called forth indignant remonstrance, even from the secular press. "To treat a subject of such overwhelming majesty and fearful consequences," with lightness and ribaldry was declared by worldly men to be "not merely to sport with the feelings of its propagators and advocates," but "to make a jest of the day of judgment, to scoff at the Deity Himself, and contemn the terrors of His judgment bar."--Bliss, page 183.

    The instigator of all evil sought not only to counteract the effect of the advent message, but to destroy the messenger himself. Miller made a practical application of Scripture truth to the hearts of his hearers, reproving their sins and disturbing their self-satisfaction, and his plain and cutting words aroused their enmity. The opposition manifested by church members toward his message emboldened the baser classes to go to greater lengths; and enemies plotted to take his life as he should leave the place of meeting. But holy angels were in the throng, and one of these, in the form of a man, took the arm of this servant of the Lord and led him in safety from the angry mob. His work was not yet done, and Satan and his emissaries were disappointed in their purpose.

    Despite all opposition, the interest in the advent movement had continued to increase. From scores and hundreds, the congregations had grown to as many thousands. Large accessions had been made to the various churches, but after a time the spirit of opposition was manifested even against these converts, and the churches began to take disciplinary steps with those who had embraced Miller's views. This action called forth a response from his pen, in an address to Christians of all denominations, urging that if his doctrines were false, he should be shown his error from the Scriptures.

    "What have we believed," he said, "that we have not been commanded to believe by the word of God, which you yourselves allow is the rule, and only rule, of our faith and practice? What have we done that should call down such virulent denunciations against us from pulpit and press, and give you just cause to exclude us [Adventists] from your churches and fellowship?" "If we are wrong, pray show us wherein consists our wrong. Show us from the word of God that we are in error; we have had ridicule enough; that can never convince us that we are in the wrong; the word of God alone can change our views. Our conclusions have been formed deliberately and prayerfully, as we have seen the evidence in the Scriptures."--Ibid., pages 250, 252.

    From age to age the warnings which God has sent to the world by His servants have been received with like incredulity and unbelief. When the iniquity of the antediluvians moved Him to bring a flood of waters upon the earth, He first made known to them His purpose, that they might have opportunity to turn from their evil ways. For a hundred and twenty years was sounded in their ears the warning to repent, lest the wrath of God be manifested in their destruction. But the message seemed to them an idle tale, and they believed it not. Emboldened in their wickedness they mocked the messenger of God, made light of his entreaties, and even accused him of presumption. How dare one man stand up against all the great men of the earth? If Noah's message were true, why did not all the world see it and believe it? One man's assertion against the wisdom of thousands! They would not credit the warning, nor would they seek shelter in the ark.

    Scoffers pointed to the things of nature,--to the unvarying succession of the seasons, to the blue skies that had never poured out rain, to the green fields refreshed by the soft dews of night,--and they cried out: "Doth he not speak parables?" In contempt they declared the preacher of righteousness to be a wild enthusiast; and they went on, more eager in their pursuit of pleasure, more intent upon their evil ways, than before. But their unbelief did not hinder the predicted event. God bore long with their wickedness, giving them ample opportunity for repentance; but at the appointed time His judgments were visited upon the rejecters of His mercy.

    Christ declares that there will exist similar unbelief concerning His second coming. As the people of Noah's day "knew not until the Flood came, and took them all away; so," in the words of our Saviour, "shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:39. When the professed people of God are uniting with the world, living as they live, and joining with them in forbidden pleasures; when the luxury of the world becomes the luxury of the church; when the marriage bells are chiming, and all are looking forward to many years of worldly prosperity--then, suddenly as the lightning flashes from the heavens, will come the end of their bright visions and delusive hopes.

    As God sent His servant to warn the world of the coming Flood, so He sent chosen messengers to make known the nearness of the final judgment. And as Noah's contemporaries laughed to scorn the predictions of the preacher of righteousness, so in Miller's day many, even of the professed people of God, scoffed at the words of warning.

    And why were the doctrine and preaching of Christ's second coming so unwelcome to the churches? While to the wicked the advent of the Lord brings woe and desolation, to the righteous it is fraught with joy and hope. This great truth had been the consolation of God's faithful ones through all the ages; why had it become, like its Author, "a stone of stumbling" and "a rock of offense" to His professed people? It was our Lord Himself who promised His disciples: "If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself." John 14:3. It was the compassionate Saviour, who, anticipating the loneliness and sorrow of His followers, commissioned angels to comfort them with the assurance that He would come again in person, even as He went into heaven. As the disciples stood gazing intently upward to catch the last glimpse of Him whom they loved, their attention was arrested by the words: "Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." Acts 1:11. Hope was kindled afresh by the angels' message. The disciples "returned to Jerusalem with great joy: and were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God." Luke 24:52, 53. They were not rejoicing because Jesus had been separated from them and they were left to struggle with the trials and temptations of the world, but because of the angels' assurance that He would come again.

    The proclamation of Christ's coming should now be, as when made by the angels to the shepherds of Bethlehem, good tidings of great joy. Those who really love the Saviour cannot but hail with gladness the announcement founded upon the word of God that He in whom their hopes of eternal life are centered is coming again, not to be insulted, despised, and rejected, as at His first advent, but in power and glory, to redeem His people. It is those who do not love the Saviour that desire Him to remain away, and there can be no more conclusive evidence that the churches have departed from God than the irritation and animosity excited by this Heaven-sent message.

    Those who accepted the advent doctrine were roused to the necessity of repentance and humiliation before God. Many had long been halting between Christ and the world; now they felt that it was time to take a stand. "The things of eternity assumed to them an unwonted reality. Heaven was brought near, and they felt themselves guilty before God."-- Bliss, page 146. Christians were quickened to new spiritual life. They were made to feel that time was short, that what they had to do for their fellow men must be done quickly. Earth receded, eternity seemed to open before them, and the soul, with all that pertained to its immortal weal or woe, was felt to eclipse every temporal object. The Spirit of God rested upon them and gave power to their earnest appeals to their brethren, as well as to sinners, to prepare for the day of God. The silent testimony of their daily life was a constant rebuke to formal and unconsecrated church members. These did not wish to be disturbed in their pursuit of pleasure, their devotion to money-making, and their ambition for worldly honor. Hence the enmity and opposition excited against the advent faith and those who proclaimed it.

    As the arguments from the prophetic periods were found to be impregnable, opposers endeavored to discourage investigation of the subject by teaching that the prophecies were sealed. Thus Protestants followed in the steps of Romanists. While the papal church withholds the Bible (see Appendix) from the people, Protestant churches claimed that an important part of the Sacred Word--and that the part which brings to view truths specially applicable to our time--could not be understood.

    Ministers and people declared that the prophecies of Daniel and the Revelation were incomprehensible mysteries. But Christ directed His disciples to the words of the prophet Daniel concerning events to take place in their time, and said: "Whoso readeth, let him understand." Matthew 24:15. And the assertion that the Revelation is a mystery, not to be understood, is contradicted by the very title of the book: "The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass. . . . Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand." Revelation 1:1-3.

    Says the prophet: "Blessed is he that readeth"--there are those who will not read; the blessing is not for them. "And they that hear"--there are some, also, who refuse to hear anything concerning the prophecies; the blessing is not for this class. "And keep those things which are written therein"-- many refuse to heed the warnings and instructions contained in the Revelation; none of these can claim the blessing promised. All who ridicule the subjects of the prophecy and mock at the symbols here solemnly given, all who refuse to reform their lives and to prepare for the coming of the Son of man, will be unblessed.

    In view of the testimony of Inspiration, how dare men teach that the Revelation is a mystery beyond the reach of human understanding? It is a mystery revealed, a book opened. The study of the Revelation directs the mind to the prophecies of Daniel, and both present most important instruction, given of God to men, concerning events to take place at the close of this world's history.

    To John were opened scenes of deep and thrilling interest in the experience of the church. He saw the position, dangers, conflicts, and final deliverance of the people of God. He records the closing messages which are to ripen the harvest of the earth, either as sheaves for the heavenly garner or as fagots for the fires of destruction. Subjects of vast importance were revealed to him, especially for the last church, that those who should turn from error to truth might be instructed concerning the perils and conflicts before them. None need be in darkness in regard to what is coming upon the earth.

    Why, then, this widespread ignorance concerning an important part of Holy Writ? Why this general reluctance to investigate its teachings? It is the result of a studied effort of the prince of darkness to conceal from men that which reveals his deceptions. For this reason, Christ the Revelator, foreseeing the warfare that would be waged against the study of the Revelation, pronounced a blessing upon all who should read, hear, and observe the words of the prophecy.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 2:59 pm; edited 3 times in total
    B.B.Baghor
    B.B.Baghor


    Posts : 1851
    Join date : 2014-01-31
    Age : 73
    Location : Druid county UK

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  B.B.Baghor Sat Jan 24, 2015 4:46 pm

    Ortho's words of former post: "I do it for new-answers -- in the context of the old-answers not working any longer."

    So far, while I hope to be in an equal sparring with you, or in a proper Greek dialogue together, as I prefer to handle it,
    (some members of the Greek Forum in Athens here are probably thinking "Let's see what B.B. is going to make of this :)
    your answers don't seem to make it work for me, as far as my understanding of what it is you're aiming at, ortho. It's as if
    any tackling of obstruction reveals more of the same obstructiveness, for a lack of purpose or focus.

    Or is there an intention in you, possibly, to be silent about it for a good reason, related to the reception of this thread by others?

    It's possible that I mistakenly assume that there's a goal, while you yourself may choose to remain in questions for ever new answers.
    Possibly, with time, it has become a loop and a goal in itself and not the means to reach a goal that satisfies you. I often perceive your
    quest to be just that, without being convinced that it's like this for you. For I'm pretty sure your motives are sincere.

    I post all of this also in the hope to find new answers, ortho, for better understanding of your quest, for haven't I missed the most
    part of it, before I joined this forum? Here are some more questions: Who's talking? In your posts? Who's deciding the answers are
    old and not working for you?

    I must confess that I perceive all your conclusions as derived from a subjective view on things, a view created by you, ortho,
    To me, it seems they pop up in a status quo of your mind, derived from repetitive demolishing of foundations, ready to build truth on.
    But accidently ignored, or even denied to be foundations maybe? My subjectiveness is equally present and pretty evident, I guess.
    Isn't the main ingredient to achieve objectivity, the application of structure and order? As marks on the map of a chosen journey......
    your quest, with directions for soulsearching at the same time? I wonder if this quest of yours is similar to the one in the book
    "The art of motorcycle maintenance" Have you read that book? Please let me know if you're done with this dialogue at some point?
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jan 25, 2015 12:10 am

    Thank-you B.B. This madness might end when the bullshit and mumbo-jumbo stops -- so it will probably never be over -- until 2133 AD perhaps. This is a mental and spiritual exercise. So far -- No One has properly discussed any of this with me -- on the internet or in real-life -- but hope springs eternal. One more thing -- if one read Job through Daniel straight-through (over and over) -- what might they conclude regarding The Perfect Law of the Lord -- and The Isaiah-Messiah?? This isn't a trick-question. Regarding this entire thread (past, present, and future) -- I have pulled EVERYTHING OFF ALL TABLES (REAL AND IMAGINARY). This thread is for educational and entertainment purposes ONLY. I'm just going through the motions. When I finish the reposting-project -- I think I'm really finished (in more ways than one). I'm simply expecting to watch things play-out (for better or worse -- I know not). Actually, I might just listen to a lot of sacred classical music.

    magamud wrote:
    For the World Is Hollow and I Have Touched the Sky
    JesterTerrestrial wrote:So many questions!

    Listen it comes down to Resonance. It has been said before and I will say it again. Resonance of your heart chakra with the conscious universe.  Only you can do this.  The time lines of the bible decoding were given by the dragons of thuban and we have now entered unprecedented territory.

    The power that the bible holds as a spiritual authority must and will be dissolved. Because we have just lived through the end times that it talked about and the time line as to when these events happened are what has been decoded.  Most do not understand what is happening.  They had to ban us because our info is to real that these fake truth seekers cant make a profit selling their lies when we smash them!

    JT!
    Thank-you magamud and Jester. Perhaps Science-Fiction will be a new form of religious expression. Perhaps it already is. The Bible and Religion (of all kinds) are highly problematic -- yet the Bible and Religion will continue to be important aspects of Human-Experience. I've tried to deal with a lot of biblical stuff in a science fictional setting. Unfortunately, I continue to be highly fatigued, frazzled, oppressed, burned-out, disillusioned, despondant, miserable, stubborn, stupid, sick, and tired -- so there's only so much of a contribution I can make. I will continue to say that this thread is mostly a study-guide for others, who might be MUCH more capable of making significant progress than I am. I really continue to wish for things to work out well for everyone - but I continue to feel very sluggish and burned-out. I've felt this way for a very long time. Perhaps someday I'll understand why. So, don't expect too much from me. I'm just going to continue to do what I'm doing. I continue to find this pursuit simultaneously painful and pleasurable. The agony and the ecstasy. I continue to be committed to the contents of this thread - but this doesn't mean that I'll be stubborn and stupid regarding legitimate and reasonable alternatives. My mind is made up - but continue to confuse me with the facts. Darn! The Queen of Heaven finally caught-up with me! Ouch!!! Bagged and Tagged!!!
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 2451-1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 WhipsChainsDemoinGalway14_6_2006_020

    I really feel like meandering through the solar system without any particular goal in mind. This thread is my intellectual home, but the beings of this solar system can take it, or leave it. I have offered this up as one possible solution - but I'm sure there are many. There's a lot of shouting and anger out there, and I prefer not to yell like hell. I'll just whimper off into the sunset, and nurse my wounds. It's sort of liberating to not be on any sort of a hard-driving mission. I like to watch. I'm going to try to spend more time looking at the various countries and cultures of the world, including that of a hypothetical Interdimensional, Grey, Drac, and Annunaki presence. I just finished watching a documentary about UFO Disclosure in South America. https://www.youtube.com/user/UFOTVstudios#p/u/0/ojyP88bY61I I live in the USA, but I am trying to think of myself as simply being a Citizen of the Solar System. I am trying to identify with beings from throughout the solar system - human and otherwise. I realize that there may be some VERY dangerous factions - but I wish to give EVERYONE a fair shake - before I get REALLY nasty. Check this out!! http://www.ufopaedia.org/index.php?title=Geoscape_(EU)

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ufo
    icecold wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:So...what was the original sin? Was this the unpardonable sin? What motivated the rebellion and war in heaven? Who really owns and operates this solar system? Does most of the universe wish to exterminate the human race? What will it take for this solar system (and universe?) to become a truly peaceful and happy place for all concerned? Why do I keep feeling as though, no matter how hard we try, that everything is a lost cause? Is the universe laughing behind our backs? What the hell is really going on? Why are lies compounded with more lies? Why is everything important, a great big military secret? Why is common sense a threat to national security? The silence is deafening and sickening. Is this the quiet before the final storm? The final jihad?

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 51GCHXiaXNL._SL500_AA300_

    Why is everything important, a great big military secret?

    The main reason for this is the problem of religion. That has been articulated fairly clearly. Funny isn't it? All other issues have been dealt with. This one seems impossible to deal with. This is the final reason for the secrecy.

    Why is common sense a threat to national security?

    Power wants to sustain itself. It has a life of its own.

    Until we get rid of the religious baggage we will continue to go down this road. Its, as you suggest...inevitable.

    UPON THIS ROCK I think the Vatican is both a big part of the problem, and potentially a big part of the solution. I really hope that ALL of the materials in the Vatican Library, Archives, and Vaults are being very carefully preserved - and that NOTHING is being destroyed or hidden away - including the rest of the Holy Bible. The world will know the truth - no matter how much it hurts - and I'm sure there will be things which will be nearly impossible for humanity to handle. I am very fearful regarding my potential historical-reincarnational part in the madness. Things might have to get a lot worse before they get better. Things seem to have gone wrong - almost past the point of no return. We need to act wisely and quickly. I have worried that the United Nations, the City-States, the Secret Government, etc. - are ultimately governed by forces who might be somewhat regressive - and that the visible leaders - who we often love to hate - are not necessarily in the driver's seat. I don't wish to be more specific in my speculation, at this time. I long for a completely purified and reformed United Nations, City-States, Secret Government, etc. - which is responsibly free and transparent. Unfortunately, so much sewage has passed under the bridge - that cleaning things up is going to be very messy - to say the least. I have suggested some reasonable levels of immunity for complete disclosure and cooperation. This might be quite unpopular - but might it be necessary - to quickly resolve things - and move on? I don't really know. I continue to fly blind and stupid. It just seems as though trench-warfare might be counter-productive. "For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places." - Ephesians 6:12 KJV (I know these are fighting words - but I'm already too deeply into this thing).

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ii_earth_in_space
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vatican-City-map_855px

    Please note regarding the following lists: I composed these a few years ago -- and I am leaving them mostly alone for the sake of continuity -- but I am flexible in my thinking. I've simply been attempting to brainstorm, to make things better. So don't crucify me just yet.

    9.5 Theses:

    1. Replace Canon Law with the Teachings of Jesus.

    2. Institute a Modified Latin Mass (with no communion - emphasizing the remembrance of Christ and His Teachings - rather than His Sacrifice) - offering Masses seven days a week - with no preference regarding the day or days of attendance.

    3. Base All Homilies, Theology, and Ritual Upon the Teachings of Jesus.

    4. Eliminate Penance and Confession (replacing both with psychological and spiritual counseling).

    5. Allow Women to be Priests and Popes.

    6. Allow Priests to Marry and Popes to Marry (and eliminate all blasphemous titles).

    7. Eliminate All Crucifixes (The bloody, dying, and mostly naked Jesus should not be paraded and displayed).

    8. Be Completely Honest Regarding the History of the Church, the World, the Solar System, the Galaxy, and the Universe.

    9. Institute a Program of Responsible Reproduction (lifting the ban on birth-control).

    9.5. Base Civil and Church Governance on the U.S. Constitution.

    ORTHODOXYMORON GUIDESTONE:

    1. BASE THIS SOLAR SYSTEM UPON RESPONSIBILITY AND THE U.S. CONSTITUTION.

    2. MAINTAIN AN EARTH HUMAN POPULATION OF FOUR BILLION (TWO BILLION SURFACE - TWO BILLION SUBSURFACE) AND FOUR BILLION THROUGHOUT THE REST OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM (MOSTLY SUBSURFACE).

    3. BASE PHYSICAL, MENTAL, AND SPIRITUAL HEALTH UPON PREVENTION.

    4. MAINTAIN A PRISTINE ENVIRONMENT.

    5. USE ELECTRICAL POWER FOR NEARLY EVERYTHING, AND UTILIZE MAGNETO-LEVITON TRAINS FOR MOST GLOBAL TRANSPORTATION.


    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 The-vatican-counsel
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Dagonnimrodpopefishhead
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 CopyofDoveRaven
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 05_madonna_serpentum

    Does the rest of the universe love us, hate us, or are they mostly indifferent? What is the state of responsibility and freedom - throughout the universe? Is the rest of the universe at peace - or is it just one big star war? I really believe that a concise document exists - which lays out the true state of affairs - throughout the universe. Don't expect to see this document printed in 'The New York Times' anytime soon. Would most of us go insane if we read such a document - really believed it - and internalized it? I recently joked that if such a document were obtained under the Freedom of Information Act - that the whole document would be blacked-out - except for the last two words 'We're Screwed'. Thinking we know - and really knowing - are two very different things. Would the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth - really set us free - or would it drive us completely insane? I tend to think that we need to stop being deceived and destroyed - but that truth should be revealed in appropriate stages. There are right ways, and wrong ways, to handle 'disclosure'. Will it be necessary to massively arm this solar system - not to fight with each other - but to defend this solar system from the rest of the universe? I hope not. I really don't wish to fight with anyone. I keep requesting that this solar system become a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - and that the rest of the universe honor this request. I know not what I ask - because I have incomplete information - and I'm not doing all that well - physically, mentally, or spiritually. I will keep contemplating a perfected humanity, living in a perfected solar system. I'm sure there are many possible variations on this theme - but this is a theme which we should never lose sight of. Is anyone studying this thread - even a little bit? I really do need some feedback. I don't think I have it all figured out - but I do think I'm on the right track.  

    The following amateur video highlights some of my motivations for a United States of the Solar System. https://www.youtube.com/user/UFOTVstudios#p/u/0/ZoMR_Oj6Qrs There seems to be so much hidden technology - which can be used constructively or destructively. How should this solar system properly keep this technology from spinning completely out of control? I am very fearful of the possible destructive uses of advanced technology and genetic hybridization. I'm not anti-anyone. I simply wish for business in this solar system to be conducted in a reasonable and rational manner - which harms no one - and benefits everyone. Is this too much to ask? The star-chart shown below is pretty significant, isn't it? I am particularly interested in Aldebaran, Sirius, and M-42. The mean-looking dude shown below is supposed to be Aldebaran - but I think it's Bull. It might even be Ra! Note how small our Sun is, compared with some other stars. We are obviously not the biggest game in town. But who knows, perhaps we have something to offer the rest of the universe - with all of the crap we have been through over the last few thousand years. On the other hand, the rest of the universe might be desperately attempting to extinguish the flame of freedom in this solar system. I really don't know what to think about much of anything. Who really knows what's really going on? I presently distrust everyone and everything. I'm basically trying to be neutral with everyone - including those who are supposedly the worst of the worst. But I'm really a friend of no one. I don't even like myself. My computer really seems to be under attack today. I just removed a virus. The computer is running very slowly - and the fan sounds like a jet preparing for takeoff. Entering my computer via the back-door leads me to believe that you guys are gay! If you just follow my posts on the Mists of Avalon - you will learn everything of any significance about me (especially regarding aliens, ufo's, theology, governance, etc.). I am purposely just blurting everything out. I'm trying to be tactful - but I'm not hiding anything (not much, anyway!). You really don't need to sneak and snoop to figure me out. There's really not a helluva lot to figure out...

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Aldebaran
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Sirius2h

    I am trying to nurture a Solar System View - rather than a World View. I don't think I'll ever be really friendly - or really hostile - with anyone - regardless of who they are - human or otherwise. I want to really try to be detached and neutral - for the rest of my life. I'd love to travel the world  - and the solar system - meeting with various groups - human and otherwise - to try to help turn this war-zone into a paradise. If I'm not going to go to heaven - I will try to bring heaven to this solar system. I just finished watching a 'Stargate Universe' episode - and I got to thinking about where I should live. I settled upon imagining living on a large asteroid - which can move throughout the solar system at superluminal speeds (up to twice the speed of light).  The catch is that it has to remain within the orbital path of Pluto - or face the wrath of Nibiruan Warships - which are tasked with confining the Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System TO THIS SOLAR SYSTEM! Nibiru is now orbiting our sun - approximately one astronomical unit beyond the orbital path of Pluto. The Nibiruans are now neither friend or foe. They keep hostile elements out - and keep us in. That's the deal. Nibiru is also operating as a galactic halfway house for those who don't fit in anywhere else. It is also serving as a prison planet - now that this solar system has been converted into a paradise. It's sort of a Galactic Checkpoint Charlie! Wow! That Maui-Wowie is some really good $h!+! Seriously - I have thought about living underground, and I have thought about travelling throughout the solar system as sort of an ambassador - to make sure no one gets too disgruntled in paradise!! The plan is to have 2,500 representatives onboard. A small shuttlecraft will be used to visit the various planets, moons, asteroids, and craft - throughout the solar system. I'm going to imagine a completely self-contained asteroid, the size of Phobos. But we'll leave Phobos alone (for now) - so no one gets worried. Besides - the Dracs might not be too keen on giving it up! Let's see - the asteroid needs a name. How 'bout the 'USSS Namaste'? USSS = United States of the Solar System. World Without War. Amen. Please don't read too much into what I just said. This is just a fantasy!

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Phobos+Mars+stars+finalUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Phobos1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Phobos-inside-cole
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Orion13
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Phobos_colour_2008
    USSS NAMASTE

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stargate-SG-1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 654811
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 St-marys-inner

    To me, the important thing is to consider a wide variety of possibilities - in preparation for the disclosure of the real truth of who we are, where we have been, and where we might be headed. I think this universe might be stranger than we can possibly imagine. Just an update. The Dracs have agreed to provide Phobos (presently orbiting Mars) as a mobile embassy for the United States of the Solar System. (2,500 representatives) The Roman Catholics have agreed to provide St. Mary's Cathedral (San Francisco) as the United States of the Solar System Headquarters. (2,500 representatives). The remaining 5,000 representatives will be spread throughout the solar system - and all will communicate via the Solar System Internet. (Don't call your psychiatrist just yet - this is only fiction. But be forewarned - I am trying to make this a reality!) What is the true source of anything? I think it might be EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to trace EVERYTHING back to it's true genesis. This goes for science, philosophy, politics, religion, and the origins of the theories of our origins. Could some things have been 'given' to us with malicious intent? I tend to think so. I think we have been messed with throughout history - and that we continue to be messed with. But we think we're too damn smart to be fooled. Perhaps we need to think again. Forget about the damn tenure, professor. It's all about truth, right? That call from the college president, that letter from an angry parent, that visit from the CIA - didn't keep you from pursuing the truth with all deliberate speed, did it? Hmmmmmmmmmmm......

    So - has anyone done a comprehensive analysis of this thread - and itemized the problems and inaccuracies? Has anyone answered all of the questions - with convincing answers? I tend to think that some of this has been done - but that the results will never see the light of day. If various ideas are used - they will probably be introduced in a round about manner. But really - this is probably as it should be. This is really what I had in mind. But still - I am very curious regarding what effect - if any - all of this aimless posting has had. I know that I simply need to spend a lot more time reviewing everything. I really don't know what I have created. Probably a mess. But hopefully the right individuals have thought thoughts which they would not have otherwise thought - and possibly some of these thoughts have made a significant positive difference. But again - I am very curious. I am seeing a growing body of confirming evidence for my random acts of posting madness. Again - the purpose of this thread is not to provide answers. It is to make YOU think - and to achieve your own answers. It just gets very lonely making post after post after post - with very little response. I understand and appreciate the reasons for this. But it still gets lonely - and feels like a monumental exercise in futility. I've tried to spice things up with lots of funny pictures and pretty girls - and this seems to have made absolutely no difference. It's like a brick wall exists between me, and everyone else. It has been this way my entire life. I really and truly wonder how human I really am - and if I really belong on this planet. Something feels very, very wrong...

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 4178355448_22f4dd965a
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Laln368l
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Msmith2

    I've been thinking about continuing the fantasy with which I began this thread - but perhaps there should be some missing time. Indeed, the missing years of orthodoxymoron! The Phobos Phantasy is really a continuation of the original line of thinking. So, I am quite undecided regarding what to do. Any ideas? Perhaps I should post that original piece of fiction - and then continue it - right up to the Phobos acquisition (thanks to Draconian cooperation). Why don't I do that? The next post will be that old post. I'll add some artwork or photographs - and then I'll just keep adding to the story until we board the USSS Namaste - and embark on her maiden voyage through the solar system. Here's another interesting video regarding UFO's and Black Projects. https://www.youtube.com/user/UFOTVstudios#p/u/4/c0C-qrHtlok I'd really like to be cool, calm, and low-key about all of this esoteric and secret stuff. It really should involve nearly all disciplines. I can't really work for anyone - because then I would be controlled. But I can't be too crazy - because then the Greys would take me away. I like the presentation-styles of people like John Lear, Joseph Farrell, Alex Collier, and Bill Cooper. There are others - and this is not an endorsement of their information - just their method of presentation. I would LOVE to have an all-night fireside chat with people like George H.W. Bush and Henry Kissinger - even though these are people who many of us hate. I think a lot of people have sold-out, but do we really know the circumstances? I really just wish to see a lot of the secret stuff continue to be made public. I realize this creates it's own problems - but 90% of the public will not grasp the gravity of things - regardless of how plainly the secret information is presented to them. It's really just unbalanced people like me, who really go off the deep-end with all of this. I admit that I'm just thrashing around in the dark. The more I try to figure things out - the more confused I become. I will continue to attempt to be neutral toward everyone - good or evil - human and otherwise. I presently seek understanding, rather than condemnation. But condemnation might surface later, when the true state of affairs becomes painfully clear. Unfortunately, I might have to condemn my historical-reincarnational self. I might have the most karmic-debt of anyone. I really worry about this. I require pretty music to calm my troubled soul. Someone I know, used to sing 'The Holy City' a lot. It brings back fond memories...


    I just wanted to interject that, during this transitional period, as little destruction as possible, should take place. Documentation, artifacts, spacecraft, bases, and perhaps even weaponry - should probably not be destroyed. I value the labor of everyone - and it would be a shame to destroy things of great value - just to cover up the madness. I tend to think that we should all know the truth - and that we should benefit as much as possible from that which has transpired in secrecy. There are both legitimate and illegitimate reasons for secrecy. What concerns me most is not the secrecy - but rather the darkness. If a lot of this secret stuff were properly supervised - with proper funding methods and proper ethical guidelines - I might not have much of a problem with it. A lot of it sounds really cool. But stop the financial corruption and the international illegal drug trade. You know what I'm talking about. I don't see why most of the exotic stuff can't continue in a purified atmosphere of transparent openness. But I am pragmatic - and I do understand that there has to be some secrecy - but not the kind which the human race has been subjected to for way too long. Again - you know what I'm talking about. I just want this solar system cleaned-up. I might be a completely ignorant fool, as Raven has suggested, and I didn't disagree - but I am open to anything and everything which truly makes sense. Come, let us reason together.
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Gogh.skull-cigarette

    I'm going to watch 'MOON'. Then, I'm going to start reading 'The Jesuits' by Malachi Martin. Once again, I don't hate either the Jesuits or the Roman Catholic Church - even though the history of both are quite dark, at times. I'm really more fascinated than condemning. I will be interested to learn what they have really had to deal with, throughout the centuries. The book I am about to read probably only scratches the surface. I continue to think of myself as a Renegade Roman Catholic (even though I have never been a church member - in this life anyway!). I really do bring peace, rather than a sword. But something tells me that this wasn't always the case. 'MOON' is really a creepy movie - but I'd still like to travel the solar system. I try to be idealistic - but at this point, I'm expecting a harsh future - even in paradise. I'm really just hoping for the survival of my soul (lifetime after lifetime) - and some semblance of a meaningful life. But frankly - I'm not expecting too much. In fairness, I do think unimaginably idealistic and grandiose thoughts, but I am aware of some of the negative and destructive challenges which could throw a monkey-wrench into the machinery of paradise. Beware of sour-grapes, poison-pills, and scuttling in absentia. We can perform a solar system exorcism - but will the evil ever completely leave? If we kick the bad guys and gals out - what is to keep them from banding together with other bad guys and gals throughout the universe - and then returning, when we least expect it - and kicking our asses all the way to hell? This could just be the beginning of the madness. I certainly hope not - but we really should consider every conceivable possibility and probability. But please - if all of this gets too heavy - just stop - and think about something else. Get informed, without getting mad, or going mad. Namaste.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Large_moon-rockwell-duncan-jones
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Moon-movie-moon-buggy

    I just use science fiction as a launching pad for my imagination. My solar system fantasy is not militaristic - yet I keep thinking about how to defend the solar system from potential invaders. How do we really know what evil lurks throughout the universe? Or are we the only evil beings in the universe? Damned if I know. Or - Damned if I don't submit (with reverent contrition) to the Universal Church? I find most everything to be somewhat disappointing - so I tend to not stick with any one thing for any significant length of time. I formulate a composite insight - and then I move on. Some people think about other mates. I think about other gods and goddesses. Just kidding. Or am I? What would Minerva say? Is this the music of 'cosmic war'?


    Try reading 'The Holy Tablets' in conjunction with 'Cosmic War'. This is very nerve-wracking for me to contemplate. Consider joining me on the USSS Namaste - as I journey through the solar system with representatives of the United States of the Solar System. I hope you don't mind the Draconian Crew and Guards! I hope the Dracs don't mind having us aboard! Also - consider a "Good Anna v Bad Anna" theme. Consider 'V' as being only the beginning of such a conceptualization. I can't even begin to describe what I think about in this regard. I am somewhat disappointed with the 'what big teeth you have' side of Anna. I support the idea of exploring the dark side of the Anna character - but this aspect of the show seems to miss the mark. But what do I know? In considering models of solar system governance - we must be careful to not throw the baby out with the bathwater. There are many shades of Grey - and many species of Chimera - in this Mad, Mad, Mad, Mad World! I think I'm going to spend the rest of the day reading 'The Jesuits' and listening to Latin Masses. I might even go to church tomorrow...

    Well, I didn't go to church, and I didn't watch the Super-Bowl. But I did find the following words of wisdom, buried in this thread. I think I was having a bad day...

    The 'Law of Confusion' is a descriptive and appropriate term...but I tend to eschew obfuscation...and to espouse elucidation. A Christocentric eschatological theological approach to scriptural studies which utilizes the concept of comprehensive concentration...which assumes the red-letter teachings of Jesus as being fundamental...with the remaining portions of the biblical canon as being merely contextual...cross-referencing utilizing a Strong's Concordance...and applying the accepted norms of grammatical-historical hermeneutics...is supremely beneficial regarding definitively and devotionally ascertaining the Christ Conscious Aspects of the First Source and Center of All Things...to fully experience Jesus as Lord in modernity...being careful to exegete...rather than eisegetically twisting and corrupting the sacred texts to conform to canon law (there is no substantial body of evidence which substantiates transubstantiation)...so as not to become a reprehensible and reprobate hermeneutic whore...a cursed Judas Iscariot in dire need of prostrate penetance, confession, repentance, and reconciliation...and in grave danger of burning for all eternity as a sinner in the hands of an angry God. World Without End. Amen.

    As of this moment, We Are At War! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VMWOHfG_jFo

    I don't see why this solar system can't be a paradise. But there seems to be:

    1. An Annunaki Faction which wishes to exterminate the Human Race.
    2. An Annunaki Faction which has been exploiting the Human Race - while fighting with the other Annunaki faction - to see who gets to be the Masters of the Universe.
    3. A Responsible Human Faction - who seems to have been driven off-world thousands of years ago.
    4. An Ignorant and Irresponsible Human Faction - who seems to be living on this Prison Planet called Earth.

    Consider the possibility of: (Extraterrestrial Humans + Extraterrestrial Hybrids) vs (Terrestrial Humans + Terrestrial Hybrids)

    Unfortunately, I get the impression that everyone hates the Terrestrial Humans (Us). As I keep posting on this thread - I keep feeling that I am fighting for the survival of the best aspects of the Human Race - or simply for survival. Period. What was the Original Sin? What is the solution for the Original Sin and Karmic Debt - other than Slavery and Death???

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Zw-Minerva-2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Planet-in-Rebellion-sm
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Star_wars_rebellion_box
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 2-62
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Swontpb1

    Did Regressive Interdimensional Reptilians deceive the Human Race (by promising them freedom and enlightenment?) into creating a Genetic Hybridization Program to give the Regressive Interdimensional Reptilians Hybrid Bodies? Who bears ultimate responsibility for what seems to be a Hybridization Program Gone Bad? Are the two Annunaki Factions under the direction of even more powerful beings? Check this out, and tell me what you think. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VxFzH3goUsc&NR=1 One more thing. What is the relationship between Jesus and Lucifer? Just wondering. Namaste.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Alien
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 BOL103
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 86_Space_War_humor_fun_free_computer_desktopwallpaper_s


    Ohh, can't anybody see
    We've got a war to fight
    Never found our way
    Regardless of what they say

    How can it feel, this wrong
    From this moment
    How can it feel, this wrong

    Storm.. in the morning light
    I feel
    No more can I say
    Frozen to myself

    I got nobody on my side
    And surely that ain't right
    And surely that ain't right

    Ohh, can't anybody see
    We've got a war to fight
    Never found our way
    Regardless of what they say

    How can it feel, this wrong
    From this moment
    How can it feel, this wrong

    [Instrumental]

    How can it feel, this wrong
    This moment
    How can it feel, this wrong

    Ohh, can't anybody see
    We've got a war to fight
    Never found our way
    Regardless of what they say

    How can it feel, this wrong
    From this moment
    How can it feel, this wrong

    The bottom-line of all of this madness is to

    1. Determine who the major players have been in this solar system going back thousands of years.
    2. Determine the governmental systems in this solar system going back thousands of years.
    3. Determine the true history of the human race and this solar system.
    4. To establish the best possible governmental system in this solar system - with the best long-term chances of facilitating responsible freedom.

    Perhaps, like Sybil Dorsett, the Human Race needs someone like Dr. Wilber - to try to put Humpty Dumpty back together again.



    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 LevisKIDS_HumptyDumpty

    I am bracing myself for some possibly very complex and upsetting information. I think a whole lot of information is being released presently - with maybe 10% of it really being the truth. They probably have to do it this way, to keep us from going crazy. I've been trying to connect the dots in a somewhat tactful and light-hearted manner - even though I can be quite irreverent and sarcastic. I'm not expecting very many high-level press-conferences, which spill the beans about all of the deep, dark secrets. There will probably be a lot of whistle-blowers with questionable credentials and information - who get the truth into the public domain - little by little - while keeping the big-names out of the disclosure process. I frankly don't know if I am stepping on any toes, or not. I have sort of targeted the Queen of Heaven - who I think might be a mixture of good and evil. But I don't know the truth about this hypothetical being. I don't know if I'm making things better - or making things worse. I frankly don't know when to stop. I've decided to just keep doing what I'm doing - and see who or what comes out of the woodwork, so to speak. But I really do think, that at the highest levels, the decision has been made to inform the public, but in a very round about manner. This is probably as it should be - but I find this to be very frustrating. I'd prefer to just go down into an underground base for a couple of days - and learn the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth - with a psychiatrist at my side (with a tranquilizer gun!), the entire time. I'm not kidding. I think the truth might be that bad...

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 4338_f520
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Straight-jacket
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Out-of-my-mind
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chuck-vs-the-tooth_article_story_main

    I obviously don't know how good or bad the truth about everything might be - but I think we should be prepared for both the best and the worst. We often wish to be entertained, and to be told what we want to hear. We have expectations which might be unrealistic. We are sometimes led around by the hooks in our noses. We're often not as smart as we think we are. At this point, I think I'd like to see everyone become a lifelong researcher - to learn how to properly process information - and to be able to tactfully communicate the results of a relentless pursuit of the truth. Seriously, how do we make things better, without making things worse? How do we save the patient, without killing the patient? How do we save the world, without destroying the world? Save us from our Saviors! I once asked a shaman what non-natives should do to help the natives? He answered, 'Leave us the f*&% alone!' Perhaps we should try to understand others, rather than trying to help them. Missionaries can end up being Cultural Imperialists. Remember 'The Mission'? I am open to living with various types of beings - but I certainly do not wish to be taken advantage of - and I doubt that they wish to be taken advantage of, either. I have recently joked about travelling the solar system with representatives of the United States of the Solar System - on Phobos aka USSS Namaste - with a crew of Draconian Reptilians! I really wouldn't mind - if, and only if - I knew, for certain, that they wouldn't turn on us! I'm pretty damn naive, aren't I?

    I think we have to judge and sentence - but I desire a kinder and gentler system of rewards and punishments - without damning anyone to hell. I wish for a more sane way to manage the insanity. BTW - how do you define 'Regressive'? Sometimes I think we made a jailbreak - and ended up in a worse jail - with our liberators as our new jailers. I'm thinking we might've been set-up, and then enslaved and exploited. But once again, we don't really know who we are or where we came from. Vengeful deities seem to have the upper-hand - for now. Someone who serves others, might be a slave. Someone who serves self, might simply be self-sufficient. When I think of 'regressive' - I think of harsh, cruel, and tyrannical beings, who exalt themselves at the expense of others. Namaste, Responsibility, and Freedom would probably just be a big joke to such individuals. This is just my impression. Are Draconians 'regressive'? Are the Annunaki 'regressive'? Is most of the human race 'regressive'? I tend to think so. I guess there are many roads home. Or, perhaps we are trail-blazers, in this neck of the woods. Might a destructive rebellion be in the process of morphing into a constructive reformation? I don't know. They never tell me anything.

    Have I been unkind and unfair regarding my speculations about a hypothetical Queen of Heaven? I worry about this. I'd like to know the truth - but how should I unveil the Queen of Heaven - without making her furious? I really don't know who I might be dealing with. Perhaps we need to get together - and straighten things out. My insecurity regarding the true state of affairs of the human race is nearly out of control. I am very worried. I wish to get along with the various beings of the universe - but I do not wish to be a doormat. I am not a potted plant! I am somebody! What should the next step be for a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System? Should there even be a next step? Might some of the best aspects of ancient Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome be incorporated into a United States of the Solar System? What about the best of the rest of the ancient world? Should there be historical continuity? How do we operate a civilization which has an identity, and has balls - without it becoming harsh and cruel regarding rebellion and other challenges? How do we have a military which is highly trained and disciplined - yet never has to go to war? I like duty, country, honor - without the blood and guts part. What lessons can we learn from the rise and fall of the Roman Empire? Could a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System last for millions of years? I'd still like to really know who our enemies are - throughout the universe - and if their hatred of us might have some justification. I wish for a solar system paradise - but I do not wish to sweep problems under the rug - in hopes that they'll just go away. I continue to worry about all of the really nasty weapons of mass destruction (throughout the solar system?). Are they in the best of hands - or the worst of hands? How do we REALLY get the WMD problem under control? We really could blast ourselves to the brink of extinction - in a matter of minutes. Are there weapons which destroy all traces of the soul? The whole question of soul survival is extremely important. I wish I were a badass intellectual leader - with a 200 IQ - and had bigger balls than Atlas! But such is not the case. However, I would like to continue to think about all of this - even though it is making me quite miserable. Here is an example of why I have declared war on war:
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Nina-berman


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 5:47 pm; edited 1 time in total
    B.B.Baghor
    B.B.Baghor


    Posts : 1851
    Join date : 2014-01-31
    Age : 73
    Location : Druid county UK

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  B.B.Baghor Sun Jan 25, 2015 12:31 pm

    Ortho's words: "No One has properly discussed any of this with me -- on the internet or in real-life -- but hope springs eternal."

    If I understand your remark in this quote in the right way, it is you who will determine what's appropriate in
    how this is discussed with you. That's a tough one! The only remedy that seems to work, for that to achieve,
    is silencing the mind and getting rid of the vast virtual library of facts present in it, at least that's how it feels to me.

    If you're willing to discuss matters, ortho, you need to start with explaining how you want it done, so that you will
    address what matters to you and thus..... pick the fruits of that. And begin to make clear what you're trying to achieve
    and not hide, by saying it's only for the purpose of entertainment and education, that you share your posts.
    I have a hard time, believing this.

    I feel you're sending a double message out in the virtual mists here, ortho, I guess I made an assumption in that you're
    willing to clarify your posts to me, so that I could get a grasp on their/your meaning. I feel a bit disapppointed, I know
    now, that I should've checked with you, if you are willing to offer that clarification.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 7f615710

    I've made an attempt to have a proper dialogue with you, ortho, it's no use, the way it happens (not) now.
    To me it seems you're barking up the wrong tree and that you're attached to it by a leash of your own making.
    You may see it in a different way and feel the urge, or even an obligation, to share large parts of your virtual library,
    mixed with revelations of your suffering and doubts, in an everlasting questioning.

    I think there's very little chance for you, to receive an answer in discussions that will satisfy you, ortho.
    For you seem to have a fixed opinion on the reality and state of our world, wrapped or warped.... in everlasting lies.
    I imagine the answers you need so closely present, that it escapes your attention. I've said enough about it now.
    I truly send you blessings on your journey.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jan 25, 2015 4:13 pm

    B.B.Baghor wrote:Ortho's words: "No One has properly discussed any of this with me -- on the internet or in real-life -- but hope springs eternal."

    If I understand your remark in this quote in the right way, it is you who will determine what's appropriate in
    how this is discussed with you. That's a tough one! The only remedy that seems to work, for that to achieve,
    is silencing the mind and getting rid of the vast virtual library of facts present in it, at least that's how it feels to me.

    I guess I keep thinking in terms of point by point critical-analysis -- or Grammatical-Historical Hermeneutics -- if you will -- which is a tough-one. I could silence my mind -- or I could just stop typing -- and wash my hands -- which is what I intend to do when I finish my reposting project (which is probably close to the one-third mark). One claiming to be an Ancient Egyptian Deity probably came closest to proper conversation -- but we seemed to be Ancient-Friends turned Ancient-Enemies -- and they refused to answer most of my questions -- saying "You Know I Can't Tell You That!" They seemed to be The Master -- and I seemed to be The Doctor -- in the Dr. Who Trial of a Timelord series from the 1980's. I honestly think I see real-life parallels with the Valeyard and the Madam Inquisitor -- believe it or not!! In one episode -- Dr. Who calls himself a Judas-Goat -- which I found highly-significant!!

    If you're willing to discuss matters, ortho, you need to start with explaining how you want it done, so that you will
    address what matters to you and thus..... pick the fruits of that. And begin to make clear what you're trying to achieve
    and not hide, by saying it's only for the purpose of entertainment and education, that you share your posts.
    I have a hard time, believing this.

    This internet-posting business started-out in an idealistic and earnest manner -- but, at some point, I got the distinct impression that I was somehow being misused and/or taken advantage of. Mind you -- this was (and is) simply my "impression" -- so I started sprinkling disclaimers and qualifiers throughout my internet-posting -- to attempt to reverse whatever damage might've occurred -- and to prevent further difficulties. I simply do not know enough to properly state or demand anything of any substance -- so I have rendered my quest a moot spiritual-war.

    I feel you're sending a double message out in the virtual mists here, ortho, I guess I made an assumption in that you're
    willing to clarify your posts to me, so that I could get a grasp on their/your meaning. I feel a bit disapppointed, I know
    now, that I should've checked with you, if you are willing to offer that clarification.

    Ask, and Ye Shall Receive. Seek, and Ye Shall Find. Siriusly, I do transmit dual-communications, to keep people (and other-than-people) guessing -- probably because it's more difficult to hit a moving and erratic target!! A Jehovah's Witness exclaimed to me (in a rather angry and agitated manner) "Why Do You Keep Jumping Around??!!"
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 7f615710
    Cool Message!!

    I've made an attempt to have a proper dialogue with you, ortho, it's no use, the way it happens (not) now.
    To me it seems you're barking up the wrong tree and that you're attached to it by a leash of your own making.
    You may see it in a different way and feel the urge, or even an obligation, to share large parts of your virtual library,
    mixed with revelations of your suffering and doubts, in an everlasting questioning.

    Thank-you for the effort B.B. What I've found is that most everyone starts out nice -- and ends up nasty. The dialogue never seems to involve the material under review. I've simply attempted to be open and honest -- but sincerity and honesty are SO overrated. I don't know if the "Devil" was always "Bad" -- but I suspect that they've periodically attempted to "Do the Right Thing" -- yet found that on this Prison Planet in Rebellion it works SO much better the other way. The Ancient Egyptian Deity said they had "Always Remained One Step Ahead of Humanity." They said I was "One of Two Human Friends" -- and that the rest of humanity were "Minions". I don't know how truthful they were in this instance -- yet upon extended reflection, I can sort of see their point (as twisted as it seems to be). Managing-Humanity might not be a job for Nice and Idealistic Guys and Gals.

    I think there's very little chance for you, to receive an answer in discussions that will satisfy you, ortho.
    For you seem to have a fixed opinion on the reality and state of our world, wrapped or warped.... in everlasting lies.
    I imagine the answers you need so closely present, that it escapes your attention. I've said enough about it now.
    I truly send you blessings on your journey.

    Hope Springs Eternal. I actually think I've been way too open-minded and accommodating. I've considered the most upsetting and bizarre topics (many of which are completely-opposite what I really think and believe). I've attempted to test myself and others in a most distressful manner -- and I fear this has been a grave-error. Thank-you for your blessings, B.B. I could feel the love.
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_Lord The Time Lords are a fictional, ancient extraterrestrial civilisation of a humanoid species known as Gallifreyans in the British science fiction television series Doctor Who, of which the series' protagonist, the Doctor, is a member. Time Lords receive their name for their non-linear perception of time, which allows them to see everything that was, is, or could be at the same time, as shown in the 1996 movie Doctor Who. They developed a culture of custodianship and time-related technologies based on this perception which includes strictly controlled space/time travel machines (known as "TARDISes") and monitoring devices to travel through time and to prevent time from being subverted or abused—although actual action was described as rare in practice due to their traditional policy of strict non-interference and neutrality. They can act to manipulate timelines of a wide range of events and individuals, so long as they do not cross back into their own timeline.

    Originally they were described as a powerful and wise race from the planet Gallifrey, from which the Doctor was a renegade; details beyond this were very limited for the first decade of the series. They later became integral to many episodes and stories as their role in the fictional universe developed. Over subsequent episodes their history, their development of time manipulation, and their internal politics were touched upon, with Time Lord society portrayed as a stagnated ceremony-bound oligarchy and their past having descended into myth and legend. The Doctor became at times an ally, being appointed their president during his fourth incarnation and assisting them on many occasions. After the series resumed in 2005, the Time Lords were presented as no longer existing, having been destroyed by the Doctor at some intervening point during the Last Great Time War in which they became corrupted, led by a tyrannical Lord President Rassilon willing to sacrifice the entirety of time and space for survival. The Time Lords made a subsequent appearance as a race in 2010 when they schemed to escape the resulting time lock and resume their plan, as well as in the appearance of individuals such as the Master, and at times, inadvertent human-time lord hybrids.

    At the start of the series, the Doctor was identified only as an alien; his home planet and race were not identified. After six years, in The War Games, other aliens from his world appeared and were known as the Time Lords,[1] and it was a further five years before the name of his home planet (Gallifrey) was revealed in The Time Warrior.[2] The nature and history of the Time Lords were gradually revealed as the television programme progressed.

    The Time Lords are considered one of the oldest and most technologically powerful races in the Doctor Who universe. The small number of beings that are more powerful than the Time Lords include the (now extinct) Osirians and higher powers of the universe such as the Black and White Guardians, and possibly the Eternals.[3] Additionally, The People from the spin-off novels (which are of uncertain canonicity) had a non-aggression treaty with the Time Lords.[4] In the very distant past, the Time Lords fought a genocidal war against the Great Vampires, which led to such a catastrophic loss of life that the Time Lords renounced violence. However, at some point they also entered conflict with the Racnoss, ultimately driving the race to near-extinction in 4.6 billion BC save for the Racnoss' Empress and the inhabitants of one vessel hidden deep within what would become the planet Earth ("The Runaway Bride"). In some spinoff media, the Time Lords are also allied with less developed "Temporal Powers." The power of the Time Lords appears limited by their policy of non-interference with the universe and sometimes by intense internecine division. However, the view that they are self-appointed custodians of time developed in the spin-off media, but carried over into the television series; in The War Games the Time Lords return time-displaced humans abducted by the War Lord to their proper time zones on Earth.[1]

    In the 2005 television series, Gallifrey has been destroyed and the Time Lords are functionally extinct as a result of a mutually destructive Time War with the Daleks, with only two Time Lords known to have survived: the Doctor and his nemesis, the Master. The Doctor's artificially created "daughter" Jenny may also be considered to be a surviving Time Lord, though in "The Doctor's Daughter" the Doctor initially rejected the suggestion.[5] The fate of a fourth member of the race, Time Lady Romanadvoratrelundar (Romana), a former companion of the Doctor, is unknown, as when the character last appeared in the television series she was residing in a parallel dimension. Two other Time Lord-like beings appeared in the episode "Journey's End": Donna Noble, briefly empowered with the mind and knowledge of a Time Lord, and a half-human clone of the Doctor. Donna's memories related to the Doctor, as well as her Time Lord knowledge, were buried in order to save her life, while the clone is currently living out his existence in a parallel universe with Rose Tyler.[6] There is also the question of whether the Doctor's granddaughter, Susan, was by nature a true Time Lord. She went off to live with a human, David Campbell, in the 22nd century at the end of The Dalek Invasion Of Earth. Whether she had survived the Time War or if she was not even a part of it is also unknown.

    In "Father's Day"[7] the Ninth Doctor remarks that prior to their destruction, the Time Lords would have prevented or repaired paradoxes such as that which attracted the Reapers to 1987 Earth. In "Rise of the Cybermen",[8] the Tenth Doctor mentions that while the Time Lords were around, travel between alternative realities was easier, but with their demise, the paths between worlds were closed, and in "The Satan Pit",[9] he states that his people "practically invented black holes. Well, in fact they did."

    The End of Time saw the High Council of Time Lords led by a Time Lord President whom the Doctor named "Rassilon", attempting to escape the Time War by materialising Gallifrey in the place of Earth on Christmas 2009. However, the Doctor destroys the device which allows their passage into the present, sending them back into the events of the Time War.[10]

    At the end of "Day of the Moon", a mysterious young girl tells a homeless man that she is dying and then begins to regenerate. The identity of this girl is implied in the episode "A Good Man Goes to War", where it is revealed that the daughter of Amy Pond (Karen Gillan) and Rory Williams (Arthur Darvill), Melody Pond, who later goes by her transliterated name "River Song", has been born with Time Lord-like genetic traits. An old acquaintance of the Doctor's, Vastra (Neve McIntosh) reminds the Doctor that the Time Lord race developed due to their billions of years' exposure to the time vortex. The Doctor then recalls that Rory and Amy had spent their wedding night in the TARDIS; therefore it is theorised that River's conception mirrored that of the Time Lords' genesis and therefore she herself developed Time Lord genetic characteristics.

    During the episode "The Doctor's Wife" it was revealed that several Time Lords and their TARDISes had been trapped and destroyed by an entity called House who lived in a separate bubble universe.

    In "The Night of the Doctor" and "The Day of the Doctor," it's shown that the Eighth Doctor regenerated into the War Doctor to fight in the Time War. He originally planned to use a Time Lord weapon known as The Moment to destroy the Time Lords and Daleks, but after being shown the tenth and Eleventh Doctors, he worked together with them to change the outcome of the Time War: every incarnation of the Doctor, including a previously-unseen future incarnation teamed up together to freeze Gallifrey in time and place it outside of our universe, protecting it and the remaining Time Lords while the Daleks destroyed themselves in their own crossfire once Gallifrey was gone. The Doctor has now set out to find Gallifrey and restore the Time Lords.

    Time Lords look human (or, as the Eleventh Doctor tells Amy Pond in the The Beast Below, humans "look Time Lord", as Time Lords evolved first[12]), but differ from them in many respects. Physiological differences from humans include two hearts which normally beat at 170 beats per minute,[13] an internal body temperature of 15 degrees Celsius (59 degrees Fahrenheit) and a "respiratory bypass system" that allows them to survive strangulation. Time Lords can also survive full exposure to the vacuum of space with no ill effects, though when in a vacuum for an extended period, a Time Lord must take a supply of air along or suffocate. Time Lords also seem to have an increased resilience to higher frequencies of sound, as seen in "The Christmas Invasion" (although this may simply be the excess energy from his recent regeneration, or their hearing range may not go as high as a human's).[14] and "Partners in Crime". If severely injured, Time Lords can go into a healing coma which lowers their body temperature to below freezing. In the serial Destiny of the Daleks, Romana was able to voluntarily stop both of her hearts beating, to fool the Daleks into believing that she was dead. The Doctor also shows a greater tolerance to cold compared to humans in The Seeds of Doom and Planet of the Ood and even Romana in The Ribos Operation, and in "42" the Doctor states he is able to survive at absolute zero for a short period of time. In "World War Three",[15] the Doctor is able to shake off an electrocution attempt which is fatal to a number of humans, and appears unaffected by the energy whip wielded by the Sycorax in "The Christmas Invasion".[14] In "Smith and Jones" the Tenth Doctor says that the radiation given off by X-rays pose no real threat to Time Lords, and proceeds to absorb an amount that would be lethal to a human, which he subsequently expels through his foot.[16] The End of Time shows the Doctor as being capable of surviving (for a short period) a massive burst of radiation that would have killed anything else instantly. However, the radiation burst caused enough damage to start a regeneration cycle.

    Time Lords are extremely long-lived, routinely counting their ages in terms of centuries; the Doctor claimed in The War Games[1] that Time Lords could live "practically forever, barring accidents." The series has suggested that Time Lords have a different concept of ageing than humans. In Pyramids of Mars, the Doctor considers an age of 750 years to be "middle-aged". In "The Stolen Earth", he refers to being a "kid" at 90 years old. However, within a specific incarnation, a Time Lord is able to age, albeit much more slowly than a human. The War Doctor and Eleventh Doctor, over the course of the Last Great Time War and the Battle of Trenzalore, respectively, are seen to age within their respective incarnations to what would appear to a human to be old age; both conflicts are suggested within the series to last hundreds if not thousands of Earth years.

    In The Daleks' Master Plan[17] the First Doctor is able to resist the effects of the Time Destructor better than his companions, who are visibly aged by it; one of them, Sara Kingdom ages to dust before the Destructor device can be reversed. The Fourth Doctor is briefly aged 500 years in The Leisure Hive, leaving him an old man but still active. A similar situation occurred in "The Sound of Drums", where the Master uses specially made technology to age the Tenth Doctor by a century, leaving him in a frail and helpless state. A further application of this technology in the following episode, "Last of the Time Lords", suspends the Doctor's capacity to regenerate, showing the effects of 900 years of life without regeneration.

    In The Two Doctors, the Doctor states that the "Rassilon Imprimatur" allows Time Lords to safely travel through time, becoming symbionts with their TARDISes, and that the reason other species are incapable of developing time travel are that they lack the imprimatur. However, he implies later that he was lying about at least some of this information to mislead the Sontarans. At the beginning of The Trial of a Time Lord, the Doctor suggests that a number of elder Time Lords were able to use their combined mental energy to summon his TARDIS against his will.

    In The Shakespeare Code, the Tenth Doctor has only one heart working. He knows this and tries to stand up. However, it is revealed that he cannot because though his race has two hearts, he needs both of them working in order to function properly. Also, in "The Power of Three", after a massive electrical current is passed through the Eleventh Doctor, he is left with only one heart in working condition and is unable to carry on for a long period of time.

    In The Unicorn and the Wasp, the Tenth Doctor is able to overcome the effects of cyanide by "stimulating the inhibited enzymes into reversal", a process he referred to as going through "detox".[18]

    In the episode Cold Blood, the Eleventh Doctor experiences excruciating pain when the Silurian attempts to decontaminate him of surface bacteria. The Doctor states this would kill him, most likely due to the scanners being programmed to 'detox' humans and therefore being unaware of what elements the Doctor requires.

    A Time Lord is able to conceal their Time Lord nature, and become a human, by using the Chameleon Arch - a device that stores their "essence" and memories in an innocuous device such as a fob watch, and replaces them with false counterparts until the object is later re-opened. The process allows them to disguise themselves as humans physiologically and psychologically, meaning they only have one heart and are stripped of non-human powers, and of any memory of having been a Time Lord. This story element was notably featured in Series 3; the Doctor uses it to hide himself from the Family of Blood and becomes a schoolteacher in Edwardian England. His nemesis the Master used it to disguise himself as a human to escape the Time War.

    Time Lords can communicate by telepathy,[19] and can link their minds to share information and enhance their powers.[20] In Castrovalva, the Doctor activates the TARDIS' Zero Room mentally. Additionally, both the Doctor and the Master demonstrate significant hypnotic abilities which may be supplemented by their telepathic abilities.

    These powers were elaborated upon from 2005. The Doctor is seen using this method to query a cat about the goings-on of the flat in "The Lodger". In "A Good Man Goes to War" and "Closing Time" he is apparently able to even understand babies, as well as horses in "A Town Called Mercy". In "The Girl in the Fireplace",[21] the Tenth Doctor reads the mind of Madame de Pompadour—and in the process, to his surprise, she is able to read his mind as well. In Paul Cornell's Virgin New Adventures novel Love and War,[22] the Doctor uses a similar method to read the mind of his companion Bernice Summerfield. In The End of Time, the Master uses the same technique, allowing the Doctor to hear the drumming sound the Master constantly hears. The Doctor later displays his telepathic communion powers in "Fear Her" and in "The Shakespeare Code", where by using his mind melding technique he is partially able to relieve a man of his mental illness as he traces back through his memories. In "Planet of the Ood", he seems able to temporarily confer some degree of telepathy on his companion Donna Noble, so that she can hear the telepathic song of the Ood. When she is unable to bear the song, the Doctor removes the ability. This telepathic ability is also extended to other alien species to some extent. In the same episode, he is able to "hear" the Oods' telepathic song where the humans could not.

    In "The Lodger", The Doctor (pressed for time and needing to convey a great deal of information to someone) smashed his forehead into another person's forehead, causing a massive instantaneous transfer of information. He then commented that was just the general background, then repeats the action to transfer further information pertinent to the episode. This seemed to cause him and the person intense physical pain, although unclear as to whether due to the physical pain of impact or the information transfer itself.

    The Doctor also contacts the Time Lords by going into a trance and creating an assembling box in The War Games.[1] In The Two Doctors, the Doctor engages in astral projection, but warns that if he is disturbed while doing so, his mind could become severed from his body and he could die. In "Last of the Time Lords", the Doctor telepathically interfaces with a network tapped into the human population who collectively chant his name.[23] The focus of psychic energy granted the Doctor the ability to de-age himself, float through the air, deflect shots from the Master's laser screwdriver, and telekinetically disarm the Master.

    In addition, Time Lords may be clairvoyant, or have additional time-related senses. In The Time Monster[24] and Invasion of the Dinosaurs[25] the Third Doctor is able to resist fields of slow time, being able to move through them even though others are paralysed. In City of Death[26] both the Fourth Doctor and Romana notice distortions and jumps in time that no one else does. In the 2010 episode "The Lodger", the Doctor is the only one to notice (and remain free of) the time loops caused by the activation of the Time Engine.

    In the 2005 series, the Ninth Doctor claims that he can sense the movement of the Earth through space[27] as well as being able to perceive the past and all possible futures.[28] He is also able to concentrate and time his motions well enough to step safely through the blades of a rapidly spinning fan and later claims that if any Time Lords still existed, he would be able to sense them.[29] As the Tenth Doctor he repeats this assertion, adding also that he is somehow innately able to sense which events in time are 'fixed' and which are in 'flux'.[30] The Eleventh Doctor slightly amends what was said earlier in "The Doctor's Wife", saying that he could only sense if there were other time lords in this universe. In the original series episode "Warrior's Gate", Romana is called a 'time-sensitive' by a marauding slaver and, though she seems to deny this, is able to interface with his spaceship in ways that only a 'time-sensitive' is supposed to be able to.[31] In "Utopia" the Doctor states that he finds it difficult to look at Captain Jack Harkness because Jack's existence has become fixed in time and space. The Tenth Doctor also mentions to Donna Noble, in the episode "The Fires of Pompeii", that Time Lords can perceive the past, present, and all possible futures simultaneously, as the Ninth Doctor had earlier told Rose Tyler:

    Infused with the power of the time vortex, Rose Tyler: "I can see everything, all that is, all that was, all that ever could be."The Doctor: "That's what I see, all the time. And doesn't it drive you mad?"[32]

    In the Series 4 episode "Journey's End", the Tenth Doctor was shown to use his telepathic abilities to wipe Donna Noble's mind of certain memories, specifically the memories of her travels in the TARDIS and to 'implant' a defence mechanism which is activated in 'The End of Time'. The War Games showed that other Time Lords are also able to erase people's memories, as in that story, Jamie and Zoe's travels with the Doctor were erased from their memory, and the council of Time Lords also put a memory block on the Doctor so he could not pilot the TARDIS. In the Series 5 episode "The Big Bang" the Doctor telepathically left a message in Amy Pond's head before sealing her into the Pandorica so that she would know what was happening when she woke up.

    Time Lords, or at least the Doctor, can read extremely quickly.[33] Time Lords also have the ability to regenerate their bodies when their current body is mortally wounded. This process results in their body undergoing a transformation, gaining a new physical form and a new personality; a Time Lord who was pleasant and polite in his previous regeneration might express surprise when his new form turns out to be prone to saying rude things.

    Regenerations can be traumatic events. In Castrovalva,[34] the Doctor requires the use of a Zero Room, a chamber shielded from the outside universe that provides an area of calm for him to recuperate. He comments that there is an excellent polygonal zero room beneath the junior senate block on Gallifrey. The Time Lord's personality also sometimes goes through a period of instability following a regeneration.[14]

    It was first stated in The Deadly Assassin[19] that a Time Lord can regenerate twelve times before dying (thirteen incarnations in all). There were exceptions to this rule, however: when the Master reached the end of his regenerative cycle, he took possession of the body of another person to continue living. In "The Five Doctors", the Master was offered a new cycle of regenerations by the High Council to save the Doctor from the Death Zone, which may indicate that there are methods to circumvent the twelve regeneration limit. The Master says in "The Sound of Drums" that the Time Lords "resurrected" him to fight in the Time War, which appears to support this. It was revealed in "The Brain of Morbius" that the Time Lords also use the Elixir of Life in extreme cases, where regeneration is not possible. Its confirmed in "The Time of the Doctor" that a Time Lord can only normally regenerate twelve times but that the Time Lords have the ability to grant more regenerations: at the behest of Clara Oswald they granted the Doctor himself a new cycle when he was at the point of death from old age having used up his entire cycle.

    Also in The Deadly Assassin, several Time Lords including the President are stated to have been "murdered" and are not stated to have regenerated. Although it is possible that all of the Time Lords killed were at the end of their regeneration cycles (somewhat more likely with a retiring President: potentially his reaching the end of his regeneration cycle was the very reason for his retirement), it is also possible that regeneration, regardless of how many regenerations the individual Time Lord has already undergone, is a conditional and non-inevitable phenomenon. This is stated in The End of Time when the Doctor explains to Wilfred Mott that a Time Lord can die before they have a chance to regenerate, in which case they die outright, as seen in The Impossible Astronaut. In "The Deadly Assassin" at least one of the murders was carried out with a 'staser', possibly a weapon designed to both kill and prevent regeneration (stasers are also stated to have little effect on non-living tissue).[19] Some victims, such as Runcible, were possibly "just Gallifreyans" and not Time Lords (see above), and so may not have had the ability to regenerate. In the season 4 episode "Turn Left", the Tenth Doctor's body is shown on a stretcher following the parallel events of "The Runaway Bride". A UNIT officer states that the Doctor's death must have been too quick to allow for regeneration.

    In "Destiny of the Daleks",[35] Romana showed the ability to rapidly change form several times in a row during her first regeneration, and apparently had the ability to change into whatever appearance she desired. When the Doctor remarks upon her ability, she comments that he should have stayed in university. However, despite showing several appearances, Romana regenerated only once on that occasion.

    In "Utopia", the Master, just before regeneration, claimed that he would become "young and strong", implying that he could choose the form of his new body. However regenerations generally result in younger physical forms so this may just be coincidence. The human-time lord hybrid River Song in "Let's Kill Hitler" claimed she was "focusing on a dress size", but subsequently weighed herself, seeming unsure of how her new body had truly developed. The Doctor said on several occasions he wished he was "ginger", which he has seemed unable to control in previous regenerations.

    Upon encountering the remains of fellow Time Lord the Corsair in "The Doctor's Wife", the Doctor refers to the Corsair as both male and female, hinting that Time Lords can switch genders upon their regenerations; this is confirmed in "Dark Water", in which the Master, previously seen in various male incarnations for over forty years, returned as a female.

    Whether or not Time Lords can recognise each other across regenerations is not made entirely clear:
    In The War Games, the War Chief recognises the Second Doctor despite his regeneration and it is implied that the Doctor knows him when they first meet.
    In The Three Doctors the Second Doctor recognises the Third Doctor immediately, despite the fact that the Third Doctor is, obviously, a future incarnation of himself.
    In Planet of the Spiders, the Third Doctor has trouble recognising his former mentor.
    In The Deadly Assassin,[19] Announcer Runcible, an old classmate, recognises the Fourth Doctor despite his changes in appearance and mentions that the Doctor appears to have had a "face lift" since they last met.
    In The Armageddon Factor,[36] Drax, another alumnus immediately recognises the Fourth Doctor, though the Doctor does not recognise him.
    In The Five Doctors,[37] the Third Doctor is unable to initially recognise the Master in his non-Gallifreyan body.
    In The Twin Dilemma,[38] the Doctor's old friend Azmael fails to recognise him, as the Doctor has regenerated twice since their last encounter.
    In Survival, The Master recognises the Seventh Doctor on sight,[39] although this may simply point to an earlier, unseen encounter.
    In Doctor Who (1996), the Eighth Doctor is unable to recognise the Master while he possesses a human body.[40]
    In "Utopia", the Tenth Doctor does not recognise the human form of the Master, although the Doctor did recognise him, and name him "Master", as soon as he recovered his Time Lord physiology and mind.
    In "The Sound of Drums", the Doctor states that Time Lords can "always" recognise each other, although, while on Earth, the Master used satellites with a telepathic network to mask his presence from the Doctor. The Doctor in this circumstance appears to only be referring to recognition of the individual as a Time Lord, not necessarily the specific identity. However when he sees the Master on Television he recognizes him.[29]
    In "Time Crash", the Fifth Doctor could not instinctively recognise that the Tenth Doctor was a Time Lord, much less one of his own later incarnations (this is in stark contrast to the aforementioned "The Three Doctors".)
    In "The Next Doctor", the Doctor initially seems unable to detect that the human Jackson Lake, who identifies himself as the Doctor, is not actually his regenerated future self.
    In The End of Time, the Doctor immediately recognises an unidentified elderly female Time Lord on sight, and also refers to the lead Time Lord by the name Rassilon (an earlier incarnation of Rassilon had appeared in "The Five Doctors"). In the context of the story, however, he may have encountered both during the Time War, though he himself has regenerated since they last saw him. Rassilon and the Woman recognized the Doctor on sight as well, but the Doctor's presence, regardless of incarnation, was expected.
    In "The Day of the Doctor", the War Doctor cannot recognise his tenth and eleventh incarnations, initially assuming them to be future companions. Likewise, earlier on, when the Tenth and Eleventh Doctor's first meet, the Tenth Doctor does not recognize his successor at first, but after the Eleventh Doctor's reaction upon seeing him, he is quick to realize who the Eleventh Doctor is.
    In "Dark Water", the Doctor is unable to recognise the Master until she reveals who she is.

    In "The Last of the Time Lords", when the Master is fatally wounded, he chooses not to regenerate, essentially committing suicide rather than regenerate and be kept prisoner by the Doctor forever. This again implies that regeneration is not inevitable and can indeed be refused.

    In "Turn Left", the Tenth Doctor is killed "too quickly for him to regenerate" in an alternate history where he is killed in his own rampage against the Racnoss without Donna to stop him and ultimately save his life. This death was presumably caused by flooding of the building, which the Doctor was aware of, and would not have happened any more suddenly than the Sixth Doctor's apparent death by trauma in Time and the Rani (although spin-off media have suggested that the assault on the TARDIS was not the sole reason for the Doctor's death). In "The Impossible Astronaut" a future version of the Eleventh Doctor is shot, causing him to begin his regeneration cycle. He is shot again before the regeneration completes, causing him to die instantly. However in "The Wedding of River Song" it is revealed this was a shape shifting android the Doctor used to fake his death, making this questionable.

    “ It's a bit dodgy, this process, you never know what you're gonna end up with. ”

    — The Ninth Doctor in "The Parting of the Ways".

    In cases of non-fatal injury, Time Lords who have recently regenerated can use left over cellular energy to heal and even regrow severed limbs, as seen in "The Christmas Invasion" where the Tenth Doctor regrows a hand. Also seen in "Journey's End", is the apparent ability to siphon off regeneration energy in order to cancel the effect of changing appearance; which requires them to have a "bio-matching receptacle" (in this case the Doctor's severed hand), which is usually impractical. However, this "non-regeneration" was revealed as "counting" towards the Doctor's twelve possible regenerations during the events of "The Time of the Doctor"[41]

    In The End of Time, the Tenth Doctor was able to postpone his regeneration long enough so that he could travel in time and space to see his past companions for one last time before he regenerated. However, this could have been because the radiation was slowly killing him – as is how radiation poisoning typically occurs in the real world – giving him enough time to say his goodbyes, or maybe Time Lords can temporarily stop their inevitable regeneration.

    The Fifth Doctor also showed a similar ability in his final televised story The Caves of Androzani. Toward the end of episode 3 he is seen, apparently, fighting off the effects of an impending regeneration so he can return to Androzani Minor to save his companion Peri.

    It is also worth noting that Time Lords appear to have the ability to stay conscious for moments after events that would outright kill other lifeforms instantly, giving them the opportunity to regenerate. In Logopolis, the Fourth Doctor falls hundreds of feet to the ground, yet is still conscious and able to talk to his companions when they find him minutes later before he regenerates. In The Caves of Androzani, the Fifth Doctor remains conscious throughout the entire course of his (eventually fatal) spectrox toxaemia, while his human companion Peri loses consciousness as the disease worsens. In "The Stolen Earth" the Tenth Doctor is shot by a Dalek's energy weapon, which has always been shown to instantly kill any other lifeform, yet is still conscious and able to return, with the aid of Rose, Donna and Jack, to the TARDIS in order to regenerate. Of course he was skimmed by the energy shot, while all others were shot in the middle of the back or in the chest, closer to vital organs. The Eleventh Doctor is also shot squarely by a weakened Dalek in "The Big Bang" and severely injured, but he manages to execute his plan to restart the universe nonetheless.

    In Death of the Doctor (a 2010 The Sarah Jane Adventures serial), the Eleventh Doctor responds to a question from Clyde Langer by saying he can regenerate "507" times. Early news reports, before the episode was broadcast, suggested he would say there is no limit to the number of regenerations.[42] Writer Russell T Davies explained in an interview with SFX that the line was not intended to be taken seriously and is instead a commentary. He insisted that the "thirteen lives" rule was too deeply entrenched in the viewer consciousness for his throwaway line to affect it.[43] The thirteen life rule is suggested to have been a rule the Time Lords imposed upon themselves to stop them living forever, but as he is the last Time Lord, no-one knows if this applies to the Doctor. As the Master was unable to regenerate in The Deadly Assassin and is unlikely to have followed Time Lord laws it is likely this was not a self-imposed limit. It is revealed in "The Time of the Doctor" that this was in fact false and that due to his various regenerations, the Eleventh Doctor was in fact his last incarnation. However, the Time Lords intervened through a crack in time to grant him a new regeneration cycle, allowing him to regenerate once more.

    The Time Lord homeworld, Gallifrey, is an Earth-like planet in the fictional constellation of Kasterborous. Its capital city is referred to as the Citadel, and contains the Capitol, the seat of Time Lord government. At the centre of the Capitol is the Panopticon, beneath which is the Eye of Harmony. Outside the Capitol lie wastelands where the "Outsiders", Time Lords who have dropped out of Time Lord society, live in less technologically advanced communities, shunning life in the cities. The Outsiders have often been equated with the "Shobogans", a group mentioned briefly in The Deadly Assassin[19] as being responsible for acts of vandalism around the Panopticon, but there is actually nothing on screen that explicitly connects the two.

    It is implied (in The Invasion of Time and The Deadly Assassin) that the terms "Gallifreyan" and "Time Lord" may not be synonymous, and that Time Lords are simply that subset of Gallifreyans who have achieved the status of Time Lord via achievement in the Gallifreyan collegiate system; in the episode "The Sound of Drums" The Doctor talks of 'children of Gallifrey' which implies that children are Gallifreyan before they are Time Lords. Although this is still unclear as in "Journey's End" the Daleks call the Doctor "the last child of Gallifrey" and in The "End of Time" a Time Lord on the high council states that a prophecy referring to the Doctor and the Master "speaks of two children of Gallifrey". Romana and the Doctor have also referred to "Time Tots", or infant Time Lords,[44] and (in "Smith and Jones") the Doctor refers his compatriots and he playing "with Röntgen bricks in the nursery".[16] In "The Sound of Drums", the Master is seen as a child, apparently at the age of 8.[29] It is stated in the new series season 8, episode Listen, that the Doctor as a child had a choice to either join the army, or the academy to become a Time Lord. The unnamed female caretaker remarks "He doesn't want to join the army, I keep telling you." To which the unnamed male caretaker replies, "Well, he's not going to the academy is he, that boy, he'll never make a Time Lord."

    In general, the Time Lords are an aloof people, with a society full of pomp and ceremony. The Doctor has observed that his people "enjoy making speeches"[45] and have an "infinite capacity for pretension".[46] The Time Lord penchant for ceremony extends to their technology, with various artefacts given weighty names like the Hand of Omega, the Eye of Harmony or the Key of Rassilon.

    The Doctor has also characterised the Time Lords as a stagnant and corrupt society, a state caused by ten million years of absolute power.[47] Sutekh the Osiran decries them as "ever a perfidious species," while Brother Lassar, in the episode "School Reunion",[48] describes the Time Lords as "a pompous race" of "ancient, dusty senators... frightened of change and chaos" and "peaceful to the point of indolence". Their portrayal in the series is reminiscent of academics living in ivory towers, unconcerned with external affairs. The Doctor states that the Time Lords were sworn never to interfere, only to watch ("The Sound of Drums"). It has been suggested that, since perfecting the science of time travel, they have withdrawn, bound by the moral complexity of interfering in the natural flow of history (compare with the Prime Directive from Star Trek); in "Earthshock", the Cyberleader, when notified of the arrival of a TARDIS, is surprised at the presence of a Time Lord, stating "they are forbidden to interfere". In "The Two Doctors", it is suggested that Time Lords are responsible for maintaining a general balance of power between the races of the Universe.

    While interference is apparently against Time Lord policy, there are occasions when they do intervene, albeit indirectly through their CIA or Celestial Intervention Agency. The CIA has occasionally sent the Doctor on missions that required plausible deniability, as in "The Two Doctors",[49] and sometimes against his will, Colony in Space[50] and The Monster of Peladon.[51] He is also sent on a mission in "The Mutants" which was intended to help preserve the existence of a unique race, which was being destroyed by the excesses of the Earth empire. The Doctor's mission in "Genesis of the Daleks"[52] even involves changing history to avert the creation of the Daleks, or at least temper their aggressiveness.

    Children of Gallifrey are taken from their families at the age of 8 and admitted into the Academy. Novices are then taken to an initiation ceremony before the Untempered Schism, a gap in the fabric of reality that looks into the time vortex. Of those that stare into it, some are inspired, some run away and others go mad. The Doctor suggests that the Master went mad, while admitting that he ran away.[29]

    Each Time Lord belongs to one of a number of various colleges or chapters, such as the Patrexes, Arcalian, and the Prydonian chapters, which have ceremonial and possibly political significance. In "The Deadly Assassin",[19] it is explained that each chapter has its own colours; the Prydonians wear scarlet and orange, the Arcalians wear green, and the Patrexeans wear heliotrope. However, in that same serial, Cardinal Borusa, described as "the leader of the Prydonian chapter", wears heliotrope. Other Prydonians wear orange headdresses with orange-brown (not scarlet) robes. Other chapters mentioned in spin-off novels include the Dromeian and Cerulean chapters. The Prydonian chapter has a reputation for being devious, and tends to produce renegades; the Doctor, the Master and the Rani are all Prydonians. The colleges of the Academy are led by the Cardinals. Ushers, who provide security and assistance at official Time Lord functions, may belong to any chapter, and wear all-gold uniforms. Also mentioned in the Deadly Assassin are 'plebeian classes'.[19]

    The executive political leadership is split between the Lord President, who keeps the ceremonial relics of the Time Lords, and the Chancellor, who appears to be the administrative leader of the Cardinals and who acts as a check on the power of the Lord President. The President is an elected position; on Presidential Resignation Day, the outgoing President usually names his successor, who is then usually confirmed in a non-contested "election", but it is still constitutionally possible for another candidate to put themselves forward for the post, as the Doctor did in "The Deadly Assassin".[19] In that story, the Presidency was described as a largely ceremonial role, but in "The Invasion of Time"[45] the orders of the office were to be obeyed without question. In the event the current Lord President is unable to name a successor, the council can appoint a President to take his place. In "The Five Doctors", the council appoints the Doctor as president after Borusa is imprisoned by Rassilon, and later deposed him after he neglected his duties.

    The President and Chancellor also sit on the Time Lord High Council, akin to a legislative body, composed variously of Councillors and more senior Cardinals. Also on the High Council is the Castellan of the Chancellory Guard, in charge of the security of the Citadel, who the Doctor has referred to as the leader of a trumped-up palace guard. According to the constitution, if while in emergency session the other members of the High Council are in unanimous agreement, even the President's orders can be overruled.[37]

    The greatest example is The Moment, claimed to be the most powerful weapon in the Universe and capable of destroying entire galaxies. The Moment was locked in Gallifrey's Time Vaults, specifically in the Omega Arsenal. The Moment is so powerful that the weapon's operating system became sentient, leading the Time Lords to wonder "How do you use a weapon when it can stand in judgement of you?" and that "only one man would be mad enough to try it". In the 50th Anniversary Special The Day of the Doctor, The War Doctor breaks into the Omega Arsenal, steals The Moment and is about to destroy both Time Lords and Daleks alike to stop the Time War before The Moment engineers a meeting with his succeeding regenerations to convince him otherwise.

    Another impressive example of Time Lord technology is the Eye of Harmony, a repurposed black hole singularity contained within the instrumentality below the Panopticon. The Tenth Doctor even claimed that the Time lords "practically invented black holes" as reference to this. This is the source of their power and the anchor of the Web of Time itself, created by Rassilon and the co-founders of Time Lord society in the distant past. The Time Lords were accomplished stellar engineers and could control the development of stars with devices like the Hand of Omega, which was shown to be capable of forcing a star to go supernova. The Eye of Harmony exists within the Doctor's TARDIS as a collapsing star suspended in a permanent state of decay, hence harnessing the potential energy of a collapse that would never occur. Whether these are all aspects of the Eye of Harmony on Gallifrey or individual stars in their own right is not made clear.

    Paradoxically, although the Time Lords are a scientifically and technologically advanced race, the civilisation is so old that key pieces of their technology have become shrouded in legend and myth. In the spin-off fiction, an edict and general aversion against exploring Gallifrey's past also contributes to this. Accordingly, until the Master rediscovers it, the Time Lords forgot that the location of the Eye of Harmony is beneath their capital. They also treated such ceremonial symbols as the Key and Sash of Rassilon as mere historical curiosities, being unaware of their true function.

    In the revived series, there were instances in which evil alien species have stolen Time Lord technology for their own purposes but such is its complexity that they are unable to operate it, as illustrated in "Doomsday" when the Genesis Ark was stolen by the Daleks and even they could not open it. Furthermore the Genesis Ark was just one Time Lord prison that held millions of Daleks, demonstrating the prowess of Time Lord technology. The classic series also makes reference to the inability of other races to successfully use Time Lord technology, with The Two Doctors stating that even if a race managed to copy and build their own TARDISes, they would be ripped apart by the molecular stresses of time travel as all TARDISes have a fail-deadly approach to unauthorised use unless primed with a Rassilon Imprimatur, creating a symbiotic link to a specific Time Lord.

    The great defence system of Gallifrey is a quantum forcefield known as the Transduction Barrier, a perfect defence shield preventing all matter and energy, even TARDISes, from passing through without authorisation. The Time Lords are further protected by phasing the entire region around Gallifrey into a temporal domain known as Inner Time, effectively separating the homeworld from interaction with the rest of the Universe. During the final hours of The Time War, the High Council of Gallifrey refer to defenses called 'Sky Trenches' which appear to be at least somewhat effective against invading Daleks and/or their ships, as seen in "The Day of the Doctor"

    TARDISes are characterised not just by their ability to travel in time, but also their dimensionally transcendent nature. A TARDIS's interior spaces exist in a different dimension from its exterior, allowing it to appear to be bigger on the inside. The Doctor states that transdimensional engineering was a key Time Lord discovery in "The Robots of Death".[53] In the revived series, the TARDIS has an organic look, and the Doctor states in "The Impossible Planet" that TARDISes are grown, not made. It is seen in "The Name of the Doctor" that as a TARDIS dies, its 'dimension dams' can break down causing a 'size leak' wherein the exterior dimensions of a TARDIS begin to expand to match its inner dimensions.

    Fitting their generally defensive nature, Time Lord weapons technology is rarely seen, other than the staser hand weapons used by the Guard within the Capitol. Stasers (possibly a portmanteau of stunner and laser, as they are used to stun targets[citation needed]) can be lethal energy weapons, specifically designed to prevent the unwanted regeneration of rogue Time Lords; staser beams also shatter the crystalline structure of non-organic targets.

    Standard TARDISes do not generally seem to use any on-board weaponry, although War or Battle TARDISes (armed with "time torpedoes" that freeze their target in time) have appeared in the spin-off media. In the novels, the Eighth Doctor's companion Compassion, a living TARDIS, has enough firepower to annihilate other TARDISes. In the serial "Castrovalva" the Master's TARDIS is equipped with an energy field that he uses to temporarily disable or stun several human security guards outside the vessel, although it is unclear whether this is an original feature of the craft or a custom feature fitted by the renegade Time Lord.

    One exception to the Time Lords' defensive weaponry is the de-mat gun (or dematerialisation gun). The de-mat gun is a weapon of mass destruction that removes its target from space-time altogether, as seen in "The Invasion of Time".[45] The de-mat gun was created in Rassilon's time and is a closely guarded secret; the knowledge to create one is kept in the Matrix and is available only to the President. To make sure this knowledge is not abused, the only way to arm a de-mat gun is by means of the Great Key of Rassilon, whose location is only known to the Chancellor. As a means of extreme sanction, the Time Lords have also been known to place whole planets into time-loops, isolating them from the universe in one repeating moment of time as well as hurling planets from one galaxy to another using a weapon referred only as a magnetron in the episodes "Trial of a Time Lord" and "Journey's End".

    In the Eighth Doctor Adventures novel "The Ancestor Cell" by Peter Anghelides and Stephen Cole,[54] the Time Lords are shown to house other weapons of mass destruction in a stable time eddy known as the Slaughterhouse. In the Doctor Who Annual 2006,[55] a section by Russell T Davies says that during the Time War, the Time Lords used Bowships (used against the Great Vampires in an ancient war), Black Hole Carriers and N-Forms (war machines first mentioned in the Virgin New Adventures novel "Damaged Goods",[56] written by Davies).

    In "The End of Time", the Lord President is shown wearing a gauntlet with several powers, primarily the ability to disintegrate a target and the ability to reverse/revert changes made to the human race by the Master suggesting the ability to manipulate the timeline of objects or events. Physically this resembles the Resurrection Gauntlet from Torchwood and Davros' gauntlet from the Series 4 finale, but this may be coincidental. When Rassilon threw the white point star into the hologram of the Earth, the diamond was able to arrive to the planet by following the Master's signal, traveling through the Time locked war to the post-war universe.

    Gallifreyan paintings were unique in that they were in 3D, as they acted as snapshots of a single moment in time by use of stasis cubes. This meant that they could be used as rudimentary time travel, by freezing a person inside a painting and then letting them out at the required point in time. An example of this is "Gallifrey Falls No More" as seen in "The Day of the Doctor".

    The Dark Tower in the Death Zone on Gallifrey. Details of the Time Lords' history within the show are sketchy and are fraught with supposition and contradiction. The Time Lords became the masters of time travel when one of their number, the scientist Omega, created an energy source to power their experiments in time.[57] To this end, Omega used a stellar manipulation device, the Hand of Omega, to rework a nearby star into a new form to serve that source.[46] Unfortunately, the star flared, first into a supernova, and then collapsed into a black hole. Omega was thought killed in that explosion but unknown to everyone, had somehow survived in an anti-matter universe beyond the black hole's singularity. Rassilon, the ultimate founder of Time Lord society, then took a singularity (assumed by fans and the spin-off media to be the same one as Omega's) and placed it beneath the Time Lords' citadel on Gallifrey. This perfectly balanced Eye of Harmony then served as the power source for their civilisation as well as their time machines.[19] In "The Satan Pit", the Doctor states that his race "practically invented black holes. In fact, we did", presumably a reference to the singularity created by Omega.

    At some point in their history the Time Lords interacted with the civilisation of the planet Minyos, giving them advanced technology (including the ability to "regenerate" to a limited degree, by rejuvenating their bodies when they grow too old). This met with disastrous results, (which is said by some to be the reason the Time Lords adopted a philosophy of "non-interference"). The Minyans destroyed themselves in a series of nuclear wars ("Underworld").[58]

    As of the current series, the Time Lords have, according to the Doctor, all perished at the conclusion of a Time War with the Daleks, leaving the Doctor the sole survivor and the last of his race. It was also revealed by the Beast that the Doctor was responsible for the extinction of both races.[59]

    However, there may have been survivors other than the Doctor. The fate of Time Lady Romanadvoratrelundar (Romana) – a one-time companion of the Doctor – is unknown, as in her last appearance in the television series ("Warriors' Gate") she was in the parallel dimension of E-Space. In the episode "Gridlock", the Face of Boe told the Doctor with his dying breath that "you are not alone".[60] In the episode "Utopia" the Doctor learns that the Master survived. The Doctor had failed to sense him because he had used a chameleon arch to turn himself into a human (as the Doctor did in "Human Nature"), while hiding at the end of the Universe. While the Master is commonly presumed to have been the one to whom the Face of Boe referred (the Master's pseudonym, Professor Yana, was an acronym of the Face of Boe's final message, "You are not alone." Y.A.N.A.), this also opens a possible plot hook for the similar survival of other Time Lords throughout time and space. The Master is supposed to have died during the events of "Last of the Time Lords"; shortly after having his plans of universal conquest foiled by the Doctor and his companion Martha Jones, the Master was shot by his human wife Lucy Saxon. He chose to repress his ability to regenerate and subsequently died, leaving the Doctor to mourn him and to burn his body on a pyre. However, a short scene at the end of the episode shows a female hand picking the Master's signet ring out of the ashes, while the Master's voice can be heard laughing in the background. The Master returns and plays a significant role in "The End of Time".[61]

    In the episode "The Doctor's Daughter", after landing on planet Messaline the Doctor was forced to place his hand inside a progenation machine, which used his DNA to create a new soldier, to fight in the war taking place. The new female soldier – his daughter, Jenny, possesses the DNA of a Time Lord. While the Doctor argues that a Time Lord is more than simply genetics, he is impressed by the superhuman abilities she displays, and intelligence on par with his own. By the end of the episode he becomes more willing to accept her as his daughter and a Time Lord. Donna Noble also gains the mind of a Time Lord or at least part of the Doctor's. After being trapped on the TARDIS as it is about to be destroyed, she is drawn towards the Doctor's hand, which was severed in the 2005 Christmas special and loaded with unused energy from a partial regeneration (see "Journey's End", 2008). Touching the hand triggers the remaining regeneration process, and causes a second Doctor to be created, one who is part human, borrowing traits from Donna just as she absorbs part of his mind.

    "The End of Time" saw their first appearance in character since the series returned. As Time Lord society began to lose its morality during the Time War to the point of being feared, a resurrected Rassilon led the high council of Gallifrey in the final days and intended bring about the end of time while the Time Lords transcend to a state of pure consciousness. When the War Doctor took the Moment, a prophecy from the Time Lady 'the Visionary' was deciphered that he was going to wipe out the Time Lords with the Daleks. Refusing to accept this, Rassilon devised a method for Gallifrey to escape the Time Lock through the Master, whose madness was a result of a signal placed in his mind as a child, and a White Point Star, a flawless uncut diamond found only on Gallifrey. Though he appears on Earth in 2010, Rassilon's plan fails as the Tenth Doctor destroyed the machine maintaining the link with the Master following Rassilion back into the events of the Time War.[10] However, as revealed in The Day of the Doctor, Gallifrey was never destroyed at all, as the Moment and Clara Oswald managed to gather all thirteen incarnations of the Doctor together to place the planet in a sort of hidden stasis, out of sync with the rest of the universe, to make it appear as though the Time Lords perished along with the Daleks. The Time Lords later tried to return through a crack in time in "The Time of the Doctor," but while this ultimately failed, they intervened to change the Doctor's future by granting him a new regeneration cycle before closing the crack. "Dark Water/Death in Heaven" would reveal that the Master, now known as the Mistress, had somehow returned to the planet Earth with a piece of Time Lord technology.

    Partial list of Time Lords appearing in Doctor Who

    The Doctor
    Andred, Commander in "The Invasion of Time"
    Androgar
    Azmael, whom the Doctor called "the best teacher [he] ever had", living under the pseudonym "Professor Edgeworth"[62]
    Borusa[19][37][45][63]
    The Castellan[37][63]
    Damon
    Drax[36]
    Co-Ordinator Engin
    The Corsair, a Time Lord much admired by the Doctor. Stated to have regenerated as both male and female in the episode "The Doctor's Wife".
    Chancellor Flavia[37][64]
    Susan Foreman, the Doctor's granddaughter. She was the original Doctor Who companion and left the Doctor to remain on Earth.
    Lord Gomer
    The General[65]
    Chancellor Goth[19]
    Councillor Hedin[63]
    Hilred, Commander in "The Deadly Assassin"
    The Inquisitor[66]
    Jenny, the Doctor's "daughter", created by a machine that extracted the Doctor's DNA. She was shot and the Doctor mistakenly believed she did not regenerate or revive.[5]
    K'anpo Rimpoche, also known as Cho Je, a hermit from the Doctor's childhood.[67]
    Castellan Kelner[45]
    The Master/Mistress
    Maxil, Commander in "Arc of Infinity"
    The Monk[68]
    Morbius[69]
    Nesbin – "The Invasion of Time"
    Omega
    Presta – "The Invasion of Time"
    The Rani[70]
    Rassilon[10][71]
    Rodan
    Romana (full name Romanadvoratrelundar)
    Runcible "the Fatuous"[19]
    Salyavin, also known as Professor Chronotis[44][72]
    Castellan Spandrell[19]
    Chancellor Thalia[63]
    Time Lord President – Assassinated in The Deadly Assassin
    The Valeyard[66]
    Cardinal Zorac
    Unnamed Time Lord Chancellor – The Three Doctors, The War Games
    Unnamed Time Lord President – The Three Doctors
    Unnamed Time Lord – Genesis of the Daleks
    Unnamed Time Lords appearing in The End of Time: The Woman[10]
    The Visionary[10]
    The Second[10]
    The Partisan[10]

    The Doctor's companion, Donna, became part Time Lord after touching the Doctor's severed hand, which had regenerative energy locked within it.
    Melody Pond/River Song, Amy and Rory's daughter, was conceived in the Doctor's TARDIS. Although she has human parents, her DNA was influenced by the Time Vortex and therefore has both human and Time Lord DNA. There is also a copy of the Doctor created when Donna touched the spare hand referred to as the "Meta-Crisis Doctor". The Doctor leaves him on the parallel dimension because he committed genocide against the Daleks and was born in battle full of blood and anger and revenge, so that Rose can fix him like she once fixed The Doctor, and so that Rose can finally be with him; they are the same person with all the memories of The Doctor's time together with Rose and because he is half human with one heart and no regenerations so they can grow old together as a couple.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 12-10TimeLord
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Time_Lord_Victoria


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Sun Jan 25, 2015 5:02 pm; edited 5 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jan 25, 2015 4:26 pm

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Sunrise
    CHAPTER 19 -- Light Through Darkness

    The work of God in the earth presents, from age to age, a striking similarity in every great reformation or religious movement. The principles of God's dealing with men are ever the same. The important movements of the present have their parallel in those of the past, and the experience of the church in former ages has lessons of great value for our own time.

    No truth is more clearly taught in the Bible than that God by His Holy Spirit especially directs His servants on earth in the great movements for the carrying forward of the work of salvation. Men are instruments in the hand of God, employed by Him to accomplish His purposes of grace and mercy. Each has his part to act; to each is granted a measure of light, adapted to the necessities of his time, and sufficient to enable him to perform the work which God has given him to do. But no man, however honored of Heaven, has ever attained to a full understanding of the great plan of redemption, or even to a perfect appreciation of the divine purpose in the work for his own time. Men do not fully understand what God would accomplish by the work which He gives them to do; they do not comprehend, in all its bearings, the message which they utter in His name.

    "Canst thou by searching find out God? canst thou find out the Almighty unto perfection?" "My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts." "I am God, and there is none like Me, declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet done." Job 11:7; Isaiah 55:8, 9; 46:9, 10.

    Even the prophets who were favored with the special illumination of the Spirit did not fully comprehend the import of the revelations committed to them. The meaning was to be unfolded from age to age, as the people of God should need the instruction therein contained.

    Peter, writing of the salvation brought to light through the gospel, says: Of this salvation "the prophets have inquired and searched diligently, who prophesied of the grace that should come unto you: searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should follow. Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did minister." 1 Peter 1:10-12.

    Yet while it was not given to the prophets to understand fully the things revealed to them, they earnestly sought to obtain all the light which God had been pleased to make manifest. They "inquired and searched diligently," "searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify." What a lesson to the people of God in the Christian age, for whose benefit these prophecies were given to His servants! "Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did minister." Witness those holy men of God as they "inquired and searched diligently" concerning revelations given them for generations that were yet unborn. Contrast their holy zeal with the listless unconcern with which the favored ones of later ages treat this gift of Heaven. What a rebuke to the ease-loving, world-loving indifference which is content to declare that the prophecies cannot be understood!

    Though the finite minds of men are inadequate to enter into the counsels of the Infinite One, or to understand fully the working out of His purposes, yet often it is because of some error or neglect on their own part that they so dimly comprehend the messages of Heaven. Not infrequently the minds of the people, and even of God's servants, are so blinded by human opinions, the traditions and false teaching of men, that they are able only partially to grasp the great things which He has revealed in His word. Thus it was with the disciples of Christ, even when the Saviour was with them in person. Their minds had become imbued with the popular conception of the Messiah as a temporal prince, who was to exalt Israel to the throne of the universal empire, and they could not understand the meaning of His words foretelling His sufferings and death.

    Christ Himself had sent them forth with the message: "The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel." Mark 1:15. That message was based on the prophecy of Daniel 9. The sixty-nine weeks were declared by the angel to extend to "the Messiah the Prince," and with high hopes and joyful anticipations the disciples looked forward to the establishment of Messiah's kingdom at Jerusalem to rule over the whole earth.

    They preached the message which Christ had committed to them, though they themselves misapprehended its meaning. While their announcement was founded on Daniel 9:25, they did not see, in the next verse of the same chapter, that Messiah was to be cut off. From their very birth their hearts had been set upon the anticipated glory of an earthly empire, and this blinded their understanding alike to the specifications of the prophecy and to the words of Christ.

    They performed their duty in presenting to the Jewish nation the invitation of mercy, and then, at the very time when they expected to see their Lord ascend the throne of David, they beheld Him seized as a malefactor, scourged, derided, and condemned, and lifted up on the cross of Calvary. What despair and anguish wrung the hearts of those disciples during the days while their Lord was sleeping in the tomb!

    Christ had come at the exact time and in the manner foretold by prophecy. The testimony of Scripture had been fulfilled in every detail of His ministry. He had preached the message of salvation, and "His word was with power." The hearts of His hearers had witnessed that it was of Heaven. The word and the Spirit of God attested the divine commission of His Son.

    The disciples still clung with undying affection to their beloved Master. And yet their minds were shrouded in uncertainty and doubt. In their anguish they did not then recall the words of Christ pointing forward to His suffering and death. If Jesus of Nazareth had been the true Messiah, would they have been thus plunged in grief and disappointment? This was the question that tortured their souls while the Saviour lay in His sepulcher during the hopeless hours of that Sabbath which intervened between His death and His resurrection.

    Though the night of sorrow gathered dark about these followers of Jesus, yet were they not forsaken. Saith the prophet: "When I sit in darkness, the Lord shall be a light unto me. . . . He will bring me forth to the light, and I shall behold His righteousness." "Yea, the darkness hideth not from Thee; but the night shineth as the day: the darkness and the light are both alike to Thee." God hath spoken: "Unto the upright there ariseth light in the darkness." "I will bring the blind by a way that they knew not; I will lead them in paths that they have not known: I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight. These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them." Micah 7:8, 9; Psalms 139:12; 112:4; Isaiah 42:16.

    The announcement which had been made by the disciples in the name of the Lord was in every particular correct, and the events to which it pointed were even then taking place. "The time is fulfilled, the kingdom of God is at hand," had been their message. At the expiration of "the time"--the sixty-nine weeks of Daniel 9, which were to extend to the Messiah, "the Anointed One"--Christ had received the anointing of the Spirit after His baptism by John in Jordan. And the "kingdom of God" which they had declared to be at hand was established by the death of Christ. This kingdom was not, as they had been taught to believe, an earthly empire. Nor was it that future, immortal kingdom which shall be set up when "the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High;" that everlasting kingdom, in which "all dominions shall serve and obey Him." Daniel 7:27. As used in the Bible, the expression "kingdom of God" is employed to designate both the kingdom of grace and the kingdom of glory. The kingdom of grace is brought to view by Paul in the Epistle to the Hebrews. After pointing to Christ, the compassionate intercessor who is "touched with the feeling of our infirmities," the apostle says: "Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace." Hebrews 4:15, 16. The throne of grace represents the kingdom of grace; for the existence of a throne implies the existence of a kingdom. In many of His parables Christ uses the expression "the kingdom of heaven" to designate the work of divine grace upon the hearts of men.

    So the throne of glory represents the kingdom of glory; and this kingdom is referred to in the Saviour's words: "When the Son of man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory: and before Him shall be gathered all nations." Matthew 25:31, 32. This kingdom is yet future. It is not to be set up until the second advent of Christ.

    The kingdom of grace was instituted immediately after the fall of man, when a plan was devised for the redemption of the guilty race. It then existed in the purpose and by the promise of God; and through faith, men could become its subjects. Yet it was not actually established until the death of Christ. Even after entering upon His earthly mission, the Saviour, wearied with the stubbornness and ingratitude of men, might have drawn back from the sacrifice of Calvary. In Gethsemane the cup of woe trembled in His hand. He might even then have wiped the blood-sweat from His brow and have left the guilty race to perish in their iniquity. Had He done this, there could have been no redemption for fallen men. But when the Saviour yielded up His life, and with His expiring breath cried out, "It is finished," then the fulfillment of the plan of redemption was assured. The promise of salvation made to the sinful pair in Eden was ratified. The kingdom of grace, which had before existed by the promise of God, was then established.

    Thus the death of Christ--the very event which the disciples had looked upon as the final destruction of their hope --was that which made it forever sure. While it had brought them a cruel disappointment, it was the climax of proof that their belief had been correct. The event that had filled them with mourning and despair was that which opened the door of hope to every child of Adam, and in which centered the future life and eternal happiness of all God's faithful ones in all the ages.

    Purposes of infinite mercy were reaching their fulfillment, even through the disappointment of the disciples. While their hearts had been won by the divine grace and power of His teaching, who "spake as never man spake," yet intermingled with the pure gold of their love for Jesus, was the base alloy of worldly pride and selfish ambitions. Even in the Passover chamber, at that solemn hour when their Master was already entering the shadow of Gethsemane, there was "a strife among them, which of them should be accounted the greatest." Luke 22:24. Their vision was filled with the throne, the crown, and the glory, while just before them lay the shame and agony of the garden, the judgment hall, the cross of Calvary. It was their pride of heart, their thirst for worldly glory, that had led them to cling so tenaciously to the false teaching of their time, and to pass unheeded the Saviour's words showing the true nature of His kingdom, and pointing forward to His agony and death. And these errors resulted in the trial--sharp but needful--which was permitted for their correction. Though the disciples had mistaken the meaning of their message, and had failed to realize their expectations, yet they had preached the warning given them of God, and the Lord would reward their faith and honor their obedience. To them was to be entrusted the work of heralding to all nations the glorious gospel of their risen Lord. It was to prepare them for this work that the experience which seemed to them so bitter had been permitted.

    After His resurrection Jesus appeared to His disciples on the way to Emmaus, and, "beginning at Moses and all the prophets, He expounded unto them in all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself." Luke 24:27. The hearts of the disciples were stirred. Faith was kindled. They were "begotten again into a lively hope" even before Jesus revealed Himself to them. It was His purpose to enlighten their understanding and to fasten their faith upon the "sure word of prophecy." He wished the truth to take firm root in their minds, not merely because it was supported by His personal testimony, but because of the unquestionable evidence presented by the symbols and shadows of the typical law, and by the prophecies of the Old Testament. It was needful for the followers of Christ to have an intelligent faith, not only in their own behalf, but that they might carry the knowledge of Christ to the world. And as the very first step in imparting this knowledge, Jesus directed the disciples to "Moses and all the prophets." Such was the testimony given by the risen Saviour to the value and importance of the Old Testament Scriptures.

    What a change was wrought in the hearts of the disciples as they looked once more on the loved countenance of their Master! Luke 24:32. In a more complete and perfect sense than ever before they had "found Him, of whom Moses in the law, and the prophets, did write." The uncertainty, the anguish, the despair, gave place to perfect assurance, to unclouded faith. What marvel that after His ascension they "were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God." The people, knowing only of the Saviour's ignominious death, looked to see in their faces the expression of sorrow, confusion, and defeat; but they saw there gladness and triumph. What a preparation these disciples had received for the work before them! They had passed through the deepest trial which it was possible for them to experience, and had seen how, when to human vision all was lost, the word of God had been triumphantly accomplished. Henceforward what could daunt their faith or chill the ardor of their love? In the keenest sorrow they had "strong consolation," a hope which was as "an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast." Hebrews 6:18, 19. They had been witness to the wisdom and power of God, and they were "persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature," would be able to separate them from "the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord." "In all these things," they said, "we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us." Romans 8:38, 39, 37. "The word of the Lord endureth forever." 1 Peter 1:25. And "who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us." Romans 8:34.

    Saith the Lord: "My people shall never be ashamed." Joel 2:26. "Weeping may endure for a night, but joy cometh in the morning." Psalm 30:5. When on His resurrection day these disciples met the Saviour, and their hearts burned within them as they listened to His words; when they looked upon the head and hands and feet that had been bruised for them; when, before His ascension, Jesus led them out as far as Bethany, and lifting up His hands in blessing, bade them, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel," adding, "Lo, I am with you alway" (Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20); when on the Day of Pentecost the promised Comforter descended and the power from on high was given and the souls of the believers thrilled with the conscious presence of their ascended Lord--then, even though, like His, their pathway led through sacrifice and martyrdom, would they have exchanged the ministry of the gospel of His grace, with the "crown of righteousness" to be received at His coming, for the glory of an earthly throne, which had been the hope of their earlier discipleship? He who is "able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think," had granted them, with the fellowship of His sufferings, the communion of His joy--the joy of "bringing many sons unto glory," joy unspeakable, an "eternal weight of glory," to which, says Paul, "our light affliction, which is but for a moment," is "not worthy to be compared."

    The experience of the disciples who preached the "gospel of the kingdom" at the first advent of Christ, had its counterpart in the experience of those who proclaimed the message of His second advent. As the disciples went out preaching, "The time is fulfilled, the kingdom of God is at hand," so Miller and his associates proclaimed that the longest and last prophetic period brought to view in the Bible was about to expire, that the judgment was at hand, and the everlasting kingdom was to be ushered in. The preaching of the disciples in regard to time was based on the seventy weeks of Daniel 9. The message given by Miller and his associates announced the termination of the 2300 days of Daniel 8:14, of which the seventy weeks form a part. The preaching of each was based upon the fulfillment of a different portion of the same great prophetic period.

    Like the first disciples, William Miller and his associates did not, themselves, fully comprehend the import of the message which they bore. Errors that had been long established in the church prevented them from arriving at a correct interpretation of an important point in the prophecy. Therefore, though they proclaimed the message which God had committed to them to be given to the world, yet through a misapprehension of its meaning they suffered disappointment.

    In explaining Daniel 8:14, "Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed," Miller, as has been stated, adopted the generally received view that the earth is the sanctuary, and he believed that the cleansing of the sanctuary represented the purification of the earth by fire at the coming of the Lord. When, therefore, he found that the close of the 2300 days was definitely foretold, he concluded that this revealed the time of the second advent. His error resulted from accepting the popular view as to what constitutes the sanctuary.

    In the typical system, which was a shadow of the sacrifice and priesthood of Christ, the cleansing of the sanctuary was the last service performed by the high priest in the yearly round of ministration. It was the closing work of the atonement --a removal or putting away of sin from Israel. It prefigured the closing work in the ministration of our High Priest in heaven, in the removal or blotting out of the sins of His people, which are registered in the heavenly records. This service involves a work of investigation, a work of judgment; and it immediately precedes the coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory; for when He comes, every case has been decided. Says Jesus: "My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be." Revelation 22:12. It is this work of judgment, immediately preceding the second advent, that is announced in the first angel's message of Revelation 14:7: "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come."

    Those who proclaimed this warning gave the right message at the right time. But as the early disciples declared, "The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand," based on the prophecy of Daniel 9, while they failed to perceive that the death of the Messiah was foretold in the same scripture, so Miller and his associates preached the message based on Daniel 8:14 and Revelation 14:7, and failed to see that there were still other messages brought to view in Revelation 14, which were also to be given before the advent of the Lord. As the disciples were mistaken in regard to the kingdom to be set up at the end of the seventy weeks, so Adventists were mistaken in regard to the event to take place at the expiration of the 2300 days. In both cases there was an acceptance of, or rather an adherence to, popular errors that blinded the mind to the truth. Both classes fulfilled the will of God in delivering the message which He desired to be given, and both, through their own misapprehension of their message, suffered disappointment.

    Yet God accomplished His own beneficent purpose in permitting the warning of the judgment to be given just as it was. The great day was at hand, and in His providence the people were brought to the test of a definite time, in order to reveal to them what was in their hearts. The message was designed for the testing and purification of the church. They were to be led to see whether their affections were set upon this world or upon Christ and heaven. They professed to love the Saviour; now they were to prove their love. Were they ready to renounce their worldly hopes and ambitions, and welcome with joy the advent of their Lord? The message was designed to enable them to discern their true spiritual state; it was sent in mercy to arouse them to seek the Lord with repentance and humiliation.

    The disappointment also, though the result of their own misapprehension of the message which they gave, was to be overruled for good. It would test the hearts of those who had professed to receive the warning. In the face of their disappointment would they rashly give up their experience and cast away their confidence in God's word? or would they, in prayer and humility, seek to discern where they had failed to comprehend the significance of the prophecy? How many had moved from fear, or from impulse and excitement? How many were halfhearted and unbelieving? Multitudes professed to love the appearing of the Lord. When called to endure the scoffs and reproach of the world, and the test of delay and disappointment, would they renounce the faith? Because they did not immediately understand the dealings of God with them, would they cast aside truths sustained by the clearest testimony of His word?

    This test would reveal the strength of those who with real faith had obeyed what they believed to be the teaching of the word and the Spirit of God. It would teach them, as only such an experience could, the danger of accepting the theories and interpretations of men, instead of making the Bible its own interpreter. To the children of faith the perplexity and sorrow resulting from their error would work the needed correction. They would be led to a closer study of the prophetic word. They would be taught to examine more carefully the foundation of their faith, and to reject everything, however widely accepted by the Christian world, that was not founded upon the Scriptures of truth.

    With these believers, as with the first disciples, that which in the hour of trial seemed dark to their understanding would afterward be made plain. When they should see the "end of the Lord" they would know that, notwithstanding the trial resulting from their errors, His purposes of love toward them had been steadily fulfilling. They would learn by a blessed experience that He is "very pitiful, and of tender mercy;" that all His paths "are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies."

    CHAPTER 20 -- A Great Religious Awakening

    A Great religious awakening under the proclamation of Christ's soon coming is foretold in the prophecy of the first angel's message of Revelation 14. An angel is seen flying "in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people." "With a loud voice" he proclaims the message: "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters." Verses 6, 7.

    The fact that an angel is said to be the herald of this warning is significant. By the purity, the glory, and the power of the heavenly messenger, divine wisdom has been pleased to represent the exalted character of the work to be accomplished by the message and the power and glory that were to attend it. And the angel's flight "in the midst of heaven," the "loud voice" with which the warning is uttered, and its promulgation to all "that dwell on the earth,"--"to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,"--give evidence of the rapidity and world-wide extent of the movement.

    The message itself sheds light as to the time when this movement is to take place. It is declared to be a part of the "everlasting gospel;" and it announces the opening of the judgment. The message of salvation has been preached in all ages; but this message is a part of the gospel which could be proclaimed only in the last days, for only then would it be true that the hour of judgment had come. The prophecies present a succession of events leading down to the opening of the judgment. This is especially true of the book of Daniel. But that part of his prophecy which related to the last days, Daniel was bidden to close up and seal "to the time of the end." Not till we reach this time could a message concerning the judgment be proclaimed, based on the fulfillment of these prophecies. But at the time of the end, says the prophet, "many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased." Daniel 12:4.

    The apostle Paul warned the church not to look for the coming of Christ in his day. "That day shall not come," he says, "except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed." 2 Thessalonians 2:3. Not till after the great apostasy, and the long period of the reign of the "man of sin," can we look for the advent of our Lord. The "man of sin," which is also styled "the mystery of iniquity," "the son of perdition," and "that wicked," represents the papacy, which, as foretold in prophecy, was to maintain its supremacy for 1260 years. This period ended in 1798. The coming of Christ could not take place before that time. Paul covers with his caution the whole of the Christian dispensation down to the year 1798. It is this side of that time that the message of Christ's second coming is to be proclaimed.

    No such message has ever been given in past ages. Paul, as we have seen, did not preach it; he pointed his brethren into the then far-distant future for the coming of the Lord. The Reformers did not proclaim it. Martin Luther placed the judgment about three hundred years in the future from his day. But since 1798 the book of Daniel has been unsealed, knowledge of the prophecies has increased, and many have proclaimed the solemn message of the judgment near.

    Like the great Reformation of the sixteenth century, the advent movement appeared in different countries of Christendom at the same time. In both Europe and America men of faith and prayer were led to the study of the prophecies, and, tracing down the inspired record, they saw convincing evidence that the end of all things was at hand. In different lands there were isolated bodies of Christians who, solely by the study of the Scriptures, arrived at the belief that the Saviour's advent was near.

    In 1821, three years after Miller had arrived at his exposition of the prophecies pointing to the time of the judgment, Dr. Joseph Wolff, "the missionary to the world," began to proclaim the Lord's soon coming. Wolff was born in Germany, of Hebrew parentage, his father being a Jewish rabbi. While very young he was convinced of the truth of the Christian religion. Of an active, inquiring mind, he had been an eager listener to the conversations that took place in his father's house as devout Hebrews daily assembled to recount the hopes and anticipations of their people, the glory of the coming Messiah, and the restoration of Israel. One day hearing Jesus of Nazareth mentioned, the boy inquired who He was. "A Jew of the greatest talent," was the answer; "but as He pretended to be the Messiah, the Jewish tribunal sentenced Him to death." "Why," rejoined the questioner, "is Jerusalem destroyed, and why are we in captivity?" "Alas, alas!" answered his father, "because the Jews murdered the prophets." The thought was at once suggested to the child: "Perhaps Jesus was also a prophet, and the Jews killed Him when He was innocent."--Travels and Adventures of the Rev. Joseph Wolff, vol. 1, p. 6. So strong was this feeling that, though forbidden to enter a Christian church, he would often linger outside to listen to the preaching.

    When only seven years old he was boasting to an aged Christian neighbor of the future triumph of Israel at the advent of the Messiah, when the old man said kindly: "Dear boy, I will tell you who the real Messiah was: He was Jesus of Nazareth, . . . whom your ancestors have crucified, as they did the prophets of old. Go home and read the fifty-third chapter of Isaiah, and you will be convinced that Jesus Christ is the Son of God."--Ibid., vol. 1, p. 7. Conviction at once fastened upon him. He went home and read the scripture, wondering to see how perfectly it had been fulfilled in Jesus of Nazareth. Were the words of the Christian true? The boy asked of his father an explanation of the prophecy, but was met with a silence so stern that he never again dared to refer to the subject. This, however, only increased his desire to know more of the Christian religion.

    The knowledge he sought was studiously kept from him in his Jewish home; but, when only eleven years old, he left his father's house and went out into the world to gain for himself an education, to choose his religion and his lifework. He found a home for a time with kinsmen, but was soon driven from them as an apostate, and alone and penniless he had to make his own way among strangers. He went from place to place, studying diligently and maintaining himself by teaching Hebrew. Through the influence of a Catholic instructor he was led to accept the Romish faith and formed the purpose of becoming a missionary to his own people. With this object he went, a few years later, to pursue his studies in the College of the Propaganda at Rome. Here his habit of independent thought and candid speech brought upon him the imputation of heresy. He openly attacked the abuses of the church and urged the necessity of reform. Though at first treated with special favor by the papal dignitaries, he was after a time removed from Rome. Under the surveillance of the church he went from place to place, until it became evident that he could never be brought to submit to the bondage of Romanism. He was declared to be incorrigible and was left at liberty to go where he pleased. He now made his way to England and, professing the Protestant faith, united with the English Church. After two years' study he set out, in 1821, upon his mission.

    While Wolff accepted the great truth of Christ's first advent as "a Man of Sorrows, and acquainted with grief," he saw that the prophecies bring to view with equal clearness His second advent with power and glory. And while he sought to lead his people to Jesus of Nazareth as the Promised One, and to point them to His first coming in humiliation as a sacrifice for the sins of men, he taught them also of His second coming as a king and deliverer.

    "Jesus of Nazareth, the true Messiah," he said, "whose hands and feet were pierced, who was brought like a lamb to the slaughter, who was the Man of Sorrows and acquainted with grief, who after the scepter was taken from Judah, and the legislative power from between his feet, came the first time; shall come the second time in the clouds of heaven, and with the trump of the Archangel" (Joseph Wolff, Researches and Missionary Labors, page 62) "and shall stand upon the Mount of Olives; and that dominion, once consigned to Adam over the creation, and forfeited by him (Genesis 1:26; 3:17), shall be given to Jesus. He shall be king over all the earth. The groanings and lamentations of the creation shall cease, but songs of praises and thanksgivings shall be heard. ... When Jesus comes in the glory of His Father, with the holy angels,... the dead believers shall rise first. 1 Thessalonians 4:16; 1 Corinthians 15:32. This is what we Christians call the first resurrection. Then the animal kingdom shall change its nature (Isaiah 11:6-9), and be subdued unto Jesus. Psalm 8. Universal peace shall prevail."--Journal of the Rev. Joseph Wolff, pages 378, 379. "The Lord again shall look down upon the earth, and say, 'Behold, it is very good.'"-- Ibid., page 294.

    Wolff believed the coming of the Lord to be at hand, his interpretation of the prophetic periods placing the great consummation within a very few years of the time pointed out by Miller. To those who urged from the scripture, "Of that day and hour knoweth no man," that men are to know nothing concerning the nearness of the advent, Wolff replied: "Did our Lord say that that day and hour should never be known? Did He not give us signs of the times, in order that we may know at least the approach of His coming, as one knows the approach of the summer by the fig tree putting forth its leaves? Matthew 24:32. Are we never to know that period, whilst He Himself exhorteth us not only to read Daniel the prophet, but to understand it? and in that very Daniel, where it is said that the words were shut up to the time of the end (which was the case in his time), and that 'many shall run to and fro' (a Hebrew expression for observing and thinking upon the time), 'and knowledge' (regarding that time) 'shall be increased.' Daniel 12:4. Besides this, our Lord does not intend to say by this, that the approach of the time shall not be known, but that the exact 'day and hour knoweth no man.' Enough, He does say, shall be known by the signs of the times, to induce us to prepare for His coming, as Noah prepared the ark."--Wolff, Researches and Missionary Labors, pages 404, 405.

    Concerning the popular system of interpreting, or misinterpreting, the Scriptures, Wolff wrote: "The greater part of the Christian church have swerved from the plain sense of Scripture, and have turned to the phantomizing system of the Buddhists, who believe that the future happiness of mankind will consist in moving about in the air, and suppose that when they are reading Jews they must understand Gentiles; and when they read Jerusalem, they must understand the church; and if it is said earth, it means sky; and for coming of the Lord they must understand the progress of the missionary societies; and going up to the mountain of the Lord's house, signifies a grand class meeting of Methodists." --Journal of the Rev. Joseph Wolff, page 96.

    During the twenty-four years from 1821 to 1845, Wolff traveled extensively: in Africa, visiting Egypt and Abyssinia; in Asia, traversing Palestine, Syria, Persia, Bokhara, and India. He also visited the United States, on the journey thither preaching on the island of Saint Helena. He arrived in New York in August, 1837; and, after speaking in that city, he preached in Philadelphia and Baltimore, and finally proceeded to Washington. Here, he says, "on a motion brought forward by the ex-President, John Quincy Adams, in one of the houses of Congress, the House unanimously granted to me the use of the Congress Hall for a lecture, which I delivered on a Saturday, honored with the presence of all the members of Congress, and also of the bishop of Virginia, and of the clergy and citizens of Washington. The same honor was granted to me by the members of the government of New Jersey and Pennsylvania, in whose presence I delivered lectures on my researches in Asia, and also on the personal reign of Jesus Christ."--Ibid., pages 398, 399.

    Dr. Wolff traveled in the most barbarous countries without the protection of any European authority, enduring many hardships and surrounded with countless perils. He was bastinadoed and starved, sold as a slave, and three times condemned to death. He was beset by robbers, and sometimes nearly perished from thirst. Once he was stripped of all that he possessed and left to travel hundreds of miles on foot through the mountains, the snow beating in his face and his naked feet benumbed by contact with the frozen ground.

    When warned against going unarmed among savage and hostile tribes, he declared himself "provided with arms"-- "prayer, zeal for Christ, and confidence in His help." "I am also," he said, "provided with the love of God and my neighbor in my heart, and the Bible is in my hand."--W.H.D. Adams, In Perils Oft, page 192. The Bible in Hebrew and English he carried with him wherever he went. Of one of his later journeys he says: "I . . . kept the Bible open in my hand. I felt my power was in the Book, and that its might would sustain me."--Ibid., page 201.

    Thus he persevered in his labors until the message of the judgment had been carried to a large part of the habitable globe. Among Jews, Turks, Parsees, Hindus, and many other nationalities and races he distributed the word of God in these various tongues and everywhere heralded the approaching reign of the Messiah.

    In his travels in Bokhara he found the doctrine of the Lord's soon coming held by a remote and isolated people. The Arabs of Yemen, he says, "are in possession of a book called Seera, which gives notice of the second coming of Christ and His reign in glory; and they expect great events to take place in the year 1840."--Journal of the Rev. Joseph Wolff, page 377. "In Yemen . . . I spent six days with the children of Rechab. They drink no wine, plant no vineyard, sow no seed, and live in tents, and remember good old Jonadab, the son of Rechab; and I found in their company children of Israel, of the tribe of Dan, . . . who expect, with the children of Rechab, the speedy arrival of the Messiah in the clouds of heaven."--Ibid., page 389.

    A similar belief was found by another missionary to exist in Tatary. A Tatar priest put the question to the missionary as to when Christ would come the second time. When the missionary answered that he knew nothing about it, the priest seemed greatly surprised at such ignorance in one who professed to be a Bible teacher, and stated his own belief, founded on prophecy, that Christ would come about 1844.

    As early as 1826 the advent message began to be preached in England. The movement here did not take so definite a form as in America; the exact time of the advent was not so generally taught, but the great truth of Christ's soon coming in power and glory was extensively proclaimed. And this not among the dissenters and nonconformists only. Mourant Brock, an English writer, states that about seven hundred ministers of the Church of England were engaged in preaching "this gospel of the kingdom." The message pointing to 1844 as the time of the Lord's coming was also given in Great Britain. Advent publications from the United States were widely circulated. Books and journals were republished in England. And in 1842 Robert Winter, an Englishman by birth, who had received the advent faith in America, returned to his native country to herald the coming of the Lord. Many united with him in the work, and the message of the judgment was proclaimed in various parts of England.

    In South America, in the midst of barbarism and priest-craft, Lacunza, a Spaniard and a Jesuit, found his way to the Scriptures and thus received the truth of Christ's speedy return. Impelled to give the warning, yet desiring to escape the censures of Rome, he published his views under the assumed name of "Rabbi Ben-Ezra," representing himself as a converted Jew. Lacunza lived in the eighteenth century, but it was about 1825 that his book, having found its way to London, was translated into the English language. Its publication served to deepen the interest already awakening in England in the subject of the second advent.

    In Germany the doctrine had been taught in the eighteenth century by Bengel, a minister in the Lutheran Church and a celebrated Biblical scholar and critic. Upon completing his education, Bengel had "devoted himself to the study of theology, to which the grave and religious tone of his mind, deepened by his early training and discipline, naturally inclined him. Like other young men of thoughtful character, before and since, he had to struggle with doubts and difficulties of a religious nature, and he alludes, with much feeling, to the 'many arrows which pierced his poor heart, and made his youth hard to bear.'" Becoming a member of the consistory of Wurttemberg, he advocated the cause of religious liberty. "While maintaining the rights and privileges of the church, he was an advocate for all reasonable freedom being accorded to those who felt themselves bound, on grounds of conscience, to withdraw from her communion."--Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th ed., art. "Bengel." The good effects of this policy are still felt in his native province.

    It was while preparing a sermon from Revelation 21 for advent Sunday that the light of Christ's second coming broke in upon Bengel's mind. The prophecies of the Revelation unfolded to his understanding as never before. Overwhelmed with a sense of the stupendous importance and surpassing glory of the scenes presented by the prophet, he was forced to turn for a time from the contemplation of the subject. In the pulpit it again presented itself to him with all its vividness and power. From that time he devoted himself to the study of the prophecies, especially those of the Apocalypse, and soon arrived at the belief that they pointed to the coming of Christ as near. The date which he fixed upon as the time of the second advent was within a very few years of that afterward held by Miller.

    Bengel's writings have been spread throughout Christendom. His views of prophecy were quite generally received in his own state of Wurttemberg, and to some extent in other parts of Germany. The movement continued after his death, and the advent message was heard in Germany at the same time that it was attracting attention in other lands. At an early date some of the believers went to Russia and there formed colonies, and the faith of Christ's soon coming is still held by the German churches of that country.

    The light shone also in France and Switzerland. At Geneva where Farel and Calvin had spread the truth of the Reformation, Gaussen preached the message of the second advent. While a student at school, Gaussen had encountered that spirit of rationalism which pervaded all Europe during the latter part of the eighteenth and the opening of the nineteenth century; and when he entered the ministry he was not only ignorant of true faith, but inclined to skepticism. In his youth he had become interested in the study of prophecy. After reading Rollin's Ancient History, his attention was called to the second chapter of Daniel, and he was struck with the wonderful exactness with which the prophecy had been fulfilled, as seen in the historian's record. Here was a testimony to the inspiration of the Scriptures, which served as an anchor to him amid the perils of later years. He could not rest satisfied with the teachings of rationalism, and in studying the Bible and searching for clearer light he was, after a time, led to a positive faith.

    As he pursued his investigation of the prophecies he arrived at the belief that the coming of the Lord was at hand. Impressed with the solemnity and importance of this great truth, he desired to bring it before the people; but the popular belief that the prophecies of Daniel are mysteries and cannot be understood was a serious obstacle in his way. He finally determined--as Farel had done before him in evangelizing Geneva--to begin with the children, through whom he hoped to interest the parents.

    "I desire this to be understood," he afterward said, speaking of his object in this undertaking, "it is not because of its small importance, but on the contrary because of its great value, that I wished to present it in this familiar form, and that I addressed it to the children. I desired to be heard, and I feared that I would not be if I addressed myself to the grown people first." "I determined therefore to go to the youngest. I gather an audience of children; if the group enlarges, if it is seen that they listen, are pleased, interested, that they understand and explain the subject, I am sure to have a second circle soon, and in their turn, grown people will see that it is worth their while to sit down and study. When this is done, the cause is gained."--L. Gaussen, Daniel the Prophet, vol. 2, Preface.

    The effort was successful. As he addressed the children, older persons came to listen. The galleries of his church were filled with attentive hearers. Among them were men of rank and learning, and strangers and foreigners visiting Geneva; and thus the message was carried to other parts.

    Encouraged by this success, Gaussen published his lessons, with the hope of promoting the study of the prophetic books in the churches of the French-speaking people. "To publish instruction given to the children," says Gaussen, "is to say to adults, who too often neglect such books under the false pretense that they are obscure, 'How can they be obscure, since your children understand them?'" "I had a great desire," he adds, "to render a knowledge of the prophecies popular in our flocks, if possible." "There is no study, indeed, which it seems to me answers the needs of the time better." "It is by this that we are to prepare for the tribulation near at hand, and watch and wait for Jesus Christ."

    Though one of the most distinguished and beloved of preachers in the French language, Gaussen was after a time suspended from the ministry, his principal offense being that instead of the church's catechism, a tame and rationalistic manual, almost destitute of positive faith, he had used the Bible in giving instruction to the youth. He afterward became teacher in a theological school, while on Sunday he continued his work as catechist, addressing the children and instructing them in the Scriptures. His works on prophecy also excited much interest. From the professor's chair, through the press, and in his favorite occupation as teacher of children he continued for many years to exert an extensive influence and was instrumental in calling the attention of many to the study of the prophecies which showed that the coming of the Lord was near.

    In Scandinavia also the advent message was proclaimed, and a widespread interest was kindled. Many were roused from their careless security to confess and forsake their sins, and seek pardon in the name of Christ. But the clergy of the state church opposed the movement, and through their influence some who preached the message were thrown into prison. In many places where the preachers of the Lord's soon coming were thus silenced, God was pleased to send the message, in a miraculous manner, through little children. As they were under age, the law of the state could not restrain them, and they were permitted to speak unmolested.

    The movement was chiefly among the lower class, and it was in the humble dwellings of the laborers that the people assembled to hear the warning. The child-preachers themselves were mostly poor cottagers. Some of them were not more than six or eight years of age; and while their lives testified that they loved the Saviour, and were trying to live in obedience to God's holy requirements, they ordinarily manifested only the intelligence and ability usually seen in children of that age. When standing before the people, however, it was evident that they were moved by an influence beyond their own natural gifts. Tone and manner changed, and with solemn power they gave the warning of the judgment, employing the very words of Scripture: "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come." They reproved the sins of the people, not only condemning immorality and vice, but rebuking worldliness and backsliding, and warning their hearers to make haste to flee from the wrath to come.

    The people heard with trembling. The convicting Spirit of God spoke to their hearts. Many were led to search the Scriptures with new and deeper interest, the intemperate and immoral were reformed, others abandoned their dishonest practices, and a work was done so marked that even ministers of the state church were forced to acknowledge that the hand of God was in the movement.

    It was God's will that the tidings of the Saviour's coming should be given in the Scandinavian countries; and when the voices of His servants were silenced, He put His Spirit upon the children, that the work might be accomplished. When Jesus drew near to Jerusalem attended by the rejoicing multitudes that, with shouts of triumph and the waving of palm branches, heralded Him as the Son of David, the jealous Pharisees called upon Him to silence them; but Jesus answered that all this was in fulfillment of prophecy, and if these should hold their peace, the very stones would cry out. The people, intimidated by the threats of the priests and rulers, ceased their joyful proclamation as they entered the gates of Jerusalem; but the children in the temple courts afterward took up the refrain, and, waving their branches of palm, they cried: "Hosanna to the Son of David!" Matthew 21:8-16. When the Pharisees, sorely displeased, said unto Him, "Hearest Thou what these say?" Jesus answered, "Yea; have ye never read, Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings Thou hast perfected praise?" As God wrought through children at the time of Christ's first advent, so He wrought through them in giving the message of His second advent. God's word must be fulfilled, that the proclamation of the Saviour's coming should be given to all peoples, tongues, and nations.

    To William Miller and his colaborers it was given to preach the warning in America. This country became the center of the great advent movement. It was here that the prophecy of the first angel's message had its most direct fulfillment. The writings of Miller and his associates were carried to distant lands. Wherever missionaries had penetrated in all the world, were sent the glad tidings of Christ's speedy return. Far and wide spread the message of the everlasting gospel: "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come."

    The testimony of the prophecies which seemed to point to the coming of Christ in the spring of 1844 took deep hold of the minds of the people. As the message went from state to state, there was everywhere awakened widespread interest. Many were convinced that the arguments from the prophetic periods were correct, and, sacrificing their pride of opinion, they joyfully received the truth. Some ministers laid aside their sectarian views and feelings, left their salaries and their churches, and united in proclaiming the coming of Jesus. There were comparatively few ministers, however, who would accept this message; therefore it was largely committed to humble laymen. Farmers left their fields, mechanics their tools, traders their merchandise, professional men their positions; and yet the number of workers was small in comparison with the work to be accomplished. The condition of an ungodly church and a world lying in wickedness, burdened the souls of the true watchmen, and they willingly endured toil, privation, and suffering, that they might call men to repentance unto salvation. Though opposed by Satan, the work went steadily forward, and the advent truth was accepted by many thousands.

    Everywhere the searching testimony was heard, warning sinners, both worldlings and church members, to flee from the wrath to come. Like John the Baptist, the forerunner of Christ, the preachers laid the ax at the root of the tree and urged all to bring forth fruit meet for repentance. Their stirring appeals were in marked contrast to the assurances of peace and safety that were heard from popular pulpits; and wherever the message was given, it moved the people. The simple, direct testimony of the Scriptures, set home by the power of the Holy Spirit, brought a weight of conviction which few were able wholly to resist. Professors of religion were roused from their false security. They saw their backslidings, their worldliness and unbelief, their pride and selfishness. Many sought the Lord with repentance and humiliation. The affections that had so long clung to earthly things they now fixed upon heaven. The Spirit of God rested upon them, and with hearts softened and subdued they joined to sound the cry: "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come."

    Sinners inquired with weeping: "What must I do to be saved?" Those whose lives had been marked with dishonesty were anxious to make restitution. All who found peace in Christ longed to see others share the blessing. The hearts of parents were turned to their children, and the hearts of children to their parents. The barriers of pride and reserve were swept away. Heartfelt confessions were made, and the members of the household labored for the salvation of those who were nearest and dearest. Often was heard the sound of earnest intercession. Everywhere were souls in deep anguish pleading with God. Many wrestled all night in prayer for the assurance that their own sins were pardoned, or for the conversion of their relatives or neighbors.

    All classes flocked to the Adventist meetings. Rich and poor, high and low, were, from various causes, anxious to hear for themselves the doctrine of the second advent. The Lord held the spirit of opposition in check while His servants explained the reasons of their faith. Sometimes the instrument was feeble; but the Spirit of God gave power to His truth. The presence of holy angels was felt in these assemblies, and many were daily added to the believers. As the evidences of Christ's soon coming were repeated, vast crowds listened in breathless silence to the solemn words. Heaven and earth seemed to approach each other. The power of God was felt upon old and young and middle-aged. Men sought their homes with praises upon their lips, and the glad sound rang out upon the still night air. None who attended those meetings can ever forget those scenes of deepest interest.

    The proclamation of a definite time for Christ's coming called forth great opposition from many of all classes, from the minister in the pulpit down to the most reckless, Heaven-daring sinner. The words of prophecy were fulfilled: "There shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation." 2 Peter 3:3, 4. Many who professed to love the Saviour, declared that they had no opposition to the doctrine of the second advent; they merely objected to the definite time. But God's all-seeing eye read their hearts. They did not wish to hear of Christ's coming to judge the world in righteousness. They had been unfaithful servants, their works would not bear the inspection of the heart-searching God, and they feared to meet their Lord. Like the Jews at the time of Christ's first advent they were not prepared to welcome Jesus. They not only refused to listen to the plain arguments from the Bible, but ridiculed those who were looking for the Lord. Satan and his angels exulted, and flung the taunt in the face of Christ and holy angels that His professed people had so little love for Him that they did not desire His appearing.

    "No man knoweth the day nor the hour" was the argument most often brought forward by rejecters of the advent faith. The scripture is: "Of that day and hour knoweth no man, no not the angels of heaven, but My Father only." Matthew 24:36. A clear and harmonious explanation of this text was given by those who were looking for the Lord, and the wrong use made of it by their opponents was clearly shown. The words were spoken by Christ in that memorable conversation with His disciples upon Olivet after He had for the last time departed from the temple. The disciples had asked the question: "What shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the world?" Jesus gave them signs, and said: "When ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors." Verses 3, 33. One saying of the Saviour must not be made to destroy another. Though no man knoweth the day nor the hour of His coming, we are instructed and required to know when it is near. We are further taught that to disregard His warning, and refuse or neglect to know when His advent is near, will be as fatal for us as it was for those who lived in the days of Noah not to know when the flood was coming. And the parable in the same chapter, contrasting the faithful and the unfaithful servant, and giving the doom of him who said in his heart, "My Lord delayeth His coming," shows in what light Christ will regard and reward those whom He finds watching, and teaching His coming, and those denying it. "Watch therefore," He says. "Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh shall find so doing." Verses 42, 46. "If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee." Revelation 3:3.

    Paul speaks of a class to whom the Lord's appearing will come unawares. "The day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, . . . and they shall not escape." But he adds, to those who have given heed to the Saviour's warning: "Ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness." 1 Thessalonians 5:2-5.

    Thus it was shown that Scripture gives no warrant for men to remain in ignorance concerning the nearness of Christ's coming. But those who desired only an excuse to reject the truth closed their ears to this explanation, and the words "No man knoweth the day nor the hour" continued to be echoed by the bold scoffer and even by the professed minister of Christ. As the people were roused, and began to inquire the way of salvation, religious teachers stepped in between them and the truth, seeking to quiet their fears by falsely interpreting the word of God. Unfaithful watchmen united in the work of the great deceiver, crying, Peace, peace, when God had not spoken peace. Like the Pharisees in Christ's day, many refused to enter the kingdom of heaven themselves, and those who were entering in they hindered. The blood of these souls will be required at their hand.

    The most humble and devoted in the churches were usually the first to receive the message. Those who studied the Bible for themselves could not but see the unscriptural character of the popular views of prophecy; and wherever the people were not controlled by the influence of the clergy, wherever they would search the word of God for themselves, the advent doctrine needed only to be compared with the Scriptures to establish its divine authority.

    Many were persecuted by their unbelieving brethren. In order to retain their position in the church, some consented to be silent in regard to their hope; but others felt that loyalty to God forbade them thus to hide the truths which He had committed to their trust. Not a few were cut off from the fellowship of the church for no other reason than expressing their belief in the coming of Christ. Very precious to those who bore this trial of their faith were the words of the prophet: "Your brethren that hated you, that cast you out for My name's sake, said, Let the Lord be glorified: but He shall appear to your joy, and they shall be ashamed." Isaiah 66:5.

    Angels of God were watching with the deepest interest the result of the warning. When there was a general rejection of the message by the churches, angels turned away in sadness. But there were many who had not yet been tested in regard to the advent truth. Many were misled by husbands, wives, parents, or children, and were made to believe it a sin even to listen to such heresies as were taught by the Adventists. Angels were bidden to keep faithful watch over these souls, for another light was yet to shine upon them from the throne of God.

    With unspeakable desire those who had received the message watched for the coming of their Saviour. The time when they expected to meet Him was at hand. They approached this hour with a calm solemnity. They rested in sweet communion with God, and earnest of the peace that was to be theirs in the bright hereafter. None who experienced this hope and trust can forget those precious hours of waiting. For some weeks preceding the time, worldly business was for the most part laid aside. The sincere believers carefully examined every thought and emotion of their hearts as if upon their deathbeds and in a few hours to close their eyes upon earthly scenes. There was no making of "ascension robes" (see Appendix); but all felt the need of internal evidence that they were prepared to meet the Saviour; their white robes were purity of soul--characters cleansed from sin by the atoning blood of Christ. Would that there were still with the professed people of God the same spirit of heart searching, the same earnest, determined faith. Had they continued thus to humble themselves before the Lord and press their petitions at the mercy seat they would be in possession of a far richer experience than they now have. There is too little prayer, too little real conviction of sin, and the lack of living faith leaves many destitute of the grace so richly provided by our Redeemer.

    God designed to prove His people. His hand covered a mistake in the reckoning of the prophetic periods. Adventists did not discover the error, nor was it discovered by the most learned of their opponents. The latter said: "Your reckoning of the prophetic periods is correct. Some great event is about to take place; but it is not what Mr. Miller predicts; it is the conversion of the world, and not the second advent of Christ." (See Appendix.)

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Sun Jan 25, 2015 5:27 pm; edited 2 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jan 25, 2015 5:10 pm

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Maxresdefault

    Here is a somewhat dark KJV Study-List:

    1. Revelation.
    2. Genesis.
    3. Job.
    4. Psalms.
    5. Proverbs.
    6. Ecclesiastes.
    7. Song of Songs.
    8. Exodus.
    9. Leviticus.
    10. Numbers.
    11. Deuteronomy.
    12. Isaiah.
    13. Jeremiah.
    14. Lamentations.
    15. Ezekiel.
    16. Daniel.
    17. Matthew.
    18. John.
    19. Romans.
    20. Hebrews.
    21. Revelation.
    22. Genesis.
    (Repeating Over and Over and Over)...
    Jenetta wrote:By Felicity Arbuthnot

    Global Research, January 24, 2015

    “The threat is serious, the time short. The Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists does not move the hands of the Doomsday Clock for light or transient reasons. The clock ticks now at just three minutes to midnight because international leaders are failing to perform their most important duty—ensuring and preserving the health and vitality of human civilization.” (Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, January 2015.)

    When Barack Hussein Obama was presented with the Nobel Peace Prize on 10th December 2009, just eight months in to his Presidency, the motivation was: “ for his extraordinary efforts to strengthen international diplomacy and co-operation between peoples.”

    The Nobel Committee: “ … attached special importance to Obama’s vision of and work for a world without nuclear weapons … as President he (had) created a new climate in international politics.”

    “Only very rarely has a person to the same extent as Obama captured the world’s attention and given its people hope for a better future.”

    In his presentation speech, Nobel Committee Chairman, Thorbjørn Jagland said that Obama had, from the first moments of his Presidency strived  against confrontation and had already: “lowered the temperature in the world.”

    In his acceptance speech the President Obama stated that: “Our actions matter, and can bend history in the direction of justice.”

    He was also committed to: “upholding the (Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty.) It is a centerpiece of my foreign policy.  And I’m working with President Medvedev to reduce America and Russia’s nuclear stockpiles.”

    In conclusion, to applause, he appealed: “Let us reach for the world that ought to be – that spark of the divine that still stirs within each of our souls.”

    Since then the myriad mass graves of America’s victims have become silent witness to the hypocrisy and insincerity of his address at Oslo City Hall on the 113th Anniversary of Alfred Nobel’s death in acceptance of an Award which Nobel’s will had specified should be presented: “ … to the person who shall have done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.”

    Gulag Guantanamo remains open, much now militia-run Libya is in ruins, American troops are back in Iraq, where over 2,000 bombing raids have been carried out by American ‘planes. Obama’s Administration still endorses the illegal overthrow of President Assad of Syria, training the mass murdering, beheading, organ eating “moderate” opposition, and the much vaunted departure from Afghanistan, is not a full departure at all.

    Ukraine bleeds daily from the US boasted five Billion dollar coup, Russia is blamed, sanctioned and resultantly feels threatened enough to rearm. The Cold War had been not only rekindled, the flames are visibly rising.

    In March 2013 Stratfor noted: ‘”With the full support of a feckless policy, elite and an uncritical media establishment, Washington is slipping, if not plunging, into a new Cold War with Moscow.” Strong words from Professor Stephen Cohen in a January article published in The Nation, who is a lonely voice in the US academic establishment with an unpopular point of view. He has been warning for several years now that rapidly deteriorating relations between the US and Russia will lead to a new period of sustained political and military tension between the two powers. ‘(1.)

    Now, the annual setting of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists Doomsday Clock (22nd January) has been re-set  - forward two minutes to three minutes tomidnight, the first time since the end of the Cold War and thirty years on from the last such setting in 1984 under the presidency of Grenada invader, another Libya bomber, and Iran-Contra dealing (2) Ronald Reagan.

    In 1984, the Bulletin recorded: “ … relations between the United States and the Soviet Union reached an icy nadir. Every channel of communications has been constricted or shut down; every form of contact has been attenuated or cut off. And arms control negotiations have been reduced to a species of propaganda.” Sound familiar?

    Yesterday they noted:

    “Today, more than twenty five years after the end of the Cold War, the members of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists Science and Security Board have looked closely at the world situation and found it highly threatening to humanity – so threatening that the hands of the Doomsday Clock must once again be set at three minutes to midnight, two minutes closer to catastrophe than in 2014.”

    Further:

    “ … efforts to reduce world nuclear arsenals have stalled. The disarmament process has ground to a halt, with the United States and Russia embarking on massive programs to modernize their nuclear triads – thereby undermining existing nuclear weapons treaties – and other nuclear weapons holders joining in this expensive and extremely dangerous modernization craze.”

    It is not alone the nuclear nightmare: “Insufficient action to slash worldwide emissions of greenhouse gases can produce global climatic catastrophe. Even a so-called “limited” nuclear weapons exchange will produce massive casualties and severe effects on the global environment. We implore the political leaders of the world to take coordinated, quick action to drastically reduce global emissions of heat-trapping gases, especially carbon dioxide, and shrink nuclear weapons arsenals.”

    The Bulletin’s Science and Security Board whose Board of Sponsors include seventeen Nobel Laureates:

    “ …  implore the citizens of the world to demand action from their leaders. The threat looms over all of humanity. Humanity needs to respond now, while there is still time.”(3)

    The Clock, established in 1947, has become universally recognized indicator of the world’s vulnerability to catastrophe from nuclear weapons, climate change, and emerging technologies in the life sciences.

    The Board stresses that catastrophe can be avoided with urgent action. Time wasting is not an option. Essential priorities are:

    *Actions which would cap greenhouse gas emissions at levels which would halt the average global temperature from rising more than two degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels.

    * Dramatically reduce proposed spending on nuclear weapons modernization programmes.

    * Re-energize the disarmament process – with commitment to results.

    * Deal urgently with nuclear waste problem. (4.)

    If President Obama read the documents and consulted with the towering collective knowledge available at the Bulletin, applied that commitment for which they plea, built bridges globally rather than blowing them up, there is enough time in the final twenty two months of his Presidency to embark on the road to justifying that Nobel. We can only fervently hope that as he stated in his acceptance speech his actions at last “can bend history in the direction of justice.”

    http://www.globalresearch.ca/nuclear-war-three-minutes-to-midnight/5426509

    _______________________________________________
    As it is below; so it is above
    A mountain-size asteroid will zoom past Earth Monday (Jan. 26), marking the closest pass by such a large space rock until 2027.

    Asteroid 2004 BL86, which is about 1,800 feet (550 meters) wide, will come within 745,000 miles (1.2 million kilometers) of our planet Monday — about three times the distance between Earth and the moon. While this flyby poses no threat to Earth, it does present a rare opportunity to get a good look at a near-Earth asteroid, NASA officials say.

    Scientists are eager to study 2004 BL86 to pinpoint its orbit, observe its surface and even look for moons. The plan is to track the fast-moving asteroid using the 230-foot (70 m) dish-shaped Goldstone antenna at NASA's Deep Space Network in California, as well as the 1,000-foot (305 m) Arecibo Observatory in Puerto Rico. These radio dishes will beam microwave signals at the asteroid, which will then bounce off the target and return to Earth. [Photos: Potentially Dangerous Asteroids]

    "For objects that get this close, that are this large, the radar observations are really analogous to a spacecraft flyby in terms of the caliber of the data that we can get," said Lance Benner of NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California, who is the principal investigator for the Goldstone observations of the asteroid.

    The resulting black-and-white images can reveal unprecedented details about asteroids, whereas most ground-based telescopes would see only a point of light. But the first item on the team's checklist will be to nail the space rock's location in space and time. This will enable a better understanding of the object's orbit and its future motion, scientists say.

    Even though 2004 BL86 poses no threat to Earth for the foreseeable future, it's still a good idea to keep a close eye on the asteroid, Benner said.

    "Really, it's an inexpensive form of insurance to monitor these objects on a regular basis," he told Space.com.

    Benner also postulates that such work will benefit commercial companies that plan to visit and mine asteroids in the future.

    The researchers expect to obtain resolutions as fine as 13 feet (4 m) per pixel, so the images of 2004 BL86 should reveal details as small as the length of a typical car. This will allow the scientists to assess how rugged or smooth the space rock's surface is.

    "It's expected to be one of the best radar-imaging targets of this calendar year," Benner said.

    If Benner and his colleagues get enough images as the object spins, they can start to reconstruct its three-dimensional shape in order to understand how it rotates. They also plan to search for any moons in tow. About 17 percent of asteroids in 2004 BL86's size range tend to have smaller objects trailing along with them.

    The Goldstone antenna will track the asteroid for 5 to 6 hours most nights from Jan. 27 to Feb. 1. The Arecibo Observatory, however, will only be able to spot 2004 BL86 on the night of Jan. 27. Its radar is not fully steerable, and the space rock will be zipping through the sky at 2 degrees (roughly four times the width of the moon) per hour.  

    "The thing that excites us the most is that we don't know anything about it, but it's likely that we'll learn a great deal and see a lot of detail," Benner said. "Whenever one of these objects comes really close like this, it offers such an outstanding opportunity — we almost always see things we haven't seen before. And so we're expecting some kind of surprise."

    You can watch 2004 BL86's flyby in visible light (as opposed to radar observations) live online Monday via the Virtual Telescope Project in Italy.

    Editor's note: If you capture a telescope view of asteroid 2004 BL86 during its flyby and want to share it with Space.com, you can send images and comments to managing editor Tariq Malik at: spacephotos@space.com.

    Follow Shannon Hall on Twitter @ShannonWHall. Follow us @Spacedotcom, Facebook and Google+. Original article on Space.com.

    Copyright 2015 SPACE.com, a TechMediaNetwork company. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

    CHAPTER 20 Continued

    The time of expectation passed, and Christ did not appear for the deliverance of His people. Those who with sincere faith and love had looked for their Saviour, experienced a bitter disappointment. Yet the purposes of God were being accomplished; He was testing the hearts of those professed to be waiting for His appearing. There were among them many who had been actuated by no higher motive than fear. Their profession of faith had not affected their hearts or their lives. When the expected event failed to take place, these persons declared that they were not disappointed; they had never believed that Christ would come. They were among the first to ridicule the sorrow of the true believers.

    But Jesus and all the heavenly host looked with love and sympathy upon the tried and faithful yet disappointed ones. Could the veil separating the visible world have been swept back, angels would have been seen drawing near to these steadfast souls and shielding them from the shafts of Satan.

    CHAPTER 21 -- A Warning Rejected

    In preaching the doctrine of the second advent, William Miller and his associates had labored with the sole purpose of arousing men to a preparation for the judgment. They had sought to awaken professors of religion to the true hope of the church and to their need of a deeper Christian experience, and they labored also to awaken the unconverted to the duty of immediate repentance and conversion to God. "They made no attempt to convert men to a sect or party in religion. Hence they labored among all parties and sects, without interfering with their organization or discipline."

    "In all my labors," said Miller, "I never had the desire or thought to establish any separate interest from that of existing denominations, or to benefit one at the expense of another. I thought to benefit all. Supposing that all Christians would rejoice in the prospect of Christ's coming, and that those who could not see as I did would not love any the less those who should embrace this doctrine, I did not conceive there would ever be any necessity for separate meetings. My whole object was a desire to convert souls to God, to notify the world of a coming judgment, and to induce my fellow men to make that preparation of heart which will enable them to meet their God in peace. The great majority of those who were converted under my labors united with the various existing churches."--Bliss, page 328.

    As his work tended to build up the churches, it was for a time regarded with favor. But as ministers and religious leaders decided against the advent doctrine and desired to suppress all agitation of the subject, they not only opposed it from the pulpit, but denied their members the privilege of attending preaching upon the second advent, or even of speaking of their hope in the social meetings of the church. Thus the believers found themselves in a position of great trial and perplexity. They loved their churches and were loath to separate from them; but as they saw the testimony of God's word suppressed and their right to investigate the prophecies denied they felt that loyalty to God forbade them to submit. Those who sought to shut out the testimony of God's word they could not regard as constituting the church of Christ, "the pillar and ground of the truth." Hence they felt themselves justified in separating from their former connection. In the summer of 1844 about fifty thousand withdrew from the churches.

    About this time a marked change was apparent in most of the churches throughout the United States. There had been for many years a gradual but steadily increasing conformity to worldly practices and customs, and a corresponding decline in real spiritual life; but in that year there were evidences of a sudden and marked declension in nearly all the churches of the land. While none seemed able to suggest the cause, the fact itself was widely noted and commented upon by both the press and the pulpit.

    At a meeting of the presbytery of Philadelphia, Mr. Barnes, author of a commentary widely used and pastor of one of the leading churches in that city, "stated that he had been in the ministry for twenty years, and never, till the last Communion, had he administered the ordinance without receiving more or less into the church. But now there are no awakenings, no conversions, not much apparent growth in grace in professors, and none come to his study to converse about the salvation of their souls. With the increase of business, and the brightening prospects of commerce and manufacture, there is an increase of worldly-mindedness. Thus it is with all the denominations."--Congregational Journal, May 23, 1844.

    In the month of February of the same year, Professor Finney of Oberlin College said: "We have had the fact before our minds, that, in general, the Protestant churches of our country, as such, were either apathetic or hostile to nearly all the moral reforms of the age. There are partial exceptions, yet not enough to render the fact otherwise than general. We have also another corroborated fact: the almost universal absence of revival influence in the churches. The spiritual apathy is almost all-pervading, and is fearfully deep; so the religious press of the whole land testifies. . . . Very extensively, church members are becoming devotees of fashion, --join hands with the ungodly in parties of pleasure, in dancing, in festivities, etc. . . . But we need not expand this painful subject. Suffice it that the evidence thickens and rolls heavily upon us, to show that the churches generally are becoming sadly degenerate. They have gone very far from the Lord, and He has withdrawn Himself from them."

    And a writer in the Religious Telescope testified: "We have never witnessed such a general declension of religion as at the present. Truly, the church should awake, and search into the cause of this affliction; for as an affliction everyone that loves Zion must view it. When we call to mind how 'few and far between' cases of true conversion are, and the almost unparalleled impertinence and hardness of sinners, we almost involuntarily exclaim, 'Has God forgotten to be gracious? or, Is the door of mercy closed?'"

    Such a condition never exists without cause in the church itself. The spiritual darkness which falls upon nations, upon churches and individuals, is due, not to an arbitrary withdrawal of the succors of divine grace on the part of God, but to neglect or rejection of divine light on the part of men. A striking illustration of this truth is presented in the history of the Jewish people in the time of Christ. By their devotion to the world and forgetfulness of God and His word, their understanding had become darkened, their hearts earthly and sensual. Thus they were in ignorance concerning Messiah's advent, and in their pride and unbelief they rejected the Redeemer. God did not even then cut off the Jewish nation from a knowledge of, or a participation in, the blessings of salvation. But those who rejected the truth lost all desire for the gift of Heaven. They had "put darkness for light, and light for darkness," until the light which was in them became darkness; and how great was that darkness!

    It suits the policy of Satan that men should retain the forms of religion if but the spirit of vital godliness is lacking. After their rejection of the gospel, the Jews continued zealously to maintain their ancient rites, they rigorously preserved their national exclusiveness, while they themselves could not but admit that the presence of God was no longer manifest among them. The prophecy of Daniel pointed so unmistakably to the time of Messiah's coming, and so directly foretold His death, that they discouraged its study, and finally the rabbis pronounced a curse on all who should attempt a computation of the time. In blindness and impenitence the people of Israel during succeeding centuries have stood, indifferent to the gracious offers of salvation, unmindful of the blessings of the gospel, a solemn and fearful warning of the danger of rejecting light from heaven.

    Wherever the cause exists, the same results will follow. He who deliberately stifles his convictions of duty because it interferes with his inclinations will finally lose the power to distinguish between truth and error. The understanding becomes darkened, the conscience callous, the heart hardened, and the soul is separated from God. Where the message of divine truth is spurned or slighted, there the church will be enshrouded in darkness; faith and love grow cold, and estrangement and dissension enter. Church members center their interests and energies in worldly pursuits, and sinners become hardened in their impenitence.

    The first angel's message of Revelation 14, announcing the hour of God's judgment and calling upon men to fear and worship Him, was designed to separate the professed people of God from the corrupting influences of the world and to arouse them to see their true condition of worldliness and backsliding. In this message, God has sent to the church a warning, which, had it been accepted, would have corrected the evils that were shutting them away from Him. Had they received the message from heaven, humbling their hearts before the Lord and seeking in sincerity a preparation to stand in His presence, the Spirit and power of God would have been manifested among them. The church would again have reached that blessed state of unity, faith, and love which existed in apostolic days, when the believers "were of one heart and of one soul," and "spake the word of God with boldness," when "the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved." Acts 4:32, 31; 2:47.

    If God's professed people would receive the light as it shines upon them from His word, they would reach that unity for which Christ prayed, that which the apostle describes, "the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace." "There is," he says, "one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism." Ephesians 4:3-5.

    Such were the blessed results experienced by those who accepted the advent message. They came from different denominations, and their denominational barriers were hurled to the ground; conflicting creeds were shivered to atoms; the unscriptural hope of a temporal millennium was abandoned, false views of the second advent were corrected, pride and conformity to the world were swept away; wrongs were made right; hearts were united in the sweetest fellowship, and love and joy reigned supreme. If this doctrine did this for the few who did receive it, it would have done the same for all if all had received it.

    But the churches generally did not accept the warning. Their ministers, who, as watchmen "unto the house of Israel," should have been the first to discern the tokens of Jesus' coming, had failed to learn the truth either from the testimony of the prophets or from the signs of the times. As worldly hopes and ambitions filled the heart, love for God and faith in His word had grown cold; and when the advent doctrine was presented, it only aroused their prejudice and unbelief. The fact that the message was, to a great extent, preached by laymen, was urged as an instrument against it. As of old, the plain testimony of God's word was met with the inquiry: "Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed?" And finding how difficult a task it was to refute the arguments drawn from the prophetic periods, many discouraged the study of the prophecies, teaching that the prophetic books were sealed and were not to be understood. Multitudes, trusting implicitly to their pastors, refused to listen to the warning; and others, though convinced of the truth, dared not confess it, lest they should be "put out of the synagogue." The message which God had sent for the testing and purification of the church revealed all too surely how great was the number who had set their affections on this world rather than upon Christ. The ties which bound them to earth were stronger than the attractions heavenward. They chose to listen to the voice of worldly wisdom and turned away from the heart-searching message of truth.

    In refusing the warning of the first angel, they rejected the means which Heaven had provided for their restoration. They spurned the gracious messenger that would have corrected the evils which separated them from God, and with greater eagerness they turned to seek the friendship of the world. Here was the cause of that fearful condition of worldliness, backsliding, and spiritual death which existed in the churches in 1844.

    In Revelation 14 the first angel is followed by a second proclaiming: "Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." Revelation 14:8. The term "Babylon" is derived from "Babel," and signifies confusion. It is employed in Scripture to designate the various forms of false or apostate religion. In Revelation 17 Babylon is represented as a woman --a figure which is used in the Bible as the symbol of a church, a virtuous woman representing a pure church, a vile woman an apostate church.

    In the Bible the sacred and enduring character of the relation that exists between Christ and His church is represented by the union of marriage. The Lord has joined His people to Himself by a solemn covenant, He promising to be their God, and they pledging themselves to be His and His alone. He declares: "I will betroth thee unto Me forever; yea, I will betroth thee unto Me in righteousness, and in judgment, and in loving-kindness, and in mercies." Hosea 2:19. And, again: "I am married unto you." Jeremiah 3:14. And Paul employs the same figure in the New Testament when he says: "I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ." 2 Corinthians 11:2.

    The unfaithfulness of the church to Christ in permitting her confidence and affection to be turned from Him, and allowing the love of worldly things to occupy the soul, is likened to the violation of the marriage vow. The sin of Israel in departing from the Lord is presented under this figure; and the wonderful love of God which they thus despised is touchingly portrayed: "I sware unto thee, and entered into a covenant with thee, saith the Lord God, and thou becamest Mine." "And thou wast exceeding beautiful and thou didst prosper into a kingdom. And thy renown went forth among the heathen for thy beauty: for it was perfect through My comeliness, which I had put upon thee. . . . But thou didst trust in thine own beauty, and playedst the harlot because of thy renown." "As a wife treacherously departeth from her husband, so have ye dealt treacherously with Me, O house of Israel, saith the Lord;" "as a wife that committeth adultery, which taketh strangers instead of her husband!" Ezekiel 16:8, 13-15, 32; Jeremiah 3:20.

    In the New Testament, language very similar is addressed to professed Christians who seek the friendship of the world above the favor of God. Says the apostle James: "Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God."

    The woman (Babylon) of Revelation 17 is described as "arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness:...and upon her forehead was a name written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the mother of harlots." Says the prophet: "I saw the woman drunk with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus." Babylon is further declared to be "that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth." Revelation 17:4-6, 18. The power that for so many centuries maintained despotic sway over the monarchs of Christendom is Rome. The purple and scarlet color, the gold and precious stones and pearls, vividly picture the magnificence and more than kingly pomp affected by the haughty see of Rome. And no other power could be so truly declared "drunken with the blood of the saints" as that church which has so cruelly persecuted the followers of Christ. Babylon is also charged with the sin of unlawful connection with "the kings of the earth." It was by departure from the Lord, and alliance with the heathen, that the Jewish church became a harlot; and Rome, corrupting herself in like manner by seeking the support of worldly powers, receives a like condemnation.

    Babylon is said to be "the mother of harlots." By her daughters must be symbolized churches that cling to her doctrines and traditions, and follow her example of sacrificing the truth and the approval of God, in order to form an unlawful alliance with the world. The message of Revelation 14, announcing the fall of Babylon must apply to religious bodies that were once pure and have become corrupt. Since this message follows the warning of the judgment, it must be given in the last days; therefore it cannot refer to the Roman Church alone, for that church has been in a fallen condition for many centuries. Furthermore, in the eighteenth chapter of the Revelation the people of God are called upon to come out of Babylon. According to this scripture, many of God's people must still be in Babylon. And in what religious bodies are the greater part of the followers of Christ now to be found? Without doubt, in the various churches professing the Protestant faith. At the time of their rise these churches took a noble stand for God and the truth, and His blessing was with them. Even the unbelieving world was constrained to acknowledge the beneficent results that followed an acceptance of the principles of the gospel. In the words of the prophet to Israel: "Thy renown went forth among the heathen for thy beauty: for it was perfect through My comeliness, which I had put upon thee, saith the Lord God." But they fell by the same desire which was the curse and ruin of Israel--the desire of imitating the practices and courting the friendship of the ungodly. "Thou didst trust in thine own beauty, and playedst the harlot because of thy renown." Ezekiel 16:14, 15.

    Many of the Protestant churches are following Rome's example of iniquitous connection with "the kings of the earth"--the state churches, by their relation to secular governments; and other denominations, by seeking the favor of the world. And the term "Babylon"--confusion--may be appropriately applied to these bodies, all professing to derive their doctrines from the Bible, yet divided into almost innumerable sects, with widely conflicting creeds and theories.

    Besides a sinful union with the world, the churches that separated from Rome present other of her characteristics. A Roman Catholic work argues that "if the Church of Rome were ever guilty of idolatry in relation to the saints, her daughter, the Church of England, stands guilty of the same, which has ten churches dedicated to Mary for one dedicated to Christ."--Richard Challoner, The Catholic Christian Instructed, Preface, pages 21, 22.

    And Dr. Hopkins, in "A Treatise on the Millennium," declares: "There is no reason to consider the antichristian spirit and practices to be confined to that which is now called the Church of Rome. The Protestant churches have much of antichrist in them, and are far from being wholly reformed from . . . corruptions and wickedness."--Samuel Hopkins, Works, vol. 2, p. 328.

    Concerning the separation of the Presbyterian Church from Rome, Dr. Guthrie writes: "Three hundred years ago, our church, with an open Bible on her banner, and this motto, 'Search the Scriptures,' on her scroll, marched out from the gates of Rome." Then he asks the significant question: "Did they come clean out of Babylon?"--Thomas Guthrie, The Gospel in Ezekiel, page 237.

    "The Church of England," says Spurgeon, "seems to be eaten through and through with sacramentarianism; but nonconformity appears to be almost as badly riddled with philosophical infidelity. Those of whom we thought better things are turning aside one by one from the fundamentals of the faith. Through and through, I believe, the very heart of England is honeycombed with a damnable infidelity which dares still go into the pulpit and call itself Christian."

    What was the origin of the great apostasy? How did the church first depart from the simplicity of the gospel? By conforming to the practices of paganism, to facilitate the acceptance of Christianity by the heathen. The apostle Paul declared, even in his day, "The mystery of iniquity doth already work." 2 Thessalonians 2:7. During the lives of the apostles the church remained comparatively pure. But "toward the latter end of the second century most of the churches assumed a new form; the first simplicity disappeared, and insensibly, as the old disciples retired to their graves, their children, along with new converts, . . . came forward and new-modeled the cause."--Robert Robinson, Ecclesiastical Researches, ch. 6, par. 17, p. 51. To secure converts, the exalted standard of the Christian faith was lowered, and as the result "a pagan flood, flowing into the church, carried with it its customs, practices, and idols." --Gavazzi, Lectures, page 278. As the Christian religion secured the favor and support of secular rulers, it was nominally accepted by multitudes; but while in appearance Christians, many "remained in substance pagans, especially worshiping in secret their idols."--Ibid., page 278.

    Has not the same process been repeated in nearly every church calling itself Protestant? As the founders, those who possessed the true spirit of reform, pass away, their descendants come forward and "new-model the cause." While blindly clinging to the creed of their fathers and refusing to accept any truth in advance of what they saw, the children of the reformers depart widely from their example of humility, self-denial, and renunciation of the world. Thus "the first simplicity disappears." A worldly flood, flowing into the church, carries "with it its customs, practices, and idols."

    Alas, to what a fearful extent is that friendship of the world which is "enmity with God," now cherished among the professed followers of Christ! How widely have the popular churches throughout Christendom departed from the Bible standard of humility, self-denial, simplicity, and godliness! Said John Wesley, in speaking of the right use of money: "Do not waste any part of so precious a talent, merely in gratifying the desire of the eye, by superfluous or expensive apparel, or by needless ornaments. Waste no part of it in curiously adorning your houses; in superfluous or expensive furniture; in costly pictures, painting, gilding. . . . Lay out nothing to gratify the pride of life, to gain the admiration or praise of men. . . . 'So long as thou doest well unto thyself, men will speak good of thee.' So long as thou art 'clothed in purple and fine linen,' and farest 'sumptuously every day,' no doubt many will applaud thy elegance of taste, thy generosity and hospitality. But do not buy their applause so dear. Rather be content with the honor that cometh from God."--Wesley, Works, Sermon 50, "The Use of Money." But in many churches of our time such teaching is disregarded.

    A profession of religion has become popular with the world. Rulers, politicians, lawyers, doctors, merchants, join the church as a means of securing the respect and confidence of society, and advancing their own worldly interests. Thus they seek to cover all their unrighteous transactions under a profession of Christianity. The various religious bodies, re-enforced by the wealth and influence of these baptized worldlings, make a still higher bid for popularity and patronage. Splendid churches, embellished in the most extravagant manner, are erected on popular avenues. The worshipers array themselves in costly and fashionable attire. A high salary is paid for a talented minister to entertain and attract the people. His sermons must not touch popular sins, but be made smooth and pleasing for fashionable ears. Thus fashionable sinners are enrolled on the church records, and fashionable sins are concealed under a pretense of godliness.

    Commenting on the present attitude of professed Christians toward the world, a leading secular journal says: "Insensibly the church has yielded to the spirit of the age, and adapted its forms of worship to modern wants." "All things, indeed, that help to make religion attractive, the church now employs as its instruments." And a writer in the New York Independent speaks thus concerning Methodism as it is: "The line of separation between the godly and the irreligious fades out into a kind of penumbra, and zealous men on both sides are toiling to obliterate all difference between their modes of action and enjoyment." "The popularity of religion tends vastly to increase the number of those who would secure its benefits without squarely meeting its duties."

    Says Howard Crosby: "It is a matter of deep concern that we find Christ's church so little fulfilling the designs of its Lord. Just as the ancient Jews let a familiar intercourse with the idolatrous nations steal away their hearts from God, . . . so the church of Jesus now is, by its false partnerships with an unbelieving world, giving up the divine methods of its true life, and yielding itself to the pernicious, though often plausible, habits of a Christless society, using the arguments and reaching the conclusions which are foreign to the revelation of God, and directly antagonistic to all growth in grace."--The Healthy Christian: An Appeal to the Church, pages 141, 142.

    In this tide of worldliness and pleasure seeking, self-denial and self-sacrifice for Christ's sake are almost wholly lost. "Some of the men and women now in active life in our churches were educated, when children, to make sacrifices in order to be able to give or do something for Christ." But "if funds are wanted now, . . . nobody must be called on to give. Oh, no! have a fair, tableau, mock trial, antiquarian supper, or something to eat--anything to amuse the people."

    Governor Washburn of Wisconsin in his annual message, January 9, 1873, declared: "Some law seems to be required to break up the schools where gamblers are made. These are everywhere. Even the church (unwittingly, no doubt) is sometimes found doing the work of the devil. Gift concerts, gift enterprises and raffles, sometimes in aid of religious or charitable objects, but often for less worthy purposes, lotteries, prize packages, etc., are all devices to obtain money without value received. Nothing is so demoralizing or intoxicating, particularly to the young, as the acquisition of money or property without labor. Respectable people engaging in these chance enterprises, and easing their consciences with the reflection that the money is to go to a good object, it is not strange that the youth of the state should so often fall into the habits which the excitement of games of hazard is almost certain to engender."

    The spirit of worldly conformity is invading the churches throughout Christendom. Robert Atkins, in a sermon preached in London, draws a dark picture of the spiritual declension that prevails in England: "The truly righteous are diminished from the earth, and no man layeth it to heart. The professors of religion of the present day, in every church, are lovers of the world, conformers to the world, lovers of creature comfort, and aspirers after respectability. They are called to suffer with Christ, but they shrink from even reproach.... Apostasy, apostasy, apostasy, is engraven on the very front of every church; and did they know it, and did they feel it, there might be hope; but, alas! they cry, 'We are rich, and increased in goods, and stand in need of nothing.'" --Second Advent Library, tract No. 39.

    The great sin charged against Babylon is that she "made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." This cup of intoxication which she presents to the world represents the false doctrines that she has accepted as the result of her unlawful connection with the great ones of the earth. Friendship with the world corrupts her faith, and in her turn she exerts a corrupting influence upon the world by teaching doctrines which are opposed to the plainest statements of Holy Writ.

    Rome withheld the Bible from the people and required all men to accept her teachings in its place. It was the work of the Reformation to restore to men the word of God; but is it not too true that in the churches of our time men are taught to rest their faith upon their creed and the teachings of their church rather than on the Scriptures? Said Charles Beecher, speaking of the Protestant churches: "They shrink from any rude word against creeds with the same sensitiveness with which those holy fathers would have shrunk from a rude word against the rising veneration of saints and martyrs which they were fostering. . . . The Protestant evangelical denominations have so tied up one another's hands, and their own, that, between them all, a man cannot become a preacher at all, anywhere, without accepting some book besides the Bible.... There is nothing imaginary in the statement that the creed power is now beginning to prohibit the Bible as really as Rome did, though in a subtler way."--Sermon on "The Bible a Sufficient Creed," delivered at Fort Wayne, Indiana, Feb. 22, 1846.

    When faithful teachers expound the word of God, there arise men of learning, ministers professing to understand the Scriptures, who denounce sound doctrine as heresy, and thus turn away inquirers after truth. Were it not that the world is hopelessly intoxicated with the wine of Babylon, multitudes would be convicted and converted by the plain, cutting truths of the word of God. But religious faith appears so confused and discordant that the people know not what to believe as truth. The sin of the world's impenitence lies at the door of the church.

    The second angel's message of Revelation 14 was first preached in the summer of 1844, and it then had a more direct application to the churches of the United States, where the warning of the judgment had been most widely proclaimed and most generally rejected, and where the declension in the churches had been most rapid. But the message of the second angel did not reach its complete fulfillment in 1844. The churches then experienced a moral fall, in consequence of their refusal of the light of the advent message; but that fall was not complete. As they have continued to reject the special truths for this time they have fallen lower and lower. Not yet, however, can it be said that "Babylon is fallen,... because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." She has not yet made all nations do this. The spirit of world conforming and indifference to the testing truths for our time exists and has been gaining ground in churches of the Protestant faith in all the countries of Christendom; and these churches are included in the solemn and terrible denunciation of the second angel. But the work of apostasy has not yet reached its culmination.

    The Bible declares that before the coming of the Lord, Satan will work "with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness;" and they that "received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved," will be left to receive "strong delusion, that they should believe a lie." 2 Thessalonians 2:9-11. Not until this condition shall be reached, and the union of the church with the world shall be fully accomplished throughout Christendom, will the fall of Babylon be complete. The change is a progressive one, and the perfect fulfillment of Revelation 14:8 is yet future.

    Notwithstanding the spiritual darkness and alienation from God that exist in the churches which constitute Babylon, the great body of Christ's true followers are still to be found in their communion. There are many of these who have never seen the special truths for this time. Not a few are dissatisfied with their present condition and are longing for clearer light. They look in vain for the image of Christ in the churches with which they are connected. As these bodies depart further and further from the truth, and ally themselves more closely with the world, the difference between the two classes will widen, and it will finally result in separation. The time will come when those who love God supremely can no longer remain in connection with such as are "lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof."

    Revelation 18 points to the time when, as the result of rejecting the threefold warning of Revelation 14:6-12, the church will have fully reached the condition foretold by the second angel, and the people of God still in Babylon will be called upon to separate from her communion. This message is the last that will ever be given to the world; and it will accomplish its work. When those that "believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness" (2 Thessalonians 2:12), shall be left to receive strong delusion and to believe a lie, then the light of truth will shine upon all whose hearts are open to receive it, and all the children of the Lord that remain in Babylon will heed the call: "Come out of her, My people" (Revelation 18:4).

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    B.B.Baghor
    B.B.Baghor


    Posts : 1851
    Join date : 2014-01-31
    Age : 73
    Location : Druid county UK

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  B.B.Baghor Mon Jan 26, 2015 5:33 am

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 099_p610
    Dune on the island Terschelling, North of Holland.

    Thank you, ortho, for being such a good sport, amidst of windforce 11 Hot
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jan 26, 2015 9:16 am

    Thank-you B.B. This thread is not about making friends and influencing people. It's not about being happy or saving souls. It's about thinking the unthinkable and unknowable in uncommon ways. There really is a common theme and editorial-slant -- but I have no idea where this runaway chicken will end up. What troubles me especially is that the territory I cover is not that intellectually challenging. I use a lot of images and repetition -- but none of this seems to resonate with anyone -- so I wonder why I even bother?! Everything is orchestrated by the secret-government -- so why bother trying to change anything?? Why not just go with the flow -- and go for fame, fortune, power, and pleasure -- showing up at church each week to be forgiven for screwing the competition and the secretaries (not to mention making business contacts and deals on the church steps)??!! Why swim upstream?? Anyway -- I'm sadly serious about that KJV Bible Study-List. This isn't the sort of thing one learns in church -- and all it involves is reading the Bible in an honest manner. Imagine THAT!! Combining Revelation with the first few chapters of Genesis is rather unsettling -- but it's not a random act of insanity. I'm not necessarily saying this approach should be pushed in church and church-school. I'm simply saying that some of us need to agonize over this sort of thing. But really -- it probably won't do anyone any good. It will probably do just the opposite. It sure isn't helping me. I'm going downhill fast -- and I'm not kidding. Here's that list again:

    1. Genesis.
    2. Job.
    3. Psalms.
    4. Proverbs.
    5. Ecclesiastes.
    6. Song of Songs.
    7. Exodus.
    8. Leviticus.
    9. Numbers.
    10. Deuteronomy.
    11. Isaiah.
    12. Jeremiah.
    13. Lamentations.
    14. Ezekiel.
    15. Daniel.
    16. Matthew.
    17. John.
    18. Romans.
    19. Hebrews.
    20. Revelation.

    Read the books in this list -- in order -- straight-through -- over and over -- considering the possibility that this has happened before -- and might happen again!! What if Earth is a Galactic Reform-School for Rebels Without a Clue aka Completely Ignorant Fools??!! What if effective Universe-Management requires such a reprehensible Galactic Rat-Trap??!! What if Star Wars of Conquest are the way things work throughout the Universe?? What if Earth is a rather large Babylon 5 Type Spaceship??!! What if God really is a Bad@$$ Warrior and Banker??!! What if God is a Janitor-Teacher who is Cleansing the Sanctuary to Teach the Universe an Unforgettable Lesson?? What if God has an Office at Goldman Sachs?? What if God is Rich?? What if the way things work in Rome, London, Washington D.C., New York, Hollywood, and the Dark-Side of the Moon -- are how things work throughout the Universe??!! I asked the Ancient Egyptian Deity "How Good is Too Good??" -- and they didn't have an answer. Neither did I -- and I still don't have an answer. Once again -- read the books in that list straight-through (over and over) for a MOST revolting education. I'm partial to Job through Song of Songs (aka the Wisdom-Books) perhaps combined with Isaiah through Daniel -- but this approach does not yield Judaism or Christianity. Is there ANY church which is truly Honest to God?? The Truth will supposedly set us free -- so might our dishonesty explain why we still seem to be in jail?? Once again -- believers tend to idealize and rationalize -- while skeptics tend to just throw the whole thing out. How many people throughout history have been exhaustively honest regarding sacred scripture??
    magamud wrote:I cannot keep up with the amount of information on your thread Oxy.  I apologize for posting on it like skimming a rock on water, but what else can I do?







    Thank-you magamud. Again, I am mostly reposting and minimally editing old posts from another thread. I'm adding some new material -- but not much. I'm sort of in a holding-pattern. I'm trying to mellow-out into a "Mr. Smith Goes to Phobos" mode. I still don't have an enemies-list -- and I simply wish the best for all-concerned. I'm obviously concerned about justice and karmic-debt -- but I would need a helluva lot of compelling (and damning) evidence for me to green-light a "Book of Revelation Scenario". I'm Siriusly attempting to understand the Holy Bible and Biblical Prophecy -- in light of all the strange internet information. Again, I have no research-team -- and no one is feeding me scripts or information -- so I have no idea what's REALLY going on. I am just trying to think of various possibilities as I educate myself in my very own University of Solar System Studies and Governance.

    Incidentally, what if the solar system were divided into 70 regions (or districts) with 70 University of Solar System Studies and Governance campuses?? Further -- what if each of these campuses had a Cathedral (or Cathedral-Like Building) which would be the location of BOTH the Region Supreme Court (71 members) and the Ceremonial State Church??!! In other words -- the State Church would be limited to these 70 locations -- and would be sort of like the Church of England -- and would ceremonially-assist Supreme Court sessions -- as well as conducting State Funerals, Weddings, etc. Chapel Services for the University of Solar System Studies and Governance would be conducted in this setting, as well. Do you see what I mean?? There would be Freedom of Religion and Freedom of Speech, etc. The Mega-Churches and Catholic-Churches would largely function as they so chose.

    Again, there would be approximately 5,000 "Super-Justices" in the Solar System Supreme Court System. The United States of the Solar System would be based at the current United Nations location -- with approximately 2,000 representatives in New York. The remaining 3,000 (or so) representatives would reside on the University of Solar System Studies and Governance campuses -- and would participate with the New York representatives via the InterPlaNet. Justices and Representatives might also teach classes and/or give special lectures. There would be approximately 5,000 Justices and 5,000 Representatives governing the United States of the Solar System. The present countries of the world and solar system would continue to govern themselves as they have been -- or as they might choose to do so in the future. The churches of the world and solar system would continue to function as they have been -- or as they might choose to do so in the future. The Solar System Administrator might serve as the Chief Justice of the Solar System Supreme Court -- and might be an Authority of Last Resort -- but NOT a bossy micro-manager or cruel-tyrant. Obviously, I don't know the inside-scoop -- so these conceptualizations might be highly problematic in reality. This is just more brain-storming. Note that I have divided-up the 10,000 USSS Representatives in various-ways throughout this thread.

    What if a harsh theocracy existed in an ancient 'Heaven'? What if this situation existed because of a rebel faction who was manipulating and exploiting the government of 'Heaven'? What if this hypothetical rebel faction instigated a righteous uprising against this hypothetically infiltrated and subverted government of 'Heaven'? What if the rebel faction financed both sides of the 'War in Heaven'? What if all of us were deceived by this rebel faction? What if we continue to be deceived by this rebel faction? Would a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System be a possible solution to this nightmare? Should this hypothetical rebel faction be rehabilitated or utterly destroyed?

    How should we view ancient Babylon? Should we attempt to go back as far as we can into antiquity - and then build upon the best which we discover? Has Roman Catholicism attempted to do this? It certainly is not built upon the Teachings of Jesus. But should there be an integration of the Words of Christ - with the artistic and cultural aspects of antiquity? I like the concept of the Teachings of Jesus - in the context of Roman Catholicism - in the context of the Ancient World - complete with U.S. Constitution style governance. Strange bedfellows? Oxymorons? Waves of the Future? What are we really doing on this planet? How did we get here? Why did we come here? Are we even supposed to be here? Who the hell do we think we are? Who are we - really? The PTB aren't exactly blurting out everything they know regarding all of the above. Should we Goyim just get back to work - and let Megalomaniacs Anonymous do what they do best? Consider these images of ancient Babylon:

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Images?q=tbn:ANd9GcRFGFO5oYhxO0EV6wSrWpLnQ779z84yT8YJ5UoF3H4pLHmmy0Nb94mqeTUORg
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 The-hanging-gardens-of-babylon
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 4445183271_8fc207b841_z
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ishtar
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Redtower_a

    I really hesitate to make this post - for a variety of reasons - but here I go - where angels fear to tread. I keep thinking about the possibility of an Annunaki Queen of Heaven - in both positive and negative ways - and the following images are possible positive aspects of this still hypothetical being. I do support the concept of the Divine Feminine - and I am attempting to incorporate the best aspects of this idea into my life. If the Annunaki rule Humanity - what do you think the God of This World and the Queen of Heaven might look like? Or is the Queen of Heaven really the God of This World? I'm not trying to be funny here. I am very serious. But once again, just about everything important is nearly impossible to really pin down. Perhaps this is a good thing. Who knows? The Shadow? The Shadow Government? Gizeh Intelligence?

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 African-queen-with-flagsUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 125d_liya_kebedeUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 African-queen-with-flags
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 AfricanQueence
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Queen-of-sheba
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 MTS2_Belle_Ange_16_170371_nefertiti
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 African_queen_1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 African+queen2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Nefertiti
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Image_Resize_Add

    I think I've gotten myself in enough trouble for one day (my computer has been attacked a couple of times today) - so I'm just going to continue reading 'The Jesuits' and possibly 'The Keys of This Blood' - while listening to Latin Masses. That ought to keep me out of trouble...

    OK - I'm back. I fell asleep, listening to a Latin Mass. When I woke-up, I found that my computer security system was attempting to deal with a Trojan. Sometimes I wonder if I am onto something, when my computer starts behaving strangely, and receives attacks and Trojans. Again - I am more curious about life and history, than I am condemning. But, on the other hand, there may be those who do not share my neutrality. How does one seek the truth about a lot of things, without getting into lots and lots of trouble? My goal, is for things to work out well for all concerned. My view, is that if most of us were in different circumstances, we would behave differently, and perhaps reprehensibly. Many of us are good, simply because we lack the opportunity to be bad. And there is a phenomenon known as 'Righteousness by Senility'.

    Don't read too much into my posting activities. I continue to thrash around in cyberspace, without knowing what I want, and without really knowing much of anything for certain. As always, my posts are intended to create discussion, and to make you think. I am also attempting to change the way I think - for better or for worse - who knows?
    Floyd wrote:Oxy
    Did you ever read Angels of the Cosmos by Masao Murata. Its little known in the west but there you may find something akin to your namaste constitution. He travelled quite wildely throughout this solar system and documented his findings. Check it out.

    http://openlibrary.org/books/OL12489925M/Angels_of_the_Cosmos

    I just started reading it Floyd. Thank-you for the heads-up. I found Courtney Brown to be quite interesting regarding this sort of thing, as well. But once again, who knows how much of any of this is true? I just add all of this to my list of that which is possible.

    Was/is Jesus really the Archangel Michael? Was Jesus the equivalent of Horus? Was Horus the equivalent of Tammuz? Was Jesus the Last Pharaoh? Is there a continuing Horus mythology beyond the Life of Christ? Are there any Pharaohs beyond the Life of Christ? Was Jesus a Rebel Pharaoh? Was Jesus banished from Earth because of his rebellion? If so, will he return when a critical mass of Humans become Christ-like - resulting in a Final Jihad - culminating in a Human Independence Day? Semiramis = Annunaki Isis (Queen of Heaven)? Nimrod = Annunaki Amen Ra (God of This World)? Tammuz = Human Pharaoh (Head of the Human Race)? Horus Aha to Ptolemy XV Cesarion? Can the Annunaki and Humans peacefully and happily coexist? Are the Popes really Pharaohs/Emperors and Proxy-Christs (in place of Christ or anti-Christ) who answer to the God of This World and the Queen of Heaven? Could the God of This World and the Queen of Heaven really be one Hybrid Hermaphrodite Being? We? Will Horus/Jesus eventually replace the Pope, the God of This World, and the Queen of Heaven? How would this gel with a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System? Would Jesus RULE AS KING OF KINGS AND LORD OF LORDS - or simply be a very low-key observer and consultant? Which would you prefer? I think that Jesus would be entirely capable of the former - but would prefer the latter - and would exercise supreme authority only when absolutely necessary. Do you think he would be a Palmer Joss type ('Contact')? I really don't know - but I thought I'd ask. I seem to know less and less, each and every day. Pretty soon, I'll know less than nothing - and become an Intellectual Black Hole. I once spoke with a very theologically literate attorney, who told me that the church wouldn't know what to do with Jesus if he were to appear in their midst. Perhaps a lot of religious leaders are scratching their asses - trying to figure out what to do - right at this very moment. What if Nimrod and Semiramis were the male and female aspects of one Hermaphrodite Annunaki being - inhabited by the Archangels Gabriel and Lucifer? We? The God of This World and the Queen of Heaven? What if Tammuz were a male Human Being - inhabited by the Archangel Michael? What if this trinity reincarnated or soul-transferred into body after body? Think about the implications and ramifications - which I prefer not to elaborate upon at this point. Could the Pharaohs have been hostages and front-men for the Annunaki? Did Jesus just say 'NO' to the Annunaki? Was Jesus the Last Pharaoh, as Ralph Ellis has suggested? Did the Annunaki then work through the Roman Emperors and Pontiffs? Does the God of This World and the Queen of Heaven preside over a Controlled Patriarchy and a Subjugation of Women? Michael = Adam = Tammuz = Dumuzi = Horus = Pharaohs = Jesus = Head of Humanity (living in Exile for 2,000 years)? Read between the lines - and tell me what you think. This is new to me, and I have not really thought it through.

    Egyptian Kings (Pharaohs), Governors and other Rulers http://www.touregypt.net/kings.htm

    The Kings of Egypt were not called Pharaohs by the ancient Egyptians. This word was used by the Greeks and Hebrews, and today is commonly used for the ancient Kings of Egypt. We really do not know how many kings ruled in Egypt, for at times in its ancient past the country was split up, and there were at least several kings at the same time. There was also probably kings who ruled regions of Egypt before recorded history, and in fact, several ancient historians record legendary Pharaohs who became Egyptian gods.

    EARLY DYNASTIC PERIOD

    1st Dynasty

    (3050 - 2890)

    Little actual history is known of the pharaohs of the early dynasties. Their monuments, however, are some of the most studied artifacts in the world.

    Horus Aha
    Djer (Itit)
    Djet (Wadj)
    Den (Udimu)
    Anendjib
    Semerkhet
    Qa'a

    2nd Dynasty
    (3890-2686)

    Hetepsekhemwy (Hotepsekhemwy)
    Reneb (Nebra)
    Ninetjer (Nynetjer)
    Peribsen (Seth-Peribsen)
    Khasekhemwy

    OLD KINGDOM

    The age of the Pyramid. The pyramids of Giza and Dahshur are built during this period.

    3rd Dynasty

    Sanakhte (Nebka) 2650 - 2630
    Netjerykhet (Djoser) 2630 - 2611
    Sekhemkhet (Djoser Teti) 2611 - 2603
    Khaba 2603 - 2599
    Huni 2599 - 2575

    4th Dynasty

    Snefru 2575 - 2551
    Khufu (Cheops) 2551 - 2528
    Djedefre 2528 - 2520
    Khafre (Chephren) 2520 - 2494
    Menkaure (Mycerinus) 2490 - 2472
    Shepseskaf 2472 - 2467

    5th Dynasty

    Userkaf 2465 - 2458
    Sahure 2458 - 2446
    Neferirkare Kakai 2477-2467
    Shepseskare Ini 2426 - 2419
    Neferefre 2419 - 2416
    Niuserre Izi 2453 - 2422
    Menkauhor 2422 - 2414
    Djedkare Izezi 2388 - 2356
    Unas 2375-2345

    6th Dynasty

    Teti 2345 - 2333
    Pepy I (Meryre) 2332 - 2283
    Merenre Nemtyemzaf 2283 2278
    Pepy II (Neferkare) 2278 - 2184

    FIRST INTERMEDIATE PERIOD

    This was a very troubled time. There was a breakdown of centralized government, with many kings having overlapping reigns. Montuhotep established order from his capital at Thebes.

    7th and 8th Dynasties

    2150 - 2135

    Netrikare

    Menkare

    Neferkare II

    Neferkare III

    Djedkare II

    Neferkare IV

    Merenhor

    Menkamin I

    Nikare

    Neferkare V

    Neferkahor

    Neferkare VI

    Neferkamin II

    Ibi I

    Neferkaure

    Neferkauhor

    Neferirkare II

    Attested Kings about whom nothing more is known

    Wadjkare

    Sekhemkare

    Iti

    Imhotep

    Isu

    Iytenu

    9th and 10th Dynasties

    2135 - 1986

    Neferkare

    several kings named Kheti

    Meri-Hathor (?)

    Merikare 11th Dynasty

    Inyotef I (Sehertawy) 2134 - 2117

    Inyotef II (Wahankh) 2117-2069

    Inyotef III (Nakhtnebtepnefer) 2069 - 2060

    MIDDLE KINGDOM

    This period is marked with foreign trade and enormous building projects. There is a refinement in the making of jewelry. Prosperity and renaissance existed for a long period of time, but eventually, internal problems become apparent.

    11th Dynasty

    Mentuhotep II 2055 -2004
    Mentuhotep III (Sankhkare) 2004 - 1992
    Mentuhotep IV (Nebtawyre) 1992 - 1987

    12th Dynasty

    Amenemhet I (Sehetepibre) 1991 - 1962
    Senusret I (Kheperkare) 1956 - 1911
    Amenemhet II (Nubkaure) 1911 - 1877
    Senusret II (Khakheperre) 1877 - 1870
    Senusret III (Khakaure) 1836 - 1817
    Amenemhet III (Nimaatre) 1817 - 1772
    Amenemhet IV (Maakherure) 1772 - 1763
    Neferusobek (Sobekkare) 1763 - 1759

    SECOND INTERMEDIATE PERIOD

    The Hyksos invade and conquer.

    Eventually the Theban princes regain power.

    Kamose defeats the Hyksos. 13th Dynasty

    Wegaf 1783-1779

    Amenemhat-senebef

    Sekhemre-khutawi

    Amenemhat V

    Sehetepibre I

    Iufni

    Amenemhat VI

    Semenkare

    Sehetepibre II

    Sewadjkare

    Nedjemibre

    Sobekhotep I

    Reniseneb

    Hor I

    Amenemhat VII

    Sobekhotep II

    Khendjer

    Imira-mesha

    Antef IV

    Seth

    Sobekhotep III

    Neferhotep I 1696 - 1686

    Sihathor 1685 - 1685

    Sobekhotep IV 1685 - 1678

    Sobekhotep V 1678 - 1674

    Iaib 1674 - 1664

    Ay 1664 - 1641

    Ini I

    Sewadjtu

    Ined

    Hori

    Sobekhotep VI

    Dedumes I

    Ibi II

    Hor II

    Senebmiu

    Sekhanre I

    Merkheperre

    Merikare

    14th Dynasty

    Nehesi

    Khatire

    Nebfaure

    Sehabre

    Meridjefare

    Sewadjkare

    Heribre

    Sankhibre

    Kanefertemre

    Neferibre

    Ankhkare, ...

    15th Dynasty

    Salitis

    Bnon

    Apachnan (Khian)

    Apophis (Auserre Apepi)

    Khamudi

    16th Dynasty

    Anat-Her

    User-anat

    Semqen

    Zaket

    Wasa

    Qar

    Pepi III

    Bebankh

    Nebmaatre

    Nikare II

    Aahotepre

    Aaneterire

    Nubankhre

    Nubuserre

    Khauserre

    Khamure

    Jacob-Baal

    Yakbam

    Yoam

    Amu, ...

    17th Dynasty

    Antef V

    Rahotep

    Sobekemzaf I

    Djehuti

    Mentuhotep VII

    Nebirau I

    Nebirau II

    Semenenre

    Suserenre
    Sobekemzaf II

    Antef VI
    Antef VII
    Tao I (Senakhtenre)

    Tao II (Sekenenre)

    Kamose (Wadjkheperre)

    NEW KINGDOM

    Extreme prosperity and renaissance in art and building projects mark the beginning of this period. Towards the end of the 19th Dynasty the increasing power of the priesthood corrupts the central government. During the 20th Dynasty tomb robbing is done by officials. The priesthood becomes hereditary and begins to assume secular power. The government breaks down.

    18th Dynasty

    Ahmose (Nebpehtyre) 1539 - 1514
    Amenhotep I (Djeserkare) 1514 - 1493
    Thutmose I (Akheperkare) 1493 - 1481
    Thutmose II (Akheperenre) 1491 - 1479
    Hatshepsut (Maatkare) 1473 - 1458
    Thutmose III (Menkheperre) 1504 - 1450
    Amenhotep II (Akheperure) 1427 - 1392
    Thutmose IV (Menkheperure) 1419 - 1386
    Amenhotep III (Nebmaatre) 1382 - 1344
    Amenhotep IV / Akhenaten 1350 - 1334
    Smenkhkare (Ankhkheperure) 1336-1334
    Tutankhamun (Nebkheperure) 1334 - 1325
    Ay (Kheperkheperure) 1325 - 1321
    Horemheb (Djeserkheperure) 1323 - 1295

    19th Dynasty

    Ramesses I (Menpehtyre) 1295 - 1294
    Seti I (Menmaatre) 1394 - 1279
    Ramesses II (Usermaatresetepenre) 1279 - 1213
    Merenptah (Baenrehotephirmaat) 1213 - 1203
    Amenmesse (Menmire) 1203 - 1200
    Seti II (Userkheperuresetepenre) 1200 - 1194
    Siptah (Akhenresetepenre) 1194 - 1188
    Tausert (Sitremeritamun) 1185-1187

    20th Dynasty

    Setakht (Userkhauremeryamun) 1186 - 1184
    Ramesses III (Usermaatremeryamun) 1184 - 1153
    Ramesses IV (Hekamaatresetepenamun) 1153 - 1147
    Ramesses V (Usermaatresekheperenre) 1147 - 1143
    Ramesses VI (Nebmaatremeryamun) 1143 - 1136
    Ramesses VII (Usermaatresetepenre) 1136 - 1129
    Ramesses VIII (Usermaatreakhenamun) 1129 - 1126
    Ramesses IX (Neferkaresetepenre) 1126 - 1108
    Ramesses X (Khepermaatresetepenre) 1108 - 1099
    Ramesses XI (Menmaatresetepenptah) 1099 - 1069

    THIRD INTERMEDIATE PERIOD

    The capital moves from Tanis to Libyan, to Nubia, to Thebes, to SAIS, and then back to Nubia and Thebes.

    21st Dynasty

    Northern Kings
    Southern Rulers at Thebes
    Smedes 1070-1044 Herihor 1080-1074
    Amenemnisu 1040  Piankh 1074-1070
    Psusennes I 1040-992 Pinedjem I 1070-1032
    Amenope 993-984  Masaherta 1054-1046
    Osochor 984-978 Menkheperre 1045-992
    Siamun 978-959  Smendes II 992-990
    Psusennes II 959-945  Pinedjem II 990-969
    Psusennes III 969-945

    22nd Dynasty

    Shoshenq I 945-924
    Osorkon I 924-909
    Takelot 909--?
    Shoshenq II ?--883
    Osorkon II 883-855
    Takelot II 860-835
    Shoshenq III 835-783
    Pami 783-773
    Shoshenq IV 773-735
    Osorkon IV 735-712

    23rd Dynasty

    Pedubaste I 828-803

    Osorkon IV 777-749

    Peftjauwybast 740-725

    24th Dynasty

    Shepsesre Tefnakht I 725-720
    Wahkare Bakenranef 720-715

    LATE KINGDOM

    The Nubians fall under the Assyrians invasion.

    The Greeks help re-establish order. A renaissance in the arts of the 25th Dynasty shows a return to the Old Kingdom style.

    25th Dynasty

    Piye 747-716 BC
    Shebaka 712-698
    Shebitku 698-690
    Taharqa 690-664
    Tantamani 664-657

    26th Dynasty

    Psammetichus I (Psam-tik) 664-610
    Nekau (Necho) II 610-595
    Psammetichus II 595-589
    Apries 589-570
    Amasis 570-526

    Psammetichus III 526-525

    27th Dynasty

    Cambyses 525-522
    Darius I 521-486
    Xerxes I 486-466

    Artaxerxes I 465-424

    Darius II 424-404

    28th Dynasty

    Amyrtaios 404-399

    29th Dynasty

    Nepherites I 399-393

    Psammuthis 393

    Hakoris 393-380
    Nepherites II 380

    30th Dynasty

    The 30th Dynasty contains the last of the Egyptian-born Pharaohs. Nectanebo I 380-362
    Teos 365-360
    Nectanebo II 360-343

    SECOND PERSIAN PERIOD (343-332 B.C.)

    31st Dynasty

    The 31st Dynasty is also known as the Second Persian Period and was added after Manetho created his list of kings..

    Ochus (Artaxerxes III) 343-338
    Arses 338-336
    Darius III Codomannus 335-332

    GRECO-ROMAN PERIOD (332 B.C. - 395 A.D.)

    Macedonian Kings - Alexandria

    Alexander the Great 332-323

    Philip Arrhidaeus 323-316

    Alexander IV 316-304

    Ptolemaic Dynasty

    This period is confusing due to all of the co-regencies. Scholars are not always in agreement on the order of reigns and, in some case, the reigns themselves, from Ptolemy VI through Ptolemy XI. In any event, Egypt's authority and wealth was intact until the death of Cleopatra, at which time, Egypt was overpowered by Rome.

    Ptolemy I Soter I 323-285
    Ptolemy II Philadelphus 282-246
    Ptolemy III Euergeter I 246-222
    Ptolemy IV Philopator 222-205
    Ptolemy V Epiphanes 205-180
    Ptolemy VI Philometor 180-164 163-145
    Ptolemy VII Neos Philopator 145
    Ptolemy VIII Euergetes II 170-163 &
    145-116
    Cleopatra III & Ptolemy IX Soter II 116-107 &
    88-80
    Cleopatra III & Ptolemy X Alexander I 107-88
    Cleopatra Berenice 81-80
    Ptolemy XI Alexander II 80
    Ptolemy XII Neos Dionysos 80-58 &
    55-51
    Berenice IV 58-55
    Cleopatra VII & Ptolemy XIII 51-47
    Cleopatra & Ptolemy XIV 47-44
    Cleopatra VII & Ptolemy XV Cesarion 44-30 BC

    Roman Emperors

    Augustus 30 B.C. - 14 A.D.
    Tiberius 14-37

    Gaius Caligula 37-41

    Claudius 41-54

    Nero 54-68

    Galba 68-69

    Otho 69

    Vitellius 69

    Vespasianus 69-79

    Titus 79-81

    Domitianus (Domitian) 81-96

    Nerva 96-98

    Trajanus (Trajan) 98-117

    Hadrianus (Hadrian) 117-138

    Antoninus Pius 138-161

    Marcus Aurelius 161-180

    Lucius Verrus

    Commodus 180-192

    Pertinax 193

    Didius Julianus 193

    Septimus Severus 193-211

    Caracalla 211-217

    Macrinus 217-218

    Heliogabalus 218-222

    Alexander Severus 222-235

    Maximinus 235-238

    Pupienus 238

    Gordianus 238-244

    Philippus 244-249

    Decius 249-251

    Gallus 251-253

    Valerianus 253-260

    Gallienus 260-268

    Claudius II 268-270

    Aurelianus 270-275

    Tacitus 275-276

    Florianus 276

    Probus 276-282

    Carus 282-283

    Numerianus 283-284

    Diocletian 284-305

    Galerius 305-311

    Licinius 308-324

    The Byzantine Christian Period

    Coptic Patriarch Name Year Monastery Melkite
    Patriarch
    Name Year Actual Ruler Year

    Constantine I 306-37
    Athanasius 328-73 ---

    Constantine I 306-37

    Constantius II 337-61

    Julian 361-63

    Jovian 363-64

    Valens 364-78
    Peter II 373-78 ---

    Valens 364-78

    Gratian 367-83

    Valentinian 375-92
    Timothy I 378-84 ---

    Theodosius I 379-95
    Theophilus 384-412 ---

    Theodosius I 379-95

    Arcadius 395-408

    Theodosius II 408-50
    Cyril I 412-44 Abu Maqar

    Theodosius II 408-50
    Dioscorus 444-54 ---

    Theodosius II
    408-50

    Marcian 450-57
    Timothy II 457-77 ---

    Marcian 450-57

    Leo I 457-74

    Zeno 474-91
    Peter III 477-89 ---

    Zeno 474-91
    Athanasius II 489-96 ---

    Zeno 474-91

    Anastasius I 491-518
    John I 496-505 Abu Maqar

    Anastasius I 491-518
    John II 505-16 Zugag (Ennaton)

    Anastasius I 491-518
    Dioscorus II 516-18 ---

    Anastasius I 491-518

    Justin I 518-27
    Timothy III 518-36 ---

    Justin I 518-27

    Justinian I 527-65
    Theodosius I 536-67 --- Paul of Tabennensi
    534-40
    Justinian I 527-65

    Zoilos 549-51

    Apollinarios 551-70

    Justin II 565-78
    Peter IV 567-76 Zugag (Ennaton)
    John II 570-80 Justin II 565-78
    Damian 576-605 Abu Yuhinnis

    Justin II 565-78

    Eulogios 581-08 Tiberius II 578-82

    Maurice 582-602

    Theodore Skribon 608-09 Phocas 602-10
    Anastasius 605-16 ---

    Phocas 602-10

    John III the Almoner 610-19 Heraclius 610-619
    Andronicus 616-23

    Chosroes II
    (Persian) 619-629

    George 620-30 Heraclius 629-34
    Benjamin I 623-62 Qibriyus Cyrus 630-43 Heraclius 629-34

    Islamic Period (most, particularly of the early Islamic rulers of Egypt, were governors operating under the authority of foreign Caliphs)

    Abbasid Rulers

    Saleh Ibn Ali Ibn Abdullah Ibn Abbas Ibn Abdul Mottalib Ibn Hisham (750-750 AD)

    Abu Awn Abdul Malik Ibn Yazid (751-753 AD)

    Saleh Ibn Ali Ibn Abdullah ibn Abbas Ibn Abdul Motallib Ibn Hisham (753-755 AD)

    Abu Awn Abdul Malik Ibn Yazid (755-758 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Ka’b Ibn Oyayna Ibn Aisha Ibn Amro Ibn Serri Ibn Aeiza Ibn al-Harith Ibn Emro’a al-Quays (758- 759 AD)

    Mohammed Ibn al-Aha’th al-Khoza’i (759-759 AD)

    Hamid Ibn Quahtaba (760- 762 AD)

    Yazid Ibn Hatim al-Mohalabi (762- 772 AD)

    Mohammed Ibn Abdul Rahman Ibn Muawya Ibn Hodeig (772 - 772 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Ollai Ibn Rabah al-lakhmi (772- 778 AD)

    Eissa Ibn Loquman al-Gomahi (778- 779 AD)

    Wadih, Mawla of Abu Ga’far (779- 779 AD)

    Mansour Ibn Yazid Ibn Mansour al-Re’ini (779- 779 AD)

    Yahya Ibn Daoud al-horashi (Ibn Mamdoud) (779- 780 AD)

    Salim Ibn Sawada al-Tamimi (780- 781 AD)

    Ibrahin Ibn Saleh Ibn Abdullah Ibn Abbas (781- 784 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Mous’ab al-Khath’ami (784-785 AD)

    Asama Ibn Amro al-Ma’fri (785-785 AD)

    Al-Fadl Ibn Saleh Ibn Ali al-Abbassi (785-785 AD)

    Ali Ibn Salman al-Abbassi (786- 787 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Eissa Ibn Moussa al-Abbassi (787-789 AD)

    Muslima Ibn Yahia al-Bagli (789- 790 AD)

    Mohammed Ibn Zoheir al-Azdi (790-790 AD)

    Daoud Ibn Yazid al-Mouhallabi (790-791 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Eissa Ibn Moussa al-Abbassi (791-792 AD)

    Ibrahim Ibn Saleh Ibn Abdullah al-Abbassi (792-792 AD)

    Abdullah Ibn al-Mousayyeb Ibn Zoheir al-Dabbi (792-793 AD)

    Ishak Ibn Soliman (793-794 AD)

    Harmatha Ibn A’youn (794-795 AD)

    Abdullah Ibn al-Mosayyeb al-Abbassi (795 795 AD)

    Abdullah Ibn al-Mahdi al-Abbassi (795-795 AD)

    Moussa Ibn Eissa Ibn Moussa al-Abbassi (796-797 AD)

    Oubeidullah Ibn al-Mahdi al-Abbassi (796-797 AD)

    Ismail Ibn Saleh al-Abbassi (797-798 AD)

    Ismail Ibn Eaissa al-Abbassi (789-798 AD)

    Al-Layth Ibn al-Fadl (798-803 AD)

    Ahmed Ibn Ismail Ibn Ali Ibn Abdullah al-Abbassi (803-805 AD)

    Abdullah Ibn Mohammed al-Abbassi (Ibn Zeinab) (805-806 AD)

    Al-Hussein Ibn Gamil (806-808 AD)

    Malik Ibn Dalhem al-Kalbi (808-808 AD)

    Al-Hassan Ibn al-Takhtakh (809-809 AD)

    Hatim Ibn Harthama Ibn A’youn (810-811 AD)

    Gaber Ibn Asha’th al-Ta’i (811-812 AD)

    Abbad Ibn Mohammed Ibn Hayyan (812-813 AD)

    Al-Mottab Ibn Abdullal al-Khoza’I, Rabei Awwal (813-814 AD)

    Al-Abbass Ibn Moussa Ibn Eissa al-Abbassi (814-814 AD)

    Al-Mottalib Ibn Abdullah al-Khoza’i (814-815 AD)

    Al-Serri Ibn al-Hakam (815-816 AD)

    Soliman Ibn Ghalib Ibn Gebril al-Bagli (816-817 AD)

    Al-Serri Ibn al-Hakam (817-820 AD)

    Abu al-Nassr Ibn al-Serri, Gomadi al-Akhera (820-822 AD)
    Obeidullah Ibn al-Serri (822-822 AD)

    Khalid Ibn Yazid Ibn Mazid al-Shibany (822-826 AD)
    Abdullah Ibn Tahir Ibn al-Hussein (826-827 AD)

    Eissan Ibn Yazid al-Gloudi (829-829 AD)
    Omair Ibn al-Walid (829-829 AD)

    Eissa Ibn Yazid al-Gloudi (829-830 AD)
    Abd Waih Ibn Gabla (830-831 AD)

    Caliph al-Ma’moun (831-832 AD)
    Quaidar Nassr Ibn Abdullah (832-834 AD)

    Mozzaffar Ibn Quaidar (834-834 AD)
    Moussa Ibn Abi al-Abbass (834-839 AD)

    Malik Ibn Quaidar (839-841 AD)
    Ali Ibn Yahia al-Armani (841-843 AD)

    Eissa Ibn al-Mansour (843- 847 AD)
    Harthama Ibn al-Nadr al-Gabali (848- 849 AD)

    Hatim Ibn Harthama Ibn al-Nadr (849-849 AD)
    Ali Ibn Yahia al-Armani (849-850 AD)

    Isshac Ibn Yahia Ibn Mo'az, (850-850 AD)
    Khout Abdul Wahid Ibn Yahia (851-851 AD)

    Anbassa Ibnn Isshac al-Dabbi (852-856 AD)

    Non-Abbasid Rulers

    Yazid Ibn Abdullah al-Tourki (856-867 AD)
    Mozahim Ibn Khaqan (867- 868 AD)

    Ahmed Ibn Mozahim Ibn Khaqan (868-868 AD)
    Azgour al-Torki (868-868 AD)

    Tulunids

    Ahmad B. Tulan (Ibn Tulan)(868-884 AD)
    Khumarawayh B. Ahmad (884-896 AD)

    Abu al-Assaker Gaysh Ibn Khmaraweih Ahmed Ibn Tulan (896-896 AD)

    Haroun Ibn Khmaraweih Ibn Ahmed Ibn Tulan (896-904 AD)
    Sheiban Ahmed Ibn Tulan (Abu al-Manaquib) (904-904 AD)

    Abbasid Rulers (Note: Some rulers such as Abu Mansour Tekin ruled more than once)

    Eissa al-Noushari (905-910 AD)

    Abu Mansour Tekin (910-915 AD)

    Zaka Al-A'war (915-919 AD)

    Abu Mansour Tekin (920-921 AD)

    Hilal Ibn Badr (921- 923 AD)

    Ahmed Ibn Keghlegh (923-924 AD)

    Abu al-Mansour Tekin(924-933 AD)

    Fatimid Rulers

    Gawhar El-Sakali (969-973AD)

    Al-Mezz Leideinallah (973-975AD)

    Al-Aziz Leideinallah (975-996AD)

    Al-Hakim Biamrallah (997-1020AD)

    Al-Zahir Lazazdinallah ( 1020-1094AD)

    Al-Mustansir Biallah ( 1035-1094AD)

    Al-Mustali Biallah (1094-1101AD)

    Al-Amir Biahkamallah (1101-1130AD)

    Al-Hafiz Ledeinallah (1130-1149AD)

    Al-Zafir Biamrallah (1149-1154AD)

    Al-Faiz Binasrallah (1154-1160AD)

    Al-Adid Leideinallah (1160-1171AD)

    Ayubbide rulers (Second Ayubbide Period)

    Saladin (Salah al-Din Yusuf Ibn Ayyub)

    (1174-1192AD)

    Aziz Emad Eddin (1192-1198AD)

    Mansour Nasser Eddin (1198-1200AD)

    Adel Seif Eddin (1200-1218AD)

    Kamil Nasser Eddin (1218-1238AD)

    Seif Eddin Abu Bakr (1238-1240AD)

    Salih Nigm Eddin (1240-1249AD)

    Turanshah (1250AD)

    Queen Shajarat El-Dur(1250AD)

    Bahari Mamlukes

    Sultan Ezz Eddin Aybak (1250-1257)

    Sultan Nur Eddin ben Aybak (1257-1259)

    Sultan Muzafar Seif Eddin Qutuz (1259-1260)

    Sultan Zahir Rukn Eddin Baybars (1260-1277)

    Sultan Said Nasser Eddin Baraka (1277-1279)

    Sultan Adel Badr Eddin Salamish (1279)

    Sultan Mansour Seif Eddin Qalawoon (1279-1290)

    Sultan Ashraf Salah Eddin Khalil (1290-1293)

    Sultan Nasser Mohamed Ben Qalawoon (first time) (1293-1294)

    Sultan Adel Zeen Eddin Katubgha (1294-1296)

    Sultan Mansour Hossam Eddin Lagin (1296-1298)

    Sultan Nasser Mohamed Ben Qalawoon (second time) (1298-1309)

    Sultan Muzafar Rukn Eddin Bybars (1309)

    Sultan Nasser Mohamed Ben Qalawoon (third time) (1309-1340)

    Sultan Mansour Seif Eddin Ben Mohamed (1340-1341)

    Sultan Ashraf Alladin Ben Mohamed (1341-1342)

    Sultan Nasser Shahab El-Dein Ben Mohamed (1342)

    Sultan Saleh Emad Eddin Ben Mohamed (1342-1345)

    Sultan Kamil Seif Eddin Ben Mohamed (1345-1346)

    Sultan Muzafar Zein Eddin Ben Mohamed (1346-1347)

    Sultan Nasser Hassan Ben Mohamed (first time)(1347-1351)

    Sultan Salah Eddin Saleh Ben Mohamed (1351-1354)

    Sultan Nasser Hassan Ben Mohamed (second time) (1354-1361)

    Sultan Salah Eddin Mohamed Ben Hagi (1361-1363)

    Sultan Ashraf Zeen Eddin Ben Hassan (1363-1376)

    Sultan Mansour Aladin Ben Shaban (1376-1381)

    Sultan Salih Zeen Edin Hagi (1381-1382)

    Circassian (Burgi) Mamlukes

    Sultan Zaher Barqooq (1382-1399)

    Sultan Farag Ben Barqooq (first time) (1399-1405)

    Sultan Abd El-Aziz Ben Barqooq (1405)

    Sultan Farag Ben Barqooq (second time) (1405-1412)

    Sultan Muyaid Sheikh (1412-1421)

    Sultan Ahmed Ben Muyaid (1421)

    Sultan Zaher Tatar (1421)

    Sultan Nasser Mohamed Ben Tatar (1421)

    Sultan Ashraf Barsbay (1422-1438)

    Sultan Aziz Gamal Ben Barsabay (1438)

    Sultan Zaher Gaqmaq (1438-1453)

    Sultan Mansour Osman Ben Gaqmaq (1453)

    Sultan Ashraf Inal (1453-1460)

    Sultan Muayaid Ahmed Ben Inal (1460)

    Sultan Zaher Khoshkadam (1461-1467)

    Sultan Seif Eddin Yalbai (1467)

    Sultan Zaher Tamarbagha (1467)

    Sultan Khair Bey (1467)

    Sultan Ashraf Qaitbay (1468-1496)

    Sultan Ashraf Mohamed Ben Qaitbay (first time)(1496-1497)

    Sultan Qansuh Khumsamaah (1497)

    Sultan Ashraf Mohamed Ben Qaitbay (second time)(1497-1498)

    Sultan Qansuh Ashrafi (1498-1500)

    Sultan Ganblat (1500-1501)

    Sultan Adel Tumanbay I (1501)

    Sultan Ashraf Qansuh Ghori (1501-1516)

    Sultan Tumanbay II (1517)

    Ottoman Rulers

    Khayer Pasha (1517-22)

    Moustafa Pasha (1522-23)

    Kouzlagah Pasha (1523)

    Ahmed Pasha (1523)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1524)

    Suliman Pasha (1524-34)

    Khissru Pasha (1524-36)

    Suliman Pasha (second time)(1536-38)

    Daoud Pasha (1538-49)

    Moustafa Pasha (1549)

    Ali Pasha (1549-54)

    Mohamed Pasha (1554-56)

    Iskander Pasha (1556-59)

    Ali Pasha (1559-1560)

    Mustafa Pasha (1560-63)

    Ali Pasha (1563-1566)

    Mohamed Pasha (1566-67)

    Sanan Pasha (first time)(1567-68)

    Garkas Pasha (1568-71)

    Sanan Pasha (second time)(1571-73)

    Hussein Pasha (1573-74)

    Massih Pasha (1575-80)

    Hassan Pasha (1580-83)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1583-85)

    Sanan Pasha (1585-87)

    Ouis Pasha (1587-91)

    Hafiz Pasha (1591-95)

    Mohamed Pasha (1595-96)

    Mohamed Pasha El-Sharif (1596-98)

    Khedr Pasha (1598-1601)

    Ali Pasha (1601-3)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1603-4)

    Mohamed Pasha (1604-5)

    Hassan Pasha (1605-7)

    Mohamed Pasha Moamar (1607-11)

    Mohamed Pasha Sadafi (1611-15)

    Ahmed Pasha (1615-18)

    Moustafa Pasha (1618-19)

    Gaafar Pasha (1619)

    Moustafa Pasha Hamidi (1619-20)

    Hussein Pasha (1620-22)

    Mohamed Pasha (1622)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1622-23)

    Moustafa Pasha Qurah (1623)

    Ali Pasha (1623)

    Moustafa Pasha (1624-25)

    Bairam Pasha (1626-28)

    Mohamed Pasha (1628-30)

    Moussa Pasha (1630)

    Khalil Pasha (1631-32)

    Bekeirgi Pasha (1632-35)

    Hussein Pasha (1635-37)

    Mohamed Pasha Gawan (1637-40)

    Moustafa Pasha (1640-42)

    Mansour Pasha (1642-44)

    Ayub Pasha (1644-46)

    Haydar Pasha (1646-7)

    Moustafa Pasha Sanari (1647)

    Mohamed Pasha (1647-49)

    Ahmed Pasha (1649-50)

    Abd El-Rahman Pasha (1650-52)

    Khasky Pasha (1652-56)

    Moustafa Pasha (1656-57)

    Mohamed Pasha Zada (1657-60)

    Moustafa Pasha (1660-61)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1661-64)

    Omar Pasha (1664-67)

    Ibrahim Pasha Sufi (1667-68)

    Qurah Qash Pasha (1668-69)

    Katkhuda Pasha (1669-73)

    Hussein Pasha (1673-75)

    Ahmed Pasha (1675-76)

    Abd El-Rahman Pasha (1676-80)

    Osman Pasha (1680-83)

    Hamza Pasha (1683-87)

    Katkhuda Hassan Pasha (1687)

    Hassan Pasha (1687-89)

    Ahmed Pasha (1689-91)

    Ali Pasha (1691-95)

    Ismail Pasha (1695-97)

    Hussein Pasha (1697-99)

    Qurah Pasha (1699-1704)

    Suliman Pasha (1704)

    Mohamed Pasha (1704-06)

    Muslim Pasha (1706-07)

    Hassan Pasha (second time)(1707-09)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1709-10)

    Khalil Pasha (1710)

    Wali Pasha (1711-14)

    Eibedi Pasha (1714-16)

    Ali Pasha (1716-20)

    Ragab Pasha (1720-21)

    Mohamed Pasha (1721-25)

    Ali Pasha (1725)

    Mohamed Pasha (second time)(1726-27)

    Abu Bakr Pasha (1727-29)

    Kaburli Pasha (1729-33)

    Mohamed Pasha (1733)

    Osman Pasha (1733-34)

    Abu Bakr Pasha (second time)(1734-36)

    Suliman Pasha (1739-40)

    Ali Pasha (1740-41)

    Yehia Pasha (1741-43)

    Mohamed Pasha (1743-44)

    Mohamed Ragheb Pasha (1744-48)

    Ahmed Pasha (1748-1750)

    Abdallah Pasha (1750-52)

    Mohamed Amin Pasha (1752)

    Moustafa Pasha (1752-55)

    Ali Hakim Pasha (1755-57)

    Mohamed Said Pasha (1757)

    Moustafa Pasha (1757-60)

    Ahmed Pasha (1760-61)

    Bakir Pasha (1761-62)

    Hassan Pasha (1762-65)

    Hamza Pasha (1765-67)

    Mohamed Raqim Pasha (1767-68)

    Mohamed Orphalli (1768)

    Mohamed Abu El-Dahab (1773)

    Khalil Pasha (1774)

    Moustafa Pasha (1774-75)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1775-76)

    Mohamed Ezzat Pasha (1776-78)

    Ra’ef Pasha (1778-79)

    Ibrahim Pasha (1779)

    Ismail Pasha (1779-81)

    |Mohamed Yakin Pasha (1781-82)

    Sharif Pasha (1782-83)

    Mohamed Salahdar (1783-84)

    Sharif Mohamed Pasha (1784-86)

    Ebeidi Pasha (1786-89)

    Ismail Pasha Tunsi (1789-91)

    Mohamed Pasha (1791-94)

    Salih Pasha (1794-96)

    Sayyid Pasha (1796)

    Aha in Tour Egypt 1st Dynasty. Many people believe that Aha was actually King Menes of Memphis. Menes was the founding king of the 1st Dynasty, and was the first king to unify Upper and Lower Egypt into one kingdom. Ancient Egypt's most predominant form of civilization began with his crowning, and did not end permanently until the beginning of the Roman era, which started with Augustus Caeser. Menes founded the city of Memphis, and chose as its location an island in the Nile, so that it would be easy to defend. He was also the founder of Crocodopolis. During his time, the Egyptian army performed raids against the Nubians in the south and expanded his sphere of influence as far as the First Cataract. His chief wife was Queen Berenib, though she was not the mother of his heir, King Djer, and his mother was probably Neithotepe, if that lady was not also his wife. His death is a mystery, for, according to legend he was attacked by wild dogs and Nile crocodiles in the Faiyum . Aha's tomb resides at Saqqara, the famed necropolis of Memphis. http://www.touregypt.net/01dyn01.htm

    Hor-Aha in Wikipedia The commonly-used name Hor-Aha is a rendering of the pharaoh's Horus-name, an element of the royal titulary associated with the god Horus, and is more fully given as Horus-Aha... Around the thirty-second century BC, his father, Narmer, had united Upper Egypt and Lower Egypt. Hor-Aha became pharaoh at about the age of thirty and ruled until he was about sixty-two years old.[citation needed] Legend had it that he was carried away by a hippopotamus, the embodiment of the deity Seth. Provided that Hor-Aha was the legendary Menes, another story has it that Hor-Aha was killed by a hippopotamus while hunting... http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hor-Aha

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Narmerpalette2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 6f7461cb86c2fd936b43aa2af8518cab
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 350px-GD-EG-Louxor-106
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ramesses2anat1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 220px-Ka_Statue_of_horawibra
    "Handshake. Handshake."
    "The Second Level is Clear."
    "It's Good!!"


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Jan 27, 2015 3:40 pm; edited 7 times in total
    B.B.Baghor
    B.B.Baghor


    Posts : 1851
    Join date : 2014-01-31
    Age : 73
    Location : Druid county UK

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  B.B.Baghor Mon Jan 26, 2015 12:17 pm

    Ortho's words: "Thank-you B.B. This thread is not about making friends and influencing people.
    It's not about being happy or saving souls. It's about thinking the unthinkable and unknowable
    in uncommon ways."

    Oh, it's not to be taken unsirius at all! I agree with you in uncommon ways.
    You're the most hilarious and impossible forum-member I ever met, ortho, I can't help liking you.
    But I wouldn't even begin to imagine making friends with you or to be able to influence you.
    The former is a possibility but the latter seems to me unthinkable LOL
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jan 26, 2015 8:12 pm

    Thank-you B.B. I don't even attempt to socialize. I have too much baggage. I like people too much to involve them in my madness. My life is a mess -- and so is my house -- and so I walk alone (and sleep alone). "People who fart in church -- sit in their own pew." On the other hand -- if someone thinks you stink -- they might just have their head up their arse. Some call it "Butt-In-Stink". Siriusly -- Intestines Have Neurons. They Really Do. And You Thought I Was Just Being a Smart-Arse!! Perhaps I really am possessed after all -- by the excrementals!!

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 The_book_of_daniel_01
    devakas wrote:it is sad that people do not understand the meaning of Namaste.
     It is a very special word, meaning and sad to see here so unresponsibly destroyed.
    question is why...
    Thank-you for your concern, devakas. I have NO idea why. Incidentally, I met someone a couple of weeks ago, who reminded me of you. Please explain your sadness. I will correct all errors within this thread. I have previously offered to start a thread, devoted to correcting all of my errors (which are probably legion). I didn't sense 'Namaste' in your post. Perhaps I should've skipped the word completely -- so as to not get it wrong -- as I apparently have. I have merely provided study suggestions within this thread -- which includes researching various key-words, such as 'Namaste'. I have attempted to be open and honest -- as I have ventured into unexplored (for me) territory. This involves dealing with various cultures and religions -- and stepping on toes (including my own). I started out with 'Constitutional Responsible Freedom' -- and later added 'Namaste' to form 'Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom'. I intended to portray a mutual respect and reverence between the 'Rulers' and the 'Ruled' in the pursuit of Responsible-Freedom -- based upon a Constitution with a Proven Track-Record. You know, there's a valid reason why I wish to be a 'Seen and Not Heard' Insider-Observer. Anything one says -- can (and will) be used against them. The Miranda-Rule and the Fifth-Amendment are wise words indeed. BTW -- has anyone explored the relationship between Dr. Albert Schweitzer's 'Reverence for Life' -- Jesus Christ's 'Golden Rule' -- and 'Namaste'??? THAT might be a VERY interesting Doctoral Dissertation Topic!!! Anyway, here are several definitions and interpretations of 'Namaste'. Namaste and Have a Nice Day!!!

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NamasteNamaste (/ˈnɑːməsteɪ/ NAH-məs-tay; Hindi: [nəməsteː] ( listen); Devanagari: नमस्ते; formal: Namaskar/Namaskaram) is a common spoken valediction or salutation originating from the Hindus and Buddhists in the Indian Subcontinent and also in Japan. It is a customary greeting when individuals meet, and a valediction upon their parting. A non-contact form of salutation is traditionally preferred in India and Nepal; Namaste is the most common form of such a salutation.

    When spoken to another person, it is commonly accompanied by a slight bow made with hands pressed together, palms touching and fingers pointed upwards, in front of the chest. This gesture, called Añjali Mudrā or Pranamasana,[1] can also be performed wordlessly and carries the same meaning.

    Etymology

    Namaste is derived from Sanskrit and is a combination of two words, "Namaḥ" and "te." Namaḥ means 'bow,' 'obeisance,' 'reverential salutation' or 'adoration'[2] and te means 'to you' (dative case of 'you'). Therefore, Namaste literally means "salutations to you."[citation needed] 'Namaskar' is derived from Sanskrit and is a combination of the two words, "Namaḥ" and "kaar." As noted above, "Namaḥ" is a salutation. "Kaar" means 'form' or 'shape' and refers to the phenomenon that the other entity (person) presents. Thus, the older salutation essentially means "I salute [your] form," which implies an understanding that all beings in this existence are part of the surface phenomenology of Maya and that beyond the surface, so to say, all beings are part of Brahman, or the One ultimate essence that underlies, and is, all. In the same light, 'Namah' originates from a benevolent unselfishness or admission ("salutation") of unity in One essence, and, therefore, 'Namaste' can also be interpreted (roughly) as a way of saying "Not-myself to you" (a benevolent expression of both respect and impersonality).

    Uses

    The gesture is widely used throughout Asia and beyond. It first appears c. 4 000 years ago on the clay seals of the Indus Valley Civilization.[3]Poor source

    In India, Namaste is a friendly greeting in written communication, or generally between people when they meet. When used at funerals to greet the guests, the verbal part is usually omitted. When the hand position is higher, it usually means reverence for worship. Thus, The expression with hands placed on top of one's head is usually the sign of utmost reverence or respect.

    The aayubowan (meaning: wish you a long life) gesture is also a cultural symbol of Sri Lanka and Sri Lankan hospitality.[citation needed]

    In Nepalese culture, namaste is performed when a younger family member meets older relatives.[citation needed] It also varies depending upon social status and prestige. The person with lower status or prestige performs namaste first to show respect for the higher station the other person has achieved.[citation needed]It is also performed for praying and worshiping god.

    In Sikh scripture, Namaste, Namastung or Namastvung is referenced as salutation to the Primal being, the One God.[citation needed] The salutation is followed by an attribute respecting a quality of the creator of all religions, Akal.[citation needed] Sikhs also fold their hand as in Namaste, but their greeting is Sat Sri Akal.

    In Sindh, today Pakistan, the añjali mudra, though extremely rare, is still maintained even Sindhi Muslims.[citation needed]

    In Telugu culture, the gesture is known as "Namaskaramulu" or simply "Namaskaram," which are derived from Sanskrit.

    In Tamil culture, the gesture is known as Kumpiṭu (கும்பிடு),[4] which is composed of two words Kumpu (கும்பு) meaning 'to coup hands' and Iṭu இடு meaning 'to do';[5] while an equivalent of the salutation would be வணக்கம் (vaṇakkam) which is roughly translated as 'greetings.'

    In Kannada culture, the gesture is Namaskara in South Karnataka and Sharanu in North Karnataka. Namaskara is derived from Sanskrit.

    The brahmins of Tamil Nadu (India) use the Sanskrit word Namaskaram (नमस्कारम्) for the gesture.[6] The usage of the same is also found across other Brahmin people in southern India.

    In Japan, the Namaste hand gesture is used in prayer and healing sessions and is called Gasshō.[7]

    In Thai Culture, the greeting is alternately known as the Wai.

    In Buddhism, Namaste is used as a greeting to approach ordained monks and nuns, since it is considered inappropriate for ordained members to touch skin. In Chinese Buddhism, especially in the Pure Land traditions, Namaste is accompanied with the greeting "Namo Amitofo" (Homage to Amitabha Buddha) to signify the meaning "May the Buddha be with you." This is also a form of thanking the ordained for services rendered. Namaste does not necessarily have to be performed with both hands. For example, if one is carrying an object in one hand, one may perform a half-namaste with one hand. A Namaste, Namaskaar or Namaskaaram greeting is never offered without the gesture. It is considered impolite, especially in South Indian Culture to use the greeting without the gesture.

    The American comedian and musician Reggie Watts says "Namaste" on stage as both a salutation and a valediction in some of his performances.

    Meanings and interpretation

    Pressing hands together with a smile to greet Namaste is a common cultural practice in India. As it is most commonly used, namaste is roughly equivalent to "greetings" or "good day," in English, implicitly with the connotation "to be well". As opposed to shaking hands, kissing or embracing each other in other cultures, Namaste is a non-contact form of respectful greeting and can be used universally while meeting a person of different gender, age or social status.

    The gesture Namaste represents the belief that there is a Divine spark within each of us that is located in the heart chakra.[8] The gesture is an acknowledgment of the soul in one by the soul in another.[citation needed] In Sanskrit the word is namah + te = namaste (Devnagari/Hindi: नमः + ते = नमस्ते) which means “I bow to you” – my greetings, salutations or prostration to you.[9]

    Namaskār (Devnagari/Hindi: नमस्कार) literally means "I bow to [your] form".

    See also
    Pranāma
    Naman
    Gassho
    Sampeah
    Wai

    References

    1.^ Chatterjee, Gautam (2001), Sacred Hindu Symbols, Google books, pp. 47–48.
    2.^ "Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon", Cologne Digital Sanskrit Dictionaries (search results), University of Cologne, retrieved March 24, 2012.
    3.^ "Mysterious Nagas", Khandro.
    4.^ Korean studies 8. University Press of Hawaii. 1984. p. 44.
    5.^ Civattampi, Kārttikēcu (1995). Sri Lankan Tamil society and politics. New Century. p. 25.
    6.^ Civacaṅkari, Knit India Through Literature: The South, Eastwest.
    7.^ Deacon, James (2003), Gassho: Placing the Two Palms Together, AETW.
    8.^ "Basics", Yoga Journal.
    9.^ "What is Namaste", Hinduism, About.

    http://www.yogajournal.com/basics/822 What does "Namaste" mean? My yoga teacher says it every week after our practice and I've always wanted to know. —Rita Geno

    Aadil Palkhivala's reply:

    The gesture Namaste represents the belief that there is a Divine spark within each of us that is located in the heart chakra. The gesture is an acknowledgment of the soul in one by the soul in another. Nama means bow, as means I, and te means you. Therefore, namaste literally means "bow me you" or "I bow to you."

    To perform Namaste, we place the hands together at the heart charka, close the eyes, and bow the head. It can also be done by placing the hands together in front of the third eye, bowing the head, and then bringing the hands down to the heart. This is an especially deep form of respect. Although in the West the word "namaste" is usually spoken in conjunction with the gesture, in India, it is understood that the gesture itself signifies Namaste, and therefore, it is unnecessary to say the word while bowing.

    We bring the hands together at the heart chakra to increase the flow of Divine love. Bowing the head and closing the eyes helps the mind surrender to the Divine in the heart. One can do Namaste to oneself as a meditation technique to go deeper inside the heart chakra; when done with someone else, it is also a beautiful, albeit quick, meditation.

    For a teacher and student, Namaste allows two individuals to come together energetically to a place of connection and timelessness, free from the bonds of ego-connection. If it is done with deep feeling in the heart and with the mind surrendered, a deep union of spirits can blossom.

    Ideally, Namaste should be done both at the beginning and at the end of class. Usually, it is done at the end of class because the mind is less active and the energy in the room is more peaceful. The teacher initiates Namaste as a symbol of gratitude and respect toward her students and her own teachers and in return invites the students to connect with their lineage, thereby allowing the truth to flow—the truth that we are all one when we live from the heart.

    Aadil Palkhivala began studying yoga at the age of seven with B.K.S. Iyengar and was introduced to Sri Aurobindo's yoga three years later. He received the Advanced Yoga Teacher's Certificate at the age of 22 and is the founder-director of the Alive and Shine Center in Bellevue, Washington and The College of Purna Yoga. Aadil is also a Naturopath, a certified Ayurvedic Health Science Practitioner, a clinical hypnotherapist, a certified Shiatsu and Swedish bodywork therapist, a lawyer, and an internationally sponsored public speaker on the mind-body-energy connection.

    http://healing.about.com/od/cultures/a/namaste.htm The word Namaste is a combination of the two Sanskrit words: nama, and te. Basically, nama means "to bow" and te means "you." The Namaste salutation was transmitted from ancient India to the countries of South-east Asia, and has now traveled virtually all over the globe. In Japan the Namaste hand gesture is called Gassho and is used in prayer and healing sessions.
    Interpretation:
    The God/Goddess Spirit within me recognizes and honors the God/Goddess Spirit within you.
    (Readers define "Namaste")

    Mudra of Namaste:
    Hands are held together at the palms in front of the heart or brow chakra. Head is bowed slightly downward. Eyes are sometimes closed.
    A Yogic Thank You:
    Yoga students often repeat "Namaste" at the end of each class as a thank you, honoring their instructor.
    Equalizer:
    Namaste is significant because it is a humbling gesture. Namaste is done as a recognition that we are all on equal standings, all of us are children of divinity. We are one.
    Who Can Namaste?
    Namaste can be used as a greeting for all ages, all genders, all races. Namaste greetings can be given to friends, family members, and also strangers.
    Written Notation:
    The word "Namaste" is often used as a closing notation (without the accompanying prayerful hand and bowing head gestures) in written communications similar to "sincerely," "best regards" or "love."

    http://hinduism.about.com/od/artculture/p/namaste.htm ‘Namaste’ or ‘namaskar’ is the Indian way of greeting each other. Wherever they are – on the street, in the house, in public transport, on vacation or on the phone – when Hindus meet people they know or strangers with whom they want to initiate a conversation, namaste is the customary courtesy greeting to begin with and often to end with. It is not a superficial gesture or a mere word, and is for all people - young and old, friends and strangers.

    Namaste According to the Scriptures:

    Namaste and its common variants ‘namaskar,’ ‘namaskaara’ or ‘namaskaram’, is one of the five forms of formal traditional greeting mentioned in the Vedas. This is normally understood as prostration but it actually refers to paying homage or showing respect to one another, as is the practice today, when we greet each other.

    The Meaning of Namaste:

    In Sanskrit the word is namah + te = namaste which means “I bow to you” - my greetings, salutations or prostration to you. The word ‘namaha’ can also be literally interpreted as "na ma" (not mine). It has a spiritual significance of negating or reducing one's ego in the presence of another.

    How to Namaste:

    Bend the arms from the elbow upwards and face the two palms of the hands. Place the two palms together and keep the folded palms in front of the chest. Utter the word namaste and while saying the word bow the head slightly.

    Why Namaste:

    Namaste could be just a casual or formal greeting, a cultural convention or an act of worship. However, there is much more to it than meets the eye. The real meeting between people is the meeting of their minds. When we greet one another with namaste, it means, ‘may our minds meet’, indicated by the folded palms placed before the chest. The bowing down of the head is a gracious form of extending friendship in love, respect and humility.

    Spiritual Significance of Namaste:

    The reason why we do namaste has a deeper spiritual significance. It recognizes the belief that the life force, the divinity, the Self or the God in me is the same in all. Acknowledging this oneness with the meeting of the palms, we honor the god in the person we meet.

    Namaste in Prayers:

    During prayers, Hindus not only do namaste but also bow and close their eyes, as it were, to look into the inner spirit. This physical gesture is sometimes accompanied by names of gods like ‘Ram Ram’, ‘Jai Shri Krishna’, ‘Namo Narayana’, ‘Jai Siya Ram’ or just ‘Om Shanti’ – the common refrain in Hindu chants. This is also quite common when two devout Hindus meet - indicating the recognition of the divinity within ourselves and extending a warm welcome to each other.
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Namaste.276210114
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Namaste
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Child-namaste

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Namaste
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Namaste_hands
    Brook wrote:Allow me to pause for station Identification:  

    In addition to the definitions you've provided to Devakas inquiry here:

    http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t6380p195-the-united-states-of-the-solar-system-archangelic-queens-of-heaven-and-the-university-of-solar-system-studies-and-governance#93395

    From a long gone member here at the Mists.... an additional definition....Whistle

    http://projectavalon.net/forum/showpost.php?p=171855&postcount=4
    For the record... I didn't sense Namaste in his post either.

    Now we resume with our regularly programmed schedule....

    Brook
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 StationID
    Jenetta wrote:http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t1936p135-elenib-planet-x-nibiru

    (Quote:  Carol)hmm, I wonder what causes the gamma ray bursts. And I'll go back and check the reports I read on the solar system warming.

    http://beforeitsnews.com/space/2012/10/extinction-event-in-10-seconds-gamma-ray-burst-from-exploding-star-in-our-cosmic-neighborhood-could-deplete-ozone-shield-2448016.html

    NASA Reveals Extinction Event

    Wednesday, October 17, 2012 0:15

    (Never A Straight Answer?)  However the research is rather solid in this article

    About once a day, something remarkable happens: the sky is lit up by a brilliant flash of energy. For a fleeting few seconds, this mysterious burst – coming from a seemingly random direction, different every time – ranks among the brightest objects in the sky.



    Among the first 500 gamma-ray bursts detected by Swift is GRB 090429B, currently the farthest explosion ever detected and a candidate for the most distant object in the universe. GRB 090429B hit the Earth directly, but was too distant to have a noticeable effect. However in the distant past, this was not the case theorize some scientists. And in the future, it could happen again, without notice or warning, to devastating effect for all of life on Earth.
    Wonder if it was that bright white flash I experienced in the evening a couple nights ago...

    NASA'S Swift Catches 500th Gamma-ray Burst

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rGIefZwfjJ4

    Scientists at NASA and the University of Kansas say that a mass extinction on Earth hundreds of millions of years ago could have been triggered by a star explosion called a gamma-ray burst. The scientists do not have direct evidence that such a burst activated the ancient extinction. The strength of their work is their atmospheric modeling — essentially a “what if” scenario.

    A gamma ray burst enveloping the earth in this artist’s depiction.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 112104main_grb_earth_still
    Credit: NASA

    The scientists calculated that gamma-ray radiation from a relatively nearby star explosion, hitting the Earth for only ten seconds, could deplete up to half of the atmosphere’s protective ozone layer. Recovery could take at least five years. With the ozone layer damaged, ultraviolet radiation from the Sun could kill much of the life on land and near the surface of oceans and lakes, and disrupt the food chain.

    Gamma-ray bursts longer than two seconds are caused by the collapse of a rapidly rotating massive star at the end of its life. As the star collapses, jets of parti-cles and gamma radiation produced by a newborn black hole blast in opposite directions from the stellar core. Scientists think the Earth was hit square on by the jet produced by a gamma ray burst such as shown here.

    Gamma Ray Burst Two Component Jet Stream

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V1yloXDRc0s

    Yet few have ever witnessed such a flash directly: the energy comes almost entirely in the form of gamma rays, which human eyes cannot detect. Even if our eyes were sensitive to this extremely energetic form of radiation, gamma rays cannot penetrate the atmosphere. Only via orbiting satellites do we know of the presence of these mysterious blasts.

    Gamma-ray bursts, or GRBs, represent the most powerful explosions of energy in the cosmos since the Big Bang itself, corresponding to the equivalent of a thousand Earths vaporized into pure energy in a matter of seconds. One of the most enduring mysteries of the universe since their discovery in the 1960s, only recently have they begun to reveal their secrets.

    Scientists say that a ten-second burst of gamma rays from a massive star explosion within 6,000 light years from Earth could have triggered a mass extinction hundreds of millions of years ago. In this artist’s conception we see the gamma rays hitting the Earth’s atmosphere. (The expanding shell is pictured as blue, but gamma rays are actually invisible.) The gamma rays initiate changes in the atmosphere that deplete ozone and create a brown smog of NO2.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 112094main1_extinctfinal_smweb
    Image Credit: NASA

    With the ozone layer damaged for up to five years, harmful ultraviolet radiation from the Sun would kill smaller life-forms and disrupt the food chain. Scientists say that a gamma-ray burst might have caused the Ordovician extinction 450 million years ago, some 200 million years before dinosaurs.

    Gamma-ray bursts in our Milky Way galaxy are indeed rare, but the scientists estimate that at least one nearby likely hit the Earth in the past billion years. Life on Earth is thought to have appeared at least 3.5 billion years ago. This research, supported by a NASA Astrobiology grant, represents a thorough analysis of the “mass extinction” hypothesis first announced by members of this science team in September 2003.

    “A gamma-ray burst originating within 6,000 light years from Earth would have a devastating effect on life,” said Dr. Adrian Melott of the Department of Physics and Astronomy at the University of Kansas. “We don’t know exactly when one came, but we’re rather sure it did come — and left its mark. What’s most surprising is that just a 10-second burst can cause years of devastating ozone damage.”

    Gamma-ray bursts are the most powerful explosions known in the Universe, and most originate in distant galaxies. A large percentage of bursts likely arise from the explosion of stars over 15 times more massive than our Sun. Scientists say burst from a nearby star could cause severe damage to the Earth’s protective ozone layer. In this artists conception we see the gamma rays hitting the Earth’s atmosphere. (The expanding shell is pictured as blue, but gamma rays are actually invisible.)

    Explosions In Space May Have Initiated Ancient Extinctions On Earth

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P_TlTHzhCl8

    A scientific paper describing this finding appears in Astrophysical Journal Letters. The lead author is Brian Thomas, a Ph.D. candidate at University of Kansas whom Melott advises.

    Gamma-ray bursts are the most powerful explosions known. Most originate in distant galaxies, and a large percentage likely arise from explosions of stars over 15 times more massive than our Sun. A burst creates two oppositely-directed beams of gamma rays that race off into space.

    Thomas says that a gamma-ray burst may have caused the Ordovician extinction 450 million years ago, killing 60 percent of all marine invertebrates. Life was largely confined to the sea, although there is evidence of primitive land plants during this period.

    In the new work, the team used detailed computer models to calculate the effects of a nearby gamma-ray burst on the atmosphere and the consequences for life.

    Thomas, with Dr. Charles Jackman of NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Md., calculated the effect of a nearby gamma-ray burst on the Earth’s atmosphere. Gamma rays, a high-energy form of light, can break molecular nitrogen (N2) into nitrogen atoms, which react with molecular oxygen (O2) to form nitric oxide (NO). NO will destroy ozone (O3) and produce nitrogen dioxide (NO2). NO2 will then react with atomic oxygen to reform NO. More NO means more ozone destruction. Computer models show that up to half the ozone layer is destroyed within weeks. Five years on, at least 10 percent is still destroyed.

    Next Thomas and fellow student Daniel Hogan, an undergraduate, calculated the effect of ultraviolet radiation on life. Deep-sea creatures living several feet below water would be protected. Surface-dwelling plankton and other life near the surface, however, would not survive. Plankton is the foundation of the marine food chain.

    Complete article at link:  http://beforeitsnews.com/space/2012/10/extinction-event-in-10-seconds-gamma-ray-burst-from-exploding-star-in-our-cosmic-neighborhood-could-deplete-ozone-shield-2448016.html

    __________________________________

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 187111
    Eartheart wrote: jocolor While live on this forum/planet seems to be frozen in the moment of "I & GRB's", this typically seeded c0lleteral damage by so called sience  (mental slaves with a big bang in their head???) is a brief
    xempel of what wants change...

    The same force advertized rational fear and irrational beliefs to create the void as reflection...
    ( in my solar system govenant science is generated by heart-thinking only, which can see without disrupting flow by "neutral observation" ). Sorry your brain, i am compassionated elephant

    Apropos extinction level event which i wouldn propose. Find your question, find the answer and be ready to act. Are you readyto sacrifice what you love to attain the state of loove? Gimmiiallnow!!! You know this???

    While source connecting all, even the event and the living word, we can comprehent the previous shifts as wonderfool and intentional creations, ssssst. So it seems quite natural that some of the intel food is going down the drain to become BS, the NABS as compost of the next sequence...
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Ordovician_Biodiversification_Event

    study Ahh be shure to partycipate.... TRANC
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Atlas10


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 6:18 pm; edited 13 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jan 26, 2015 8:22 pm

    CHAPTER 22 -- Prophecies Fulfilled

    When the time passed at which the Lord's coming was first expected,--in the spring of 1844,--those who had looked in faith for His appearing were for a season involved in doubt and uncertainty. While the world regarded them as having been utterly defeated and proved to have been cherishing a delusion, their source of consolation was still the word of God. Many continued to search the Scriptures, examining anew the evidences of their faith and carefully studying the prophecies to obtain further light. The Bible testimony in support of their position seemed clear and conclusive. Signs which could not be mistaken pointed to the coming of Christ as near. The special blessing of the Lord, both in the conversion of sinners and the revival of spiritual life among Christians, had testified that the message was of Heaven. And though the believers could not explain their disappointment, they felt assured that God had led them in their past experience.

    Interwoven with prophecies which they had regarded as applying to the time of the second advent was instruction specially adapted to their state of uncertainty and suspense, and encouraging them to wait patiently in the faith that what was now dark to their understanding would in due time be made plain.

    Among these prophecies was that of Habakkuk 2:1-4: "I will stand upon my watch, and set me upon the tower, and will watch to see what He will say unto me, and what I shall answer when I am reproved. And the Lord answered me, and said, Write the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that readeth it. For the vision is yet for an appointed time, but at the end it shall speak, and not lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it will not tarry. Behold, his soul which is lifted up is not upright in him: but the just shall live by his faith."

    As early as 1842 the direction given in this prophecy to "write the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that readeth it," had suggested to Charles Fitch the preparation of a prophetic chart to illustrate the visions of Daniel and the Revelation. The publication of this chart was regarded as a fulfillment of the command given by Habakkuk. No one, however, then noticed that an apparent delay in the accomplishment of the vision--a tarrying time--is presented in the same prophecy. After the disappointment, this scripture appeared very significant: "The vision is yet for an appointed time, but at the end it shall speak, and not lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it will not tarry. . . . The just shall live by his faith."

    A portion of Ezekiel's prophecy also was a source of strength and comfort to believers: "The word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, what is that proverb that ye have in the land of Israel, saying, The days are prolonged, and every vision faileth? Tell them therefore, Thus saith the Lord God. . . . The days are at hand, and the effect of every vision. . . . I will speak, and the word that I shall speak shall come to pass; it shall be no more prolonged." "They of the house of Israel say, The vision that he seeth is for many days to come, and he prophesieth of the times that are far off. Therefore say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; There shall none of My words be prolonged any more, but the word which I have spoken shall be done." Ezekiel 12:21-25, 27, 28.

    The waiting ones rejoiced, believing that He who knows the end from the beginning had looked down through the ages and, foreseeing their disappointment, had given them words of courage and hope. Had it not been for such portions of Scripture, admonishing them to wait with patience and to hold fast their confidence in God's word, their faith would have failed in that trying hour.

    The parable of the ten virgins of Matthew 25 also illustrates the experience of the Adventist people. In Matthew 24, in answer to the question of His disciples concerning the sign of His coming and of the end of the world, Christ had pointed out some of the most important events in the history of the world and of the church from His first to His second advent; namely, the destruction of Jerusalem, the great tribulation of the church under the pagan and papal persecutions, the darkening of the sun and moon, and the falling of the stars. After this He spoke of His coming in His kingdom, and related the parable describing the two classes of servants who look for His appearing. Chapter 25 opens with the words: "Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins." Here is brought to view the church living in the last days, the same that is pointed out in the close of chapter 24. In this parable their experience is illustrated by the incidents of an Eastern marriage.

    "Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bridegroom. And five of them were wise, and five were foolish. They that were foolish took their lamps, and took no oil with them: but the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps. While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered and slept. And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him."

    The coming of Christ, as announced by the first angel's message, was understood to be represented by the coming of the bridegroom. The widespread reformation under the proclamation of His soon coming, answered to the going forth of the virgins. In this parable, as in that of Matthew 24, two classes are represented. All had taken their lamps, the Bible, and by its light had gone forth to meet the Bridegroom. But while "they that were foolish took their lamps, and took no oil with them," "the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps." The latter class had received the grace of God, the regenerating, enlightening power of the Holy Spirit, which renders His word a lamp to the feet and a light to the path. In the fear of God they had studied the Scriptures to learn the truth, and had earnestly sought for purity of heart and life. These had a personal experience, a faith in God and in His word, which could not be overthrown by disappointment and delay. Others "took their lamps, and took no oil with them." They had moved from impulse. Their fears had been excited by the solemn message, but they had depended upon the faith of their brethren, satisfied with the flickering light of good emotions, without a thorough understanding of the truth or a genuine work of grace in the heart. These had gone forth to meet the Lord, full of hope in the prospect of immediate reward; but they were not prepared for delay and disappointment. When trials came, their faith failed, and their lights burned dim.

    "While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered and slept." By the tarrying of the bridegroom is represented the passing of the time when the Lord was expected, the disappointment, and the seeming delay. In this time of uncertainty, the interest of the superficial and halfhearted soon began to waver, and their efforts to relax; but those whose faith was based on a personal knowledge of the Bible had a rock beneath their feet, which the waves of disappointment could not wash away. "They all slumbered and slept;" one class in unconcern and abandonment of their faith, the other class patiently waiting till clearer light should be given. Yet in the night of trial the latter seemed to lose, to some extent, their zeal and devotion. The halfhearted and superficial could no longer lean upon the faith of their brethren. Each must stand or fall for himself.

    About this time, fanaticism began to appear. Some who had professed to be zealous believers in the message rejected the word of God as the one infallible guide and, claiming to be led by the Spirit, gave themselves up to the control of their own feelings, impressions, and imaginations. There were some who manifested a blind and bigoted zeal, denouncing all who would not sanction their course. Their fanatical ideas and exercises met with no sympathy from the great body of Adventists; yet they served to bring reproach upon the cause of truth.

    Satan was seeking by this means to oppose and destroy the work of God. The people had been greatly stirred by the advent movement, thousands of sinners had been converted, and faithful men were giving themselves to the work of proclaiming the truth, even in the tarrying time. The prince of evil was losing his subjects; and in order to bring reproach upon the cause of God, he sought to deceive some who professed the faith and to drive them to extremes. Then his agents stood ready to seize upon every error, every failure, every unbecoming act, and hold it up before the people in the most exaggerated light, to render Adventists and their faith odious. Thus the greater the number whom he could crowd in to make a profession of faith in the second advent while his power controlled their hearts, the greater advantage would he gain by calling attention to them as representatives of the whole body of believers.

    Satan is "the accuser of the brethren," and it is his spirit that inspires men to watch for the errors and defects of the Lord's people, and to hold them up to notice, while their good deeds are passed by without a mention. He is always active when God is at work for the salvation of souls. When the sons of God come to present themselves before the Lord, Satan comes also among them. In every revival he is ready to bring in those who are unsanctified in heart and unbalanced in mind. When these have accepted some points of truth, and gained a place with believers, he works through them to introduce theories that will deceive the unwary. No man is proved to be a true Christian because he is found in company with the children of God, even in the house of worship and around the table of the Lord. Satan is frequently there upon the most solemn occasions in the form of those whom he can use as his agents.

    The prince of evil contests every inch of ground over which God's people advance in their journey toward the heavenly city. In all the history of the church no reformation has been carried forward without encountering serious obstacles. Thus it was in Paul's day. Wherever the apostle raised up a church, there were some who professed to receive the faith, but who brought in heresies, that, if received, would eventually crowd out the love of the truth. Luther also suffered great perplexity and distress from the course of fanatical persons who claimed that God had spoken directly through them, and who therefore set their own ideas and opinions above the testimony of the Scriptures. Many who were lacking in faith and experience, but who had considerable self-sufficiency, and who loved to hear and tell some new thing, were beguiled by the pretensions of the new teachers, and they joined the agents of Satan in their work of tearing down what God had moved Luther to build up. And the Wesleys, and others who blessed the world by their influence and their faith, encountered at every step the wiles of Satan in pushing overzealous, unbalanced, and unsanctified ones into fanaticism of every grade.

    William Miller had no sympathy with those influences that led to fanaticism. He declared, with Luther, that every spirit should be tested by the word of God. "The devil," said Miller, "has great power over the minds of some at the present day. And how shall we know what manner of spirit they are of? The Bible answers: 'By their fruits ye shall know them.'. . . There are many spirits gone out into the world; and we are commanded to try the spirits. The spirit that does not cause us to live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world, is not the Spirit of Christ. I am more and more convinced that Satan has much to do in these wild movements. . . . Many among us who pretend to be wholly sanctified, are following the traditions of men, and apparently are as ignorant of truth as others who make no such pretensions."--Bliss, pages 236, 237. "The spirit of error will lead us from the truth; and the Spirit of God will lead us into truth. But, say you, a man may be in an error, and think he has the truth. What then? We answer, The Spirit and word agree. If a man judges himself by the word of God, and finds a perfect harmony through the whole word, then he must believe he has the truth; but if he finds the spirit by which he is led does not harmonize with the whole tenor of God's law or Book, then let him walk carefully, lest he be caught in the snare of the devil."--The Advent Herald and Signs of the Times Reporter, vol. 8, No. 23 (Jan. 15, 1845). "I have often obtained more evidence of inward piety from a kindling eye, a wet cheek, and a choked utterance, than from all the noise of Christendom."--Bliss, page 282.

    In the days of the Reformation its enemies charged all the evils of fanaticism upon the very ones who were laboring most earnestly against it. A similar course was pursued by the opposers of the advent movement. And not content with misrepresenting and exaggerating the errors of extremists and fanatics, they circulated unfavorable reports that had not the slightest semblance of truth. These persons were actuated by prejudice and hatred. Their peace was disturbed by the proclamation of Christ at the door. They feared it might be true, yet hoped it was not, and this was the secret of their warfare against Adventists and their faith.

    The fact that a few fanatics worked their way into the ranks of Adventists is no more reason to decide that the movement was not of God than was the presence of fanatics and deceivers in the church in Paul's or Luther's day a sufficient excuse for condemning their work. Let the people of God arouse out of sleep and begin in earnest the work of repentance and reformation; let them search the Scriptures to learn the truth as it is in Jesus; let them make an entire consecration to God, and evidence will not be wanting that Satan is still active and vigilant. With all possible deception he will manifest his power, calling to his aid all the fallen angels of his realm.

    It was not the proclamation of the second advent that caused fanaticism and division. These appeared in the summer of 1844, when Adventists were in a state of doubt and perplexity concerning their real position. The preaching of the first angel's message and of the "midnight cry" tended directly to repress fanaticism and dissension. Those who participated in these solemn movements were in harmony; their hearts were filled with love for one another and for Jesus, whom they expected soon to see. The one faith, the one blessed hope, lifted them above the control of any human influence, and proved a shield against the assaults of Satan.

    "While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered and slept. And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him. Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed their lamps." Matthew 25:5-7. In the summer of 1844, midway between the time when it had been first thought that the 2300 days would end, and the autumn of the same year, to which it was afterward found that they extended, the message was proclaimed in the very words of Scripture: "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh!"

    That which led to this movement was the discovery that the decree of Artaxerxes for the restoration of Jerusalem, which formed the starting point for the period of the 2300 days, went into effect in the autumn of the year 457 B.C., and not at the beginning of the year, as had been formerly believed. Reckoning from the autumn of 457, the 2300 years terminate in the autumn of 1844. (See Appendix note for page 329.)

    Arguments drawn from the Old Testament types also pointed to the autumn as the time when the event represented by the "cleansing of the sanctuary" must take place. This was made very clear as attention was given to the manner in which the types relating to the first advent of Christ had been fulfilled.

    The slaying of the Passover lamb was a shadow of the death of Christ. Says Paul: "Christ our Passover is sacrificed for us." 1 Corinthians 5:7. The sheaf of first fruits, which at the time of the Passover was waved before the Lord, was typical of the resurrection of Christ. Paul says, in speaking of the resurrection of the Lord and of all His people: "Christ the first fruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming." 1 Corinthians 15:23. Like the wave sheaf, which was the first ripe grain gathered before the harvest, Christ is the first fruits of that immortal harvest of redeemed ones that at the future resurrection shall be gathered into the garner of God.

    These types were fulfilled, not only as to the event, but as to the time. On the fourteenth day of the first Jewish month, the very day and month on which for fifteen long centuries the Passover lamb had been slain, Christ, having eaten the Passover with His disciples, instituted that feast which was to commemorate His own death as "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." That same night He was taken by wicked hands to be crucified and slain. And as the antitype of the wave sheaf our Lord was raised from the dead on the third day, "the first fruits of them that slept," a sample of all the resurrected just, whose "vile body" shall be changed, and "fashioned like unto His glorious body." Verse 20; Philippians 3:21.

    In like manner the types which relate to the second advent must be fulfilled at the time pointed out in the symbolic service. Under the Mosaic system the cleansing of the sanctuary, or the great Day of Atonement, occurred on the tenth day of the seventh Jewish month (Leviticus 16:29-34), when the high priest, having made an atonement for all Israel, and thus removed their sins from the sanctuary, came forth and blessed the people. So it was believed that Christ, our great High Priest, would appear to purify the earth by the destruction of sin and sinners, and to bless His waiting people with immortality. The tenth day of the seventh month, the great Day of Atonement, the time of the cleansing of the sanctuary, which in the year 1844 fell upon the twenty-second of October, was regarded as the time of the Lord's coming. This was in harmony with the proofs already presented that the 2300 days would terminate in the autumn, and the conclusion seemed irresistible.

    In the parable of Matthew 25 the time of waiting and slumber is followed by the coming of the bridegroom. This was in accordance with the arguments just presented, both from prophecy and from the types. They carried strong conviction of their truthfulness; and the "midnight cry" was heralded by thousands of believers.

    Like a tidal wave the movement swept over the land. From city to city, from village to village, and into remote country places it went, until the waiting people of God were fully aroused. Fanaticism disappeared before this proclamation like early frost before the rising sun. Believers saw their doubt and perplexity removed, and hope and courage animated their hearts. The work was free from those extremes which are ever manifested when there is human excitement without the controlling influence of the word and Spirit of God. It was similar in character to those seasons of humiliation and returning unto the Lord which among ancient Israel followed messages of reproof from His servants. It bore the characteristics that mark the work of God in every age. There was little ecstatic joy, but rather deep searching of heart, confession of sin, and forsaking of the world. A preparation to meet the Lord was the burden of agonizing spirits. There was persevering prayer and unreserved consecration to God.

    Said Miller in describing that work: "There is no great expression of joy: that is, as it were, suppressed for a future occasion, when all heaven and earth will rejoice together with joy unspeakable and full of glory. There is no shouting: that, too, is reserved for the shout from heaven. The singers are silent: they are waiting to join the angelic hosts, the choir from heaven. . . . There is no clashing of sentiments: all are of one heart and of one mind."--Bliss, pages 270, 271.

    Another who participated in the movement testified: "It produced everywhere the most deep searching of heart and humiliation of soul before the God of high heaven. It caused a weaning of affections from the things of this world, a healing of controversies and animosities, a confession of wrongs, a breaking down before God, and penitent, brokenhearted supplications to Him for pardon and acceptance. It caused self-abasement and prostration of soul, such as we never before witnessed. As God by Joel commanded, when the great day of God should be at hand, it produced a rending of hearts and not of garments, and a turning unto the Lord with fasting, and weeping, and mourning. As God said by Zechariah, a spirit of grace and supplication was poured out upon His children; they looked to Him whom they had pierced, there was a great mourning in the land, . . . and those who were looking for the Lord afflicted their souls before Him."--Bliss, in Advent Shield and Review, vol. I, p. 271 (January, 1845).

    Of all the great religious movements since the days of the apostles, none have been more free from human imperfection and the wiles of Satan than was that of the autumn of 1844. Even now, after the lapse of many years, all who shared in that movement and who have stood firm upon the platform of truth still feel the holy influence of that blessed work and bear witness that it was of God.

    At the call, "The Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet Him," the waiting ones "arose and trimmed their lamps;" they studied the word of God with an intensity of interest before unknown. Angels were sent from heaven to arouse those who had become discouraged and prepare them to receive the message. The work did not stand in the wisdom and learning of men, but in the power of God. It was not the most talented, but the most humble and devoted, who were the first to hear and obey the call. Farmers left their crops standing in the fields, mechanics laid down their tools, and with tears and rejoicing went out to give the warning. Those who had formerly led in the cause were among the last to join in this movement. The churches in general closed their doors against this message, and a large company of those who received it withdrew from their connection. In the providence of God this proclamation united with the second angel's message and gave power to that work.

    The message, "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh!" was not so much a matter of argument, though the Scripture proof was clear and conclusive. There went with it an impelling power that moved the soul. There was no doubt, no questioning. Upon the occasion of Christ's triumphal entry into Jerusalem the people who were assembled from all parts of the land to keep the feast flocked to the Mount of Olives, and as they joined the throng that were escorting Jesus they caught the inspiration of the hour and helped to swell the shout: "Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" Matthew 21:9. In like manner did unbelievers who flocked to the Adventist meetings--some from curiosity, some merely to ridicule--feel the convincing power attending the message: "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh!"

    At that time there was faith that brought answers to prayer--faith that had respect to the recompense of reward. Like showers of rain upon the thirsty earth, the Spirit of grace descended upon the earnest seekers. Those who expected soon to stand face to face with their Redeemer felt a solemn joy that was unutterable. The softening, subduing power of the Holy Spirit melted the heart as His blessing was bestowed in rich measure upon the faithful, believing ones.

    Carefully and solemnly those who received the message came up to the time when they hoped to meet their Lord. Every morning they felt that it was their first duty to secure the evidence of their acceptance with God. Their hearts were closely united, and they prayed much with and for one another. They often met together in secluded places to commune with God, and the voice of intercession ascended to heaven from the fields and groves. The assurance of the Saviour's approval was more necessary to them than their daily food; and if a cloud darkened their minds, they did not rest until it was swept away. As they felt the witness of pardoning grace, they longed to behold Him whom their souls loved.

    But again they were destined to disappointment. The time of expectation passed, and their Saviour did not appear. With unwavering confidence they had looked forward to His coming, and now they felt as did Mary when, coming to the Saviour's tomb and finding it empty, she exclaimed with weeping: "They have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him." John 20:13.

    A feeling of awe, a fear that the message might be true, had for a time served as a restraint upon the unbelieving world. After the passing of the time this did not at once disappear; at first they dared not triumph over the disappointed ones; but as no tokens of God's wrath were seen, they recovered from their fears and resumed their reproach and ridicule. A large class who had professed to believe in the Lord's soon coming, renounced their faith. Some who had been very confident were so deeply wounded in their pride that they felt like fleeing from the world. Like Jonah, they complained of God, and chose death rather than life.

    Those who had based their faith upon the opinions of others, and not upon the word of God, were now as ready again to change their views. The scoffers won the weak and cowardly to their ranks, and all these united in declaring that there could be no more fears or expectations now. The time had passed, the Lord had not come, and the world might remain the same for thousands of years.

    The earnest, sincere believers had given up all for Christ and had shared His presence as never before. They had, as they believed, given their last warning to the world; and, expecting soon to be received into the society of their divine Master and the heavenly angels, they had, to a great extent, withdrawn from the society of those who did not receive the message. With intense desire they had prayed: "Come, Lord Jesus, and come quickly." But He had not come. And now to take up again the heavy burden of life's cares and perplexities, and to endure the taunts and sneers of a scoffing world, was a terrible trial of faith and patience.

    Yet this disappointment was not so great as was that experienced by the disciples at the time of Christ's first advent. When Jesus rode triumphantly into Jerusalem, His followers believed that He was about to ascend the throne of David and deliver Israel from her oppressors. With high hopes and joyful anticipations they vied with one another in showing honor to their King. Many spread their outer garments as a carpet in His path, or strewed before Him the leafy branches of the palm. In their enthusiastic joy they united in the glad acclaim: "Hosanna to the Son of David!" When the Pharisees, disturbed and angered by this outburst of rejoicing, wished Jesus to rebuke His disciples, He replied: "If these should hold their peace, the stones would immediately cry out." Luke 19:40. Prophecy must be fulfilled. The disciples were accomplishing the purpose of God; yet they were doomed to a bitter disappointment. But a few days had passed ere they witnessed the Saviour's agonizing death, and laid Him in the tomb. Their expectations had not been realized in a single particular, and their hopes died with Jesus. Not till their Lord had come forth triumphant from the grave could they perceive that all had been foretold by prophecy, and "that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead." Acts 17:3.

    Five hundred years before, the Lord had declared by the prophet Zechariah: "Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, O daughter of Jerusalem: behold, thy King cometh unto thee: He is just, and having salvation; lowly, and riding upon an XXX, and upon a colt the foal of an XXX." Zechariah 9:9. Had the disciples realized that Christ was going to judgment and to death, they could not have fulfilled this prophecy.

    In like manner Miller and his associates fulfilled prophecy and gave a message which Inspiration had foretold should be given to the world, but which they could not have given had they fully understood the prophecies pointing out their disappointment, and presenting another message to be preached to all nations before the Lord should come. The first and second angel's messages were given at the right time and accomplished the work which God designed to accomplish by them.

    The world had been looking on, expecting that if the time passed and Christ did not appear, the whole system of Adventism would be given up. But while many, under strong temptation, yielded their faith, there were some who stood firm. The fruits of the advent movement, the spirit of humility and heart searching, of renouncing of the world and reformation of life, which had attended the work, testified that it was of God. They dared not deny that the power of the Holy Spirit had witnessed to the preaching of the second advent, and they could detect no error in their reckoning of the prophetic periods. The ablest of their opponents had not succeeded in overthrowing their system of prophetic interpretation. They could not consent, without Bible evidence, to renounce positions which had been reached through earnest, prayerful study of the Scriptures, by minds enlightened by the Spirit of God and hearts burning with its living power; positions which had withstood the most searching criticisms and the most bitter opposition of popular religious teachers and worldly-wise men, and which had stood firm against the combined forces of learning and eloquence, and the taunts and revilings alike of the honorable and the base.

    True, there had been a failure as to the expected event, but even this could not shake their faith in the word of God. When Jonah proclaimed in the streets of Nineveh that within forty days the city would be overthrown, the Lord accepted the humiliation of the Ninevites and extended their period of probation; yet the message of Jonah was sent of God, and Nineveh was tested according to His will. Adventists believed that in like manner God had led them to give the warning of the judgment. "It has," they declared, "tested the hearts of all who heard it, and awakened a love for the Lord's appearing; or it has called forth a hatred, more or less perceivable, but known to God, of His coming. It has drawn a line, . . . so that those who will examine their own hearts, may know on which side of it they would have been found, had the Lord then come--whether they would have exclaimed, 'Lo! this is our God, we have waited for Him, and He will save us;' or whether they would have called to the rocks and mountains to fall on them to hide them from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. God thus, as we believe, has tested His people, has tried their faith, has proved them, and seen whether they would shrink, in the hour of trial, from the position in which He might see fit to place them; and whether they would relinquish this world and rely with implicit confidence in the word of God."--The Advent Herald and Signs of the Times Reporter, vol. 8, No. 14 (Nov 13, 1844).

    The feelings of those who still believed that God had led them in their past experience are expressed in the words of William Miller: "Were I to live my life over again, with the same evidence that I then had, to be honest with God and man I should have to do as I have done." "I hope that I have cleansed my garments from the blood of souls. I feel that, as far as it was in my power, I have freed myself from all guilt in their condemnation." "Although I have been twice disappointed," wrote this man of God, "I am not yet cast down or discouraged. . . . My hope in the coming of Christ is as strong as ever. I have done only what, after years of solemn consideration, I felt it my solemn duty to do. If I have erred, it has been on the side of charity, love to my fellow men, and conviction of duty to God." "One thing I do know, I have preached nothing but what I believed; and God has been with me; His power has been manifested in the work, and much good has been effected." "Many thousands, to all human appearance, have been made to study the Scriptures by the preaching of the time; and by that means, through faith and the sprinkling of the blood of Christ, have been reconciled to God." --Bliss, pages 256, 255, 277, 280, 281. "I have never courted the smiles of the proud, nor quailed when the world frowned. I shall not now purchase their favor, nor shall I go beyond duty to tempt their hate. I shall never seek my life at their hands, nor shrink, I hope, from losing it, if God in His good providence so orders." --J. White, Life of Wm. Miller, page 315.

    God did not forsake His people; His Spirit still abode with those who did not rashly deny the light which they had received, and denounce the advent movement. In the Epistle to the Hebrews are words of encouragement and warning for the tried, waiting ones at this crisis: "Cast not away therefore your confidence, which hath great recompense of reward. For ye have need of patience, that, after ye have done the will of God, ye might receive the promise. For yet a little while, and He that shall come will come, and will not tarry. Now the just shall live by faith: but if any man draw back, My soul shall have no pleasure in him. But we are not of them who draw back unto perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul." Hebrews 10:35-39.

    That this admonition is addressed to the church in the last days is evident from the words pointing to the nearness of the Lord's coming: "For yet a little while, and He that shall come will come and will not tarry." And it is plainly implied that there would be a seeming delay and that the Lord would appear to tarry. The instruction here given is especially adapted to the experience of Adventists at this time. The people here addressed were in danger of making shipwreck of faith. They had done the will of God in following the guidance of His Spirit and His word; yet they could not understand His purpose in their past experience, nor could they discern the pathway before them, and they were tempted to doubt whether God had indeed been leading them. At this time the words were applicable: "Now the just shall live by faith." As the bright light of the "midnight cry" had shone upon their pathway, and they had seen the prophecies unsealed and the rapidly fulfilling signs telling that the coming of Christ was near, they had walked, as it were, by sight. But now, bowed down by disappointed hopes, they could stand only by faith in God and in His word. The scoffing world were saying: "You have been deceived. Give up your faith, and say that the advent movement was of Satan." But God's word declared: "If any man draw back, My soul shall have no pleasure in him." To renounce their faith now, and deny the power of the Holy Spirit which had attended the message, would be drawing back toward perdition. They were encouraged to steadfastness by the words of Paul: "Cast not away therefore your confidence;" "ye have need of patience," "for yet a little while, and He that shall come will come, and will not tarry." Their only safe course was to cherish the light which they had already received of God, hold fast to His promises, and continue to search the Scriptures, and patiently wait and watch to receive further light.

    CHAPTER 23 -- What is the Sanctuary?

    The scripture which above all others had been both the foundation and the central pillar of the advent faith was the declaration: "Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed." Daniel 8:14. These had been familiar words to all believers in the Lord's soon coming. By the lips of thousands was this prophecy repeated as the watchword of their faith. All felt that upon the events therein foretold depended their brightest expectations and most cherished hopes. These prophetic days had been shown to terminate in the autumn of 1844. In common with the rest of the Christian world, Adventists then held that the earth, or some portion of it, was the sanctuary. They understood that the cleansing of the sanctuary was the purification of the earth by the fires of the last great day, and that this would take place at the second advent. Hence the conclusion that Christ would return to the earth in 1844.

    But the appointed time had passed, and the Lord had not appeared. The believers knew that God's word could not fail; their interpretation of the prophecy must be at fault; but where was the mistake? Many rashly cut the knot of difficulty by denying that the 2300 days ended in 1844. No reason could be given for this except that Christ had not come at the time they expected Him. They argued that if the prophetic days had ended in 1844, Christ would then have returned to cleanse the sanctuary by the purification of the earth by fire; and that since He had not come, the days could not have ended.

    To accept this conclusion was to renounce the former reckoning of the prophetic periods. The 2300 days had been found to begin when the commandment of Artaxerxes for the restoration and building of Jerusalem went into effect, in the autumn of 457 B.C. Taking this as the starting point, there was perfect harmony in the application of all the events foretold in the explanation of that period in Daniel 9:25-27. Sixty-nine weeks, the first 483 of the 2300 years, were to reach to the Messiah, the Anointed One; and Christ's baptism and anointing by the Holy Spirit, A.D. 27, exactly fulfilled the specification. In the midst of the seventieth week, Messiah was to be cut off. Three and a half years after His baptism, Christ was crucified, in the spring of A.D. 31. The seventy weeks, or 490 years, were to pertain especially to the Jews. At the expiration of this period the nation sealed its rejection of Christ by the persecution of His disciples, and the apostles turned to the Gentiles, A.D. 34. The first 490 years of the 2300 having then ended, 1810 years would remain. From A.D. 34, 1810 years extend to 1844. "Then," said the angel, "shall the sanctuary be cleansed." All the preceding specifications of the prophecy had been unquestionably fulfilled at the time appointed.

    With this reckoning, all was clear and harmonious, except that it was not seen that any event answering to the cleansing of the sanctuary had taken place in 1844. To deny that the days ended at that time was to involve the whole question in confusion, and to renounce positions which had been established by unmistakable fulfillments of prophecy.

    But God had led His people in the great advent movement; His power and glory had attended the work, and He would not permit it to end in darkness and disappointment, to be reproached as a false and fanatical excitement. He would not leave His word involved in doubt and uncertainty. Though many abandoned their former reckoning of the prophetic periods and denied the correctness of the movement based thereon, others were unwilling to renounce points of faith and experience that were sustained by the Scriptures and by the witness of the Spirit of God. They believed that they had adopted sound principles of interpretation in their study of the prophecies, and that it was their duty to hold fast the truths already gained, and to continue the same course of Biblical research. With earnest prayer they reviewed their position and studied the Scriptures to discover their mistake. As they could see no error in their reckoning of the prophetic periods, they were led to examine more closely the subject of the sanctuary.

    In their investigation they learned that there is no Scripture evidence sustaining the popular view that the earth is the sanctuary; but they found in the Bible a full explanation of the subject of the sanctuary, its nature, location, and services; the testimony of the sacred writers being so clear and ample as to place the matter beyond all question. The apostle Paul, in the Epistle to the Hebrews, says: "Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary. For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary. And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the holiest of all; which had the golden censer, and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant; and over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercy seat." Hebrews 9:1-5.

    The sanctuary to which Paul here refers was the tabernacle built by Moses at the command of God as the earthly dwelling place of the Most High. "Let them make Me a sanctuary; that I may dwell among them" (Exodus 25:Cool, was the direction given to Moses while in the mount with God. The Israelites were journeying through the wilderness, and the tabernacle was so constructed that it could be removed from place to place; yet it was a structure of great magnificence. Its walls consisted of upright boards heavily plated with gold and set in sockets of silver, while the roof was formed of a series of curtains, or coverings, the outer of skins, the innermost of fine linen beautifully wrought with figures of cherubim. Besides the outer court, which contained the altar of burnt offering, the tabernacle itself consisted of two apartments called the holy and the most holy place, separated by a rich and beautiful curtain, or veil; a similar veil closed the entrance to the first apartment.

    In the holy place was the candlestick, on the south, with its seven lamps giving light to the sanctuary both by day and by night; on the north stood the table of shewbread; and before the veil separating the holy from the most holy was the golden altar of incense, from which the cloud of fragrance, with the prayers of Israel, was daily ascending before God.

    In the most holy place stood the ark, a chest of precious wood overlaid with gold, the depository of the two tables of stone upon which God had inscribed the law of Ten Commandments. Above the ark, and forming the cover to the sacred chest, was the mercy seat, a magnificent piece of workmanship, surmounted by two cherubim, one at each end, and all wrought of solid gold. In this apartment the divine presence was manifested in the cloud of glory between the cherubim.

    After the settlement of the Hebrews in Canaan, the tabernacle was replaced by the temple of Solomon, which, though a permanent structure and upon a larger scale, observed the same proportions, and was similarly furnished. In this form the sanctuary existed--except while it lay in ruins in Daniel's time--until its destruction by the Romans, in A.D. 70.

    This is the only sanctuary that ever existed on the earth, of which the Bible gives any information. This was declared by Paul to be the sanctuary of the first covenant. But has the new covenant no sanctuary?

    Turning again to the book of Hebrews, the seekers for truth found that the existence of a second, or new-covenant sanctuary, was implied in the words of Paul already quoted: "Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary." And the use of the word "also" intimates that Paul has before made mention of this sanctuary. Turning back to the beginning of the previous chapter, they read: "Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an High Priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens; a Minister of the sanctuary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man." Hebrews 8:1, 2.

    Here is revealed the sanctuary of the new covenant. The sanctuary of the first covenant was pitched by man, built by Moses; this is pitched by the Lord, not by man. In that sanctuary the earthly priests performed their service; in this, Christ, our great High Priest, ministers at God's right hand. One sanctuary was on earth, the other is in heaven.

    Further, the tabernacle built by Moses was made after a pattern. The Lord directed him: "According to all that I show thee, after the pattern of the tabernacle, and the pattern of all the instruments thereof, even so shall ye make it." And again the charge was given, "Look that thou make them after their pattern, which was showed thee in the mount." Exodus 25:9, 40. And Paul says that the first tabernacle "was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices;" that its holy places were "patterns of things in the heavens;" that the priests who offered gifts according to the law served "unto the example and shadow of heavenly things," and that "Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us." Hebrews 9:9, 23; 8:5; 9:24.

    The sanctuary in heaven, in which Jesus ministers in our behalf, is the great original, of which the sanctuary built by Moses was a copy. God placed His Spirit upon the builders of the earthly sanctuary. The artistic skill displayed in its construction was a manifestation of divine wisdom. The walls had the appearance of massive gold, reflecting in every direction the light of the seven lamps of the golden candlestick. The table of shewbread and the altar of incense glittered like burnished gold. The gorgeous curtain which formed the ceiling, inwrought with figures of angels in blue and purple and scarlet, added to the beauty of the scene. And beyond the second veil was the holy Shekinah, the visible manifestation of God's glory, before which none but the high priest could enter and live.

    The matchless splendor of the earthly tabernacle reflected to human vision the glories of that heavenly temple where Christ our forerunner ministers for us before the throne of God. The abiding place of the King of kings, where thousand thousands minister unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stand before Him (Daniel 7:10); that temple, filled with the glory of the eternal throne, where seraphim, its shining guardians, veil their faces in adoration, could find, in the most magnificent structure ever reared by human hands, but a faint reflection of its vastness and glory. Yet important truths concerning the heavenly sanctuary and the great work there carried forward for man's redemption were taught by the earthly sanctuary and its services.

    The holy places of the sanctuary in heaven are represented by the two apartments in the sanctuary on earth. As in vision the apostle John was granted a view of the temple of God in heaven, he beheld there "seven lamps of fire burning before the throne." Revelation 4:5. He saw an angel "having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne." Revelation 8:3. Here the prophet was permitted to behold the first apartment of the sanctuary in heaven; and he saw there the "seven lamps of fire" and "the golden altar," represented by the golden candlestick and the altar of incense in the sanctuary on earth. Again, "the temple of God was opened" (Revelation 11:19), and he looked within the inner veil, upon the holy of holies. Here he beheld "the ark of His testament," represented by the sacred chest constructed by Moses to contain the law of God.

    Thus those who were studying the subject found indisputable proof of the existence of a sanctuary in heaven. Moses made the earthly sanctuary after a pattern which was shown him. Paul teaches that that pattern was the true sanctuary which is in heaven. And John testifies that he saw it in heaven.

    In the temple in heaven, the dwelling place of God, His throne is established in righteousness and judgment. In the most holy place is His law, the great rule of right by which all mankind are tested. The ark that enshrines the tables of the law is covered with the mercy seat, before which Christ pleads His blood in the sinner's behalf. Thus is represented the union of justice and mercy in the plan of human redemption. This union infinite wisdom alone could devise and infinite power accomplish; it is a union that fills all heaven with wonder and adoration. The cherubim of the earthly sanctuary, looking reverently down upon the mercy seat, represent the interest with which the heavenly host contemplate the work of redemption. This is the mystery of mercy into which angels desire to look--that God can be just while He justifies the repenting sinner and renews His intercourse with the fallen race; that Christ could stoop to raise unnumbered multitudes from the abyss of ruin and clothe them with the spotless garments of His own righteousness to unite with angels who have never fallen and to dwell forever in the presence of God.

    The work of Christ as man's intercessor is presented in that beautiful prophecy of Zechariah concerning Him "whose name is the Branch." Says the prophet: "He shall build the temple of the Lord; and He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His [the Father's] throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne: and the counsel of peace shall be between Them both." Zechariah 6:12, 13.

    "He shall build the temple of the Lord." By His sacrifice and mediation Christ is both the foundation and the builder of the church of God. The apostle Paul points to Him as "the chief Cornerstone; in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth into an holy temple in the Lord: in whom ye also," he says, "are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit." Ephesians 2:20-22.

    "He shall bear the glory." To Christ belongs the glory of redemption for the fallen race. Through the eternal ages, the song of the ransomed ones will be: "Unto Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood, . . . to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever." Revelation 1:5, 6.

    He "shall sit and rule upon His throne; and He shall be a priest upon His throne." Not now "upon the throne of His glory;" the kingdom of glory has not yet been ushered in. Not until His work as a mediator shall be ended will God "give unto Him the throne of His father David," a kingdom of which "there shall be no end." Luke 1:32, 33. As a priest, Christ is now set down with the Father in His throne. Revelation 3:21. Upon the throne with the eternal, self-existent One is He who "hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows," who "was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin," that He might be "able to succor them that are tempted." "If any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father." Isaiah 53:4; Hebrews 4:15; 2:18; 1 John 2:1. His intercession is that of a pierced and broken body, of a spotless life. The wounded hands, the pierced side, the marred feet, plead for fallen man, whose redemption was purchased at such infinite cost.

    "And the counsel of peace shall be between Them both." The love of the Father, no less than of the Son, is the fountain of salvation for the lost race. Said Jesus to His disciples before He went away: "I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you: for the Father Himself loveth you." John 16:26, 27. God was "in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." 2 Corinthians 5:19. And in the ministration in the sanctuary above, "the counsel of peace shall be between Them both." "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." John 3:16.

    The question, What is the sanctuary? is clearly answered in the Scriptures. The term "sanctuary," as used in the Bible, refers, first, to the tabernacle built by Moses, as a pattern of heavenly things; and, secondly, to the "true tabernacle" in heaven, to which the earthly sanctuary pointed. At the death of Christ the typical service ended. The "true tabernacle" in heaven is the sanctuary of the new covenant. And as the prophecy of Daniel 8:14 is fulfilled in this dispensation, the sanctuary to which it refers must be the sanctuary of the new covenant. At the termination of the 2300 days, in 1844, there had been no sanctuary on earth for many centuries. Thus the prophecy, "Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed," unquestionably points to the sanctuary in heaven.

    But the most important question remains to be answered: What is the cleansing of the sanctuary? That there was such a service in connection with the earthly sanctuary is stated in the Old Testament Scriptures. But can there be anything in heaven to be cleansed? In Hebrews 9 the cleansing of both the earthly and the heavenly sanctuary is plainly taught. "Almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission. It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these [the blood of animals]; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these" (Hebrews 9:22, 23), even the precious blood of Christ.

    The cleansing, both in the typical and in the real service, must be accomplished with blood: in the former, with the blood of animals; in the latter, with the blood of Christ. Paul states, as the reason why this cleansing must be performed with blood, that without shedding of blood is no remission. Remission, or putting away of sin, is the work to be accomplished. But how could there be sin connected with the sanctuary, either in heaven or upon the earth? This may be learned by reference to the symbolic service; for the priests who officiated on earth, served "unto the example and shadow of heavenly things." Hebrews 8:5.

    The ministration of the earthly sanctuary consisted of two divisions; the priests ministered daily in the holy place, while once a year the high priest performed a special work of atonement in the most holy, for the cleansing of the sanctuary. Day by day the repentant sinner brought his offering to the door of the tabernacle and, placing his hand upon the victim's head, confessed his sins, thus in figure transferring them from himself to the innocent sacrifice. The animal was then slain. "Without shedding of blood," says the apostle, there is no remission of sin. "The life of the flesh is in the blood." Leviticus 17:11. The broken law of God demanded the life of the transgressor. The blood, representing the forfeited life of the sinner, whose guilt the victim bore, was carried by the priest into the holy place and sprinkled before the veil, behind which was the ark containing the law that the sinner had transgressed. By this ceremony the sin was, through the blood, transferred in figure to the sanctuary. In some cases the blood was not taken into the holy place; but the flesh was then to be eaten by the priest, as Moses directed the sons of Aaron, saying: "God hath given it you to bear the iniquity of the congregation." Leviticus 10:17. Both ceremonies alike symbolized the transfer of the sin from the penitent to the sanctuary.

    Such was the work that went on, day by day, throughout the year. The sins of Israel were thus transferred to the sanctuary, and a special work became necessary for their removal. God commanded that an atonement be made for each of the sacred apartments. "He shall make an atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and because of their transgressions in all their sins: and so shall he do for the tabernacle of the congregation, that remaineth among them in the midst of their uncleanness." An atonement was also to be made for the altar, to "cleanse it, and hallow it from the uncleanness of the children of Israel." Leviticus 16:16, 19.

    Once a year, on the great Day of Atonement, the priest entered the most holy place for the cleansing of the sanctuary. The work there performed completed the yearly round of ministration. On the Day of Atonement two kids of the goats were brought to the door of the tabernacle, and lots were cast upon them, "one lot for the Lord, and the other lot for the scapegoat." Verse 8. The goat upon which fell the lot for the Lord was to be slain as a sin offering for the people. And the priest was to bring his blood within the veil and sprinkle it upon the mercy seat and before the mercy seat. The blood was also to be sprinkled upon the altar of incense that was before the veil.

    "And Aaron shall lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wilderness: and the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities unto a land not inhabited." Verses 21, 22. The scapegoat came no more into the camp of Israel, and the man who led him away was required to wash himself and his clothing with water before returning to the camp.

    The whole ceremony was designed to impress the Israelites with the holiness of God and His abhorrence of sin; and, further, to show them that they could not come in contact with sin without becoming polluted. Every man was required to afflict his soul while this work of atonement was going forward. All business was to be laid aside, and the whole congregation of Israel were to spend the day in solemn humiliation before God, with prayer, fasting, and deep searching of heart.

    Important truths concerning the atonement are taught by the typical service. A substitute was accepted in the sinner's stead; but the sin was not canceled by the blood of the victim. A means was thus provided by which it was transferred to the sanctuary. By the offering of blood the sinner acknowledged the authority of the law, confessed his guilt in transgression, and expressed his desire for pardon through faith in a Redeemer to come; but he was not yet entirely released from the condemnation of the law. On the Day of Atonement the high priest, having taken an offering from the congregation, went into the most holy place with the blood of this offering, and sprinkled it upon the mercy seat, directly over the law, to make satisfaction for its claims. Then, in his character of mediator, he took the sins upon himself and bore them from the sanctuary. Placing his hands upon the head of the scapegoat, he confessed over him all these sins, thus in figure transferring them from himself to the goat. The goat then bore them away, and they were regarded as forever separated from the people.

    Such was the service performed "unto the example and shadow of heavenly things." And what was done in type in the ministration of the earthly sanctuary is done in reality in the ministration of the heavenly sanctuary. After His ascension our Saviour began His work as our high priest. Says Paul: "Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us." Hebrews 9:24.

    The ministration of the priest throughout the year in the first apartment of the sanctuary, "within the veil" which formed the door and separated the holy place from the outer court, represents the work of ministration upon which Christ entered at His ascension. It was the work of the priest in the daily ministration to present before God the blood of the sin offering, also the incense which ascended with the prayers of Israel. So did Christ plead His blood before the Father in behalf of sinners, and present before Him also, with the precious fragrance of His own righteousness, the prayers of penitent believers. Such was the work of ministration in the first apartment of the sanctuary in heaven.

    Thither the faith of Christ's disciples followed Him as He ascended from their sight. Here their hopes centered, "which hope we have," said Paul, "as an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast, and which entereth into that within the veil; whither the forerunner is for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest forever." "Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by His own blood He entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us." Hebrews 6:19, 20; 9:12.

    For eighteen centuries this work of ministration continued in the first apartment of the sanctuary. The blood of Christ, pleaded in behalf of penitent believers, secured their pardon and acceptance with the Father, yet their sins still remained upon the books of record. As in the typical service there was a work of atonement at the close of the year, so before Christ's work for the redemption of men is completed there is a work of atonement for the removal of sin from the sanctuary. This is the service which began when the 2300 days ended. At that time, as foretold by Daniel the prophet, our High Priest entered the most holy, to perform the last division of His solemn work--to cleanse the sanctuary.

    As anciently the sins of the people were by faith placed upon the sin offering and through its blood transferred, in figure, to the earthly sanctuary, so in the new covenant the sins of the repentant are by faith placed upon Christ and transferred, in fact, to the heavenly sanctuary. And as the typical cleansing of the earthly was accomplished by the removal of the sins by which it had been polluted, so the actual cleansing of the heavenly is to be accomplished by the removal, or blotting out, of the sins which are there recorded. But before this can be accomplished, there must be an examination of the books of record to determine who, through repentance of sin and faith in Christ, are entitled to the benefits of His atonement. The cleansing of the sanctuary therefore involves a work of investigation--a work of judgment. This work must be performed prior to the coming of Christ to redeem His people; for when He comes, His reward is with Him to give to every man according to his works. Revelation 22:12.

    Thus those who followed in the light of the prophetic word saw that, instead of coming to the earth at the termination of the 2300 days in 1844, Christ then entered the most holy place of the heavenly sanctuary to perform the closing work of atonement preparatory to His coming.

    It was seen, also, that while the sin offering pointed to Christ as a sacrifice, and the high priest represented Christ as a mediator, the scapegoat typified Satan, the author of sin, upon whom the sins of the truly penitent will finally be placed. When the high priest, by virtue of the blood of the sin offering, removed the sins from the sanctuary, he placed them upon the scapegoat. When Christ, by virtue of His own blood, removes the sins of His people from the heavenly sanctuary at the close of His ministration, He will place them upon Satan, who, in the execution of the judgment, must bear the final penalty. The scapegoat was sent away into a land not inhabited, never to come again into the congregation of Israel. So will Satan be forever banished from the presence of God and His people, and he will be blotted from existence in the final destruction of sin and sinners.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jan 27, 2015 4:01 pm

    CHAPTER 24 -- In the Holy of Holies

    The subject of the sanctuary was the key which unlocked the mystery of the disappointment of 1844. It opened to view a complete system of truth, connected and harmonious, showing that God's hand had directed the great advent movement and revealing present duty as it brought to light the position and work of His people. As the disciples of Jesus after the terrible night of their anguish and disappointment were "glad when they saw the Lord," so did those now rejoice who had looked in faith for His second coming. They had expected Him to appear in glory to give reward to His servants. As their hopes were disappointed, they had lost sight of Jesus, and with Mary at the sepulcher they cried: "They have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him." Now in the holy of holies they again beheld Him, their compassionate High Priest, soon to appear as their king and deliverer. Light from the sanctuary illumined the past, the present, and the future. They knew that God had led them by His unerring providence. Though, like the first disciples, they themselves had failed to understand the message which they bore, yet it had been in every respect correct. In proclaiming it they had fulfilled the purpose of God, and their labor had not been in vain in the Lord. Begotten "again unto a lively hope," they rejoiced "with joy unspeakable and full of glory."

    Both the prophecy of Daniel 8:14, "Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed," and the first angel's message, "Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come," pointed to Christ's ministration in the most holy place, to the investigative judgment, and not to the coming of Christ for the redemption of His people and the destruction of the wicked. The mistake had not been in the reckoning of the prophetic periods, but in the event to take place at the end of the 2300 days. Through this error the believers had suffered disappointment, yet all that was foretold by the prophecy, and all that they had any Scripture warrant to expect, had been accomplished. At the very time when they were lamenting the failure of their hopes, the event had taken place which was foretold by the message, and which must be fulfilled before the Lord could appear to give reward to His servants.

    Christ had come, not to the earth, as they expected, but, as foreshadowed in the type, to the most holy place of the temple of God in heaven. He is represented by the prophet Daniel as coming at this time to the Ancient of Days: "I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came"--not to the earth, but--"to the Ancient of Days, and they brought Him near before Him." Daniel 7:13.

    This coming is foretold also by the prophet Malachi: "The Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to His temple, even the Messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, He shall come, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 3:1. The coming of the Lord to His temple was sudden, unexpected, to His people. They were not looking for Him there. They expected Him to come to earth, "in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel." 2 Thessalonians 1:8.

    But the people were not yet ready to meet their Lord. There was still a work of preparation to be accomplished for them. Light was to be given, directing their minds to the temple of God in heaven; and as they should by faith follow their High Priest in His ministration there, new duties would be revealed. Another message of warning and instruction was to be given to the church.

    Says the prophet: "Who may abide the day of His coming? and who shall stand when He appeareth? for He is like a refiner's fire, and like fullers' soap: and He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness." Malachi 3:2, 3. Those who are living upon the earth when the intercession of Christ shall cease in the sanctuary above are to stand in the sight of a holy God without a mediator. Their robes must be spotless, their characters must be purified from sin by the blood of sprinkling. Through the grace of God and their own diligent effort they must be conquerors in the battle with evil. While the investigative judgment is going forward in heaven, while the sins of penitent believers are being removed from the sanctuary, there is to be a special work of purification, of putting away of sin, among God's people upon earth. This work is more clearly presented in the messages of Revelation 14.

    When this work shall have been accomplished, the followers of Christ will be ready for His appearing. "Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years." Malachi 3:4. Then the church which our Lord at His coming is to receive to Himself will be a "glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." Ephesians 5:27. Then she will look "forth as the morning, fair as the moon, clear as the sun, and terrible as an army with banners." Song of Solomon 6:10.

    Besides the coming of the Lord to His temple, Malachi also foretells His second advent, His coming for the execution of the judgment, in these words: "And I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not Me, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 3:5. Jude refers to the same scene when he says, "Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds." Jude 14, 15. This coming, and the coming of the Lord to His temple, are distinct and separate events.

    The coming of Christ as our high priest to the most holy place, for the cleansing of the sanctuary, brought to view in Daniel 8:14; the coming of the Son of man to the Ancient of Days, as presented in Daniel 7:13; and the coming of the Lord to His temple, foretold by Malachi, are descriptions of the same event; and this is also represented by the coming of the bridegroom to the marriage, described by Christ in the parable of the ten virgins, of Matthew 25.

    In the summer and autumn of 1844 the proclamation, "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh," was given. The two classes represented by the wise and foolish virgins were then developed--one class who looked with joy to the Lord's appearing, and who had been diligently preparing to meet Him; another class that, influenced by fear and acting from impulse, had been satisfied with a theory of the truth, but were destitute of the grace of God. In the parable, when the bridegroom came, "they that were ready went in with him to the marriage." The coming of the bridegroom, here brought to view, takes place before the marriage. The marriage represents the reception by Christ of His kingdom. The Holy City, the New Jerusalem, which is the capital and representative of the kingdom, is called "the bride, the Lamb's wife." Said the angel to John: "Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the Lamb's wife." "He carried me away in the spirit," says the prophet, "and showed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God." Revelation 21:9, 10. Clearly, then, the bride represents the Holy City, and the virgins that go out to meet the bridegroom are a symbol of the church. In the Revelation the people of God are said to be the guests at the marriage supper. Revelation 19:9. If guests, they cannot be represented also as the bride. Christ, as stated by the prophet Daniel, will receive from the Ancient of Days in heaven, "dominion, and glory, and a kingdom;" He will receive the New Jerusalem, the capital of His kingdom, "prepared as a bride adorned for her husband." Daniel 7:14; Revelation 21:2. Having received the kingdom, He will come in His glory, as King of kings and Lord of lords, for the redemption of His people, who are to "sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob," at His table in His kingdom (Matthew 8:11; Luke 22:30), to partake of the marriage supper of the Lamb.

    The proclamation, "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh," in the summer of 1844, led thousands to expect the immediate advent of the Lord. At the appointed time the Bridegroom came, not to the earth, as the people expected, but to the Ancient of Days in heaven, to the marriage, the reception of His kingdom. "They that were ready went in with Him to the marriage: and the door was shut." They were not to be present in person at the marriage; for it takes place in heaven, while they are upon the earth. The followers of Christ are to "wait for their Lord, when He will return from the wedding." Luke 12:36. But they are to understand His work, and to follow Him by faith as He goes in before God. It is in this sense that they are said to go in to the marriage.

    In the parable it was those that had oil in their vessels with their lamps that went in to the marriage. Those who, with a knowledge of the truth from the Scriptures, had also the Spirit and grace of God, and who, in the night of their bitter trial, had patiently waited, searching the Bible for clearer light--these saw the truth concerning the sanctuary in heaven and the Saviour's change in ministration, and by faith they followed Him in His work in the sanctuary above. And all who through the testimony of the Scriptures accept the same truths, following Christ by faith as He enters in before God to perform the last work of mediation, and at its close to receive His kingdom--all these are represented as going in to the marriage.

    In the parable of Matthew 22 the same figure of the marriage is introduced, and the investigative judgment is clearly represented as taking place before the marriage. Previous to the wedding the king comes in to see the guests, to see if all are attired in the wedding garment, the spotless robe of character washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb. Matthew 22:11; Revelation 7:14. He who is found wanting is cast out, but all who upon examination are seen to have the wedding garment on are accepted of God and accounted worthy of a share in His kingdom and a seat upon His throne. This work of examination of character, of determining who are prepared for the kingdom of God, is that of the investigative judgment, the closing of work in the sanctuary above.

    When the work of investigation shall be ended, when the cases of those who in all ages have professed to be followers of Christ have been examined and decided, then, and not till then, probation will close, and the door of mercy will be shut. Thus in the one short sentence, "They that were ready went in with Him to the marriage: and the door was shut," we are carried down through the Saviour's final ministration, to the time when the great work for man's salvation shall be completed.

    In the service of the earthly sanctuary, which, as we have seen, is a figure of the service in the heavenly, when the high priest on the Day of Atonement entered the most holy place, the ministration in the first apartment ceased. God commanded: "There shall be no man in the tabernacle of the congregation when he goeth in to make an atonement in the holy place, until he comes out." Leviticus 16:17. So when Christ entered the holy of holies to perform the closing work of the atonement, He ceased His ministration in the first apartment. But when the ministration in the first apartment ended, the ministration in the second apartment began. When in the typical service the high priest left the holy on the Day of Atonement, he went in before God to present the blood of the sin offering in behalf of all Israel who truly repented of their sins. So Christ had only completed one part of His work as our intercessor, to enter upon another portion of the work, and He still pleaded His blood before the Father in behalf of sinners.

    This subject was not understood by Adventists in 1844. After the passing of the time when the Saviour was expected, they still believed His coming to be near; they held that they had reached an important crisis and that the work of Christ as man's intercessor before God had ceased. It appeared to them to be taught in the Bible that man's probation would close a short time before the actual coming of the Lord in the clouds of heaven. This seemed evident from those scriptures which point to a time when men will seek, knock, and cry at the door of mercy, and it will not be opened. And it was a question with them whether the date to which they had looked for the coming of Christ might not rather mark the beginning of this period which was immediately to precede His coming. Having given the warning of the judgment near, they felt that their work for the world was done, and they lost their burden of soul for the salvation of sinners, while the bold and blasphemous scoffing of the ungodly seemed to them another evidence that the Spirit of God had been withdrawn from the rejecters of His mercy. All this confirmed them in the belief that probation had ended, or, as they then expressed it, "the door of mercy was shut."

    But clearer light came with the investigation of the sanctuary question. They now saw that they were correct in believing that the end of the 2300 days in 1844 marked an important crisis. But while it was true that that door of hope and mercy by which men had for eighteen hundred years found access to God, was closed, another door was opened, and forgiveness of sins was offered to men through the intercession of Christ in the most holy. One part of His ministration had closed, only to give place to another. There was still an "open door" to the heavenly sanctuary, where Christ was ministering in the sinner's behalf.

    Now was seen the application of those words of Christ in the Revelation, addressed to the church at this very time: "These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it." Revelation 3:7, 8.

    It is those who by faith follow Jesus in the great work of the atonement who receive the benefits of His mediation in their behalf, while those who reject the light which brings to view this work of ministration are not benefited thereby. The Jews who rejected the light given at Christ's first advent, and refused to believe on Him as the Saviour of the world, could not receive pardon through Him. When Jesus at His ascension entered by His own blood into the heavenly sanctuary to shed upon His disciples the blessings of His mediation, the Jews were left in total darkness to continue their useless sacrifices and offerings. The ministration of types and shadows had ceased. That door by which men had formerly found access to God was no longer open. The Jews had refused to seek Him in the only way whereby He could then be found, through the ministration in the sanctuary in heaven. Therefore they found no communion with God. To them the door was shut. They had no knowledge of Christ as the true sacrifice and the only mediator before God; hence they could not receive the benefits of His mediation.

    The condition of the unbelieving Jews illustrates the condition of the careless and unbelieving among professed Christians, who are willingly ignorant of the work of our merciful High Priest. In the typical service, when the high priest entered the most holy place, all Israel were required to gather about the sanctuary and in the most solemn manner humble their souls before God, that they might receive the pardon of their sins and not be cut off from the congregation. How much more essential in this antitypical Day of Atonement that we understand the work of our High Priest and know what duties are required of us.

    Men cannot with impunity reject the warning which God in mercy sends them. A message was sent from heaven to the world in Noah's day, and their salvation depended upon the manner in which they treated that message. Because they rejected the warning, the Spirit of God was withdrawn from the sinful race, and they perished in the waters of the Flood. In the time of Abraham, mercy ceased to plead with the guilty inhabitants of Sodom, and all but Lot with his wife and two daughters were consumed by the fire sent down from heaven. So in the days of Christ. The Son of God declared to the unbelieving Jews of that generation: "Your house is left unto you desolate." Matthew 23:38. Looking down to the last days, the same Infinite Power declares, concerning those who "received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved": "For this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: that they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness." 2 Thessalonians 2:10-12. As they reject the teachings of His word, God withdraws His Spirit and leaves them to the deceptions which they love.

    But Christ still intercedes in man's behalf, and light will be given to those who seek it. Though this was not at first understood by Adventists, it was afterward made plain as the Scriptures which define their true position began to open before them.

    The passing of the time in 1844 was followed by a period of great trial to those who still held the advent faith. Their only relief, so far as ascertaining their true position was concerned, was the light which directed their minds to the sanctuary above. Some renounced their faith in their former reckoning of the prophetic periods and ascribed to human or satanic agencies the powerful influence of the Holy Spirit which had attended the advent movement. Another class firmly held that the Lord had led them in their past experience; and as they waited and watched and prayed to know the will of God they saw that their great High Priest had entered upon another work of ministration, and, following Him by faith, they were led to see also the closing work of the church. They had a clearer understanding of the first and second angels' messages, and were prepared to receive and give to the world the solemn warning of the third angel of Revelation 14.

    CHAPTER 25 -- God's Law Immutable

    The temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament." Revelation 11:19. The ark of God's testament is in the holy of holies, the second apartment of the sanctuary. In the ministration of the earthly tabernacle, which served "unto the example and shadow of heavenly things," this apartment was opened only upon the great Day of Atonement for the cleansing of the sanctuary. Therefore the announcement that the temple of God was opened in heaven and the ark of His testament was seen points to the opening of the most holy place of the heavenly sanctuary in 1844 as Christ entered there to perform the closing work of the atonement. Those who by faith followed their great High Priest as He entered upon His ministry in the most holy place, beheld the ark of His testament. As they had studied the subject of the sanctuary they had come to understand the Saviour's change of ministration, and they saw that He was now officiating before the ark of God, pleading His blood in behalf of sinners.

    The ark in the tabernacle on earth contained the two tables of stone, upon which were inscribed the precepts of the law of God. The ark was merely a receptacle for the tables of the law, and the presence of these divine precepts gave to it its value and sacredness. When the temple of God was opened in heaven, the ark of His testament was seen. Within the holy of holies, in the sanctuary in heaven, the divine law is sacredly enshrined--the law that was spoken by God Himself amid the thunders of Sinai and written with His own finger on the tables of stone.

    The law of God in the sanctuary in heaven is the great original, of which the precepts inscribed upon the tables of stone and recorded by Moses in the Pentateuch were an unerring transcript. Those who arrived at an understanding of this important point were thus led to see the sacred, unchanging character of the divine law. They saw, as never before, the force of the Saviour's words: "Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law." Matthew 5:18. The law of God, being a revelation of His will, a transcript of His character, must forever endure, "as a faithful witness in heaven." Not one command has been annulled; not a jot or tittle has been changed. Says the psalmist: "Forever, O Lord, Thy word is settled in heaven." "All His commandments are sure. They stand fast for ever and ever." Psalms 119:89; 111:7, 8.

    In the very bosom of the Decalogue is the fourth commandment, as it was first proclaimed: "Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it." Exodus 20:8-11.

    The Spirit of God impressed the hearts of those students of His word. The conviction was urged upon them that they had ignorantly transgressed this precept by disregarding the Creator's rest day. They began to examine the reasons for observing the first day of the week instead of the day which God had sanctified. They could find no evidence in the Scriptures that the fourth commandment had been abolished, or that the Sabbath had been changed; the blessing which first hallowed the seventh day had never been removed. They had been honestly seeking to know and to do God's will; now, as they saw themselves transgressors of His law, sorrow filled their hearts, and they manifested their loyalty to God by keeping His Sabbath holy.

    Many and earnest were the efforts made to overthrow their faith. None could fail to see that if the earthly sanctuary was a figure or pattern of the heavenly, the law deposited in the ark on earth was an exact transcript of the law in the ark in heaven; and that an acceptance of the truth concerning the heavenly sanctuary involved an acknowledgment of the claims of God's law and the obligation of the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. Here was the secret of the bitter and determined opposition to the harmonious exposition of the Scriptures that revealed the ministration of Christ in the heavenly sanctuary. Men sought to close the door which God had opened, and to open the door which He had closed. But "He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth," had declared: "Behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it." Revelation 3:7, 8. Christ had opened the door, or ministration, of the most holy place, light was shining from that open door of the sanctuary in heaven, and the fourth commandment was shown to be included in the law which is there enshrined; what God had established, no man could overthrow.

    Those who had accepted the light concerning the mediation of Christ and the perpetuity of the law of God found that these were the truths presented in Revelation 14. The messages of this chapter constitute a threefold warning (see Appendix) which is to prepare the inhabitants of the earth for the Lord's second coming. The announcement, "The hour of His judgment is come," points to the closing work of Christ's ministration for the salvation of men. It heralds a truth which must be proclaimed until the Saviour's intercession shall cease and He shall return to the earth to take His people to Himself. The work of judgment which began in 1844 must continue until the cases of all are decided, both of the living and the dead; hence it will extend to the close of human probation. That men may be prepared to stand in the judgment, the message commands them to "fear God, and give glory to Him," "and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters." The result of an acceptance of these messages is given in the word: "Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." In order to be prepared for the judgment, it is necessary that men should keep the law of God. That law will be the standard of character in the judgment. The apostle Paul declares: "As many as have sinned in the law shall be judged by the law, . . . in the day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ." And he says that "the doers of the law shall be justified." Romans 2:12-16. Faith is essential in order to the keeping of the law of God; for "without faith it is impossible to please Him." And "whatsoever is not of faith is sin." Hebrews 11:6; Romans 14:23.

    By the first angel, men are called upon to "fear God, and give glory to Him" and to worship Him as the Creator of the heavens and the earth. In order to do this, they must obey His law. Says the wise man: "Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man." Ecclesiastes 12:13. Without obedience to His commandments no worship can be pleasing to God. "This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments." "He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination." 1 John 5:3; Proverbs 28:9.

    The duty to worship God is based upon the fact that He is the Creator and that to Him all other beings owe their existence. And wherever, in the Bible, His claim to reverence and worship, above the gods of the heathen, is presented, there is cited the evidence of His creative power. "All the gods of the nations are idols: but the Lord made the heavens." Psalm 96:5. "To whom then will ye liken Me, or shall I be equal? saith the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things." "Thus saith the Lord that created the heavens; God Himself that formed the earth and made it: . . . I am the Lord; and there is none else." Isaiah 40:25, 26; 45:18. Says the psalmist: "Know ye that the Lord He is God: it is He that hath made us, and not we ourselves." "O come, let us worship and bow down: let us kneel before the Lord our Maker." Psalms 100:3; 95:6. And the holy beings who worship God in heaven state, as the reason why their homage is due to Him: "Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honor and power: for Thou hast created all things." Revelation 4:11.

    In Revelation 14, men are called upon to worship the Creator; and the prophecy brings to view a class that, as the result of the threefold message, are keeping the commandments of God. One of these commandments points directly to God as the Creator. The fourth precept declares: "The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: . . . for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it." Exodus 20:10, 11. Concerning the Sabbath, the Lord says, further, that it is "a sign, . . . that ye may know that I am the Lord your God." Ezekiel 20:20. And the reason given is: "For in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed." Exodus 31:17.

    "The importance of the Sabbath as the memorial of creation is that it keeps ever present the true reason why worship is due to God"--because He is the Creator, and we are His creatures. "The Sabbath therefore lies at the very foundation of divine worship, for it teaches this great truth in the most impressive manner, and no other institution does this. The true ground of divine worship, not of that on the seventh day merely, but of all worship, is found in the distinction between the Creator and His creatures. This great fact can never become obsolete, and must never be forgotten."--J. N. Andrews, History of the Sabbath, chapter 27. It was to keep this truth ever before the minds of men, that God instituted the Sabbath in Eden; and so long as the fact that He is our Creator continues to be a reason why we should worship Him, so long the Sabbath will continue as its sign and memorial. Had the Sabbath been universally kept, man's thoughts and affections would have been led to the Creator as the object of reverence and worship, and there would never have been an idolater, an atheist, or an infidel. The keeping of the Sabbath is a sign of loyalty to the true God, "Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters." It follows that the message which commands men to worship God and keep His commandments will especially call upon them to keep the fourth commandment.

    In contrast to those who keep the commandments of God and have the faith of Jesus, the third angel points to another class, against whose errors a solemn and fearful warning is uttered: "If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God." Revelation 14:9, 10. A correct interpretation of the symbols employed is necessary to an understanding of this message. What is represented by the beast, the image, the mark?

    The line of prophecy in which these symbols are found begins with Revelation 12, with the dragon that sought to destroy Christ at His birth. The dragon is said to be Satan (Revelation 12:9); he it was that moved upon Herod to put the Saviour to death. But the chief agent of Satan in making war upon Christ and His people during the first centuries of the Christian Era was the Roman Empire, in which paganism was the prevailing religion. Thus while the dragon, primarily, represents Satan, it is, in a secondary sense, a symbol of pagan Rome.

    In chapter 13 (verses 1-10) is described another beast, "like unto a leopard," to which the dragon gave "his power, and his seat, and great authority." This symbol, as most Protestants have believed, represents the papacy, which succeeded to the power and seat and authority once held by the ancient Roman empire. Of the leopardlike beast it is declared: "There was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies. . . . And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations." This prophecy, which is nearly identical with the description of the little horn of Daniel 7, unquestionably points to the papacy.

    "Power was given unto him to continue forty and two months." And, says the prophet, "I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death." And again: "He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword." The forty and two months are the same as the "time and times and the dividing of time," three years and a half, or 1260 days, of Daniel 7-- the time during which the papal power was to oppress God's people. This period, as stated in preceding chapters, began with the supremacy of the papacy, A.D. 538, and terminated in 1798. At that time the pope was made captive by the French army, the papal power received its deadly wound, and the prediction was fulfilled, "He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity."

    At this point another symbol is introduced. Says the prophet: "I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb." Verse 11. Both the appearance of this beast and the manner of its rise indicate that the nation which it represents is unlike those presented under the preceding symbols. The great kingdoms that have ruled the world were presented to the prophet Daniel as beasts of prey, rising when "the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea." Daniel 7:2. In Revelation 17 an angel explained that waters represent "peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues." Revelation 17:15. Winds are a symbol of strife. The four winds of heaven striving upon the great sea represent the terrible scenes of conquest and revolution by which kingdoms have attained to power.

    But the beast with lamblike horns was seen "coming up out of the earth." Instead of overthrowing other powers to establish itself, the nation thus represented must arise in territory preciously unoccupied and grow up gradually and peacefully. It could not, then, arise among the crowded and struggling nationalities of the Old World--that turbulent sea of "peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues." It must be sought in the Western Continent.

    What nation of the New World was in 1798 rising into power, giving promise of strength and greatness, and attracting the attention of the world? The application of the symbol admits of no question. One nation, and only one, meets the specifications of this prophecy; it points unmistakably to the United States of America. Again and again the thought, almost the exact words, of the sacred writer has been unconsciously employed by the orator and the historian in describing the rise and growth of this nation. The beast was seen "coming up out of the earth;" and, according to the translators, the word here rendered "coming up" literally signifies "to grow or spring up as a plant." And, as we have seen, the nation must arise in territory previously unoccupied. A prominent writer, describing the rise of the United States, speaks of "the mystery of her coming forth from vacancy," and says: "Like a silent seed we grew into empire."--G. A. Townsend, The New World Compared With the Old, page 462. A European journal in 1850 spoke of the United States as a wonderful empire, which was "emerging," and "amid the silence of the earth daily adding to its power and pride." --The Dublin Nation. Edward Everett, in an oration on the Pilgrim founders of this nation, said: "Did they look for a retired spot, inoffensive for its obscurity, and safe in its remoteness, where the little church of Leyden might enjoy the freedom of conscience? Behold the mighty regions over which, in peaceful conquest, . . . they have borne the banners of the cross!"--Speech delivered at Plymouth, Massachusetts, Dec. 22, 1824, page 11.

    "And he had two horns like a lamb." The lamblike horns indicate youth, innocence, and gentleness, fitly representing the character of the United States when presented to the prophet as "coming up" in 1798. Among the Christian exiles who first fled to America and sought an asylum from royal oppression and priestly intolerance were many who determined to establish a government upon the broad foundation of civil and religious liberty. Their views found place in the Declaration of Independence, which sets forth the great truth that "all men are created equal" and endowed with the inalienable right to "life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness." And the Constitution guarantees to the people the right of self-government, providing that representatives elected by the popular vote shall enact and administer the laws. Freedom of religious faith was also granted, every man being permitted to worship God according to the dictates of his conscience. Republicanism and Protestantism became the fundamental principles of the nation. These principles are the secret of its power and prosperity. The oppressed and downtrodden throughout Christendom have turned to this land with interest and hope. Millions have sought its shores, and the United States has risen to a place among the most powerful nations of the earth.

    But the beast with lamblike horns "spake as a dragon. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed; . . . saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live." Revelation 13:11-14.

    The lamblike horns and dragon voice of the symbol point to a striking contradiction between the professions and the practice of the nation thus represented. The "speaking" of the nation is the action of its legislative and judicial authorities. By such action it will give the lie to those liberal and peaceful principles which it has put forth as the foundation of its policy. The prediction that it will speak "as a dragon" and exercise "all the power of the first beast" plainly foretells a development of the spirit of intolerance and persecution that was manifested by the nations represented by the dragon and the leopardlike beast. And the statement that the beast with two horns "causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast" indicates that the authority of this nation is to be exercised in enforcing some observance which shall be an act of homage to the papacy.

    Such action would be directly contrary to the principles of this government, to the genius of its free institutions, to the direct and solemn avowals of the Declaration of Independence, and to the Constitution. The founders of the nation wisely sought to guard against the employment of secular power on the part of the church, with its inevitable result--intolerance and persecution. The Constitution provides that "Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof," and that "no religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office of public trust under the United States." Only in flagrant violation of these safeguards to the nation's liberty, can any religious observance be enforced by civil authority. But the inconsistency of such action is no greater than is represented in the symbol. It is the beast with lamblike horns--in profession pure, gentle, and harmless--that speaks as a dragon.

    "Saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast." Here is clearly presented a form of government in which the legislative power rests with the people, a most striking evidence that the United States is the nation denoted in the prophecy.

    But what is the "image to the beast"? and how is it to be formed? The image is made by the two-horned beast, and is an image to the beast. It is also called an image of the beast. Then to learn what the image is like and how it is to be formed we must study the characteristics of the beast itself--the papacy.

    When the early church became corrupted by departing from the simplicity of the gospel and accepting heathen rites and customs, she lost the Spirit and power of God; and in order to control the consciences of the people, she sought the support of the secular power. The result was the papacy, a church that controlled the power of the state and employed it to further her own ends, especially for the punishment of "heresy." In order for the United States to form an image of the beast, the religious power must so control the civil government that the authority of the state will also be employed by the church to accomplish her own ends.

    Whenever the church has obtained secular power, she has employed it to punish dissent from her doctrines. Protestant churches that have followed in the steps of Rome by forming alliance with worldly powers have manifested a similar desire to restrict liberty of conscience. An example of this is given in the long-continued persecution of dissenters by the Church of England. During the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, thousands of nonconformist ministers were forced to flee from their churches, and many, both of pastors and people, were subjected to fine, imprisonment, torture, and martyrdom.

    It was apostasy that led the early church to seek the aid of the civil government, and this prepared the way for the development of the papacy--the beast. Said Paul: "There" shall "come a falling away, . . . and that man of sin be revealed." 2 Thessalonians 2:3. So apostasy in the church will prepare the way for the image to the beast.

    The Bible declares that before the coming of the Lord there will exist a state of religious declension similar to that in the first centuries. "In the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, high-minded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof." 2 Timothy 3:1-5. "Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." 1 Timothy 4:1. Satan will work "with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness." And all that "received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved," will be left to accept "strong delusion, that they should believe a lie." 2 Thessalonians 2:9-11. When this state of ungodliness shall be reached, the same results will follow as in the first centuries.

    The wide diversity of belief in the Protestant churches is regarded by many as decisive proof that no effort to secure a forced uniformity can ever be made. But there has been for years, in churches of the Protestant faith, a strong and growing sentiment in favor of a union based upon common points of doctrine. To secure such a union, the discussion of subjects upon which all were not agreed--however important they might be from a Bible standpoint--must necessarily be waived.

    Charles Beecher, in a sermon in the year 1846, declared that the ministry of "the evangelical Protestant denominations" is "not only formed all the way up under a tremendous pressure of merely human fear, but they live, and move, and breathe in a state of things radically corrupt, and appealing every hour to every baser element of their nature to hush up the truth, and bow the knee to the power of apostasy. Was not this the way things went with Rome? Are we not living her life over again? And what do we see just ahead? Another general council! A world's convention! Evangelical alliance, and universal creed!"--Sermon on "The Bible a Sufficient Creed," delivered at Fort Wayne, Indiana, Feb. 22, 1846. When this shall be gained, then, in the effort to secure complete uniformity, it will be only a step to the resort to force.

    When the leading churches of the United States, uniting upon such points of doctrine as are held by them in common, shall influence the state to enforce their decrees and to sustain their institutions, then Protestant America will have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy, and the infliction of civil penalties upon dissenters will inevitably result.

    The beast with two horns "causeth [commands] all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name." Revelation 13:16, 17. The third angel's warning is: "If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God." "The beast" mentioned in this message, whose worship is enforced by the two-horned beast, is the first, or leopardlike beast of Revelation 13--the papacy. The "image to the beast" represents that form of apostate Protestantism which will be developed when the Protestant churches shall seek the aid of the civil power for the enforcement of their dogmas. The "mark of the beast" still remains to be defined.

    After the warning against the worship of the beast and his image the prophecy declares: "Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." Since those who keep God's commandments are thus placed in contrast with those that worship the beast and his image and receive his mark, it follows that the keeping of God's law, on the one hand, and its violation, on the other, will make the distinction between the worshipers of God and the worshipers of the beast.

    The special characteristic of the beast, and therefore of his image, is the breaking of God's commandments. Says Daniel, of the little horn, the papacy: "He shall think to change times and the law." Daniel 7:25, R.V. And Paul styled the same power the "man of sin," who was to exalt himself above God. One prophecy is a complement of the other. Only by changing God's law could the papacy exalt itself above God; whoever should understandingly keep the law as thus changed would be giving supreme honor to that power by which the change was made. Such an act of obedience to papal laws would be a mark of allegiance to the pope in the place of God.

    The papacy has attempted to change the law of God. The second commandment, forbidding image worship, has been dropped from the law, and the fourth commandment has been so changed as to authorize the observance of the first instead of the seventh day as the Sabbath. But papists urge, as a reason for omitting the second commandment, that it is unnecessary, being included in the first, and that they are giving the law exactly as God designed it to be understood. This cannot be the change foretold by the prophet. An intentional, deliberate change is presented: "He shall think to change the times and the law." The change in the fourth commandment exactly fulfills the prophecy. For this the only authority claimed is that of the church. Here the papal power openly sets itself above God.

    While the worshipers of God will be especially distinguished by their regard for the fourth commandment,--since this is the sign of His creative power and the witness to His claim upon man's reverence and homage,--the worshipers of the beast will be distinguished by their efforts to tear down the Creator's memorial, to exalt the institution of Rome. It was in behalf of the Sunday that popery first asserted its arrogant claims (see Appendix); and its first resort to the power of the state was to compel the observance of Sunday as "the Lord's day." But the Bible points to the seventh day, and not to the first, as the Lord's day. Said Christ: "The Son of man is Lord also of the Sabbath." The fourth commandment declares: "The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord." And by the prophet Isaiah the Lord designates it: "My holy day." Mark 2:28; Isaiah 58:13.

    The claim so often put forth that Christ changed the Sabbath is disproved by His own words. In His Sermon on the Mount He said: "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven," Matthew 5:17-19.

    It is a fact generally admitted by Protestants that the Scriptures give no authority for the change of the Sabbath. This is plainly stated in publications issued by the American Tract Society and the American Sunday School Union. One of these works acknowledges "the complete silence of the New Testament so far as any explicit command for the Sabbath [Sunday, the first day of the week] or definite rules for its observance are concerned."--George Elliott, The Abiding Sabbath, page 184.

    Another says: "Up to the time of Christ's death, no change had been made in the day;" and, "so far as the record shows, they [the apostles] did not . . . give any explicit command enjoining the abandonment of the seventh-day Sabbath, and its observance on the first day of the week."--A. E. Waffle, The Lord's Day, pages 186-188.

    Roman Catholics acknowledge that the change of the Sabbath was made by their church, and declare that Protestants by observing the Sunday are recognizing her power. In the Catholic Catechism of Christian Religion, in answer to a question as to the day to be observed in obedience to the fourth commandment, this statement is made: "During the old law, Saturday was the day sanctified; but the church, instructed by Jesus Christ, and directed by the Spirit of God, has substituted Sunday for Saturday; so now we sanctify the first, not the seventh day. Sunday means, and now is, the day of the Lord."

    As the sign of the authority of the Catholic Church, papist writers cite "the very act of changing the Sabbath into Sunday, which Protestants allow of; . . . because by keeping Sunday, they acknowledge the church's power to ordain feasts, and to command them under sin."--Henry Tuberville, An Abridgment of the Christian Doctrine, page 58. What then is the change of the Sabbath, but the sign, or mark, of the authority of the Roman Church--"the mark of the beast"?

    The Roman Church has not relinquished her claim to supremacy; and when the world and the Protestant churches accept a sabbath of her creating, while they reject the Bible Sabbath, they virtually admit this assumption. They may claim the authority of tradition and of the Fathers for the change; but in so doing they ignore the very principle which separates them from Rome--that "the Bible, and the Bible only, is the religion of Protestants." The papist can see that they are deceiving themselves, willingly closing their eyes to the facts in the case. As the movement for Sunday enforcement gains favor, he rejoices, feeling assured that it will eventually bring the whole Protestant world under the banner of Rome.

    Romanists declare that "the observance of Sunday by the Protestants is an homage they pay, in spite of themselves, to the authority of the [Catholic] Church."--Mgr. Segur, Plain Talk About the Protestantism of Today, page 213. The enforcement of Sundaykeeping on the part of Protestant churches is an enforcement of the worship of the papacy--of the beast. Those who, understanding the claims of the fourth commandment, choose to observe the false instead of the true Sabbath are thereby paying homage to that power by which alone it is commanded. But in the very act of enforcing a religious duty by secular power, the churches would themselves form an image to the beast; hence the enforcement of Sundaykeeping in the United States would be an enforcement of the worship of the beast and his image.

    But Christians of past generations observed the Sunday, supposing that in so doing they were keeping the Bible Sabbath; and there are now true Christians in every church, not excepting the Roman Catholic communion, who honestly believe that Sunday is the Sabbath of divine appointment. God accepts their sincerity of purpose and their integrity before Him. But when Sunday observance shall be enforced by law, and the world shall be enlightened concerning the obligation of the true Sabbath, then whoever shall transgress the command of God, to obey a precept which has no higher authority than that of Rome, will thereby honor popery above God. He is paying homage to Rome and to the power which enforces the institution ordained by Rome. He is worshipping the beast and his image. As men then reject the institution which God has declared to be the sign of His authority, and honor in its stead that which Rome has chosen as the token of her supremacy, they will thereby accept the sign of allegiance to Rome--"the mark of the beast." And it is not until the issue is thus plainly set before the people, and they are brought to choose between the commandments of God and the commandments of men, that those who continue in transgression will receive "the mark of the beast."

    The most fearful threatening ever addressed to mortals is contained in the third angel's message. That must be a terrible sin which calls down the wrath of God unmingled with mercy. Men are not to be left in darkness concerning this important matter; the warning against this sin is to be given to the world before the visitation of God's judgments, that all may know why they are to be inflicted, and have opportunity to escape them. Prophecy declares that the first angel would make his announcement to "every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people." The warning of the third angel, which forms a part of the same threefold message, is to be no less widespread. It is represented in the prophecy as being proclaimed with a loud voice, by an angel flying in the midst of heaven; and it will command the attention of the world.

    In the issue of the contest all Christendom will be divided into two great classes--those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus, and those who worship the beast and his image and receive his mark. Although church and state will unite their power to compel "all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond" (Revelation 13:16), to receive "the mark of the beast," yet the people of God will not receive it. The prophet of Patmos beholds "them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God" and singing the song of Moses and the Lamb. Revelation 15:2, 3.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jan 27, 2015 4:41 pm

    Don't forget to listen to Sherry Shriner!! http://sherrytalkradio.com/ Listen with a Dead-Sea of Salt!! A while ago, I spoke with an interesting individual (in person) who reminded me of Sherry Shriner!! I even told them they should start a radio-show!! They spoke of moving around a lot -- and knowing a lot of military-people. She even spoke jokingly of using Tomahawk Cruise Missiles as a possible solution to certain problems!! She spoke of a situation where a small-town made certain individuals want to get out of town!! Sherry Shriner makes me think!! Ellen White makes me think!! But I disagree with both of them in SO many ways!! Once again, please consider an extended and exhaustive study of this thread (including all of the links and study-lists). This is a deeper study than you can imagine. This is probably a deeper study than I can imagine. I've just started studying my own study-guide -- and I know very little about what I've posted. I am NOT an authority on ANYTHING. If I had that Absolute-Access Pass -- I doubt that I'd use it to a very great extent -- but it would be cool to have!! But really, I doubt that anything significant will change for me for the remainder of this stupid incarnation. My next incarnation might be completely different. Will I be separated from God and His-People for All-Eternity?? Will I be blotted from existence?? "If I Die -- I Die." Some of you might even know what I'm talking about. I could say a lot more about that -- but I'd rather not. Consider the following combination:

    1. The Traditional Latin Mass (possibly in the vernacular).
    2. A Non-Sacrificial Interpretation of the Latin Mass (possibly being more celebratory in nature).
    3. The Bach B-Minor Mass (seamlessly integrated into the Latin Mass).
    4. The Wisdom-Books and Major-Prophets (Job through Daniel) in the KJV.
    5. The Books of Norman Vincent Peale and Robert Harold Schuller.
    6. Sacred Classical Music.

    Once again, this sort of thing is simply intended to make you think. I'm honestly NOT trying to ignite a Final-Jihad. I'm NOT opposed to Pomp and Circumstance -- but I AM opposed to Bullshit and Corruption. Some of you might know what I'm talking about. I'd like to know if there is an Ancient-Egyptian King-David Version of the Latin-Mass??!! Consider re-watching Catholics aka Conflict (with Martin Sheen). I'd like to know how many regime-changes there have been in this solar system -- going back at least a million-years??!! I continue to think that the REAL history of Earth and Humanity is reprehensible and unbearable. I really do. I am NOT against Christ -- but I think something is wrong with the Greatest Story Ever Told. I tend to rely on the New-Testament Red-Letters -- rather than the New-Testament Black-Letters. Also -- I tend to rely on the larger sections of Red-Letters -- rather than the isolated sentences and paragraphs of Red-Letters. Consider Matthew chapters 5-7 and 23-25 (for example). I tend to rely on Job through Daniel -- rather than the rest of the Old-Testament -- especially regarding teachings which apply to modernity. However -- I still think that the Whole-Bible should be read (straight-through -- over and over). Leave no stone unturned -- as you seek clean-sheet of stone solutions. What kind of hell are we creating?? Does more-technology and faster-talking equal a better-world?? Did the Luddites have a somewhat valid point?? I'm conflicted. If we enslave ourselves with a corporate-technocracy and/or blow ourselves up with weapons of mass-destruction -- what the hell have we accomplished???



    Once again -- This thread is not about making friends and influencing people. It's not about being happy or saving souls. It's about thinking the unthinkable and unknowable in uncommon ways. There really is a common theme and editorial-slant -- but I have no idea where this runaway chicken will end up. What troubles me especially is that the territory I cover is not that intellectually challenging. I use a lot of images and repetition -- but none of this seems to resonate with anyone -- so I wonder why I even bother?! Everything is orchestrated by the secret-government -- so why bother trying to change anything?? Why not just go with the flow -- and go for fame, fortune, power, and pleasure -- showing up at church each week to be forgiven for screwing the competition and the secretaries (not to mention making business contacts and deals on the church steps)??!! Why swim upstream?? Anyway -- I'm sadly serious about that KJV Bible Study-List. This isn't the sort of thing one learns in church -- and all it involves is reading the Bible in an honest manner. Imagine THAT!! Combining Revelation with the first few chapters of Genesis is rather unsettling -- but it's not a random act of insanity. I'm not necessarily saying this approach should be pushed in church and church-school. I'm simply saying that some of us need to agonize over this sort of thing. But really -- it probably won't do anyone any good. It will probably do just the opposite. It sure isn't helping me. I'm going downhill fast -- and I'm not kidding. Here's that list again:

    1. Genesis.
    2. Job.
    3. Psalms.
    4. Proverbs.
    5. Ecclesiastes.
    6. Song of Songs.
    7. Exodus.
    8. Leviticus.
    9. Numbers.
    10. Deuteronomy.
    11. Isaiah.
    12. Jeremiah.
    13. Lamentations.
    14. Ezekiel.
    15. Daniel.
    16. Matthew.
    17. John.
    18. Romans.
    19. Hebrews.
    20. Revelation.

    Read the books in this list -- in order -- straight-through -- over and over -- considering the possibility that this has happened before -- and might happen again!! What if Earth is a Galactic Reform-School for Rebels Without a Clue aka Completely Ignorant Fools??!! What if effective Universe-Management requires such a reprehensible Galactic Rat-Trap??!! What if Star Wars of Conquest are the way things work throughout the Universe?? What if Earth is a rather large Babylon 5 Type Spaceship??!! What if God really is a Bad@$$ Warrior and Banker??!! What if God is a Janitor-Teacher who is Cleansing the Sanctuary to Teach the Universe an Unforgettable Lesson?? What if God has an Office at Goldman Sachs?? What if God is Rich?? What if the way things work in Rome, London, Washington D.C., New York, Hollywood, and the Dark-Side of the Moon -- are how things work throughout the Universe??!! I asked the Ancient Egyptian Deity "How Good is Too Good??" -- and they didn't have an answer. Neither did I -- and I still don't have an answer. Once again -- read the books in that list straight-through (over and over) for a MOST revolting education. I'm partial to Job through Song of Songs (aka the Wisdom-Books) perhaps combined with Isaiah through Daniel -- but this approach does not yield Judaism or Christianity. Is there ANY church which is truly Honest to God?? The Truth will supposedly set us free -- so might our dishonesty explain why we still seem to be in jail?? Once again -- believers tend to idealize and rationalize -- while skeptics tend to just throw the whole thing out. How many people throughout history have been exhaustively honest regarding sacred scripture??
    orthodoxymoron wrote:What if all the factions are "bad"?? What if most of our souls (human and otherwise) are reincarnationally "bad"?? What if Heaven, Hell, and Purgatory are all "bad"?? What if this universe is filled with all manner of strange-beings, war-lords, and system-lords?? What if the Christian (and other religions) idealistic conceptualizations are just that -- "idealistic conceptualizations" -- in a very "non-idealistic" universe?? What if the Teachings Attributed to Jesus were written by the Greatest Possibility-Thinker Who Ever Lived -- but that the goals and ideals presented therein were a long-shot or a Hail-Mary play?? I'm frankly seeing a VERY harsh Babylonian-Egyptian-Hebrew-Grecian-Roman Empire which seems to rule to this very day. I've frankly been reduced to conceptualizing idealistic versions of this empire -- rather than resorting to a clean-sheet of paper master-plan. I fear that Biblical-Prophecy might be largely unalterable -- regardless of how hard we might try to make things better -- and attempt to save the world. I am VERY distressed, depressed, and even despondant. I think it might be VERY difficult to differentiate between the good-guys and bad-guys (especially on a galactic-level). What if Humans turn-out to be the bad-guys -- and the Dracs and Greys turn-out to be the good-guys??!! What if ALL of us were Dracs and Greys before we were Human?? Aliens v Humans might be a Red-Herring. I still think that Archangelicentric-Theology might be at the center of EVERYTHING. I think our future will be VERY problematic, regardless of who rules. I'll keep going through the motions of posting on this site -- but I'm really just a shelluva guy, at this point.
    Carol wrote:Well Oxy, what if you got out more and went to the beach? What if you put your feet into the water and it was warm? What if the beach was deserted and the water was smooth like glass. What if the sky was blue, the water blue and you walked out to swim for an hour or so? What if after your swim you sat down with a soft boiled egg poured a little soy sauce on it and ate it thinking - delicious? What if you decided to go to the fish market to get some fresh fish (most likely suffering from some Fukushima radiation? What if you stood out in the sun knowing full well there was a hole in the ozone and you were getting a mega dose of solar radiation? What if you didn't care about all of the dangers that MAY exist and just enjoyed your life? What if you said no to needless anxst, aniexty and suffering? What if in a few weeks your money problems were solved?

    Obviously one can spend a lot of time working up a list of What ifs? BTW, the beach was lovely today and we're going back again on Sunday for more fun in the sun. What if a tsunami decided to rock our world while at the beach?  Crazy Happy  
    I keep meeting people who make me think that humanity (and other than humanity??) might NOT be worth saving. Is there any possibility that a very small number of souls in this solar system will occupy "Heaven" (here or elsewhere) -- with the vast majority of humanity existing on a Hard-Labor Prison-Planet which is a cross between Purgatory and Hell -- for all eternity?? I have tried to be open, honest, and idealistic -- in a funny and irreverent manner -- and I have paid DEARLY for it. Perhaps it's time to call it quits. I get the overwhelming feeling that I've been resisting the Will of God by seeking the Salvation of the Entire Human Race. Perhaps I've been mistaken. I just encountered someone who REALLY angered me -- but what REALLY bothers me is that this sort of person seems to be the NORM on this seemingly God-Forsaken Rock. Are we REALLY dealing with Demons in Human-Form in Rebellion Against Almighty God??? Is this the case for the vast majority of humanity?? I'm beginning to think so. I think I've been living in a Dream-World throughout my life -- trying to make everything work out well for everyone. Perhaps this has been a HUGE mistake. Perhaps humanity deserves the Book of Revelation. I've received mostly BAD attitudes and arrogance on my Earthly Sojourn.

    Perhaps I should wash my hands and walk away from this mess -- while I still have a chance to do so. I am NOT a happy-camper. If Probation has not already closed -- perhaps it should close with a harsh finality presently. How much more time does anyone need?? How many thousands of years does it take to get it right??? I get the sinking feeling that if I am to have a future in this Universe, that I will need to be a Righteous Judge--Banker--General. I think I need to somehow educate myself in that direction. I suspect that this might be my Reincarnational-Past. I have NO idea why I think that might be the case. I think my Idealistic-Party might be over -- and that a Very Harsh Reality is in the process of taking it's place. You guys had a softy -- for what it might've been worth -- but perhaps that time has passed. Perhaps I should prepare to pass the Empathy-Test -- so as to be able to properly deal with the responsibilities I might face in my next incarnation. I think this incarnation is a Complete-Failure and a Completely Lost Cause. I will NEVER make the same mistake again. I ask the forgiveness of God Almighty -- the Real God -- and NOT a False God. The Jokes are Over. Anyway, here is some more Egyptology:


    Cleopatra VII in Tour Egypt CLEOPATRA VII PTOLEMAIC DYNASTY In the springtime of 51 BC, Ptolemy Auletes died and left his kingdom in his will to his eighteen year old daughter, Cleopatra, and her younger brother Ptolemy XIII who was twelve at the time. Cleopatra was born in 69 BC in Alexandria, Egypt. She had two older sisters, Cleopatra VI and Berenice IV as well as a younger sister, Arsinoe IV. There were two younger brothers as well, Ptolemy XIII and Ptolemy XIV. It is thought that Cleopatra VI may have died as a child and Auletes had Berenice beheaded. At Ptolemy Auletes' death, Pompey, a Roman leader, was left in charge of the children. During the two centuries that preceded Ptolemy Auletes death, the Ptolemies were allied with the Romans. The Ptolemies' strength was failing and the Roman Empire was rising. City after city was falling to the Roman power and the Ptolemies could do nothing but create a pact with them. During the later rule of the Ptolemies, the Romans gained more and more control over Egypt. Tributes had to be paid to the Romans to keep them away from Egypt. When Ptolemy Auletes died, the fall of the Dynasty appeared to be even closer. According to Egyptian law, Cleopatra was forced to have a consort, who was either a brother or a son, no matter what age, throughout her reign. She was married to her younger brother Ptolemy XIII when he was twelve, however she soon dropped his name from any official documents regardless of the Ptolemaic insistence that the male presence be first among co-rulers. She also had her own portrait and name on coins of that time, ignoring her brother's. When Cleopatra became co-regent, her world was crumbling down around her. Cyprus, Coele-Syria and Cyrenaica were gone. There was anarchy abroad and famine at home.

    Cleopatra was a strong-willed Macedonian queen who was brilliant and dreamed of a greater world empire. She almost achieved it. Whether her way of getting it done was for her own desires or for the pursuit of power will never be known for certain. However, like many Hellenistic queens, she was passionate but not promiscuous. As far as we know, she had no other lovers other than Caesar and Antony. Many believe that she did what she felt was necessary to try to save Alexandria, whatever the price. By 48 BC, Cleopatra had alarmed the more powerful court officials of Alexandria by some of her actions. For instance, her mercenaries killed the Roman governor of Syria's sons when they came to ask for her assistance for their father against the Parthians. A group of men led by Theodotus, the eunuch Pothinus and a half-Greek general, Achillas, overthrew her in favor of her younger brother. They believed him to be much easier to influence and they became his council of regency. Cleopatra is thought to have fled to Thebaid. Between 51 and 49 BC, Egypt was suffering from bad harvests and famine because of a drought which stopped the much needed Nile flooding. Ptolemy XIII signed a decree on October 27, 50 BC which banned any shipments of grain to anywhere but Alexandria. It is thought that this was to deprive Cleopatra and her supporters who were not in Alexandria. Regardless, she started an army from the Arab tribes which were east of Pelusium. During this time, she and her sister Arsinoe moved to Syria. They returned by way of Ascalon which may have been Cleopatra's temporary base.

    In the meantime, Pompey had been defeated at Pharsalus in August of 48 BC. He headed for Alexandria hoping to find refuge with Ptolemy XIII, of whom Pompey was a senate-appointed guardian. Pompey did not realize how much his reputation had been destroyed by Pharsalus until it was too late. He was murdered as he stepped ashore on September 28, 48 BC. The young Ptolemy XIII stood on the dock and watched the whole scene. Four days later, Caesar arrived in Alexandria. He brought with him thirty-two hundred legionaries and eight hundred cavalry. He also brought twelve other soldiers who bore the insignia of the Roman government who carried a bundle of rods with an ax with a blade that projected out. This was considered a badge of authority that gave a clear hint of his intentions. There were riots that followed in Alexandria. Ptolemy XIII was gone to Pelusium and Caesar placed himself in the royal palace and started giving out orders. The eunuch, Pothinus, brought Ptolemy back to Alexandria. Cleopatra had no intentions of being left out of any deals that were going to be made. She had herself smuggled in through enemy lines rolled in a carpet. She was delivered to Caesar. Both Cleopatra and Ptolemy were invited to appear before Caesar the next morning. By this time, she and Caesar were already lovers and Ptolemy realized this right away. He stormed out screaming that he had been betrayed, trying to arouse the Alexandrian mob. He was soon captured by Caesar's guards and brought back to the palace. It is thought that Caesar had planned to make Cleopatra the sole ruler of Alexandria. He thought she would be a puppet for Rome. The Alexandrian War was started when Pothinus called for Ptolemy XIII's soldiers in November and surrounded Caesar in Alexandria with twenty thousand men. During the war, parts of the Alexandrian Library and some of the warehouses were burned. However, Caesar did manage to capture the Pharos lighthouse, which kept his control of the harbor. Cleopatra's sister, Arsinoe, escaped from the palace and ran to Achillas. She was proclaimed the queen by the Macedonian mob and the army. Cleopatra never forgave her sister for this.

    During the fighting, Caesar executed Pothinus and Achillas was murdered by Ganymede. Ptolemy XIII drowned in the Nile while he was trying to flee. Because of his death, Cleopatra was now the sole ruler of Egypt. Caesar had restored her position, but she now had to marry her younger brother Ptolemy XIV, who was eleven years old. This was to please the Alexandrians and the Egyptian priests. Surely Caesar went through all of this trouble for more than his infatuation with the queen of Egypt. It must have been out of arrogance and his desire to get his hands on Egypt's vast resources. However, Cleopatra's intelligence and inheritance did have some influence as well. In what must have been very calculated on his part, she became pregnant rather quickly. For him to have a son to carry the throne was very appealing to him. Caesar and Cleopatra took an extended trip up the Nile for about two months. They stopped in Dendara where Cleopatra was worshipped as a Pharaoh. Caesar would never have this honor. Caesar only left the boat to attend important business in Syria just a few weeks before the birth of their son, Caesarion (Ptolemy Caesar) who was born on June 23, 47 BC. During July of the year 46 BC, Caesar returned to Rome. He was given many honors and a ten-year dictatorship. These celebrations lasted from September to October and he brought Cleopatra over, along with her entourage. The conservative Republicans were very offended when he established Cleopatra in his home. Her social manners did not make the situation any better. She upset many. Cleopatra had started calling herself the New Isis and was the subject of much gossip. She lived in luxury and had a statue made of gold placed by Caesar, in the temple of Venus Genetrix . Caesar also openly claimed Caesarion as his son. Many were upset that he was planning to marry Cleopatra regardless of the laws against bigamy and marriages to foreigners.

    However, on the Ides of March of 44 BC, all of that came to an end. Caesar was assassinated outside the Senate Building in Rome. He was killed in a conspiracy by his Senators. Many of the Senators thought he was a threat to the republic's well-being. It was thought that Caesar was making plans to have himself declared king. After Caesar's murder, Cleopatra fled Rome and returned home to Alexandria. Caesar had not mentioned Cleopatra or Caesarion in his will. She felt her life, as well as that of her child, was in great danger. Upon returning to Alexandria, she had her consort, Ptolemy XIV, assassinated and established Caesarion as her co-regent at the age of four. She found Egypt suffering from plagues and famine. The Nile canals had been neglected during her absence which caused the harvests to be bad and the inundations low. The bad harvests continued from 43 until 41 BC. Trying to help secure recognition for Caesarion with Caesar's former lieutenant Dolabella, Cleopatra sent Dolabella the four legions that Caesar had left in Egypt. Cassius captured the legions which caused Dolabella to commit suicide at Laodicea during the summer of 43 BC. She was planning to join Mark Antony and Octavian (who became Augustus) with a large fleet of ships after Dolabella's death, but was stopped by a violent storm. Cleopatra watched in the time that followed, who would be the next power in Rome. After Brutus and Cassius had been killed and Antony, Octavian and Lepidus were triumphant, Cleopatra knew which one she would have to deal with. Octavian went back to Italy very ill, so Antony was the one to watch. Her son gained his right to become king when Caesar was officially divinized in Rome on January 1, 42 BC. The main object was the promotion of Octavian, but the triumvirs knew of Cleopatra's aid to Dolabella. Cleopatra was invited by Mark Antony to Tarsus in 41 BC. She already knew enough about him to know how to get to him. She knew about his limited strategic and tactical abilities, his blue blood, the drinking, his womanizing, his vulgarity and his ambition.

    Even though Egypt was on the verge of economic collapse, Cleopatra put on a show for Mark Antony that even Ptolemy Philadelphos couldn't have done better. She sailed with silver oars, purple sails with her Erotes fanning her and the Nereid handmaids steering and she was dressed as Aphrodite, the goddess of love. This was a very calculated entrance; considered vulgar by many. It was a vulgar display to attract the attention of a vulgar man. Mark Antony loved the idea of having a blue- blooded Ptolemy woman. His former mistress as well as his current wife, Fulvia, were merely middle class. Cleopatra and Antony spent the winter of 41 to 40 in Alexandria. According to some sources, Cleopatra could get out of him whatever she wanted, including the assassination of her sister, Arsinoe. Cleopatra may not have had so much influence over him later on. He took control of Cyprus from her. Actually it may have been Cleopatra who was the exploited one. Antony needed money and Cleopatra could be generous when it benefited her as well. In the spring of 40 BC, Mark Antony left Cleopatra and returned home. He did not see her for four years. Antony's wife, Fulvia had gotten into a serious movement against Octavian over veterans' allotments of land. She fled to Greece and had a bitter confrontation with Antony. She became ill and died there. Antony patched things up with Octavian that same autumn by marrying Octavian's sister, Octavia. She was a beautiful and intelligent woman who had been recently widowed. She had three children from her first marriage. In the meantime, Cleopatra had given birth to twins, one boy and one girl, in Alexandria. Antony's first child by Octavia was a girl. Had Octavia given him a son, things might have turned out different. Antony kept the idea of the treasures of the Ptolemies and how much he wanted it. When he finally did get the treasures, the standard interest rate in Rome fell from 12 percent to 4.

    Mark Antony left Italy and went to deal with the Parthians. Octavia had just had another daughter and went with him just as far as Corcyra. He gave her the excuse that he did not want to expose her to the dangers of the battles and sent her home. He told her that she would be more use to him at home in Rome keeping peace with her brother, Octavian. However, the first thing that he did when he reached Antioch, was to send for Cleopatra. Their twin children were officially recognized by Antony and were given the names of Alexander Helios and Cleopatra Selene. Mark Antony gave her much land which was very essential to Egypt. He gave her Cyprus, the Cilician coast, Phoenicia, Coele-Syria, Judea and Arabia. This allowed Egypt to be able to build ships from the lumber from Cilician coast. Egypt then built a large fleet. Antony had planned a campaign against the Parthians. He obviously needed Cleopatra's support for this and in 36 BC, he was defeated. He became more indebted to her than ever. They had just had a third child. On their return to Syria, she met him and what was left of his army, with food, clothing and money. Early in 35 BC, he returned to Egypt with her. Antony's wife, Octavia was in Athens with supplies and reinforcements waiting for her husband. He sent her a letter telling her to not come any further. Her brother, Octavian, tried to provoke Antony into a fight. Octavian would release troops as well as ships to try to force Antony into a war, which, by this time was almost inevitable. Antony might have been able to patch things up with Octavia and her brother had he returned to Rome in 35 BC. Cleopatra probably did her best to keep him in Alexandria.

    Octavia remained completely loyal to Antony through all of this. In 34 BC, Antony had a campaign into Armenia, which was successful and financially rewarding. He celebrated his triumph with a parade through Alexandria with Cleopatra presiding over as the New Isis. Antony presented himself as the New Dionysus as part of his dream of the Graeco-Roman rule. Within a few days, a more political ceremony took place in which the children were given their royal titles with Antony sitting on the throne as well. Ptolemy XV (Caesarion) was made the co-ruler with his mother and was called the King of Kings. Cleopatra was called the Queen of Kings, which was a higher position than that of Caesarion's. Alexander Helios, which meant the sun, was named Great King of the Seleucid empire when it was at its highest. Cleopatra Selene, which meant the moon, was called Queen of Cyrenaica and Crete. Cleopatra and Antony's son, Ptolemy Philadelphos was named King of Syria and Asia Minor at the age of two. Cleopatra had dreams of becoming the Empress of the world. She was very close to achieving these dreams and her favorite oath was, "As surely as I shall yet dispense justice on the Roman Capital." In 32 to 31 BC, Antony finally divorced Octavia. This forced the Western part of the world to recognize his relationship with Cleopatra. He had already put her name and face on a Roman coin, the silver denarii. The denarii was widely circulated throughout the Mediterranean. By doing this, Antony's relationship with the Roman allegiance was ended and Octavian decided to publish Antony's will. Octavian then formally declared war against Cleopatra. Antony's name was nowhere mentioned in the official declaration.

    Many false accusations were made against Cleopatra saying that she was a harlot and a drunken Oriental. These accusations were most likely made out of fear of Cleopatra and Antony. Many probably thought that the New Isis would prevail and that Antony would start up a new wave of world conquest and rule in a co-partnership from Alexandria. However, Octavian's navy severely defeated Antony in Actium, which is in Greece, on September 2, 31 BC. Octavian's admiral, Agrippa, planned and carried out the defeat. In less than a year, Antony half-heartedly defended Alexandria against the advancing army of Octavian. After the defeat, Antony committed suicide by falling on his own sword in 30 BC. After Antony's death, Cleopatra was taken to Octavian where her role in Octavian's triumph was carefully explained to her. He had no interest in any relationship, negotiation or reconciliation with the Queen of Egypt. She would be displayed as a slave in the cities she had ruled over. She must have had memories of her sister, Arsinoe, being humiliated in this way. She would not live this way, so she had an asp, which was an Egyptian cobra, brought to her hidden in a basket of figs. She died on August 12, 30 BC at the age of 39. The Egyptian religion declared that death by snakebite would secure immortality. With this, she achieved her dying wish, to not be forgotten. The only other ruler to cast a shadow on the fascination with Cleopatra was Alexander who was another Macedonian. After Cleopatra's death, Caesarion was strangled and the other children of Cleopatra were raised by Antony's wife, Octavia. Her death was the mark of the end of the Egyptian Monarchs. The Roman Emperors came into to rule in Egypt. The Ptolemies were Macedonian in decent, but ruled as Egyptians, as Pharaohs. Cleopatra was the last Pharaoh of Egypt. What is often not associated with Cleopatra was her brilliance and her devotion to her country. She was a quick-witted woman who was fluent in nine languages, however, Latin was not one of them. She was a mathematician and a very good businesswoman. She had a genuine respect for Caesar, whose intelligence and wit matched her own. Antony on the other hand almost drove her insane with his lack of intelligence and his excesses. She dealt with him and made the most of what she had to do. She fought for her country. She had a charismatic personality, was a born leader and an ambitious monarch who deserved better than suicide.
    http://www.touregypt.net/cleopatr.htm

    Cleopatra VII in Wikipedia Cleopatra VII Philopator (in Greek, Κλεοπάτρα Φιλοπάτωρ; (Late 69 BC[1] – August 12, 30 BC) was the last person to rule Egypt as an Egyptian pharaoh – after her death Egypt became a Roman province. She was a member of the Ptolemaic dynasty of Ancient Egypt, and therefore was a descendant of one of Alexander the Great's generals who had seized control over Egypt after Alexander's death. Most Ptolemeis spoke Greek and refused to learn Egyptian, which is the reason that Greek as well as Egyptian languages were used on official court documents like the Rosetta Stone.[2] By contrast, Cleopatra learned Egyptian and represented herself as the reincarnation of an Egyptian Goddess. Cleopatra originally ruled jointly with her father Ptolemy XII Auletes and later with her brothers, Ptolemy XIII and Ptolemy XIV, whom she married as per Egyptian custom, but eventually she became sole ruler. As pharaoh, she consummated a liaison with Gaius Julius Caesar that solidified her grip on the throne. She later elevated her son with Caesar, Caesarion, to co-ruler in name. After Caesar's assassination in 44 BC, she aligned with Mark Antony in opposition to Caesar's legal heir, Gaius Iulius Caesar Octavianus (later known as Augustus). With Antony, she bore the twins Cleopatra Selene II and Alexander Helios, and another son, Ptolemy Philadelphus. Her unions with her brothers produced no children. After losing the Battle of Actium to Octavian's forces, Antony committed suicide. Cleopatra followed suit, according to tradition killing herself by means of an asp bite on August 12, 30 BC.[3] She was briefly outlived by Caesarion, who was declared pharaoh, but he was soon killed on Octavian's orders.

    Egypt became the Roman province of Aegyptus. Though Cleopatra bore the ancient Egyptian title of pharaoh, the Ptolemaic dynasty was Hellenistic, having been founded 300 years before by Ptolemy I Soter, a Macedonian Greek general of Alexander the Great.[4][5][6][7] As such, Cleopatra's language was the Greek spoken by the Hellenic aristocracy, though she was reputed to be the first ruler of the dynasty to learn Egyptian. She also adopted common Egyptian beliefs and deities. Her patron deity was Isis, and thus, during her reign, it was believed that she was the re-incarnation and embodiment of the goddess. Her death marked the end of the Ptolemaic Kingdom and Hellenistic period and the beginning of the Roman era in the eastern Mediterranean. To this day, Cleopatra remains a popular figure in Western culture. Her legacy survives in numerous works of art and the many dramatizations of her story in literature and other media, including William Shakespeare's tragedy Antony and Cleopatra, Jules Massenet's opera Cléopâtre and the 1963 film Cleopatra. In most depictions, Cleopatra is put forward as a great beauty and her successive conquests of the world's most powerful men are taken to be proof of her aesthetic and sexual appeal. In his Pensées, philosopher Blaise Pascal contends that Cleopatra's classically beautiful profile changed world history: "Cleopatra's nose, had it been shorter, the whole face of the world would have been changed."[8] Contents [hide] 1 Biography 1.1 Accession to the throne 1.2 Relation with Julius Caesar 1.3 Cleopatra in the Roman Civil War 1.4 Cleopatra and Mark Antony 1.5 Death 2 Character and cultural depictions 3 Ancestry 4 Notes 5 References 6 Further reading 7 External links 7.1 General 7.2 Paintings Biography - Accession to the throne The identity of Cleopatra's mother is unknown, but she is generally believed to be Cleopatra V Tryphaena of Egypt, the sister or cousin and wife of Ptolemy XII, or possibly another Ptolemaic family member who was the daughter of Ptolemy X and Cleopatra Berenice III Philopator if Cleopatra V was not the daughter of Ptolemy X and Berenice III.[9] Cleopatra's father Auletes was a direct descendant of Alexander the Great's general, Ptolemy I Soter, son of Arsinoe and Lacus, both of Macedon.

    Centralization of power and corruption led to uprisings in and the losses of Cyprus and Cyrenaica, making Ptolemy's reign one of the most calamitous of the dynasty. When Ptolemy went to Rome with Cleopatra, Cleopatra VI Tryphaena seized the crown but died shortly afterwards in suspicious circumstances. It is believed, though not proven by historical sources, that Berenice IV poisoned her so she could assume sole rulership. Regardless of the cause, she did until Ptolemy Auletes returned in 55 BC, with Roman support, capturing Alexandria aided by Roman general Aulus Gabinius. Berenice was imprisoned and executed shortly afterwards, her head allegedly being sent to the royal court on the decree of her father, the king. Cleopatra was now, at age 14, put as joint regent and deputy of her father, although her power was likely to have been severely limited. Ptolemy XII died in March 51 BC, thus by his will making the 18-year-old Cleopatra and her brother, the 10-year-old Ptolemy XIII joint monarchs. The first three years of their reign were difficult, due to economic difficulties, famine, deficient floods of the Nile, and political conflicts. Although Cleopatra was married to her young brother, she quickly made it clear that she had no intention of sharing power with him. In August 51 BC, relations between Cleopatra and Ptolemy completely broke down. Cleopatra dropped Ptolemy's name from official documents and her face appeared alone on coins, which went against Ptolemaic tradition of female rulers being subordinate to male co-rulers. In 50 BC Cleopatra came into a serious conflict with the Gabiniani, powerful Roman troops of Aulus Gabinius who had left them in Egypt to protect Ptolemy XII after his restoration to the throne in 55 BC. This conflict was one of the main causes for Cleopatra's soon following loss of power. The sole reign of Cleopatra was finally ended by a cabal of courtiers, led by the eunuch Pothinus, removing Cleopatra from power and making Ptolemy sole ruler in circa 48 BC (or possibly earlier, as a decree exists from 51 BC with Ptolemy's name alone). She tried to raise a rebellion around Pelusium, but she was soon forced to flee with her only remaining sister, Arsinoë...
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cleopatra_VII

    Ptolemy XV Cesarion in Wikipedia Ptolemy XV Philopator Philometor Caesar (June 23, 47 BC – August 23, 30 BC), nicknamed Caesarion (little Caesar) Greek: Πτολεμαῖος ΙΕʹ Φιλοπάτωρ Φιλομήτωρ Καῖσαρ, Καισαρίων, Ptolemaĩos Philopátōr Philomḗtōr Kaĩsar, Kaisaríōn was the last king of the Ptolemaic dynasty of Egypt, who reigned, as a child, jointly with his mother Cleopatra VII of Egypt, from September 2, 44 BC. For eighteen days, up to August, 30 BC he was sole pharaoh, when he was killed on orders of Octavian, who would become the Roman emperor Augustus. He was the eldest son of Cleopatra VII, and possibly the only son of Julius Caesar, for whom he was named. Life - Ptolemy XV, sometimes referred to as "Ptolemy Caesar", most commonly known by his nickname Caesarion, was born in Egypt in 47 BC. His mother insisted that he was the son of the Roman dictator Julius Caesar. Caesarion was said to have inherited Caesar's looks and manner, but Caesar apparently did not officially acknowledge him. Nevertheless he may have allowed him to use his name.[1] The matter became contentious when Caesar's adopted son Octavian came into conflict with Cleopatra. His supporter Gaius Oppius wrote a pamphlet which attempted to prove that Caesar could not have fathered Caesarion. Cleopatra also compared her relationship to her son with the Egyptian goddess Isis and her miraculous child Horus.[1] Caesarion spent two of his early years, from 46–44 BC, in Rome, where he and his mother were Caesar's guests. Cleopatra hoped that her son would eventually succeed his father as the head of the Roman Republic as well as Egypt. After Caesar's assassination on March 15, 44 BC, Cleopatra and Caesarion returned to Egypt. Caesarion was named co-ruler by his mother on September 2, 44 BC at the age of three, although he was King in name only, with Cleopatra keeping actual authority all to herself.

    During the tense period of time leading up to the final conflict between Marcus Antonius (Mark Antony) and Octavian (future Emperor Augustus), Antony shared control of the Republic in a triumvirate with Octavian and Lepidus, but Lepidus was forced into retirement by Octavian in 36BC, leaving Antony and Octavian as rivals. Two years later, in 34BC, Antony granted various eastern lands and titles to Caesarion and to his own three children with Cleopatra. Caesarion was proclaimed a god, son of god[disputed – discuss] and "King of Kings". This grandiose title was "unprecedented in the management of Roman client-king relationships" and could be seen as "threatening the 'greatness' of the Roman people".[2] Most threatening to Octavian (whose claim to power was based on his status as Julius Caesar's grandnephew and adopted son), Antony declared Caesarion to be Caesar's true son and heir. These proclamations, known as the Donations of Alexandria, caused a fatal breach in Antony's relations with Octavian, who used Roman resentment over the Donations to gain support for war against Antony and Cleopatra.[3] After the defeat of Antony and Cleopatra at the Battle of Actium, Cleopatra seems to have groomed Caesarion to take over as "sole ruler without his mother."[1] She may have intended to go into exile, perhaps with Antony, who was hoping he would be allowed to retire, as Lepidus had. When Octavian invaded Egypt in 30 BC, Cleopatra sent Caesarion, at the time 17 years old, to the Red Sea port of Berenice for safety, with possible plans of an escape to India. Octavian captured the city of Alexandria on August 1, 30 BC, the date that marks the official annexation of Egypt to the Roman Republic. Mark Antony had committed suicide prior to Octavian's entry into the capital; Cleopatra followed his example by committing suicide on August 12, 30 BC. Caesarion's guardians, including his tutor, either were themselves lured by false promises of mercy into returning the boy to Alexandria or perhaps even betrayed him; the records are unclear. Plutarch says that Caesarion had actually escaped to India, but was falsely promised the kingdom of Egypt, Caesarion, who was said to be Cleopatra's son by Julius Caesar, was sent by his mother, with much treasure, into India, by way of Ethiopia. There Rhodon, another tutor like Theodorus, persuaded him to go back, on the ground that [Octavian] Caesar invited him to take the kingdom.[4] Octavian is supposed to have had Caesarion executed in Alexandria, following the advice of Arius Didymus, who said "Too many Caesars is not good" (a pun on a line in Homer).[5] The exact circumstances of his death have not been documented; it is popularly thought that he was strangled. Octavian then assumed absolute control of Egypt.

    The year 30 BC was considered the first year of the new ruler's reign according to the traditional chronological system of Egypt. In lists of the time Octavian himself appears as a Pharaoh and the successor to Caesarion. Depictions - Few images of Caesarion survive. He is thought to be depicted in a partial statue found in the harbor of Alexandria by Franck Goddio in 1997. He is also portrayed twice in relief, as an adult pharaoh, with his mother on the Temple of Hathor at Dendera. Egyptian names - In addition to his Greek name and nicknames, Caesarion also had a full set of royal names in the Egyptian language: Iwapanetjer entynehem Setepenptah Irmaatenre Sekhemankhamun These are usually translated as: "Heir of the God who saves" "Chosen of Ptah" "Carrying out the rule of Ra" or "Sun of Righteousness" "Living Image of Amun"... http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ptolemy_XV_Caesarion


    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Cleopatra-3
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Cleopatra+VII+of+Egypt
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vivien%20Leigh%20as%20Cleopatra
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Price-cleopatra
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 CLEOPATRA
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Tumblr_m8opomfvtr1qcvjd6o1_500
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Cleopatra
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Waterhouse%252C+Cleopatra+1888
    Orthodoxymoron in an Ancient Incarnation??
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jan 27, 2015 10:52 pm

    What if, over the next five-years, I become completely incapacitated by a numbing form of insanity (which isn't dangerous) which renders me unable to function in 'real-life'?? That frankly wouldn't surprise me (especially if I learn what's REALLY going on). More alarmingly, what if, over the next five-years, the General-Public goes completely insane in dangerous and unpredictable ways (as they learn what's REALLY going on)?? That frankly wouldn't surprise me. I don't want all of the above to happen -- and I'm hoping for the best -- but I have a VERY Bad feeling regarding life, the universe, and everything. I frankly hoped that my research and posting would somehow make things better -- but this didn't fracking-happen. Whether my internet-posting reflects it, or not, I have a 24/7 sense of 'knowing' which is MOST upsetting and unpleasant. BTW -- I'm not on the verge of siding with Catholicism or Protestantism or Atheism or Agnosticism or Hinduism or Islam or New-Age or Judaism or ANYTHING. I will continue to consider various topics and possibilities in a rather passive and rude manner. This is intended to make all of us think. This is reformative. Not normative. Let's all be clear on that.

    What if Amen Ra has run this world for thousands of years -- at least since the Exodus -- playing multiple-roles -- for better and worse?? I love reading the 1928 Book of Common Prayer -- but I continue to be fascinated by the prayer-endings "Jesus Christ, our Lord. Amen." If one removes the punctuation, it reads "Jesus Christ our Lord Amen"!! Should we contrast the "Teachings Attributed to Jesus Christ" with "Jesus Christ our Lord Amen"??!! What about the relationship between Cleopatra VII and Ptolemy Cesarian XV (especially on a reincarnational basis)?? What is the relationship between Serqet and Horus?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity said that Serqet was important regarding our relationship. That's all I'm gonna say. I continue to be interested in combining the 1928 Book of Common Prayer, the Federalist Papers, and Sacred Classical Music -- as a mental and spiritual exercise. I continue to know that I don't know -- but I think I might be pointing some of you in the right direction (if one can call going further down the rabbit-hole the 'right direction'). I am in NO hurry to make a big-deal about any of this. I'm probably just preaching to choirs in DUMBS and SPACESHIPS -- and that might be just as well. BTW -- when the Bible says that the "Powers That Be Are Ordained by God" -- does this mean that ALL Major Leaders -- including Hitler, Stalin, Satan, and Lucifer -- are placed in power by God??? Once again does Sun-God = System-Lord = Solar-System Administrator = Amen Ra??? I keep worrying that the seemingly evil manner in which the solar system is seemingly run MIGHT BE NECESSARY to rule evil and rebellious people!!! We might be worse than we think (in the core of our beings -- especially on a reincarnational basis). Are we too bad to be ruled by those who are too good??!! Think long and hard about what I just said. I really have to do a lot of imagining and extrapolating to achieve realistic possibilities in my mind's eye. I wish I could share what I really think about in connection with 'V'. Perhaps someday I will be able to. On the other hand, perhaps what happens in orthodoxymoron's mind should stay in orthodoxymoron's mind. Sometimes, the less said, the better. I just wish I could learn that simple rule. I still like the best aspects of Anna - and I still despise the worst aspects. I continue to think in terms of Good Anna v Bad Anna. I don't think there is a script-writer and actress alive, who could properly portray a Hybrid Hermaphrodite Annunaki Queen of Heaven - if he/she actually exists. I doubt that there is anyone alive who could properly understand such a hypothetical being. I'm attempting to - but it's not going very well. I'll keep trying - but don't expect too much.

    I continue to like the Problems in Prison model of dealing with regressives - human and otherwise. Eternally burning hells, bottomless pits, the second death, the annihilation of body and soul, etc, etc - particularly bother me. If regressives are properly, safely, and kindly incarcerated - they can be educated to become progressives - I believe. Perhaps Titan should become a Prison Planet - or maybe even Nibiru. They say to keep your friends close, and your enemies closer. I have promoted the idea of a Solar System Exorcism - but should this involve the imprisonment of those who are exorcised - so that they don't just team-up with all of the really bad@$$ beings of the universe - come back - and REALLY kick our @$$? Or - am I just very naive regarding how evil some beings really are? Are some of them too dangerous to be kept alive - in any way, shape, or form? Remember Emperor Palpatine in Star Wars? Saving his life was probably a bad idea, wasn't it? On the other hand - someone like me might be considered to be a grave threat to a Regressive Theocratic Reptilian Universe. I might be near the top of some Galactic Most Wanted List. I really and truly don't know the true nature of our predicament. The situation could be completely different than what I think it is. I am truly in limbo. I am VERY insecure. One more thing. Remember O.H. KRLLL? Original Hostage? Omnipotent Highness? Both? Who REALLY arrived on Earth in 1947? What would Bill Cooper say?

    Once again -- If you can locate a copy -- please read George Zebrowski's short-story Heathen God (1971). I read a summary, but I have yet to find the actual text. As the story goes, a deity is "left behind by those who once worshiped it. God, in this story, is a gnomelike alien, held prisoner and kept secret from humankind. This alien, considered mad by his species, was exiled for creating life on Earth, and later was turned over to Earth's government for imprisonment. But he is not evil like the false god of Star Trek V; rather, he is a benevolent, if cryptic, being who seeks only love. In creating life, he hoped to be worshiped, just as many of the less benign deities of Science-Fiction hoped. But this alien god has a more concrete goal in mind, something that he can do with that worship. He explains his transcendent purpose: 'What you see in this dwarfed body are only the essentials of myself--the feelings mostly--they wait for the day when the love in my children comes to fruition and they will unite, thus recreating my former self--which is now in them. Then I will leave my prison and return to them to become the completion of myself.' Rather than seeking to control his creations, Zebrowski's God hopes to unite with them, to create a synergistic and transcendent being out of the totality of his creation. Humankind thwarts his plans, however, and the guards of God's prison kill him before his plan can be completed. Zebrowski's god is a benevolent alien, but nevertheless his story is pessimistic, for he does not see in humankind a race worthy of such a god." -- The Gospel According to Science Fiction (pgs. 10-11) by Gabriel McKee. Think long and hard about this. Is this the hidden story of humanity and it's Condemned-Creator???? What Would O.H. KRLLL Say??? Omnipotent Highness and Original Hostage????? What do YOU think????

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Krill
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ufo2crach

    Try reading 'The Holy Tablets' http://holytablets.nuwaubianfacts.com/ while listening to a Latin Mass. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=enWiFcsBqIE I am not vouching for the validity of 'The Holy Tablets' or the purity of the Roman Catholic Church - but I think this is an excellent mental and spiritual exercise. I could be very wrong - so proceed with caution. This is something I am doing presently - and I am finding it quite interesting. Try it for a couple of days - and then tell me what you think. Here is a link to the Vatican website. https://www.youtube.com/vatican?gl=GB&hl=en-GB I continue to think that everyone should keep a watchful eye on Rome - regardless of their faith, or lack thereof.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 The%20receiver2United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 PapalMass1

    Could someone please take a close look at the last couple of pages of this thread - and tell me what you think. I'm too close to all of this, to be really objective. I know there are individuals out there in cyberspace, who could provide some guidance, yet either choose not to, or are being kept from doing so. I keep hearing the Sonata on the 94th Psalm. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U9gCvM7PaYA It might be later than we think. Let those who are righteous, be righteous still? Let those who are filthy, be filthy still? Think long and hard about what I just said. Has anyone read any of (Egyptologist) Gerald Massey's books? http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gerald_Massey I wish to learn so much - but I am so burned-out. I feel like a deer in the headlights. I don't know which way to jump. Anyway, here are some Massey links:

    1. Ancient Egypt: The Light of the World http://books.google.com/books?id=3k4XAAAAYAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=inauthor:%22Gerald+Massey%22&source=bl&ots=0vI0g1I0Zg&sig=m5b6KL-3MuLZKMduCZaWTbzoaFw&hl=en&ei=-XRTTbrxII2usAON17TCBA&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&resnum=1&ved=0CBwQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&q&f=false

    2. The Natural Genesis http://books.google.com/books?id=IDCju2TrweMC&printsec=frontcover&dq=inauthor:%22Gerald+Massey%22&source=bl&ots=7bnS-5Y3nB&sig=zTCkrgVa5jWxzfod6TOB-ISrz24&hl=en&ei=F3ZTTbu6KoHSsAPNm-z8Aw&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&resnum=2&ved=0CB8Q6AEwAQ#v=onepage&q&f=false

    3. The Historical Jesus and the Mythical Christ http://books.google.com/books?id=ctQa-TxSsGkC&printsec=frontcover&dq=inauthor:%22Gerald+Massey%22&source=bl&ots=E0dDwSJGML&sig=neP3ViJOJzNelvkLuB4CMxWKCkU&hl=en&ei=iXZTTd29IonmsQOdmbCTBA&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&resnum=5&ved=0CCgQ6AEwBA#v=onepage&q&f=false

    Gerald Massey (29 May 1828 - 29 October 1907) was an English poet and self-styled Egyptologist. He was born near Tring, Hertfordshire in England.

    Biography: Massey's parents were poor. When little more than a child, he was made to work hard in a silk factory, which he afterward deserted for the equally laborious occupation of straw plaiting. These early years were rendered gloomy by much distress and deprivation, against which the young man strove with increasing spirit and virility, educating himself in his spare time, and gradually cultivating his innate taste for literary work.

    "During the later years of his life, (from about 1870 onwards) Massey became interested increasingly in Egyptology and the similarities that exist between ancient Egyptian mythology and the Gospel stories. He studied the extensive Egyptian records housed in the British Museum, eventually teaching himself to decipher the hieroglyphics." [1]

    Writing career: Massey's first public appearance as a writer was in connection with a journal called the Spirit of Freedom, of which he became editor, and he was only twenty-two when he published his first volume of poems, Voices of Freedom and Lyrics of Love (1850). These he followed in rapid succession with The Ballad of Babe Christabel (1854), War Waits (1855), Havelock's March (1860), and A Tale of Eternity (1869).

    Many years afterward in 1889, Massey collected the best of the contents of these volumes, with additions, into a two-volume edition of his poems called My Lyrical Life. He also published works dealing with Spiritualism, the study of Shakespeare's sonnets (1872 and 1890), and theological speculation.

    Massey's poetry has a certain rough and vigorous element of sincerity and strength which easily accounts for its popularity at the time of its production. He treated the theme of Sir Richard Grenville before Tennyson thought of using it, with much force and vitality. Indeed, Tennyson's own praise of Massey's work is still its best eulogy, for the Laureate found in him a poet of fine lyrical impulse, and of a rich half-Oriental imagination. The inspiration of his poetry is essentially British; he was a patriot to the core. His poem "The Merry, Merry May" was set to music in a popular song by composer Christabel Baxendale.

    In regards to Egyptology, Massey first published The Book of the Beginnings, followed by The Natural Genesis. His most prolific work is Ancient Egypt: The Light of the World, published shortly before his death.[2] His work, which draws comparisons between the Judeo-Christian religion and the Egyptian religion, is not considered significant in the field of modern Egyptology and is not mentioned in the Oxford Encyclopedia of Ancient Egypt or any other work of modern Egyptology.[3]

    Claimed Parallels between Horus and Jesus: One of the more sensational aspects of Massey's writings were the parallels he drew between the Christian god Jesus of Nazareth and the Egyptian god Horus. These comparisons are primarily contained in his book The Natural Genesis. Massey's writings on this subject have influenced various later authors such as: Alvin Boyd Kuhn, Tom Harpur, and Acharya S.[4]

    Some of the similarities that Massey claimed existed are that they both

    Were born of virgins on December 25
    Taught in a temple as a child at age 12
    Were teachers who had 12 Disciples
    Were baptized in a river
    Gave a sermon on the mount
    Healed the sick
    Raised men from the dead (El-Asar-Us for Horus, Lazarus for Jesus)
    Died by crucifixion
    Were resurrected three days later.[5]

    References

    ^ Gerald Massey Collection-Upper Norwood Joint Library
    ^ Massey, Gerald. "Gerald Massey". Classic Encyclopedia World Wide Web edition, based on the 1911 encyclopædia.. http://www.1911encyclopedia.org/Gerald_Massey. Retrieved 2008-03-19.  
    ^ The Leading Religion Writer in Canada ... Does He Know What He's Talking About?
    ^ Parallels between the Lives of Jesus and Horus, an Egyptian God
    ^ Massey, Gerald. The Natural Genesis. Cosimo Classics, 2007.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Massey_cdv_ca_1858United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Atlant281
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 JesusEqualsHorus-450x289
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Exodus2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ancient-egypt-light-world-gerald-massey-paperback-cover-art

    Consider the Scorpion in Ancient Egypt. http://www.touregypt.net/featurestories/serqet.htm
    Consider this relevant video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aVaBzBvVaUs&feature=related
    Notice the Serqet/Horus connection...

    Serqet, Goddess of Scorpions and Venomous Creatures, Magical Protection and the Afterlife - by Caroline Seawright

    Serqet (Serket, Selqet, Selket, Selkit, Selkis) was the ancient Egyptian scorpion goddess of magic. As with other dangerous goddesses, she was both a protective goddess, and one who punished the wrong doers with her burning wrath. She could punish those with the poison of a scorpion or snake, causing breathlessness and death, or she could protect against the same venom. Yet just as she could kill, she was thought to give breath to the justified dead, helping them be reborn in the afterlife.

    Serqet was often shown as a woman with a scorpion on her head, and occasionally as a scorpion with the head of a woman, though this was rare. She was sometimes shown wearing the headdress of Hathor - a solar disk with cow horns - but this was after Isis started to be shown wearing it. (Serqet was closely connected with Isis and her twin sister Nephthys.) By the XXI Dynasty, she was sometimes shown with the head of a lioness, with a protective crocodile at the back of her neck.

    The Egyptian scorpion-goddess is srq.(j)t ... A fuller form, srq.(j)t-Ht.w exists, that has been rather surprisingly translated "She Who Lets Throats Breathe", a rather unusual role for a poisonous arachnid. I believe rather that srq is cognate with Indo-European streng/k-; and that it means "to tighten, stiffen" so that srq.(j)t-Ht.w should be translated as "She Who Stiffens (Paralyzes) the Throats", rather more keeping with the usually anticipated effects of a scorpion's bite. This is a suitable epithet for a deity that is so closely connected with seasonal death.

    As a protective goddess, she was called on by the people to protect and heal them from snake bites and scorpion stings. She was thought to be the one who helped Isis protect Horus from scorpions, either by providing the goddess with seven scorpions to protect her, or by calling to Isis for the royal barque of Ra to stop, forcing the other gods to help bring Horus back to life. She also joined Ra's solar journeys through the underworld each night, and helped to protect the barque from the attack of the snake-demon Apep. It was believed that she had power over all snakes, reptiles and poisonous animals. She was thought to especially protect children and pregnant women from these creatures.

    "Rejoice, most fortunate of women, for you shall bear a daughter who shall be the child of Amen-Ra, who shall reign over the Two Lands of Egypt and be sovereign of the whole world."

    The monument in the temple shows their bodies interlocked, the god offering her the ankh to  breath life, and throwing some rituals on her foot. Nit, the goddess of life, and Serqet the protectoress of the living were holding the god and queen's feet.

    In the underworld, she helped in the process of rebirth of the newly deceased, and oriented them as they came to her, giving them the breath of life. She was given the title "Mistress of the Beautiful House", associating her with the Divine Booth where mummification took place. She was the protector of the canopic jar that held the intestines, along with Qebehsenuef - a falcon headed Son of Horus. She was associated with the western cardinal point.

    (I am) Serqet, mistress of heaven and lady of all the gods. I have come before you (Oh) King's Great Wife, Mistress of the Two Lands, Lady of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nefertari, Beloved of Mut, Justified Before Osiris Who Resides in Abtu (Abydos), and I have accorded you a place in the sacred land, so that you may appear gloriously in heaven like Ra.

    Originally she was worshiped in the Delta, but her cult spread throughout the land of Egypt, with cult centers at Djeba and Per-Serqet (Pselkis, el Dakka). The priests of Serqet were doctors and magicians - in ancient Egypt, medicine was a mixture of folklore, magic and science - who dedicated themselves to healing venomous bites from poisonous creatures. The goddess herself was invoked by the people to both prevent and heal poisonous animal bites. Although she had a priesthood, there have been no temples to this goddess found as yet.

    She was believed to be either the mother or daughter of the sun god Ra, and thus her wrath was thought to be like the burning, noonday sun. It was probably because of her very close  connection with Isis and her twin sister Nephthys that in Djeba (Utes-Hor, Behde, Edfu), she was believed to be the wife of Horus and the mother of Harakhety (Horus of the Horizon). The Pyramid Texts claim that she was the mother of Nehebkau, a snake god who protected the pharaoh from snakebites. She was also identified with Seshat, the goddess of writing. With Nit, she was a watcher of the sky who, in one story, was thought to stop Amen and his wife from being disturbed while they were together, making her a goddess of marriages.

    Egypt was a land of snakes and scorpions, so it is only natural that the worship of this goddess spread through Egypt. The people worshiped her for her protection against these dangerous creatures, and revered her for her power and protective qualities. She guarded all of the people, including the pharaoh, mothers and children. Her followers were priestly doctors, healing the people affected by venom. She extended her protection from life into the land of the dead, not only helping to revive the dead, but to introduce them with the afterlife. She even protected the other gods from the serpent-demon, Apep. Although having no temples, she was worshiped throughout the land of Egypt.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Serqet2United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Serqet7United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Serqet4United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Serqet6United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Scorpion_lady_2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Scorpion_3
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 SerqetUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 4258039296_2ea9cb44ccUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 1274396258049_fUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 180px-Serketsvg

    This is just an invitation to join me on my journey through the solar system - in a mostly passive and non-paranoid manner. I'm really trying to take a road less travelled - with even a little trailblazing. I jump around a lot, but the title of this thread remains a constant theme. This is a combination of accident and design. I'd really like to do a lot more discussing. I'm really trying to learn - but I'm finding this to be rather difficult. I need some help with this thread. I can't do it all by myself. There is strength in numbers - which is one reason I keep referring to a solar system government with 10,000 representatives. That might seem like too many - but this is a big solar system - especially when at least half of the moons and planets become significantly populated. If there are too few representatives, we will probably end up with another corrupt mess. But these representatives will have to be highly, highly competent - and not just a bunch of bought-off nitwits. There should be competency-tests and qualifications - which must be met - prior to running for any of these 10,000 slots. If someone wants to perform brain-surgery, they have to go to school, and prove that they know what the hell they are doing. But do politicians have to prove their worth, in a similar fashion? I just wish to discuss these and other issues. There seems to be virtually no interest in any of this. I am very worried about the future of this solar system. There are so many unknowns. I've mostly been nervously rambling on this thread. There is very little that I know for certain - and I'm not ashamed to admit this - but I continue to think that this thread is an excellent study-guide. Has anyone used it as such? Anyone? Is there anybody out there? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xACgZnt1wBo

    Perhaps now would be a prime time to take the 'Red Pill'. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t791-egyptian-folklore-and-the-red-pill?highlight=red+pill

    Perhaps this would be an optimal time to review the original 'Amen Ra' thread from AV1. http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18223&highlight=orthodoxymoron+threads

    Perhaps this would be a splendiferous moment to really study the infamous 'Thuban Q&A' thread from AV1.
    http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18900&highlight=thuban

    I haven't really felt as though I were ready to do any of the above. I still don't feel ready. I would advise caution to anyone who might be considering immersing themselves in these threads. Perhaps hit and run guerilla warfare might be a better idea. I think one could potentially be programmed with who knows what? I feel a bit strange when studying these threads - but maybe it's just me. Who knows who I might've been in antiquity. I won't ever do regression hypnosis - so I'll probably never know. But maybe I subconsciously remember - and it makes me feel weirder than normal. But what is normal, exactly? This pursuit could involve some serious spiritual warfare. Do you feel lucky? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k3A6_blpqpU

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Abraxas-annunciation
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 MultiAbraxas

    What if it turns out that Jesus was just as much of a rebel as Lucifer - only in a different way? Might they have had a common enemy in the beginning - but then clashed regarding how to manage paradise? Might they become friends in the end? Damned if I know. I'm more confused than you can possibly imagine. I continue to see this whole fiasco as being incomprehensibly insane. At what point did things go very wrong - or have things ever really been right? The muzzle-order seems to militate against any positive outcome for this mess. Everything important is classified - and common sense is a threat to national security. Or so it seems.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 SatanUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chess%20with%20Satan

    Where do I go from here? I really just want things to make sense, and become peaceful and happy. There is so much that is right with the world - and so much that is so very wrong. I like the concepts of positive reinforcement and historical continuity. I once again invite you to read through this entire thread - and watch the links. I mostly point to the work of other people. I mostly wish to discuss various subjects, in the context of this thread. This continues to be an experiment, and a work in progress. One Nation Under Construction - and I'm not referring to the New World Order. I am a firm believer in Kaizen, or Continual Improvement. Kaizen and Namaste are two very fine exotic words. I'm thinking mostly in broad solar system management terms - rather than the micro-management of individual countries and religions. Superpatriotic Totalitarianism and Cultural Imperialism is NOT what I have in mind. So, I guess I'll just keep reviewing this thread (and the threads of others) and keep researching a wide variety of sources. I really don't wish to beg, scold, or b!+ch! I like the idea of reviewing the solar system, and occasionally asking questions, making suggestions - and being taken seriously, rather than being ignored. I'm still not sure what the proper balance-point is in all of this. I will continue to study the Four Gospels and the U.S. Constitution - while listening to Latin Masses and Classical Sacred Music. Try it. You'll Like It. This is only the beginning. Don't be frightened. I mean no harm. I am of peace. Always. Namaste.

    I love the art, architecture, and music of the Roman Catholic Church - including the Latin Mass. I do, however, have serious issues with the confessional, penetential, and sacrificial aspects. I'm also not too keen on crucifixes. I love to read the Teachings of Jesus and the U.S. Constitution, while listening to Latin Masses. I'm really seeking a Spiritual and Political Switzerland. And don't forget to study Egyptology along with your Christology! Here is an old 1941 video of a Latin Mass (explained by Archbishop Fulton Sheen). https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R6AOvStZS64 I have a love/hate relationship with the Roman Catholic Church. In some ways, I am more Catholic than most Catholics. In some ways, I am more Protestant than most Protestants. In some ways, I am more critical of religion (old and new age) than most Atheists or Agnostics. This is why I call myself 'orthodoxymoron'. Does anyone see where I'm coming from, and where I'm going with this thread? You really have to absorb the thread, as a whole, to understand my mumbling in the darkness. Don't crucify me, based upon a couple of posts or pictures.

    Traditional Latin Mass Explained: The theology of the Catholic Faith is expressed in the rich symbolism
    of the extraordinary form of the Roman rite, commonly known as the Traditional Latin Mass.

    Orientation of the Priest and People: Everyone—priest and people—faces East towards the Lord. This orientation was used at the Last Supper and by the early Christians, and it continues to be used at the Traditional Mass.

    This common direction of prayer should not be viewed as the priest having his "back to the people"; rather, this eastward orientation fully expresses the meaning of the Mass—the priest leads the faithful towards the eternal goal of the Heavenly City, and he offers the Sacrifice that is Christ, to God, facing God. For Catholic tradition sees Christ as coming from the East, the direction of the rising sun.

    This orientation also makes the priests' personality fade away. He becomes a servant to the sacred act that he performs, controlled by the ancient rubrics.

    Ceremonies of the Traditional Mass: Lex orandi, lex credendi: "Law of prayer is the law of belief." This ancient statement exhorts us to pray as we believe, and it explains in simple terms how to worship God.

    Incensation of the Altar: For example, in the Classical Liturgy, constant reference is made to the Holy Trinity. But in addition to the vocal part of prayer, the physical part of prayer is expressed through the common use of gestures in groups of three's: three "Domine, non sum dignus" ("Lord, I am not worthy"), three rings of the bells during the consecration, three double swings of the censor, and more. Other gestures in groups of five, such as five signs of the Cross made over the Host and Chalice, represent the five wounds of Christ.

    During the Canon, the priest consecrates bread and wine into the Body and Blood of Christ. This summit of the Mass is recited silently by the priest, as God descends upon the earth in silence. Then-Cardinal Ratzinger (now Pope Benedict XVI) calls this "silence with content." This silence should not be viewed as "shutting the faithful out of the liturgy." On the contrary, prayer needs silence, which demonstrates respect for Christ. Popes such as St. Pius X have encouraged the faithful to actively take part by "Praying the Mass" with priest, which is accomplished through the use of a hand missal.

    In Solemn Masses, incense is used, which demonstrates respect for the Holy Sacrifice of Mass. Also at Solemn Masses, three ministers are present, mirroring the Trinity: a priest, a deacon, and a sub-deacon.

    Language and Catholic Identity: Latin is the maternal language of the Roman Catholic Church. Most important documents are issued in Latin. The Latin language was introduced into the Mass very early. For a brief period before that, Greek was used, and this Greek is preserved in the Kyrie.

    While the Eastern Catholic Churches use their own sacred languages, for the greatest number of Catholics, Latin is the universal language of the Liturgy. Thus, the unity of prayer and faith has been preserved over all national differences for centuries.

    Latin has also inspired literature and Gregorian chant, and is the language of the Second Vatican Council.

    Sacred Music and Gregorian Chant: Sacred music brings the Liturgy to life. The music of the Traditional Latin Mass is timeless. It comes to us from ancient times in the form of chant and, more recently, from great composers such as Bach and Mozart.

    As the Second Vatican Council said, "The Church acknowledges Gregorian chant as specially suited to the Roman liturgy: therefore, . . . it should be given pride of place in liturgical services." This is certainly so in the Classical Mass. Gregorian chant comes to us from the Jewish traditions that existed before the time of Christ. Pope St. Gregory the Great cultivated the art. During medival times, chant became ever more beautiful while keeping true to its tradition.

    Musical Elements of Mass: The music of Mass can be separated into two categories: propers (the parts that change) and the ordinary (the parts that don't change).

    The proper music includes the Introit, Gradual, Tract or Alleluia, and Communion Verse. The text of these usually comes from the Scriptures, and are particular for each Mass.

    The ordinary music includes the Gloria, Credo, Sanctus, and Agnus Dei. The text of these pieces do not change, but the music that they are sung to can. The church has put together a collection of seventeen "Masses" that may be used for various feasts. For example, Mass IX is often used for feasts of the Blessed Virgin Mary, and is particularly joyful. Others include Mass VIII, which is popular for Sundays, and Mass XI, which has a more monastic character.

    Vestments and their Significance: The vestments worn by the priest and ministers at Mass are reminiscent of those worn by the early Christians, and each article of clothing has a particular meaning.

    Vesting before Holy Mass: The amice represents the hood of humility. It is worn around the back of the shoulders, but when putting it on, the priest rests it on the top of his head and says a prayer.

    The alb is put on next. It symbolizes purity. Albis in Latin means "white."

    The stole—the sign of the priestly office—is worn over the shoulders. A cincture is worn. The maniple (which looks like a minature stole) is worn over the left arm and is symbolic of the weight that the priest bears in offering the Sacrifice.

    Finally, the chasuble—the outer vestment—covers the priest. The color of this vestment, the stole, and maniple are reminiscent of the feast: gold or white on feast days, red for memorials of martyrs, violet on penititial days, black for funerals, rose on Gaudete and Laetare Sundays, and green for days without a particular commemoration; also blue vestments according to local custom, which is universally spreading.

    References:

    Monsignor Klaus Gamber, The Reform of the Roman Liturgy, (Roman Catholic Books), 139.
    Joseph Cardinal Ratzinger, Spirit of the Liturgy, (Ignatius Press). For excerpt, see http://www.ignatiusinsight.com/features2006/ratzinger_sotlmusic_jun06.asp.
    Father Joseph Fessio, SJ, "The Mass of Vatican II," IgnatiusInsight.com, www.ignatiusinsight.com/features2005/fessio_massv2_1_jan05.asp.

    THE CANON OF THE MASS (Latin and English) http://www.sacred-texts.com/chr/lmass/ord.htm

    Te ígitur, clementíssime Pater, per Jesum Christum Fílium tuum Dóminum nostrum súpplices rogámus ac pétimus (osculatur altare) uti accépta hábeas, et benedícas (jungit manus, deinde signat ter super oblata), hæc  dona, hæc  múnera, hæc  sancta sacrifícia illibáta (extensis manibus prosequitur): in primis quæ tibi offérimus pro Ecclésia tua sancta cathólica: quam pacificáre, custodíre, adunáre, et régere dignéris toto orbe terrárum, una cum famulo tuo Papa nostro N. et Antístite nostro N. et ómnibus orthodóxis, atque cathólicæ et apostólicæ fídei cultóribus.

    Wherefore, O most merciful Father, we humbly pray and beseech thee, through Jesus Christ thy Son, our Lord (he kisses the altar), that thou p. 465 wouldst vouchsafe to receive and bless (he joins his hands together, and then makes the sign of the cross thrice over the offerings) these  gifts, these  offerings, this  holy and unblemished sacrifice (he extends his hands and continues), which in the first place we offer thee for thy holy Catholic Church, that it may please thee to grant her peace: as also to protect, unite, and govern her throughout the world, together with thy servant N., our Pope N., our bishop, as also all orthodox believers who keep the catholic and apostolic faith.
    The Commemoration for the living.

    Meménto, Dómine, famulórum famularúmque tuárum N. et N.

    Be mindful, O Lord, of thy servants and handmaids, N. and N.

    He joins his hands, prays a little while for those he wishes to pray for, then with his hands stretched out he continues:

    Et ómnium circumstántium, quorum tibi fides cógnita est, et nota devótio: pro quibus tibi offérimus, vel qui tibi ófferunt hoc sacrifícium laudis, pro se, suísque ómnibus, pro redemptióne animárum suárum, pro spe salútis et incolumitátis suæ; tibíque reddunt vota sua ætérno Deo, vivo et vero.

    And of all here present, whose faith and devotion are known unto thee; for whom we offer, or who offer up to thee, this sacrifice of praise for themselves and theirs, for the redeeming of their souls, for the hope of their safety and salvation, and who pay their vows to thee, the eternal, living, and true God.

    Infra actionem.

    Communicántes, et memóriam venerántes, in primis gloriósæ semper Vírginis Maríæ, genitrícis Dei et Dómini nostri Jesu Christi: sed et beatórum Apostolórum ac Mártyrum tuórum, Petri et Pauli, Andréæ, Jacóbi, Joánnis, Thomæ, Jacóbi, Philíppi, Bartholomæi, Matthæi, Simónis et Thaddæi, Cleti, Cleméntis, Xysti, Cornélii, Cypriáni, Lauréntii, Chrysógoni, Joánnis et Pauli, Cosmæ et Damiáni et ómnium sanctórum tuórum: quorum méritis precibúsque concédas, ut in ómnibus protectiónis tuæ muniámur auxílio. (Jungit manus.) Per eúmdem Christum Dóminum nostrum. Amen.

    Within the action.

    Communicating, and reverencing the memory first of the glorious Mary, ever a virgin, Mother of our God and Lord Jesus Christ; likewise of thy blessed apostles and martyrs, Peter and Paul, Andrew, James, John, Thomas, James, Philip, Bartholomew, p. 466 Matthew, Simon and Thaddeus; of Linus, Cletus, Clement, Xystus, Cornelius, Cyprian, Lawrence, Chrysogonus, john and Paul, Cosmas and Damian, and of all thy saints; by whose merits and prayers grant that in all things we may be guarded by thy protecting help. (He joins his hands together.) Through the same Christ our Lord. Amen.

    With his hands spread over the offerings, he says:

    Hanc ígitur oblatiónem servitútis nostræ, sed et cunctæ famíliæ tuæ, quæsumus Dómine, ut placátus accípias, diésque nostros in tua pace dispónas, atque ab ætérna damnatióne nos éripi, et in electórum tuórum júbeas grege numerári. (Jungit manus.) Per Christum Dóminum nostrum. Amen.

    Quam oblatiónem tu, Deus, in ómnibus, quæsumus,

    We therefore beseech thee, O Lord, to be appeased, and to receive this offering of our bounden duty, as also of thy whole household; order our days in thy peace; grant that we be rescued from eternal damnation and counted within the fold of thine elect. (He joins his hands together.) Through Christ our Lord. Amen.

    Which offering do thou, O God, vouchsafe in all things.

    He makes the sign of the cross three times over the offerings.

    benedíctam, adscríptam, ratam, rationábilem, acceptabilémque fácere dignéris:

    ...to bless , consecrate , approve , make reasonable and acceptable:

    He makes the sign of the cross once over the host and once over the chalice.

    ut nobis Corpus et Sanguis fiat dilectíssimi Fílii tui Dómini nostri Jesu Christi.

    Qui prídie quam paterétur (accipit hostiam), accépit panem in sanctas ac venerábiles manus suas (elevat oculos ad cœlum), et elevátis óculis in cœlum, ad te Deum Patrem suum omnipoténtem, tibi grátias agens,

    ...that it may become for us the Body  and  Blood of thy most beloved Son our Lord Jesus Christ.

    Who the day before he suffered took bread (he takes the host) into his holy and venerable hands (he raises p. 467 his eyes to heaven), and with his eyes lifted up to heaven, unto thee, God, his almighty Father, giving thanks to thee,


    He makes the sign of the cross over the host.

    benedíxit, fregit, dedítque discípulis suis, dicens: Accípite, et manducáte ex hoc omnes.

    ...he blessed , brake, and gave to his disciples, saying: Take and eat ye all of this,

    Holding the host between the first fingers and thumbs of both hands, he says the words of consecration, silently with clearness and attention, over the host, and at the same time over all the other hosts, if several are to be consecrated.

    Hoc est enim Corpus meum.

    For this is my Body.

    As soon as the words of consecration have been said, he kneels and adores the consecrated host. He rises, shows it to the people, puts it on the corporal, and again adores. Then, uncovering the chalice, he says:

    Símili modo postquam cœnátum est,

    In like manner, after he had supped,

    He takes the chalice with both hands.

    accípiens et hunc præclárum Cálicem in sanctas ac venerábiles manus suas, item tibi grátias agens,

    ...taking also this excellent chalice into his holy and adorable hands; also giving thanks to thee,

    Holding the chalice with his left hand, he makes the sign of the cross over it with his right.

    benedíxit, dedítque discípulis suis, dicens: Accípite, et bíbite ex eo omnes:

    ...he blessed , and gave it to his disciples, saying: Take, and drink ye all of this;

    He utters the words of consecration over the chalice silently, attentively, carefully, and without pausing, holding it slightly raised.

    Hic est enim Calix Sánguinis mei, novi et ætérni testaménti; mystérium fidei: qui pro vobis et pro multis effundétur in remissiónem peccatórum.

    For this is the Chalice of my Blood, of the new and eternal testament; the mystery of faith: which shall be shed for you and for many unto the remission of sins.

    As soon as the words of consecration have been said, he puts the chalice on the corporal, and says silently:

    Hæc quotiescúmque fecéritis, in mei memóriam faciétis.

    As often as ye shall do these things, ye shall do them in memory of me.

    He kneels and adores; then rises, shows it to the people, puts it down, covers it, and again adores. Then holding his hands apart, he says:

    Unde et mémores, Dómine, nos servi tui, sed et plebs tua sancta, ejúsdem Christi Fílii tui Dómini nostri, tam beatæ passiónis, necnon et ab ínferis resurrectiónis, sed et in cœlos gloriósæ ascensiónis: offérimus præcláræ majestáti tuæ de tuis donis ac datis,

    Wherefore, O Lord, we thy servants, as also thy holy people, calling to mind the blessed passion of the same Christ thy Son our Lord, and also his rising up from hell, and his glorious ascension into heaven, do offer unto thy most excellent majesty, of thine own gifts bestowed upon us,

    He joins his hands and makes the sign of the cross three times over the host and chalice together.

    hóstiam  puram, hóstiam  sanctam, hóstiam  immaculátam,

    ...a pure  victim, a holy  victim, a spotless  victim,

    He makes the sign of the cross once over the host and once over the chalice.

    Panem  sanctum vitæ ætérnæ, et Cálicem  salútis perpétuæ.

    ...the holy  Bread of eternal life, and the Chalice  of everlasting salvation.

    He continues with his hands stretched out:

    Supra quæ propítio ac seréno vultu respícere dignéris: et accépta habére, sícuti accépta habére dignátus es múnera púeri tui justi Abel, et sacrifícium patriárchæ nostri Ábrahæ, et quod tibi óbtulit summus sacérdos tuus Melchísedech sanctum sacrifícium, immaculátam hóstiam.

    Upon which do thou vouchsafe to look with a propitious and serene countenance, and to accept them, as thou wert graciously pleased to accept the gifts of thy just servant Abel, and the sacrifice of our patriarch Abraham, and that which thy high priest Melchisedech offered to thee, a holy sacrifice, a spotless victim.

    Bowing low with his hands joined together and then laid on the altar, he says:

    Súpplices te rogámus, omnípotens Deus: jube hæc perférri per manus sancti Ángeli tui in sublíme altáre tuum, in conspéctu divínæ majestátis tuæ: ut quotquot (osculatur altare), ex hac altáris participatióne, sacrosánctum Fílii tui,

    We most humbly beseech thee, almighty God, to command that these things be borne by the hands of thy holy angel to thine altar On high, in the sight of thy divine majesty, that as many of us (he kisses the altar) as, at this altar, shall partake of and receive the...

    He joins his hands together and makes the sign of the cross over the host and once over the chalice.

    Corpus et Sánguinem sumpsérimus (seipsum signat), omni benedictióne cœlésti, et grátia repleámur (jungit manus). Per eúndem Christum Dóminum nostrum. Amen.

    ...most holy Body  and  Blood of thy Son (he makes the sign of the cross on himself), may be filled with every heavenly blessing and grace (he joins his hands together). Through the same Christ our Lord. Amen.

    The Commemoration for the dead.

    Meménto étiam, Dómine, famulórum famularúmque tuárum N. et N. qui nos præcessérunt cum signo fídei, et dórmiunt in somno pacis.

    Be mindful, O Lord, of thy servants and handmaids N. and N., who are gone before us, with the sign of faith, and sleep in the sleep of peace.

    He joins his hands, prays a little while for those dead whom he means to pray for, then with his hands stretched out, continues:

    Ipsis, Dómine, et ómnibus in Christo quiescéntibus, locum refrigérii, lucis et pacis, ut indúlgeas, deprecámur.

    To these, O Lord, and to all that rest in Christ, we beseech thee, grant a place of refreshment, light, and peace.

    He joins his hands together, and bows his head.

    Per eúmdem Christum Dóminum nostrum. Amen.

    Through the same Christ our Lord. Amen.

    He strikes his breast with his right hand, and slightly raising his voice, says:

    Nobis quoque peccatóribus, fámulis tuis, de multitúdine miseratiónum tuárum sperántibus, partem áliquam et societátem donáre dignéris, cum tuis sanctis Apóstolis et Martyribus: cum Joánne, Stéphano, Mathía, Bárnaba, Ignátio, Alexándro, Marcellíno, Petro, Felicitáte, Perpétua, Ágatha, Lúcia, Agnéte, Cæcília, Anastásia, et ómnibus sanctis tuis; intra quorum nos consórtium, non æstimátor mériti, sed véniæ, quæsumus, largítor admítte. Per Christum Dóminum nostrum. Per quem hæc ómnia, Dómine, semper bona creas, sanctíficas, vivíficas, benedícis, et præstas nobis.

    To us sinners, also, thy servants, hoping in the multitude of thy mercies, vouchsafe to grant some part and fellowship with thy holy apostles and martyrs: with John, Stephen, Matthias, Barnabas, Ignatius, Alexander, Marcellinus, Peter, Felicity, Perpetua, Agatha, Lucy, Agnes, Cecily, Anastasia, and with all thy saints, into whose company we pray thee admit us, not considering our merit, but of thine own free pardon. Through Christ our Lord; through whom, O Lord, thou dost create, hallow, quicken, and bless these thine ever-bountiful gifts and give them, to us.

    He uncovers the chalice, kneels, takes the blessed sacrament in his right hand, and holding the chalice in his left, makes the sign of the cross three times over it from lip to lip, saying:

    Per ipsum, et cum ipso, et in ipso,

    By  him, and with  him, and in  him,

    He makes the sign of the cross twice between the chalice and his breast.

    est tibi Deo Patri  omnipoténti, in unitáte Spíritus  sancti,

    ...is to thee, God the Father  almighty, in the unity of the Holy  Ghost,

    Lifting up the chalice a little with the host, he says:

    omnis honor et glória.

    ...all honour and glory.

    He puts back the host, covers the chalice, kneels, rises, and sings or reads:

    Per ómnia sæcula sæculórum. R. Amen.

    Orémus. Præcéptis salutáribus móniti, et divína institutióne formáti, audémus dícere:

    For ever and ever. R. Amen.

    Let us pray. Taught by the precepts of salvation, and following the divine commandment, we make bold to say:

    He stretches out his hands.

    Pater noster, qui es in cœlis, sanctificétur nomen tuum: advéniat regnum tuum: fiat volúntas tua, sicut in cœlo et in terra panem nostrum quotidiánum da nobis hódie; et dímitte nobis débita nostra, sicut et nos dimíttimus debitóribus nostris: et ne nos indúcas in tentatiónem.

    R. Sed líbera nos a malo.

    Our Father, who art in heaven, hallowed be thy name: thy kingdom come; thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread: and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation.

    R. But deliver us from evil.

    The priest says, Amen. He takes the paten between his first and middle finger, and says:

    Líbera nos, quæsumus Dómine, ab ómnibus malis prætéritis, præséntibus, et futúris, et intercedénte beáta et gloriósa semper Vírgine Dei genitríce María, cum beátis Apóstolis tuis Petro et Paulo, atque Andréa, et ómnibus sanctis,

    Deliver us, we beseech thee, O Lord, from all evils, past, present, and to come; and by the intercession of the blessed and glorious, Mary ever virgin, Mother of God, together with thy blessed apostles Peter and Paul, and Andrew, and all the saints,

    He makes the sign of the cross with the paten from his forehead to his breast and kisses it.

    da propítius pacem in diébus nostris: ut ope misericórdiæ tuæ adjúti, et a peccáto simus semper líberi, et ab omni perturbatióne secúri.

    mercifully grant peace in our days: that through the help of thy mercy we may always be free from sin, and safe from all trouble.

    He puts the paten under the host, uncovers the chalice, kneels, rises, takes the host and breaks it in half over the chalice, saying:

    Per eúmdem Dóminum nostrum Jesum Christum Fílium tuum,

    Through the same Jesus Christ thy Son our Lord,

    He puts the portion that is in his right hand on to the paten; he then breaks off a small piece from the portion which is in his left hand, saying:

    qui tecum vivit et regnat in unitáte Spíritus sancti Deus.

    who liveth and reigneth with thee in the unity of the Holy Ghost, one God.

    He puts the other half with his left hand on to the paten, and holding the particle over the chalice in his right hand, and the chalice with his left, he says:

    Per ómnia sæcula sæculórum. R. Amen.

    For ever and ever. R. Amen.

    He makes the sign of the cross three times over the chalice with the particle of the host, saying:

    Pax  Dómini sit  semper vobíscum.

    R. Et cum spíritu tuo.

    The peace of the Lord be  always with  you.

    R. And with thy spirit.

    He puts the particle into the chalice, saying silently:

    Hæc commíxtio et consecrátio Córporis et Sánguinis Dómini nostri Jesu Christi, fiat accipiéntibus nobis in vitam ætérnam. Amen.

    May this mingling and hallowing of the Body and Blood of our Lord Jesus Christ avail us that receive it unto life everlasting. Amen.

    He covers the chalice, kneels, rises, and bowing before the blessed Sacrament, with his hands joined together and striking his breast three times, says:

    Agnus Dei, qui tollis peccáta mundi, miserére nobis.

    Agnus Dei, qui tollis peccáta mundi, miserére nobis.

    Agnus Dei, qui tollis peccáta mundi, dona nobis pacem.

    Lamb of God, who takest away the sins of the world, have mercy on us.

    Lamb of God, who takest away the sins of the world, have mercy on us.

    Lamb of God, who takest away the sins of the world, grant us peace.


    At mass for the dead, instead of saying: miserére nobis, he says: dona eis réquiem, rest. And the third time he adds, sempitérnam, everlasting.

    Then with his hands joined together above the altar he bows down and says the following prayers:

    Dómine Jesu Christe, qui dixísti Apóstolis tuis: Pacem relínquo vobis, pacem meam do vobis: ne respícias peccáta mea, sed fidem Eccelésiæ tuæ: eámque secúndum voluntátem tuam pacificáre et coaduráre dignéris. Qui vivis et regnas Deus, per ómnia sæcula sæculórum. Amen.

    O Lord Jesus Christ, who didst say to thy apostles, Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you; look not upon my sins, but upon the faith of thy Church; and vouchsafe to her that peace and unity which is agreeable to thy will; who livest and reignest God for ever and ever. Amen.

    If the kiss of peace is to be given, the priest kisses the altar, and giving the kiss of peace, says:

    Pax tecum.

    R. Et cum spíritu tuo.

    Peace be with you.

    R. And with thy spirit.

    At masses for the dead the kiss of peace is not given, neither is the above prayer said.

    Dómine Jesu Christe, Fili Dei vivi, qui ex voluntáte Patris, cooperánte Spíritu sancto, per mortem tuam mundum vivificásti: líbera me per hoc sacrosánctum Corpus et Sánguinem tuum, ab ómnibus iniquitátibus meis, et univérsis malis, et fac me tuis semper inhærére mandátis, et a te numquam separári permíttas. Qui cum eódem Deo Patre et Spíritu sancto vivis et regnas Deus in sæcula sæculórum. Amen.

    Percéptio Córporis tui, Dómine Jesu Christe, quod ego indígnus súmere præsúmo, non mihi provéniat in judícium et condemnatiónem: sed pro tua pietáte prosit mihi ad tutaméntum mentis et córporis, et ad medélam percipiéndam. Qui vivis et regnas cum Deo Patre in unitáte Spíritus sancti Deus, per ómnia sæcula sæculórum. Amen.

    O Lord Jesus Christ, Son of the living God, who, according to the will of thy Father, through the co-operation of the Holy Ghost, hast by thy death given life to the world, deliver me by this, thy most holy Body and Blood, from all my iniquities and from every evil; and make me always cleave to thy commandments, and never suffer p. 473 me to be separated from thee; who with the same God the Father and Holy Ghost livest and reignest God for ever and ever. Amen.

    Let not the receiving of thy Body, O Lord Jesus Christ, which I, all unworthy presume to take, turn to my judgement and damnation: but through thy loving-kindness may it avail me for a safeguard and remedy, both of soul and body. Who with God the Father, in the unity of the Holy Ghost, livest and reignest God for ever and ever. Amen.

    The priest kneels down, rises, and says:

    Panem cœléstem accípiam, et nomen Dómini invocábo.

    I will take the Bread of heaven, and call upon the name of the Lord.

    Then, bowing a little, he takes both parts of the host with the thumb and first finger of his left hand, and the paten between his first and middle finger. He strikes his breast with his right hand, and, slightly raising his voice, says three times reverently and humbly:

    Dómine, non sum dignus, ut intres sub tectum meum: sed tantum dic verbo, et sanábitur ánima mea.

    Lord, I am not worthy that thou shouldst enter under my roof; say but the word, and my soul shall be healed.

    He makes the sign of the cross with the host in his right hand over the paten, and says:

    Corpus Dómini nostri Jesu Christi custódiat ánimam meam in vitam ætérnam. Amen.

    May the Body of our Lord Jesus Christ preserve my soul unto life everlasting. Amen.

    He receives both portions of the host reverently, joins his hands together, and remains for a little while quietly meditating on the most holy Sacrament. Then he uncovers the chalice, kneels, gathers up the crumbs, if there are any, and wipes the paten above the chalice, whilst he says:

    Quid retríbuam Dómino pro ómnibus, quæ retríbuit mihi? Cálicem salutáris accípiam, et nomen Dómini invocábo. Laudans invocábo Dóminum, et ab inimícis meis salvus ero.

    What return shall I make to the Lord for all he hath given unto me? I will take the Chalice of salvation, p. 474 and call upon the name of the Lord. Praising I will call upon the Lord, and I shall be saved from my enemies.

    He takes the chalice into his right hand, and making the sign of the cross on himself with it, he says:

    Sanguis Dómini nostri Jesu Christi custódiat ánimam meam in vitam ætérnam. Amen.

    May the Blood of our Lord Jesus Christ keep my soul unto life everlasting, Amen.

    He receives the precious blood with the particle. Then, if there are any communicants, he should give them communion before purifying. Afterwards he says:

    Quod ore súmpsimus, Dómine, pura mente capiámus; et de múnere temporáli fiat nobis remédium sempitérnum.

    Grant, Lord, that what we have taken with our mouth we may receive with a pure mind; and that from a temporal gift it may become for us an eternal remedy.

    Meanwhile he passes the chalice to the server, who pours into a little wine, with which he cleanses his fingers; then he continues:

    Corpus tuum, Dómine, quod sumpsi, et Sanguis quem potávi, adhæreat viscéribus meis: et præsta; ut in me non remáneat scélerum mácula, quem pura et sancta refecérunt sacraménta. Qui vivis et regnas in sæcula sæculórum. Amen.

    May thy Body, O Lord, which I have received, and thy Blood which I have drunk, cleave to my bowels; and grant that no stain of sin may remain in me, whom thy pure and holy sacraments have refreshed; who livest and reignest world without end. Amen.

    He washes his fingers, wipes them, and takes the ablution; he wipes his mouth and the chalice, which he covers, and after folding up the corporal, arranges it on the altar as before. Then he continues mass. After the last Postcommunion the priest says:

    Dóminus vobíscum.

    R. Et cum spíritu tuo.

    The Lord be with you.

    R. And with thy spirit.


    Then either:

    Ite, missa est.

    Go, you are dismissed.

    or, according to what mass is being said:

    Benedicámus Dómino.

    R. Deo grátias.

    Let us bless the Lord.

    R. Thanks be to God.

    At mass for the dead, he says:

    Requiéscant in pace.

    R. Amen.

    May they rest in peace.

    R. Amen.


    After saying, Ite missa est or Benedicámus Dómino, the priest bows down at the middle of the altar, and with his hands joined above it, says:

    Pláceat tibi, sancta Trínitas, obséquium servitútis meæ: et præsta; ut sacrifícium quod óculis tuæ majestátis indígnus óbtuli, tibi sit acceptábile, mihíque, et ómnibus pro quibus illud óbtuli, sit, te miseránte, propitiábile. Per Christum Dóminum nostrum. Amen.

    May the homage of my service be pleasing to thee, O holy Trinity; and grant that the sacrifice which I, though unworthy, have offered in the sight of thy majesty, may be acceptable to thee: and through thy mercy win forgiveness for me and for all those for whom I have offered it. Through Christ our Lord. Amen.

    Then he kisses the altar, and raising his eyes upward, stretching out, lifting up, and joining his hands, bowing his head before the cross, he says:

    Benedícat vos omnípotens Deus,

    May God almighty bless you,

    and turning towards the people, he blesses them once only, even at high mass, and continues:

    Pater, et Fílius  et Spíritus sanctus. R. Amen.

    Father, and Son and Holy Ghost. R. Amen.

    At a bishop's mass a triple blessing is given. At mass for the dead no blessing is given.

    Then at the Gospel corner, after saying Dóminus vobíscum, and Inítium or Sequéntia sancti Evangélii, and making the sign of the cross on the altar, or on the book and on himself as at the Gospel in the mass, he reads the Gospel of St. John, as below, or another Gospel as appointed.

    Inítium sancti Evangélii secúndum Joánnem. R. Glória tibi, Dómine.

    In princípio erat Verbum, et Verbum erat apud Deum, et Deus erat Verbum. Hoc erat in princípio apud Deum. Ómnia per ipsum facta sunt, et sine ipso factum est nihil quod factum est. In ipso vita erat, et vita erat lux hóminum, et lux in ténebris lucet, et ténebræ eam non comprehendérunt. Fuit homo missus a Deo, cui nomen erat Joánnes. Hic venit in testimónium, ut testimónium perhibéret de lúmine, ut omnes créderent per illum. Non erat ille lux, sed ut testimónium perhibéret de lúmine. Erat lux vera quæ illúminat omnem hóminem veniéntem in hunc mundum. In mundo erat, et mundus per ipsum factus est, et mundus eum non cognóvit. In própria venit, et sui eum non recepérunt; quotquot autem recepérunt eum, dedit eis potestátem fílios Dei fíeri; his qui credunt in nómine ejus, qui non ex sanguínibus, neque ex voluntáte carnis, neque ex voluntáte viri, sed ex Deo nati sunt. (Hic genuflectitur.) Et verbum caro factum est, et habitávit in nobis: et vídimus glóriam ejus, glóriam quasi Unigéniti a Patre, plenum grátiæ et veritátis.

    R. Deo grátias.

    The beginning of the holy Gospel according to St. John. R. Glory be to thee, O Lord.

    In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God: the same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by him, and without him was made nothing that was made: in him was life, and the life was the light of men; and the light shineth in darkness, and the darkness did not comprehend p. 476 it. There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. This man came for a witness to give testimony of the light, that all men might believe through him. He was not the light, but was to give testimony of the light, that was the true light which enlighteneth every man that cometh into this world. He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. He came unto his own, and his own received him not. But as many as received him, he gave them power to become the sons of God: to them that believe in his name, who are born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh (here the people kneel down), and dwelt among us; and we saw his glory, the glory as it were of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.


    R. Thanks be to God.

    While leaving the altar the priest says silently the antiphon Trium puerórum, &c.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chartres-Rose-WindowUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chartres-Rose-Window
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 StainedGlass2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stained-glass-window-round
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 SSG_Stained_glass_window
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Meditation_1_stained_glass_window_lg
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stain-glass-window
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stained-Glass-Windows-%E2%80%93-Unique-History
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Modern-stained-glass
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Digdug
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 05_14_52---Stained-Glass-Window_web
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Abstract_stained_glass_window_lg2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stained-glass-window
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 1033_23_61---Stained-Glass-Window--Parish-Church--Whalton--Northumberland_web
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Stained_Glass_Window,_St_Hilda%27s_Church,_Ampleforth
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 TrinityWindow
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chartres-Rose-WindowUnited States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Chartres-Rose-Window


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 6:31 pm; edited 5 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jan 27, 2015 11:27 pm

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Regarding ET's, Aliens, Reptilians, Greys, Hybrids, et al -- I am not fundamentally against any of them. I truly wish for things to work out well for all-concerned (in accordance with appropriate ethical and legal procedures). I truly think that knowing how things function throughout the universe is essential to understanding how things function within this solar system. I don't think any of us have a clue -- even the top-level insiders. We shouldn't become arrogant and triumphalist if we seem to "win". It might be sort of like beating-up an attacker in a back-alley -- only to be confronted (a few days later) with a REALLY Bad@$$ Gang (who are REALLY Pi$$ed-Off because of what you did to one of their gang-members)!! Think About It.





    bobhardee wrote:01/27/2015

    David Wilcock Comments on Ben Fulford’s 1-27-15… “Everything has sped up dramatically”
    Posted on 2015/01/26 by kauilapele

    David_Wilcock_Search119Lots of commenting by David. Here are a few highlights. There is a huge amount of data right here in his comments.

    (note that David signed all of these, however I removed his “David” from the first four comments to save space).

       “In the greater sense of the community and environment around us, there have been decisive and astonishing moves made. No one in the Cabal expected this… Some of the events that are now happening were foreseen, but not for another year. Everything has sped up dramatically.

       “…the entire solar system has been put on lockdown. Everyone is quarantined. No one can get in, no one can get out, and no communications can get in or out either… in just the last 3 weeks, virtually ALL offensive weapon capabilities, including the most secret ones, have been taken offline and / or destroyed. This includes secret SDI stuff, nukes, you name it… My take on it, as well as everyone else’s, is that this is a precursor to major events happening on earth.

       “…about the “lockdown”… any Cabal members trying to get out of here, such as by ship, are actually being shot down… There have been a variety of reports of strange meteors and atmospheric phenomena…

       “…the Snowden “documents” are vastly, vastly deeper than anything we have seen so far. He got EVERYTHING. Why the rest hasn’t been revealed yet… it appears the alliance has a sequential process in mind.

       “…the defeat of the reptilians is a CERTAINTY… many still trapped in our solar system… they can’t get out, their allies can’t get in… no communications. Thus they are extremely fearful.

       “In order for the ETs who are doing this to have accomplished this, it was required for them to have constructed a completely alternate parallel reality that people were living and working in, and that appeared to be our real future.

       “…at the highest levels… events they expected in 2016-2017, as in “Grand Culmination” type stuff, are happening RIGHT NOW.”
    This thread is the sort of thing I'd work-on in a DUMB (if it were up to me -- which it probably wouldn't be). What if I already have an Absolute-Access Pass?? Dr. Who could go anywhere -- so Who knows??!! If I had an Absolute-Access Pass -- I'd probably just walk around -- trying to look important and intelligent -- without actually doing or saying anything. I used to drive in highly-secure areas of military-bases (on official business) pre 9/11 -- and I didn't really think anything of it. That would be impossible in a post 9/11 military. It's a bit creepy driving past double barbed-wire fences with sonar in the middle -- at midnight!! That's all I'm going to say about that!! What if I was an insider who went nuts in a previous incarnation -- and was placed in this incarnation as 'therapy'?? If so -- that sort of backfired -- didn't it?? Now I'm sort of a Benign Loose-Cannon!! Many years ago -- a Catholic Priest (who was moving out of the area) told me he'd be seeing me again. Was he trying to tell me something he couldn't just blurt out?? He had an insider relative -- so who knows?? That's all I'm going to say about that. I often wish I could get back to my high-school conceptualizations of things. That was a somewhat enlightened yet naïve (pre hard-knocks and pre conspiracy-theories) time in my life. College completely disillusioned me. I never recovered -- and things continue to worsen. I think I really stumbled into a HUGE Hornet's-Nest a few years ago -- and I continue to get stung on a daily-basis. But really, I sense that a spiritual cold-war rages throughout the solar system -- which might ignite into a spiritual and physical hot-war -- without warning. I purposely keep myself in the dark about a lot of things -- even though it would be SO easy to know SO much more. I was going to do some more posting and editing -- but I can't. I've hit a titanium-wall -- and I can't continue. Once again -- I present the Ellen White material as a mental and spiritual exercise -- and not as a line in the sand. I simply think Sirius-Researchers should read the select EGW books I've posted on this thread. I'm not trying to convert anyone. I am merely attempting to make you think. It might save everyone a hell of a lot of trouble. Please recognize the subtle-hints EGW provides. You have to be alert and perceptive to recognize them. Most people seem incapable of doing this (including most SDA's). I think ALL religions and churches brainwash people (for better or worse -- I know not). I've tried to be honest and free-thinking -- and I've been kicked in the nuts to reward my efforts. What if the "Bad-Guy" knows better than to be open and honest?? You all seem to be in love with the "Bad-Guy". You've all made your bed -- so sleep in it -- or just get back to work...

    CHAPTER 26 -- A Work of Reform

    The work of Sabbath reform to be accomplished in the last days is foretold in the prophecy of Isaiah: "Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice: for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil." "The sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, everyone that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer." Isaiah 56:1, 2, 6, 7.

    These words apply in the Christian age, as shown by the context: "The Lord God which gathereth the outcasts of Israel saith, Yet will I gather others to him, beside those that are gathered unto him." Verse 8. Here is foreshadowed the gathering in of the Gentiles by the gospel. And upon those who then honor the Sabbath, a blessing is pronounced. Thus the obligation of the fourth commandment extends past the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Christ, to the time when His servants should preach to all nations the message of glad tidings.

    The Lord commands by the same prophet: "Bind up the testimony, seal the law among My disciples." Isaiah 8:16. The seal of God's law is found in the fourth commandment. This only, of all the ten, brings to view both the name and the title of the Lawgiver. It declares Him to be the Creator of the heavens and the earth, and thus shows His claim to reverence and worship above all others. Aside from this precept, there is nothing in the Decalogue to show by whose authority the law is given. When the Sabbath was changed by the papal power, the seal was taken from the law. The disciples of Jesus are called upon to restore it by exalting the Sabbath of the fourth commandment to its rightful position as the Creator's memorial and the sign of His authority.

    "To the law and to the testimony." While conflicting doctrines and theories abound, the law of God is the one unerring rule by which all opinions, doctrines, and theories are to be tested. Says the prophet: "If they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." Verse 20.

    Again, the command is given: "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." It is not the wicked world, but those whom the Lord designates as "my people," that are to be reproved for their transgressions. He declares further: "Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God." Isaiah 58:1, 2. Here is brought to view a class who think themselves righteous and appear to manifest great interest in the service of God; but the stern and solemn rebuke of the Searcher of hearts proves them to be trampling upon the divine precepts.

    The prophet thus points out the ordinance which has been forsaken: "Thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord." Verses 12-14. This prophecy also applies in our time. The breach was made in the law of God when the Sabbath was changed by the Roman power. But the time has come for that divine institution to be restored. The breach is to be repaired and the foundation of many generations to be raised up.

    Hallowed by the Creator's rest and blessing, the Sabbath was kept by Adam in his innocence in holy Eden; by Adam, fallen yet repentant, when he was driven from his happy estate. It was kept by all the patriarchs, from Abel to righteous Noah, to Abraham, to Jacob. When the chosen people were in bondage in Egypt, many, in the midst of prevailing idolatry, lost their knowledge of God's law; but when the Lord delivered Israel, He proclaimed His law in awful grandeur to the assembled multitude, that they might know His will and fear and obey Him forever.

    From that day to the present the knowledge of God's law has been preserved in the earth, and the Sabbath of the fourth commandment has been kept. Though the "man of sin" succeeded in trampling underfoot God's holy day, yet even in the period of his supremacy there were, hidden in secret places, faithful souls who paid it honor. Since the Reformation, there have been some in every generation to maintain its observance. Though often in the midst of reproach and persecution, a constant testimony has been borne to the perpetuity of the law of God and the sacred obligation of the creation Sabbath.

    These truths, as presented in Revelation 14 in connection with "the everlasting gospel," will distinguish the church of Christ at the time of His appearing. For as the result of the threefold message it is announced: "Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." And this message is the last to be given before the coming of the Lord. Immediately following its proclamation the Son of man is seen by the prophet, coming in glory to reap the harvest of the earth.

    Those who received the light concerning the sanctuary and the immutability of the law of God were filled with joy and wonder as they saw the beauty and harmony of the system of truth that opened to their understanding. They desired that the light which appeared to them so precious might be imparted to all Christians; and they could not but believe that it would be joyfully accepted. But truths that would place them at variance with the world were not welcome to many who claimed to be followers of Christ. Obedience to the fourth commandment required a sacrifice from which the majority drew back.

    As the claims of the Sabbath were presented, many reasoned from the worldling's standpoint. Said they: "We have always kept Sunday, our fathers kept it, and many good and pious men have died happy while keeping it. If they were right, so are we. The keeping of this new Sabbath would throw us out of harmony with the world, and we would have no influence over them. What can a little company keeping the seventh day hope to accomplish against all the world who are keeping Sunday?" It was by similar arguments that the Jews endeavored to justify their rejection of Christ. Their fathers had been accepted of God in presenting the sacrificial offerings, and why could not the children find salvation in pursuing the same course? So, in the time of Luther, papists reasoned that true Christians had died in the Catholic faith, and therefore that religion was sufficient for salvation. Such reasoning would prove an effectual barrier to all advancement in religious faith or practice.

    Many urged that Sundaykeeping had been an established doctrine and a widespread custom of the church for many centuries. Against this argument it was shown that the Sabbath and its observance were more ancient and widespread, even as old as the world itself, and bearing the sanction both of angels and of God. When the foundations of the earth were laid, when the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy, then was laid the foundation of the Sabbath. Job 38:6, 7; Genesis 2:1-3. Well may this institution demand our reverence; it was ordained by no human authority and rests upon no human traditions; it was established by the Ancient of Days and commanded by His eternal word.

    As the attention of the people was called to the subject of Sabbath reform, popular ministers perverted the word of God, placing such interpretations upon its testimony as would best quiet inquiring minds. And those who did not search the Scriptures for themselves were content to accept conclusions that were in accordance with their desires. By argument, sophistry, the traditions of the Fathers, and the authority of the church, many endeavored to overthrow the truth. Its advocates were driven to their Bibles to defend the validity of the fourth commandment. Humble men, armed with the word of truth alone, withstood the attacks of men of learning, who, with surprise and anger, found their eloquent sophistry powerless against the simple, straightforward reasoning of men who were versed in the Scriptures rather than in the subtleties of the schools.

    In the absence of Bible testimony in their favor, many with unwearying persistence urged--forgetting how the same reasoning had been employed against Christ and His apostles: "Why do not our great men understand this Sabbath question? But few believe as you do. It cannot be that you are right and that all the men of learning in the world are wrong."

    To refute such arguments it was needful only to cite the teachings of the Scriptures and the history of the Lord's dealings with His people in all ages. God works through those who hear and obey His voice, those who will, if need be, speak unpalatable truths, those who do not fear to reprove popular sins. The reason why He does not oftener choose men of learning and high position to lead out in reform movements is that they trust to their creeds, theories, and theological systems, and feel no need to be taught of God. Only those who have a personal connection with the Source of wisdom are able to understand or explain the Scriptures. Men who have little of the learning of the schools are sometimes called to declare the truth, not because they are unlearned, but because they are not too self-sufficient to be taught of God. They learn in the school of Christ, and their humility and obedience make them great. In committing to them a knowledge of His truth, God confers upon them an honor, in comparison with which earthly honor and human greatness sink into insignificance.

    The majority of Adventists rejected the truths concerning the sanctuary and the law of God, and many also renounced their faith in the advent movement and adopted unsound and conflicting views of the prophecies which applied to that work. Some were led into the error of repeatedly fixing upon a definite time for the coming of Christ. The light which was now shining on the subject of the sanctuary should have shown them that no prophetic period extends to the second advent; that the exact time of this advent is not foretold. But, turning from the light, they continued to set time after time for the Lord to come, and as often they were disappointed.

    When the Thessalonian church received erroneous views concerning the coming of Christ, the apostle Paul counseled them to test their hopes and anticipations carefully by the word of God. He cited them to prophecies revealing the events to take place before Christ should come, and showed that they had no ground to expect Him in their day. "Let no man deceive you by any means" (2 Thessalonians 2:3), are his words of warning. Should they indulge expectations that were not sanctioned by the Scriptures, they would be led to a mistaken course of action; disappointment would expose them to the derision of unbelievers, and they would be in danger of yielding to discouragement and would be tempted to doubt the truths essential for their salvation. The apostle's admonition to the Thessalonians contains an important lesson for those who live in the last days. Many Adventists have felt that unless they could fix their faith upon a definite time for the Lord's coming, they could not be zealous and diligent in the work of preparation. But as their hopes are again and again excited, only to be destroyed, their faith receives such a shock that it becomes well-nigh impossible for them to be impressed by the great truths of prophecy.

    The preaching of a definite time for the judgment, in the giving of the first message, was ordered by God. The computation of the prophetic periods on which that message was based, placing the close of the 2300 days in the autumn of 1844, stands without impeachment. The repeated efforts to find new dates for the beginning and close of the prophetic periods, and the unsound reasoning necessary to sustain these positions, not only lead minds away from the present truth, but throw contempt upon all efforts to explain the prophecies. The more frequently a definite time is set for the second advent, and the more widely it is taught, the better it suits the purposes of Satan. After the time has passed, he excites ridicule and contempt of its advocates, and thus casts reproach upon the great advent movement of 1843 and 1844. Those who persist in this error will at last fix upon a date too far in the future for the coming of Christ. Thus they will be led to rest in a false security, and many will not be undeceived until it is too late.

    The history of ancient Israel is a striking illustration of the past experience of the Adventist body. God led His people in the advent movement, even as He led the children of Israel from Egypt. In the great disappointment their faith was tested as was that of the Hebrews at the Red Sea. Had they still trusted to the guiding hand that had been with them in their past experience, they would have seen the salvation of God. If all who had labored unitedly in the work in 1844, had received the third angel's message and proclaimed it in the power of the Holy Spirit, the Lord would have wrought mightily with their efforts. A flood of light would have been shed upon the world. Years ago the inhabitants of the earth would have been warned, the closing work completed, and Christ would have come for the redemption of His people.

    It was not the will of God that Israel should wander forty years in the wilderness; He desired to lead them directly to the land of Canaan and establish them there, a holy, happy people. But "they could not enter in because of unbelief." Hebrews 3:19. Because of their backsliding and apostasy they perished in the desert, and others were raised up to enter the Promised Land. In like manner, it was not the will of God that the coming of Christ should be so long delayed and His people should remain so many years in this world of sin and sorrow. But unbelief separated them from God. As they refused to do the work which He had appointed them, others were raised up to proclaim the message. In mercy to the world, Jesus delays His coming, that sinners may have an opportunity to hear the warning and find in Him a shelter before the wrath of God shall be poured out.

    Now as in former ages, the presentation of a truth that reproves the sins and errors of the times will excite opposition. "Everyone that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved." John 3:20. As men see that they cannot maintain their position by the Scriptures, many determine to maintain it at all hazards, and with a malicious spirit they assail the character and motives of those who stand in defense of unpopular truth. It is the same policy which has been pursued in all ages. Elijah was declared to be a troubler in Israel, Jeremiah a traitor, Paul a polluter of the temple. From that day to this, those who would be loyal to truth have been denounced as seditious, heretical, or schismatic. Multitudes who are too unbelieving to accept the sure word of prophecy will receive with unquestioning credulity an accusation against those who dare to reprove fashionable sins. This spirit will increase more and more. And the Bible plainly teaches that a time is approaching when the laws of the state will so conflict with the law of God that whosoever would obey all the divine precepts must brave reproach and punishment as an evildoer.

    In view of this, what is the duty of the messenger of truth? Shall he conclude that the truth ought not to be presented, since often its only effect is to arouse men to evade or resist its claims? No; he has no more reason for withholding the testimony of God's word, because it excites opposition, than had earlier Reformers. The confession of faith made by saints and martyrs was recorded for the benefit of succeeding generations. Those living examples of holiness and steadfast integrity have come down to inspire courage in those who are now called to stand as witnesses for God. They received grace and truth, not for themselves alone, but that, through them, the knowledge of God might enlighten the earth. Has God given light to His servants in this generation? Then they should let it shine forth to the world.

    Anciently the Lord declared to one who spoke in His name: "The house of Israel will not hearken unto thee; for they will not hearken unto Me." Nevertheless He said: "Thou shalt speak My words unto them, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear." Ezekiel 3:7; 2:7. To the servant of God at this time is the command addressed: "Lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins."

    So far as his opportunities extend, everyone who has received the light of truth is under the same solemn and fearful responsibility as was the prophet of Israel, to whom the word of the Lord came, saying: "Son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at My mouth, and warn them from Me. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul." Ezekiel 33:7-9.

    The great obstacle both to the acceptance and to the promulgation of truth is the fact that it involves inconvenience and reproach. This is the only argument against the truth which its advocates have never been able to refute. But this does not deter the true followers of Christ. These do not wait for truth to become popular. Being convinced of their duty, they deliberately accept the cross, with the apostle Paul counting that "our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory;" with one of old, "esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt." 2 Corinthians 4:17; Hebrews 11:26.

    Whatever may be their profession, it is only those who are world servers at heart that act from policy rather than principle in religious things. We should choose the right because it is right, and leave consequences with God. To men of principle, faith, and daring, the world is indebted for its great reforms. By such men the work of reform for this time must be carried forward.

    Thus saith the Lord: "Hearken unto Me, ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart is My law; fear ye not the reproach of men, neither be ye afraid of their revilings. For the moth shall eat them up like a garment, and the worm shall eat them like wool: but My righteousness shall be forever, and My salvation from generation to generation." Isaiah 51:7, 8.

    CHAPTER 27 -- Modern Revivals

    Wherever the word of God has been faithfully preached, results have followed that attested its divine origin. The Spirit of God accompanied the message of His servants, and the word was with power. Sinners felt their consciences quickened. The "light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world" illumined the secret chambers of their souls, and the hidden things of darkness were made manifest. Deep conviction took hold upon their minds and hearts. They were convinced of sin and of righteousness and of judgment to come. They had a sense of the righteousness of Jehovah and felt the terror of appearing, in their guilt and uncleanness, before the Searcher of hearts. In anguish they cried out: "Who shall deliver me from the body of this death?" As the cross of Calvary, with its infinite sacrifice for the sins of men, was revealed, they saw that nothing but the merits of Christ could suffice to atone for their transgressions; this alone could reconcile man to God. With faith and humility they accepted the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world. Through the blood of Jesus they had "remission of sins that are past."

    These souls brought forth fruit meet for repentance. They believed and were baptized, and rose to walk in newness of life--new creatures in Christ Jesus; not to fashion themselves according to the former lusts, but by the faith of the Son of God to follow in His steps, to reflect His character, and to purify themselves even as He is pure. The things they once hated they now loved, and the things they once loved they hated. The proud and self-assertive became meek and lowly of heart. The vain and supercilious became serious and unobtrusive. The profane became reverent, the drunken sober, and the profligate pure. The vain fashions of the world were laid aside. Christians sought not the "outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but . . . the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." 1 Peter 3:3, 4.

    Revivals brought deep heart-searching and humility. They were characterized by solemn, earnest appeals to the sinner, by yearning compassion for the purchase of the blood of Christ. Men and women prayed and wrestled with God for the salvation of souls. The fruits of such revivals were seen in souls who shrank not at self-denial and sacrifice, but rejoiced that they were counted worthy to suffer reproach and trial for the sake of Christ. Men beheld a transformation in the lives of those who had professed the name of Jesus. The community was benefited by their influence. They gathered with Christ, and sowed to the Spirit, to reap life everlasting.

    It could be said of them: "Ye sorrowed to repentance." "For godly sorrow worketh repentance to salvation not to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world worketh death. For behold this selfsame thing, that ye sorrowed after a godly sort, what carefulness it wrought in you, yea, what clearing of yourselves, yea, what indignation, yea, what fear, yea, what vehement desire, yea, what zeal, yea, what revenge! In all things ye have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter." 2 Corinthians 7:9-11.

    This is the result of the work of the Spirit of God. There is no evidence of genuine repentance unless it works reformation. If he restore the pledge, give again that he had robbed, confess his sins, and love God and his fellow men, the sinner may be sure that he has found peace with God. Such were the effects that in former years followed seasons of religious awakening. Judged by their fruits, they were known to be blessed of God in the salvation of men and the uplifting of humanity.

    But many of the revivals of modern times have presented a marked contrast to those manifestations of divine grace which in earlier days followed the labors of God's servants. It is true that a widespread interest is kindled, many profess conversion, and there are large accessions to the churches; nevertheless the results are not such as to warrant the belief that there has been a corresponding increase of real spiritual life. The light which flames up for a time soon dies out, leaving the darkness more dense than before.

    Popular revivals are too often carried by appeals to the imagination, by exciting the emotions, by gratifying the love for what is new and startling. Converts thus gained have little desire to listen to Bible truth, little interest in the testimony of prophets and apostles. Unless a religious service has something of a sensational character, it has no attractions for them. A message which appeals to unimpassioned reason awakens no response. The plain warnings of God's word, relating directly to their eternal interests, are unheeded.

    With every truly converted soul the relation to God and to eternal things will be the great topic of life. But where, in the popular churches of today, is the spirit of consecration to God? The converts do not renounce their pride and love of the world. They are no more willing to deny self, to take up the cross, and follow the meek and lowly Jesus, than before their conversion. Religion has become the sport of infidels and skeptics because so many who bear its name are ignorant of its principles. The power of godliness has well-nigh departed from many of the churches. Picnics, church theatricals, church fairs, fine houses, personal display, have banished thoughts of God. Lands and goods and worldly occupations engross the mind, and things of eternal interest receive hardly a passing notice.

    Notwithstanding the widespread declension of faith and piety, there are true followers of Christ in these churches. Before the final visitation of God's judgments upon the earth there will be among the people of the Lord such a revival of primitive godliness as has not been witnessed since apostolic times. The Spirit and power of God will be poured out upon His children. At that time many will separate themselves from those churches in which the love of this world has supplanted love for God and His word. Many, both of ministers and people, will gladly accept those great truths which God has caused to be proclaimed at this time to prepare a people for the Lord's second coming. The enemy of souls desires to hinder this work; and before the time for such a movement shall come, he will endeavor to prevent it by introducing a counterfeit. In those churches which he can bring under his deceptive power he will make it appear that God's special blessing is poured out; there will be manifest what is thought to be great religious interest. Multitudes will exult that God is working marvelously for them, when the work is that of another spirit. Under a religious guise, Satan will seek to extend his influence over the Christian world.

    In many of the revivals which have occurred during the last half century, the same influences have been at work, to a greater or less degree, that will be manifest in the more extensive movements of the future. There is an emotional excitement, a mingling of the true with the false, that is well adapted to mislead. Yet none need be deceived. In the light of God's word it is not difficult to determine the nature of these movements. Wherever men neglect the testimony of the Bible, turning away from those plain, soul-testing truths which require self-denial and renunciation of the world, there we may be sure that God's blessing is not bestowed. And by the rule which Christ Himself has given, "Ye shall know them by their fruits" (Matthew 7:16), it is evident that these movements are not the work of the Spirit of God.

    In the truths of His word, God has given to men a revelation of Himself; and to all who accept them they are a shield against the deceptions of Satan. It is a neglect of these truths that has opened the door to the evils which are now becoming so widespread in the religious world. The nature and the importance of the law of God have been, to a great extent, lost sight of. A wrong conception of the character, the perpetuity, and the obligation of the divine law has led to errors in relation to conversion and sanctification, and has resulted in lowering the standard of piety in the church. Here is to be found the secret of the lack of the Spirit and power of God in the revivals of our time.

    There are, in the various denominations, men eminent for their piety, by whom this fact is acknowledged and deplored. Professor Edwards A. Park, in setting forth the current religious perils, ably says: "One source of danger is the neglect of the pulpit to enforce the divine law. In former days the pulpit was an echo of the voice of conscience. . . . Our most illustrious preachers gave a wonderful majesty to their discourses by following the example of the Master, and giving prominence to the law, its precepts, and its threatenings. They repeated the two great maxims, that the law is a transcript of the divine perfections, and that a man who does not love the law does not love the gospel; for the law, as well as the gospel, is a mirror reflecting the true character of God. This peril leads to another, that of underrating the evil of sin, the extent of it, the demerit of it. In proportion to the rightfulness of the commandment is the wrongfulness of disobeying it. . . .

    "Affiliated to the dangers already named is the danger of underestimating the justice of God. The tendency of the modern pulpit is to strain out the divine justice from the divine benevolence, to sink benevolence into a sentiment rather than exalt it into a principle. The new theological prism puts asunder what God has joined together. Is the divine law a good or an evil? It is a good. Then justice is good; for it is a disposition to execute the law. From the habit of underrating the divine law and justice, the extent and demerit of human disobedience, men easily slide into the habit of underestimating the grace which has provided an atonement for sin." Thus the gospel loses its value and importance in the minds of men, and soon they are ready practically to cast aside the Bible itself.

    Many religious teachers assert that Christ by His death abolished the law, and men are henceforth free from its requirements. There are some who represent it as a grievous yoke, and in contrast to the bondage of the law they present the liberty to be enjoyed under the gospel.

    But not so did prophets and apostles regard the holy law of God. Said David: "I will walk at liberty: for I seek Thy precepts." Psalm 119:45. The apostle James, who wrote after the death of Christ, refers to the Decalogue as "the royal law" and "the perfect law of liberty." James 2:8; 1:25. And the revelator, half a century after the crucifixion, pronounces a blessing upon them "that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." Revelation 22:14.

    The claim that Christ by His death abolished His Father's law is without foundation. Had it been possible for the law to be changed or set aside, then Christ need not have died to save man from the penalty of sin. The death of Christ, so far from abolishing the law, proves that it is immutable. The Son of God came to "magnify the law, and make it honorable." Isaiah 42:21. He said: "Think not that I am come to destroy the law;" "till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law." Matthew 5:17, 18. And concerning Himself He declares: "I delight to do Thy will, O my God: yea, Thy law is within My heart." Psalm 40:8.

    The law of God, from its very nature, is unchangeable. It is a revelation of the will and the character of its Author. God is love, and His law is love. Its two great principles are love to God and love to man. "Love is the fulfilling of the law." Romans 13:10. The character of God is righteousness and truth; such is the nature of His law. Says the psalmist: "Thy law is the truth:" "all Thy commandments are righteousness." Psalm 119:142, 172. And the apostle Paul declares: "The law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good." Romans 7:12. Such a law, being an expression of the mind and will of God, must be as enduring as its Author.

    It is the work of conversion and sanctification to reconcile men to God by bringing them into accord with the principles of His law. In the beginning, man was created in the image of God. He was in perfect harmony with the nature and the law of God; the principles of righteousness were written upon his heart. But sin alienated him from his Maker. He no longer reflected the divine image. His heart was at war with the principles of God's law. "The carnal mind is enmity against God: for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." Romans 8:7. But "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son," that man might be reconciled to God. Through the merits of Christ he can be restored to harmony with his Maker. His heart must be renewed by divine grace; he must have a new life from above. This change is the new birth, without which, says Jesus, "he cannot see the kingdom of God."

    The first step in reconciliation to God is the conviction of sin. "Sin is the transgression of the law." "By the law is the knowledge of sin." 1 John 3:4; Romans 3:20. In order to see his guilt, the sinner must test his character by God's great standard of righteousness. It is a mirror which shows the perfection of a righteous character and enables him to discern the defects in his own.

    The law reveals to man his sins, but it provides no remedy. While it promises life to the obedient, it declares that death is the portion of the transgressor. The gospel of Christ alone can free him from the condemnation or the defilement of sin. He must exercise repentance toward God, whose law has been transgressed; and faith in Christ, his atoning sacrifice. Thus he obtains "remission of sins that are past" and becomes a partaker of the divine nature. He is a child of God, having received the spirit of adoption, whereby he cries: "Abba, Father!"

    Is he now free to transgress God's law? Says Paul: "Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yea, we establish the law." "How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein?" And John declares: "This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments: and His commandments are not grievous." Romans 3:31; 6:2; 1 John 5:3. In the new birth the heart is brought into harmony with God, as it is brought into accord with His law. When this mighty change has taken place in the sinner, he has passed from death unto life, from sin unto holiness, from transgression and rebellion to obedience and loyalty. The old life of alienation from God has ended; the new life of reconciliation, of faith and love, has begun. Then "the righteousness of the law" will "be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit." Romans 8:4. And the language of the soul will be: "O how love I Thy law! it is my meditation all the day." Psalm 119:97.

    "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul." Psalm 19:7. Without the law, men have no just conception of the purity and holiness of God or of their own guilt and uncleanness. They have no true conviction of sin and feel no need of repentance. Not seeing their lost condition as violators of God's law, they do not realize their need of the atoning blood of Christ. The hope of salvation is accepted without a radical change of heart or reformation of life. Thus superficial conversions abound, and multitudes are joined to the church who have never been united to Christ.

    Erroneous theories of sanctification, also, springing from neglect or rejection of the divine law, have a prominent place in the religious movements of the day. These theories are both false in doctrine and dangerous in practical results; and the fact that they are so generally finding favor, renders it doubly essential that all have a clear understanding of what the Scriptures teach upon this point.

    True sanctification is a Bible doctrine. The apostle Paul, in his letter to the Thessalonian church, declares: "This is the will of God, even your sanctification." And he prays: "The very God of peace sanctify you wholly." 1 Thessalonians 4:3; 5:23. The Bible clearly teaches what sanctification is and how it is to be attained. The Saviour prayed for His disciples: "Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth." John 17:17. And Paul teaches that believers are to be "sanctified by the Holy Ghost." Romans 15:16. What is the work of the Holy Spirit? Jesus told His disciples: "When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth." John 16:13. And the psalmist says: "Thy law is the truth." By the word and the Spirit of God are opened to men the great principles of righteousness embodied in His law. And since the law of God is "holy, and just, and good," a transcript of the divine perfection, it follows that a character formed by obedience to that law will be holy. Christ is a perfect example of such a character. He says: "I have kept My Father's commandments." "I do always those things that please Him." John 15:10; 8:29. The followers of Christ are to become like Him--by the grace of God to form characters in harmony with the principles of His holy law. This is Bible sanctification.

    This work can be accomplished only through faith in Christ, by the power of the indwelling Spirit of God. Paul admonishes believers: "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure." Philippians 2:12, 13. The Christian will feel the promptings of sin, but he will maintain a constant warfare against it. Here is where Christ's help is needed. Human weakness becomes united to divine strength, and faith exclaims: "Thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ." 1 Corinthians 15:57.

    The Scriptures plainly show that the work of sanctification is progressive. When in conversion the sinner finds peace with God through the blood of the atonement, the Christian life has but just begun. Now he is to "go on unto perfection;" to grow up "unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ." Says the apostle Paul: "This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus." Philippians 3:13, 14. And Peter sets before us the steps by which Bible sanctification is to be attained: "Giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. . . . If ye do these things, ye shall never fall." 2 Peter 1:5-10.

    Those who experience the sanctification of the Bible will manifest a spirit of humility. Like Moses, they have had a view of the awful majesty of holiness, and they see their own unworthiness in contrast with the purity and exalted perfection of the Infinite One.

    The prophet Daniel was an example of true sanctification. His long life was filled up with noble service for his Master. He was a man "greatly beloved" (Daniel 10:11) of Heaven. Yet instead of claiming to be pure and holy, this honored prophet identified himself with the really sinful of Israel as he pleaded before God in behalf of his people: "We do not present our supplications before Thee for our righteousness, but for Thy great mercies." "We have sinned, we have done wickedly." He declares: "I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people." And when at a later time the Son of God appeared, to give him instruction, Daniel says: "My comeliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength." Daniel 9:18, 15, 20; 10:8.

    When Job heard the voice of the Lord out of the whirlwind, he exclaimed: "I abhor myself, and repent in dust and ashes." Job 42:6. It was when Isaiah saw the glory of the Lord, and heard the cherubim crying, "Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts," that he cried out, "Woe is me! for I am undone." Isaiah 6:3, 5. Paul, after he was caught up into the third heaven and heard things which it was not possible for a man to utter, speaks of himself as "less than the least of all saints." 2 Corinthians 12:2-4, margin; Ephesians 3:8. It was the beloved John, who leaned on Jesus' breast and beheld His glory, that fell as one dead before the feet of the angel. Revelation 1:17.

    There can be no self-exaltation, no boastful claim to freedom from sin, on the part of those who walk in the shadow of Calvary's cross. They feel that it was their sin which caused the agony that broke the heart of the Son of God, and this thought will lead them to self-abasement. Those who live nearest to Jesus discern most clearly the frailty and sinfulness of humanity, and their only hope is in the merit of a crucified and risen Saviour.

    The sanctification now gaining prominence in the religious world carries with it a spirit of self-exaltation and a disregard for the law of God that mark it as foreign to the religion of the Bible. Its advocates teach that sanctification is an instantaneous work, by which, through faith alone, they attain to perfect holiness. "Only believe," say they, "and the blessing is yours." No further effort on the part of the receiver is supposed to be required. At the same time they deny the authority of the law of God, urging that they are released from obligation to keep the commandments. But is it possible for men to be holy, in accord with the will and character of God, without coming into harmony with the principles which are an expression of His nature and will, and which show what is well pleasing to Him?

    The desire for an easy religion that requires no striving, no self-denial, no divorce from the follies of the world, has made the doctrine of faith, and faith only, a popular doctrine; but what saith the word of God? Says the apostle James: "What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him? . . . Wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead? Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar? Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made perfect? . . . Ye see then how that by works a man is justified, and not by faith only." James 2:14-24.

    The testimony of the word of God is against this ensnaring doctrine of faith without works. It is not faith that claims the favor of Heaven without complying with the conditions upon which mercy is to be granted, it is presumption; for genuine faith has its foundation in the promises and provisions of the Scriptures.

    Let none deceive themselves with the belief that they can become holy while willfully violating one of God's requirements. The commission of a known sin silences the witnessing voice of the Spirit and separates the soul from God. "Sin is the transgression of the law." And "whosoever sinneth [transgresseth the law] hath not seen Him, neither known Him." 1 John 3:6. Though John in his epistles dwells so fully upon love, yet he does not hesitate to reveal the true character of that class who claim to be sanctified while living in transgression of the law of God. "He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected." 1 John 2:4, 5. Here is the test of every man's profession. We cannot accord holiness to any man without bringing him to the measurement of God's only standard of holiness in heaven and in earth. If men feel no weight of the moral law, if they belittle and make light of God's precepts, if they break one of the least of these commandments, and teach men so, they shall be of no esteem in the sight of Heaven, and we may know that their claims are without foundation.

    And the claim to be without sin is, in itself, evidence that he who makes this claim is far from holy. It is because he has no true conception of the infinite purity and holiness of God or of what they must become who shall be in harmony with His character; because he has no true conception of the purity and exalted loveliness of Jesus, and the malignity and evil of sin, that man can regard himself as holy. The greater the distance between himself and Christ, and the more inadequate his conceptions of the divine character and requirements, the more righteous he appears in his own eyes.

    The sanctification set forth in the Scriptures embraces the entire being--spirit, soul, and body. Paul prayed for the Thessalonians that their "whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ." 1 Thessalonians 5:23. Again he writes to believers: "I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God." Romans 12:1. In the time of ancient Israel every offering brought as a sacrifice to God was carefully examined. If any defect was discovered in the animal presented, it was refused; for God had commanded that the offering be "without blemish." So Christians are bidden to present their bodies, "a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God." In order to do this, all their powers must be preserved in the best possible condition. Every practice that weakens physical or mental strength unfits man for the service of his Creator. And will God be pleased with anything less than the best we can offer? Said Christ: "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart." Those who do love God with all the heart will desire to give Him the best service of their life, and they will be constantly seeking to bring every power of their being into harmony with the laws that will promote their ability to do His will. They will not, by the indulgence of appetite or passion, enfeeble or defile the offering which they present to their heavenly Father.

    Peter says: "Abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul." 1 Peter 2:11. Every sinful gratification tends to benumb the faculties and deaden the mental and spiritual perceptions, and the word or the Spirit of God can make but a feeble impression upon the heart. Paul writes to the Corinthians: "Let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God." 2 Corinthians 7:1. And with the fruits of the Spirit--"love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness"--he classes "temperance." Galatians 5:22, 23.

    Notwithstanding these inspired declarations, how many professed Christians are enfeebling their powers in the pursuit of gain or the worship of fashion; how many are debasing their godlike manhood by gluttony, by wine drinking, by forbidden pleasure. And the church, instead of rebuking, too often encourages the evil by appealing to appetite, to desire for gain or love of pleasure, to replenish her treasury, which love for Christ is too feeble to supply. Were Jesus to enter the churches of today and behold the feasting and unholy traffic there conducted in the name of religion, would He not drive out those desecrators, as He banished the money-changers from the temple?

    The apostle James declares that the wisdom from above is "first pure." Had he encountered those who take the precious name of Jesus upon lips defiled by tobacco, those whose breath and person are contaminated by its foul odor, and who pollute the air of heaven and force all about them to inhale the poison--had the apostle come in contact with a practice so opposed to the purity of the gospel, would he not have denounced it as "earthly, sensual, devilish"? Slaves of tobacco, claiming the blessing of entire sanctification, talk of their hope of heaven; but God's word plainly declares that "there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth." Revelation 21:27.

    "Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." 1 Corinthians 6:19, 20. He whose body is the temple of the Holy Spirit will not be enslaved by a pernicious habit. His powers belong to Christ, who has bought him with the price of blood. His property is the Lord's. How could he be guiltless in squandering this entrusted capital? Professed Christians yearly expend an immense sum upon useless and pernicious indulgences, while souls are perishing for the word of life. God is robbed in tithes and offerings, while they consume upon the altar of destroying lust more than they give to relieve the poor or for the support of the gospel. If all who profess to be followers of Christ were truly sanctified, their means, instead of being spent for needless and even hurtful indulgences, would be turned into the Lord's treasury, and Christians would set an example of temperance, self-denial, and self-sacrifice. Then they would be the light of the world.

    The world is given up to self-indulgence. "The lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life" control the masses of the people. But Christ's followers have a holier calling. "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean." In the light of God's word we are justified in declaring that sanctification cannot be genuine which does not work this utter renunciation of the sinful pursuits and gratifications of the world.

    To those who comply with the conditions, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, . . . and touch not the unclean," God's promise is, "I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty." 2 Corinthians 6:17, 18. It is the privilege and the duty of every Christian to have a rich and abundant experience in the things of God. "I am the light of the world," said Jesus. "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." John 8:12. "The path of the just is as the shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day." Proverbs 4:18. Every step of faith and obedience brings the soul into closer connection with the Light of the world, in whom there "is no darkness at all." The bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness shine upon the servants of God, and they are to reflect His rays. As the stars tell us that there is a great light in heaven with whose glory they are made bright, so Christians are to make it manifest that there is a God on the throne of the universe whose character is worthy of praise and imitation. The graces of His Spirit, the purity and holiness of His character, will be manifest in His witnesses.

    Paul in his letter to the Colossians sets forth the rich blessings granted to the children of God. He says: We "do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and long-suffering with joyfulness." Colossians 1:9-11.

    Again he writes of his desire that the brethren at Ephesus might come to understand the height of the Christian's privilege. He opens before them, in the most comprehensive language, the marvelous power and knowledge that they might possess as sons and daughters of the Most High. It was theirs "to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man," to be "rooted and grounded in love," to "comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge." But the prayer of the apostle reaches the climax of privilege when he prays that "ye might be filled with all the fullness of God." Ephesians 3:16-19.

    Here are revealed the heights of attainment that we may reach through faith in the promises of our heavenly Father, when we fulfill His requirements. Through the merits of Christ we have access to the throne of Infinite Power. "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" Romans 8:32. The Father gave His Spirit without measure to His Son, and we also may partake of its fullness. Jesus says, "If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children: how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?" Luke 11:13. "If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it." "Ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full." John 14:14: 16:24.

    While the Christian's life will be characterized by humility, it should not be marked with sadness and self-depreciation. It is the privilege of everyone so to live that God will approve and bless him. It is not the will of our heavenly Father that we should be ever under condemnation and darkness. There is no evidence of true humility in going with the head bowed down and the heart filled with thoughts of self. We may go to Jesus and be cleansed, and stand before the law without shame and remorse. "There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit." Romans 8:1.

    Through Jesus the fallen sons of Adam become "sons of God." "Both He that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brethren." Hebrews 2:11. The Christian's life should be one of faith, of victory, and joy in God. "Whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." 1 John 5:4. Truly spoke God's servant Nehemiah: "The joy of the Lord is your strength." Nehemiah 8:10. And Paul says: "Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say, Rejoice." "Rejoice evermore. Pray without ceasing. In everything give thanks: for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you." Philippians 4:4; 1 Thessalonians 5:16-18.

    Such are the fruits of Bible conversion and sanctification; and it is because the great principles of righteousness set forth in the law of God are so indifferently regarded by the Christian world that these fruits are so rarely witnessed. This is why there is manifest so little of that deep, abiding work of the Spirit of God which marked revivals in former years.

    It is by beholding that we become changed. And as those sacred precepts in which God has opened to men the perfection and holiness of His character are neglected, and the minds of the people are attracted to human teachings and theories, what marvel that there has followed a decline of living piety in the church. Saith the Lord: "They have forsaken Me the fountain of living waters, and hewed them out cisterns, broken cisterns, that can hold no water." Jeremiah 2:13.

    "Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly. . . . But his delight is in the law of the Lord; and in His law doth he meditate day and night. And he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever he doeth shall prosper." Psalm 1:1-3. It is only as the law of God is restored to its rightful position that there can be a revival of primitive faith and godliness among His professed people. "Thus saith the Lord, Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls." Jeremiah 6:16.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Wed Jan 28, 2015 10:35 am

    bobhardee wrote:Good Morning Doc.  (Ortho)

    Interesting thoughts (as always) and film trailers. I don't watch very much television and have never seen any of the ones you posted. I do review a good many YouTube films and my dream could have been influenced by some of those but none come to mind. The name The Event came from the Rob Porter interviews with  Cobra. He reports that the first thing that is going to happen is a financial change that is going to impact the entire world. He suggest that people prepare by putting aside enough cast to get through a week or so because they will not be able to use their banks.  If there is a product that "Cobra" is trying to sell, I haven't seen it. It makes one very suspicious when the YouTubes try to scare you into buying something. Marshall Whatever (his name)  with his Nibiru films is a good example of that.  Speaking of Nibiru, the last YouTube  I posted on MOA on that subject was about our sun being a part of a binary system.  It does not address Nibiru even though it makes reference to it in the title.  Of course the implication is that Planet X  is our binary twin which would make our system (according to the film) like the majority of suns roaming around in our galaxy.

    Perhaps I should just stick with John 3/16 and forget looking at or posting anything else. I think my wife would like that. It would be nice but there is a much bigger picture than what we are being shown. There are truths that are being hidden.  Some that have been hidden since the Council of Niaea.  And some scientific truths are being suppressed in the name of world economy.  The reporting of and seeking out the truth of yesterday by the US news outlets does NOT appear to be what it was 20years ago. It feels controlled and unified. Not independent and competitive.  The human race could do better.....and some of our fear of Off Worlders is that they could easily point out how we spend so much time making war or manipulating one another with each other instead of caring for one another. This year and the next several are going to interesting and I for one feel special to have been chosen to be in this body in this life time.

    Bob H.
    B.B.Baghor wrote:Thanks for creating this thread and these updates, bobhardee. Doc ortho.....? Doc....? Doctor? Just.... what the doctor ordered...?! Cheerful

    I can sense.... whatever it is.... that is happening, right now.  It's in the air and.... on the air increasingly..... thank heavens, pun intended. It's like an invitation to look through the left overs in the fridge and eat them or throw them away... metaphorically speaking. Creating an empty slate... not thinking about what will be written on it, if ever that happens.... again. Or call it....  spring cleaning? It's a challenge to create a state of wonder, with the mind groping for meaning, from habit, for we have no reference for this, while in the body. On a ligher note.....  don't throw away the tranquilizers in the leftovers.... yet, the reptilians, being stuck here, probably need them  Bleh
     
    I'm happy to let one stay in my guestroom, once we join as friends, entering the 5th dimension  Cheerful

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Inno-s10
    Inno-Sense
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Good-Morning BoB and B.B. Reading all of John 3 gives a somewhat different meaning than just reading John 3:16 in isolation. Cool painting, B.B.
    B.B.Baghor wrote:
    https://www.youtube.com/watch?x-yt-ts=1422411861&v=KhzUjyrVB54&x-yt-cl=84924572

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Images11
    Zeus the Greek God Lord of the sky and supreme
    ruler of the Gods. Thrower of lightning bolts

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Images12
    Neptune God of the Sea

    Greek and Roman Gods

    Here are the twelve Olympian gods and a brief description of each.
    The Greeks and Romans shared the same stories, but used different names.



    Greek                                               Roman

    Zeus                                                     Jupiter

    Lord of the sky and supreme ruler of the gods. Known for throwing lightening bolts.  

    Poseidon                                               Neptune

    Ruler of the sea. Brother of Zeus. Carried a three-pronged spear known as a trident.

    Hades                                                   Pluto

    Ruler of the underworld and the dead. Brother of Zeus. Had a helmet which rendered its wearer invisible.

    Hestia                                                   Vesta

    A virgin goddess and sister of Zeus. No distinct personality or part in myths. Goddess of the Hearth, the symbol of the home.

    Hera                                                     Juno

    Zeus's wife and sister. Protector of marriage, spent most of her time punishing the many women Zeus fell in love with. Likes cows and peacocks.

    Ares                                                     Mars

    God of war and son of Zeus and Hera. Likes vultures and dogs.

    Athena                                                 Minerva

    Daughter of Zeus alone. No mother.(?) She sprang from his head full-grown and in full armor. The protector of civilized life, handicrafts, and agriculture. Invented the bridle, and first to tame the horse. Likes Athens, olives, and owls.

    Apollo                                                  Apollo

    Son of Zeus. Master musician, archer god, healer, god of light, god of truth, sun god. A busy god who likes the laurel tree, dolphins, and crows.  

    Aphrodite                                            Venus

    Daughter of Zeus. Goddess of Love and Beauty. Likes the myrtle tree, doves, sparrows, and swans.

    Hermes                                               Mercury

    Son of Zeus. Wore wings on his sandals and his hat, thus was graceful and swift.

    Artemis                                               Diana

    Apollo's twin sister and daughter of Zeus. Lady of wild things and huntsman to the gods. As Apollo is the Sun, Artemis is the moon.

    Hephaestus                                         Vulcan

    Son of Hera, God of Fire. The only ugly and deformed god. Makes armor and weapons forged under volcanoes.

    Other Gods


    Greek                                            Roman

    Gaea                                                 Terra

    Mother Earth.

    Asclepius                                           Aesculapius

    God of medicine.

    Cronus                                              Saturn

    God of the sky; Ruler of the Titans (Roman mythology: God of agriculture)  

    Demeter                                           Ceres

    Goddess of grain.

    Dionysus                                          Bacchus

    God of wine and vegetation.

    Eros                                                Cupid

    God of love.    

    Hypnos                                           Somnus

    God of sleep.

    Rhea                                              Ops

    Wife of Cronus/Saturn. Mother Goddess.

    Uranus                                           Uranus

    God of the sky. Father of the Titans.

    Nike                                              Victoria

    Goddess of Victory.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Thank-you for posting this, B.B. My theory is that most of the theologies and mythologies are cover-stories for the much more complex and nasty "Real-Stories" -- yet which reveal a lot of truth to those with eyes to see -- and ears to hear.
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ellen-burstyn

    Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.  4 Blessed are they that mourn : for they shall be comforted .  5 Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.  6 Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled .  7 Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy .  8 Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God.  9 Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God.  10 Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.  11 Blessed are ye , when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil  against you falsely , for my sake .  12 Rejoice , and be exceeding glad : for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.  13 Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour , wherewith shall it be salted ? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men.  14 Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot  be hid .  15 Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house.  16 Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.  17 Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy , but to fulfil .  18 For verily I say unto you, Till  heaven and earth pass , one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till  all be fulfilled .  19 Whosoever  therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.  20 For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed  the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.  21 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the judgment:  22 But I say unto you, That whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment: and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council: but whosoever shall say , Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire.  23 Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee;  24 Leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way ; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.  25 Agree  with thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art in the way with him; lest at any time the adversary deliver thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and thou be cast into prison.  26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing.  27 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not commit adultery :  28 But I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart.  29 And if thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out , and cast it from thee: for it is profitable for thee that one of thy members should perish , and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell.  30 And if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off , and cast it from thee: for it is profitable for thee that one of thy members should perish , and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell.  31 It hath been said  , Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement:  32 But I say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery : and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced committeth adultery .  33 Again, ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, Thou shalt not forswear thyself , but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths:  34 But I say unto you, Swear not at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne:  35 Nor by the earth; for it is his footstool  : neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King.  36 Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black.  37 But let your communication be , Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for whatsoever is more than these cometh of evil.  38 Ye have heard that it hath been said , An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth:  39 But I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also.  40 And if any man will sue thee at the law , and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloke also.  41 And whosoever shall compel thee to go a mile, go with him twain.  42 Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away .  43 Ye have heard that it hath been said , Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemy.  44 But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you;  45 That ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.  46 For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye ? do not even the publicans the same?  47 And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? do not even the publicans so?  48 Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.

    Take heed that ye do not your alms before men, to be seen  of them: otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in heaven.  2 Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward.  3 But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth :  4 That thine alms may be in secret: and thy Father which seeth in secret himself shall reward thee openly .  5 And when thou prayest , thou shalt not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you , They have their reward.  6 But thou, when thou prayest , enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly .  7 But when ye pray , use not vain repetitions , as the heathen do: for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking.  8 Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him.  9 After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name.  10 Thy kingdom come . Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven.  11 Give us this day our daily bread.  12 And forgive us our debts, as  we forgive our debtors.  13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen.  14 For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you:  15 But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.  16 Moreover when ye fast , be not, as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance: for they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast . Verily I say unto you , They have their reward.  17 But thou, when thou fastest , anoint thine head, and wash thy face;  18 That thou appear not unto men to fast , but unto thy Father which is in secret: and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly .  19 Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt , and where thieves break through and steal :  20 But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt , and where thieves do not break through nor steal :  21 For where your treasure is , there will your heart be also.  22 The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light.  23 But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!  24 No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot  serve God and mammon.  25 Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat , or what ye shall drink ; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on . Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?  26 Behold  the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap , nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they?  27 Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature?  28 And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow ; they toil not, neither do they spin :  29 And yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.  30 Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which to day is , and to morrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?  31 Therefore take no thought , saying , What shall we eat ? or, What shall we drink ? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed ?  32 (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek :) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things.  33 But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you.  34 Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.

    Judge not, that ye be not judged .  2 For with what judgment ye judge , ye shall be judged : and with what measure ye mete , it shall be measured to you again .  3 And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye?  4 Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold , a beam is in thine own eye?  5 Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother's eye.  6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you.  7 Ask , and it shall be given you; seek , and ye shall find ; knock , and it shall be opened unto you:  8 For every one that asketh receiveth ; and he that seeketh findeth ; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened .  9 Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give  him a stone?  10 Or if he ask a fish, will he give  him a serpent?  11 If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him?  12 Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets.  13 Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat  :  14 Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.  15 Beware  of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves.  16 Ye shall know them by their fruits . Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles?  17 Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit.  18 A good tree cannot  bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit.  19 Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down , and cast into the fire.  20 Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.  21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven.  22 Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works?  23 And then will I profess unto them , I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity.  24 Therefore whosoever  heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock:  25 And the rain descended , and the floods came , and the winds blew , and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock.  26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand:  27 And the rain descended , and the floods came , and the winds blew , and beat upon that house; and it fell : and great was the fall of it

    The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat:  3 All therefore whatsoever they bid you observe , that observe and do ; but do not ye after their works: for they say , and do not.  4 For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne, and lay them on men's shoulders; but they themselves will not move them with one of their fingers.  5 But all their works they do for to be seen of men  : they make broad their phylacteries, and enlarge the borders of their garments,  6 And love the uppermost rooms at feasts, and the chief seats in the synagogues,  7 And greetings in the markets, and to be called of men, Rabbi, Rabbi.  8 But be not ye called Rabbi: for one is your Master, even Christ; and all ye are brethren.  9 And call no man your father upon the earth: for one is your Father, which is in heaven.  10 Neither be ye called masters: for one is your Master, even Christ.  11 But he that is greatest among you shall be your servant.  12 And whosoever shall exalt himself shall be abased ; and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted .  13 But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for ye neither go in yourselves, neither suffer ye them that are entering to go in .  14 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayer : therefore ye shall receive the greater damnation.  15 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte, and when he is made , ye make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.  16 Woe unto you, ye blind guides, which say , Whosoever shall swear by the temple, it is nothing; but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the temple, he is a debtor !  17 Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gold, or the temple that sanctifieth the gold?  18 And, Whosoever shall swear by the altar, it is nothing; but whosoever  sweareth by the gift that is upon it, he is guilty .  19 Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gift, or the altar that sanctifieth the gift?  20 Whoso therefore shall swear by the altar, sweareth by it, and by all things thereon .  21 And whoso shall swear by the temple, sweareth by it, and by him that dwelleth therein.  22 And he that shall swear by heaven, sweareth by the throne of God, and by him that sitteth thereon .  23 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier matters of the law, judgment , mercy, and faith: these ought ye to have done , and not to leave the other undone .  24 Ye blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and swallow a camel.  25 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye make clean the outside of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of extortion and excess.  26 Thou blind Pharisee, cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter, that the outside of them may be clean also.  27 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear beautiful outward, but are within full of dead men's bones, and of all uncleanness.  28 Even so ye also  outwardly appear righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity.  29 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! because ye build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous,  30 And say , If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets.  31 Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves, that ye are the children of them which killed the prophets.  32 Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers.  33 Ye serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell?  34 Wherefore , behold , I send unto you prophets, and wise men, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill and crucify ; and some of them shall ye scourge in your synagogues, and persecute them from city to city:  35 That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew between the temple and the altar.  36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come upon this generation.  37 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy  children together , even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not!  38 Behold , your house is left unto you desolate.  39 For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth , till ye shall say , Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.

    See ye the temple? Verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Take heed that no man deceive you.  5 For many shall come in my name, saying , I am Christ; and shall deceive many.  6 And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled : for all these things must come to pass , but the end is not yet.  7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.  8 All  these are the beginning of sorrows.  9 Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name's sake.  10 And then shall many be offended , and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.  11 And many false prophets shall rise , and shall deceive many.  12 And because iniquity shall abound , the love of many shall wax cold .  13 But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved .  14 And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come .  15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth , let him understand :)  16 Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains:  17 Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take any thing out of his house:  18 Neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.  19 And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!  20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day:  21 For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be .  22 And except those days should be shortened , there should no flesh be saved : but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened .  23 Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo , here is Christ, or there; believe it not.  24 For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.  25 Behold , I have told you before .  26 Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold , he is in the desert; go not forth : behold , he is in the secret chambers; believe it not.  27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be .  28 For wheresoever the carcase is , there will the eagles be gathered together .  29 Immediately  after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened , and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken :  30 And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn , and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.  31 And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other .  32 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh:  33 So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.  34 Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass , till  all these things be fulfilled .  35 Heaven and earth shall pass away , but my words shall not pass away .  36 But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.  37 But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be .  38 For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking , marrying and giving in marriage , until the day that Noe entered into the ark,  39 And knew not until the flood came , and took them all away ; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be .  40 Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken , and the other left .  41 Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken , and the other left .  42 Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come .  43 But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come , he would have watched , and would not have suffered his house to be broken up .  44 Therefore  be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh .  45 Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season?  46 Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing .  47 Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods .  48 But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming ;  49 And shall begin to smite his fellowservants, and to eat and drink with the drunken ;  50 The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of ,  51 And shall cut him asunder , and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

    Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bridegroom.  2 And five of them were wise, and five were foolish.  3 They that were foolish took their  lamps, and took no oil with them:  4 But the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps.  5 While the bridegroom tarried , they all slumbered and slept .  6 And at midnight there was a cry made , Behold , the bridegroom cometh ; go ye out to meet him.  7 Then all those virgins arose , and trimmed their lamps.  8 And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out .  9 But the wise answered , saying , Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell , and buy for yourselves.  10 And while they went to buy , the bridegroom came ; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut .  11 Afterward  came also the other virgins, saying , Lord, Lord, open to us.  12 But he answered and said , Verily I say unto you, I know you not.  13 Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh .  14 For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country , who called his own servants, and delivered unto them his goods .  15 And unto one he gave five talents , to another two, and to another one; to every man according to his several ability; and straightway took his journey .  16 Then he that had received the five talents went and traded with the same, and made them other five talents.  17 And likewise he that had received two, he also gained other two.  18 But he that had received one went and digged in the earth, and hid his lord's money.  19 After a long time the lord of those servants cometh , and reckoneth  with them.  20 And so he that had received five talents came and brought other five talents, saying , Lord, thou deliveredst unto me five talents: behold, I have gained beside them five talents more.  21 His lord said unto him, Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord.  22 He also that had received two talents came and said , Lord, thou deliveredst unto me two talents: behold, I have gained two other talents beside them.  23 His lord said unto him, Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord.  24 Then he which had received the one talent came and said , Lord, I knew thee that thou art an hard man, reaping where thou hast not sown , and gathering where thou hast not strawed :  25 And I was afraid , and went and hid thy talent in the earth: lo, there thou hast that is thine.  26 His lord answered and said unto him, Thou wicked and slothful servant, thou knewest that I reap where I sowed not, and gather where I have not strawed :  27 Thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have received mine own with usury.  28 Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto him which hath ten talents.  29 For unto every one that hath shall be given , and he shall have abundance : but from him that hath not shall be taken away  even that which he hath .  30 And cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.  31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory:  32 And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats:  33 And he shall set  the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left.  34 Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come , ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:  35 For I was an hungred , and ye gave me meat : I was thirsty , and ye gave me drink : I was a stranger, and ye took me in :  36 Naked, and ye clothed me: I was sick , and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came unto me.  37 Then shall the righteous answer him, saying , Lord, when saw we thee an hungred , and fed thee? or thirsty , and gave thee drink ?  38 When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in ? or naked, and clothed thee?  39 Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee?  40 And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.  41 Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed , into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels:  42 For I was an hungred , and ye gave me no meat : I was thirsty , and ye gave me no drink :  43 I was a stranger, and ye took me not in : naked, and ye clothed me not: sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not.  44 Then shall they also answer him, saying , Lord, when saw we thee an hungred , or athirst , or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto thee?  45 Then shall he answer them, saying , Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.  46 And these shall go away into everlasting punishment: but the righteous into life eternal.  


    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 600full-ellen-burstyn
    "You Can't Outrun or Outgun God!!"


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Jan 29, 2015 11:33 pm; edited 10 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Wed Jan 28, 2015 11:02 am

    One could conceivably create an infinite number of mythologies, theologies, histories, and prophecies. Do we need a God to tell us what to think and do?? From a Judeo-Christian Perspective -- consider Genesis, Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and Song of Songs. What if this constitutes the True-Covenant?? What if everything which does not harmonize with these six books must be considered "Heresy". I'm not starting a "Witch-Hunt". I'm just wondering. This thread is too complex for me. This thread is too complex for most people. The scary thing is that this thread merely scratches the surface -- and I have attempted to be concise yet comprehensive. The Truth is Out There. The Bullshit is Out There. What if the Truth is More "Out-There" Than the Bullshit?? What If Most of Us Prefer the Bullshit?? What if "You Know Who" Promotes the Bullshit -- Giving Us What We Want -- While Taking What We Have?? When I Told the Ancient Egyptian Deity That Humanity Was Easy to Deceive -- He Responded "VERY Easy!!" You Should've Seen the Look on His Face...

    CHAPTER 28 -- Facing Life's Record

    "I beheld," says the prophet Daniel, "till thrones were placed, and One that was Ancient of Days did sit: His raiment was white as snow, and the hair of His head like pure wool; His throne was fiery flames, and the wheels thereof burning fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before Him: thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened." Daniel 7:9, 10, R.V.

    Thus was presented to the prophet's vision the great and solemn day when the characters and the lives of men should pass in review before the Judge of all the earth, and to every man should be rendered "according to his works." The Ancient of Days is God the Father. Says the psalmist: "Before the mountains were brought forth, or ever Thou hadst formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting, Thou art God." Psalm 90:2. It is He, the source of all being, and the fountain of all law, that is to preside in the judgment. And holy angels as ministers and witnesses, in number "ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands," attend this great tribunal.

    "And, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought Him near before Him. And there was given Him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away." Daniel 7:13, 14. The coming of Christ here described is not His second coming to the earth. He comes to the Ancient of Days in heaven to receive dominion and glory and a kingdom, which will be given Him at the close of His work as a mediator. It is this coming, and not His second advent to the earth, that was foretold in prophecy to take place at the termination of the 2300 days in 1844. Attended by heavenly angels, our great High Priest enters the holy of holies and there appears in the presence of God to engage in the last acts of His ministration in behalf of man--to perform the work of investigative judgment and to make an atonement for all who are shown to be entitled to its benefits.

    In the typical service only those who had come before God with confession and repentance, and whose sins, through the blood of the sin offering, were transferred to the sanctuary, had a part in the service of the Day of Atonement. So in the great day of final atonement and investigative judgment the only cases considered are those of the professed people of God. The judgment of the wicked is a distinct and separate work, and takes place at a later period. "Judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel?" 1 Peter 4:17.

    The books of record in heaven, in which the names and the deeds of men are registered, are to determine the decisions of the judgment. Says the prophet Daniel: "The judgment was set, and the books were opened." The revelator, describing the same scene, adds: "Another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works." Revelation 20:12.

    The book of life contains the names of all who have ever entered the service of God. Jesus bade His disciples: "Rejoice, because your names are written in heaven." Luke 10:20. Paul speaks of his faithful fellow workers, "whose names are in the book of life." Philippians 4:3. Daniel, looking down to "a time of trouble, such as never was," declares that God's people shall be delivered, "everyone that shall be found written in the book." And the revelator says that those only shall enter the city of God whose names "are written in the Lamb's book of life." Daniel 12:1; Revelation 21:27.

    "A book of remembrance" is written before God, in which are recorded the good deeds of "them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name." Malachi 3:16. Their words of faith, their acts of love, are registered in heaven. Nehemiah refers to this when he says: "Remember me, O my God, . . . and wipe not out my good deeds that I have done for the house of my God." Nehemiah 13:14. In the book of God's remembrance every deed of righteousness is immortalized. There every temptation resisted, every evil overcome, every word of tender pity expressed, is faithfully chronicled. And every act of sacrifice, every suffering and sorrow endured for Christ's sake, is recorded. Says the psalmist: "Thou tellest my wanderings: put Thou my tears into Thy bottle: are they not in Thy book?" Psalm 56:8.

    There is a record also of the sins of men. "For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil." "Every idle word that men shall speak, they shall give account thereof in the day of judgment." Says the Saviour: "By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned." Ecclesiastes 12:14; Matthew 12:36, 37. The secret purposes and motives appear in the unerring register; for God "will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts." 1 Corinthians 4:5. "Behold, it is written before Me, . . . your iniquities, and the iniquities of your fathers together, saith the Lord." Isaiah 65:6, 7.

    Every man's work passes in review before God and is registered for faithfulness or unfaithfulness. Opposite each name in the books of heaven is entered with terrible exactness every wrong word, every selfish act, every unfulfilled duty, and every secret sin, with every artful dissembling. Heaven-sent warnings or reproofs neglected, wasted moments, unimproved opportunities, the influence exerted for good or for evil, with its far-reaching results, all are chronicled by the recording angel.

    The law of God is the standard by which the characters and the lives of men will be tested in the judgment. Says the wise man: "Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment." Ecclesiastes 12:13, 14. The apostle James admonishes his brethren: "So speak ye, and so do, as they that shall be judged by the law of liberty." James 2:12

    Those who in the judgment are "accounted worthy" will have a part in the resurrection of the just. Jesus said: "They which shall be accounted worthy to obtain that world, and the resurrection from the dead, . . . are equal unto the angels; and are the children of God, being the children of the resurrection." Luke 20:35, 36. And again He declares that "they that have done good" shall come forth "unto the resurrection of life." John 5:29. The righteous dead will not be raised until after the judgment at which they are accounted worthy of "the resurrection of life." Hence they will not be present in person at the tribunal when their records are examined and their cases decided.

    Jesus will appear as their advocate, to plead in their behalf before God. "If any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." 1 John 2:1. "For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us." "Wherefore He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him, seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them." Hebrews 9:24; 7:25.

    As the books of record are opened in the judgment, the lives of all who have believed on Jesus come in review before God. Beginning with those who first lived upon the earth, our Advocate presents the cases of each successive generation, and closes with the living. Every name is mentioned, every case closely investigated. Names are accepted, names rejected. When any have sins remaining upon the books of record, unrepented of and unforgiven, their names will be blotted out of the book of life, and the record of their good deeds will be erased from the book of God's remembrance. The Lord declared to Moses: "Whosoever hath sinned against Me, him will I blot out of My book." Exodus 32:33. And says the prophet Ezekiel: "When the righteous turneth away from his righteousness, and committeth iniquity, . . . all his righteousness that he hath done shall not be mentioned." Ezekiel 18:24.

    All who have truly repented of sin, and by faith claimed the blood of Christ as their atoning sacrifice, have had pardon entered against their names in the books of heaven; as they have become partakers of the righteousness of Christ, and their characters are found to be in harmony with the law of God, their sins will be blotted out, and they themselves will be accounted worthy of eternal life. The Lord declares, by the prophet Isaiah: "I, even I, am He that blotteth out thy transgressions for Mine own sake, and will not remember thy sins." Isaiah 43:25. Said Jesus: "He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels." "Whosoever therefore shall confess Me before men, him will I confess also before My Father which is in heaven. But whosoever shall deny Me before men, him will I also deny before My Father which is in heaven." Revelation 3:5; Matthew 10:32, 33.

    The deepest interest manifested among men in the decisions of earthly tribunals but faintly represents the interest evinced in the heavenly courts when the names entered in the book of life come up in review before the Judge of all the earth. The divine Intercessor presents the plea that all who have overcome through faith in His blood be forgiven their transgressions, that they be restored to their Eden home, and crowned as joint heirs with Himself to "the first dominion." Micah 4:8. Satan in his efforts to deceive and tempt our race had thought to frustrate the divine plan in man's creation; but Christ now asks that this plan be carried into effect as if man had never fallen. He asks for His people not only pardon and justification, full and complete, but a share in His glory and a seat upon His throne.

    While Jesus is pleading for the subjects of His grace, Satan accuses them before God as transgressors. The great deceiver has sought to lead them into skepticism, to cause them to lose confidence in God, to separate themselves from His love, and to break His law. Now he points to the record of their lives, to the defects of character, the unlikeness to Christ, which has dishonored their Redeemer, to all the sins that he has tempted them to commit, and because of these he claims them as his subjects.

    Jesus does not excuse their sins, but shows their penitence and faith, and, claiming for them forgiveness, He lifts His wounded hands before the Father and the holy angels, saying: I know them by name. I have graven them on the palms of My hands. "The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit: a broken and a contrite heart, O God, Thou wilt not despise." Psalm 51:17. And to the accuser of His people He declares: "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?" Zechariah 3:2. Christ will clothe His faithful ones with His own righteousness, that He may present them to His Father "a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." Ephesians 5:27. Their names stand enrolled in the book of life, and concerning them it is written: "They shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy." Revelation 3:4.

    Thus will be realized the complete fulfillment of the new-covenant promise: "I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more." "In those days, and in that time, saith the Lord, the iniquity of Israel shall be sought for, and there shall be none; and the sins of Judah, and they shall not be found." Jeremiah 31:34; 50:20. "In that day shall the branch of the Lord be beautiful and glorious, and the fruit of the earth shall be excellent and comely for them that are escaped of Israel. And it shall come to pass, that he that is left in Zion, and he that remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called holy, even everyone that is written among the living in Jerusalem." Isaiah 4:2, 3.

    The work of the investigative judgment and the blotting out of sins is to be accomplished before the second advent of the Lord. Since the dead are to be judged out of the things written in the books, it is impossible that the sins of men should be blotted out until after the judgment at which their cases are to be investigated. But the apostle Peter distinctly states that the sins of believers will be blotted out "when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; and He shall send Jesus Christ." Acts 3:19, 20. When the investigative judgment closes, Christ will come, and His reward will be with Him to give to every man as his work shall be.

    In the typical service the high priest, having made the atonement for Israel, came forth and blessed the congregation. So Christ, at the close of His work as mediator, will appear, "without sin unto salvation" (Hebrews 9:28), to bless His waiting people with eternal life. As the priest, in removing the sins from the sanctuary, confessed them upon the head of the scapegoat, so Christ will place all these sins upon Satan, the originator and instigator of sin. The scapegoat, bearing the sins of Israel, was sent away "unto a land not inhabited" (Leviticus 16:22); so Satan, bearing the guilt of all the sins which he has caused God's people to commit, will be for a thousand years confined to the earth, which will then be desolate, without inhabitant, and he will at last suffer the full penalty of sin in the fires that shall destroy all the wicked. Thus the great plan of redemption will reach its accomplishment in the final eradication of sin and the deliverance of all who have been willing to renounce evil.

    At the time appointed for the judgment--the close of the 2300 days, in 1844--began the work of investigation and blotting out of sins. All who have ever taken upon themselves the name of Christ must pass its searching scrutiny. Both the living and the dead are to be judged "out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works."

    Sins that have not been repented of and forsaken will not be pardoned and blotted out of the books of record, but will stand to witness against the sinner in the day of God. He may have committed his evil deeds in the light of day or in the darkness of night; but they were open and manifest before Him with whom we have to do. Angels of God witnessed each sin and registered it in the unerring records. Sin may be concealed, denied, covered up from father, mother, wife, children, and associates; no one but the guilty actors may cherish the least suspicion of the wrong; but it is laid bare before the intelligences of heaven. The darkness of the darkest night, the secrecy of all deceptive arts, is not sufficient to veil one thought from the knowledge of the Eternal. God has an exact record of every unjust account and every unfair dealing. He is not deceived by appearances of piety. He makes no mistakes in His estimation of character. Men may be deceived by those who are corrupt in heart, but God pierces all disguises and reads the inner life.

    How solemn is the thought! Day after day, passing into eternity, bears its burden of records for the books of heaven. Words once spoken, deeds once done, can never be recalled. Angels have registered both the good and the evil. The mightiest conqueror upon the earth cannot call back the record of even a single day. Our acts, our words, even our most secret motives, all have their weight in deciding our destiny for weal or woe. Though they may be forgotten by us, they will bear their testimony to justify or condemn.

    As the features of the countenance are reproduced with unerring accuracy on the polished plate of the artist, so the character is faithfully delineated in the books above. Yet how little solicitude is felt concerning that record which is to meet the gaze of heavenly beings. Could the veil which separates the visible from the invisible world be swept back, and the children of men behold an angel recording every word and deed, which they must meet again in the judgment, how many words that are daily uttered would remain unspoken, how many deeds would remain undone.

    In the judgment the use made of every talent will be scrutinized. How have we employed the capital lent us of Heaven? Will the Lord at His coming receive His own with usury? Have we improved the powers entrusted us, in hand and heart and brain, to the glory of God and the blessing of the world? How have we used our time, our pen, our voice, our money, our influence? What have we done for Christ, in the person of the poor, the afflicted, the orphan, or the widow? God has made us the depositaries of His holy word; what have we done with the light and truth given us to make men wise unto salvation? No value is attached to a mere profession of faith in Christ; only the love which is shown by works is counted genuine. Yet it is love alone which in the sight of Heaven makes any act of value. Whatever is done from love, however small it may appear in the estimation of men, is accepted and rewarded of God.

    The hidden selfishness of men stands revealed in the books of heaven. There is the record of unfulfilled duties to their fellow men, of forgetfulness of the Saviour's claims. There they will see how often were given to Satan the time, thought, and strength that belonged to Christ. Sad is the record which angels bear to heaven. Intelligent beings, professed followers of Christ, are absorbed in the acquirement of worldly possessions or the enjoyment of earthly pleasures. Money, time, and strength are sacrificed for display and self-indulgence; but few are the moments devoted to prayer, to the searching of the Scriptures, to humiliation of soul and confession of sin.

    Satan invents unnumbered schemes to occupy our minds, that they may not dwell upon the very work with which we ought to be best acquainted. The archdeceiver hates the great truths that bring to view an atoning sacrifice and an all-powerful mediator. He knows that with him everything depends on his diverting minds from Jesus and His truth.

    Those who would share the benefits of the Saviour's mediation should permit nothing to interfere with their duty to perfect holiness in the fear of God. The precious hours, instead of being given to pleasure, to display, or to gain seeking, should be devoted to an earnest, prayerful study of the word of truth. The subject of the sanctuary and the investigative judgment should be clearly understood by the people of God. All need a knowledge for themselves of the position and work of their great High Priest. Otherwise it will be impossible for them to exercise the faith which is essential at this time or to occupy the position which God designs them to fill. Every individual has a soul to save or to lose. Each has a case pending at the bar of God. Each must meet the great Judge face to face. How important, then, that every mind contemplate often the solemn scene when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened, when, with Daniel, every individual must stand in his lot, at the end of the days.

    All who have received the light upon these subjects are to bear testimony of the great truths which God has committed to them. The sanctuary in heaven is the very center of Christ's work in behalf of men. It concerns every soul living upon the earth. It opens to view the plan of redemption, bringing us down to the very close of time and revealing the triumphant issue of the contest between righteousness and sin. It is of the utmost importance that all should thoroughly investigate these subjects and be able to give an answer to everyone that asketh them a reason of the hope that is in them.

    The intercession of Christ in man's behalf in the sanctuary above is as essential to the plan of salvation as was His death upon the cross. By His death He began that work which after His resurrection He ascended to complete in heaven. We must by faith enter within the veil, "whither the forerunner is for us entered." Hebrews 6:20. There the light from the cross of Calvary is reflected. There we may gain a clearer insight into the mysteries of redemption. The salvation of man is accomplished at an infinite expense to heaven; the sacrifice made is equal to the broadest demands of the broken law of God. Jesus has opened the way to the Father's throne, and through His mediation the sincere desire of all who come to Him in faith may be presented before God.

    "He that covereth his sins shall not prosper: but whoso confesseth and forsaketh them shall have mercy." Proverbs 28:13. If those who hide and excuse their faults could see how Satan exults over them, how he taunts Christ and holy angels with their course, they would make haste to confess their sins and to put them away. Through defects in the character, Satan works to gain control of the whole mind, and he knows that if these defects are cherished, he will succeed. Therefore he is constantly seeking to deceive the followers of Christ with his fatal sophistry that it is impossible for them to overcome. But Jesus pleads in their behalf His wounded hands, His bruised body; and He declares to all who would follow Him: "My grace is sufficient for thee." 2 Corinthians 12:9. "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." Matthew 11:29, 30. Let none, then, regard their defects as incurable. God will give faith and grace to overcome them.

    We are now living in the great day of atonement. In the typical service, while the high priest was making the atonement for Israel, all were required to afflict their souls by repentance of sin and humiliation before the Lord, lest they be cut off from among the people. In like manner, all who would have their names retained in the book of life should now, in the few remaining days of their probation, afflict their souls before God by sorrow for sin and true repentance. There must be deep, faithful searching of heart. The light, frivolous spirit indulged by so many professed Christians must be put away. There is earnest warfare before all who would subdue the evil tendencies that strive for the mastery. The work of preparation is an individual work. We are not saved in groups. The purity and devotion of one will not offset the want of these qualities in another. Though all nations are to pass in judgment before God, yet He will examine the case of each individual with as close and searching scrutiny as if there were not another being upon the earth. Everyone must be tested and found without spot or wrinkle or any such thing.

    Solemn are the scenes connected with the closing work of the atonement. Momentous are the interests involved therein. The judgment is now passing in the sanctuary above. For many years this work has been in progress. Soon--none know how soon--it will pass to the cases of the living. In the awful presence of God our lives are to come up in review. At this time above all others it behooves every soul to heed the Saviour's admonition: "Watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is." Mark 13:33. "If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee." Revelation 3:3.

    When the work of the investigative judgment closes, the destiny of all will have been decided for life or death. Probation is ended a short time before the appearing of the Lord in the clouds of heaven. Christ in the Revelation, looking forward to that time, declares: "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be." Revelation 22:11, 12.

    The righteous and the wicked will still be living upon the earth in their mortal state--men will be planting and building, eating and drinking, all unconscious that the final, irrevocable decision has been pronounced in the sanctuary above. Before the Flood, after Noah entered the ark, God shut him in and shut the ungodly out; but for seven days the people, knowing not that their doom was fixed, continued their careless, pleasure-loving life and mocked the warnings of impending judgment. "So," says the Saviour, "shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:39. Silently, unnoticed as the midnight thief, will come the decisive hour which marks the fixing of every man's destiny, the final withdrawal of mercy's offer to guilty men.

    "Watch ye therefore: . . . lest coming suddenly He find you sleeping." Mark 13:35, 36. Perilous is the condition of those who, growing weary of their watch, turn to the attractions of the world. While the man of business is absorbed in the pursuit of gain, while the pleasure lover is seeking indulgence, while the daughter of fashion is arranging her adornments--it may be in that hour the Judge of all the earth will pronounce the sentence: "Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting." Daniel 5:27.

    CHAPTER 29 -- The Origin of Evil

    To many minds the origin of sin and the reason for its existence are a source of great perplexity. They see the work of evil, with its terrible results of woe and desolation, and they question how all this can exist under the sovereignty of One who is infinite in wisdom, in power, and in love. Here is a mystery of which they find no explanation. And in their uncertainty and doubt they are blinded to truths plainly revealed in God's word and essential to salvation. There are those who, in their inquiries concerning the existence of sin, endeavor to search into that which God has never revealed; hence they find no solution of their difficulties; and such as are actuated by a disposition to doubt and cavil seize upon this as an excuse for rejecting the words of Holy Writ. Others, however, fail of a satisfactory understanding of the great problem of evil, from the fact that tradition and misinterpretation have obscured the teaching of the Bible concerning the character of God, the nature of His government, and the principles of His dealing with sin.

    It is impossible to explain the origin of sin so as to give a reason for its existence. Yet enough may be understood concerning both the origin and the final disposition of sin to make fully manifest the justice and benevolence of God in all His dealings with evil. Nothing is more plainly taught in Scripture than that God was in no wise responsible for the entrance of sin; that there was no arbitrary withdrawal of divine grace, no deficiency in the divine government, that gave occasion for the uprising of rebellion. Sin is an intruder, for whose presence no reason can be given. It is mysterious, unaccountable; to excuse it is to defend it. Could excuse for it be found, or cause be shown for its existence, it would cease to be sin. Our only definition of sin is that given in the word of God; it is "the transgression of the law;" it is the outworking of a principle at war with the great law of love which is the foundation of the divine government.

    Before the entrance of evil there was peace and joy throughout the universe. All was in perfect harmony with the Creator's will. Love for God was supreme, love for one another impartial. Christ the Word, the Only Begotten of God, was one with the eternal Father,--one in nature, in character, and in purpose,--the only being in all the universe that could enter into all the counsels and purposes of God. By Christ the Father wrought in the creation of all heavenly beings. "By Him were all things created, that are in heaven, . . . whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers" (Colossians 1:16); and to Christ, equally with the Father, all heaven gave allegiance.

    The law of love being the foundation of the government of God, the happiness of all created beings depended upon their perfect accord with its great principles of righteousness. God desires from all His creatures the service of love--homage that springs from an intelligent appreciation of His character. He takes no pleasure in a forced allegiance, and to all He grants freedom of will, that they may render Him voluntary service.

    But there was one that chose to pervert this freedom. Sin originated with him who, next to Christ, had been most honored of God and who stood highest in power and glory among the inhabitants of heaven. Before his fall, Lucifer was first of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. "Thus saith the Lord God; Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering. . . .Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so: thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in thee." Ezekiel 28:12-15.

    Lucifer might have remained in favor with God, beloved and honored by all the angelic host, exercising his noble powers to bless others and to glorify his Maker. But, says the prophet, "Thine heart was lifted up because of thy beauty, thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness." Verse 17. Little by little, Lucifer came to indulge a desire for self-exaltation. "Thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God." "Thou hast said, . . . I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation....I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High." Verse 6; Isaiah 14:13, 14. Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and allegiance of His creatures, it was Lucifer's endeavor to win their service and homage to himself. And coveting the honor which the infinite Father had bestowed upon His Son, this prince of angels aspired to power which it was the prerogative of Christ alone to wield.

    All heaven had rejoiced to reflect the Creator's glory and to show forth His praise. And while God was thus honored, all had been peace and gladness. But a note of discord now marred the celestial harmonies. The service and exaltation of self, contrary to the Creator's plan, awakened forebodings of evil in minds to whom God's glory was supreme. The heavenly councils pleaded with Lucifer. The Son of God presented before him the greatness, the goodness, and the justice of the Creator, and the sacred, unchanging nature of His law. God Himself had established the order of heaven; and in departing from it, Lucifer would dishonor his Maker, and bring ruin upon himself. But the warning, given in infinite love and mercy, only aroused a spirit of resistance. Lucifer allowed jealousy of Christ to prevail, and he became the more determined.

    Pride in his own glory nourished the desire for supremacy. The high honors conferred upon Lucifer were not appreciated as the gift of God and called forth no gratitude to the Creator. He gloried in his brightness and exaltation, and aspired to be equal with God. He was beloved and reverenced by the heavenly host. Angels delighted to execute his commands, and he was clothed with wisdom and glory above them all. Yet the Son of God was the acknowledged Sovereign of heaven, one in power and authority with the Father. In all the councils of God, Christ was a participant, while Lucifer was not permitted thus to enter into the divine purposes. "Why," questioned this mighty angel, "should Christ have the supremacy? Why is He thus honored above Lucifer?"

    Leaving his place in the immediate presence of God, Lucifer went forth to diffuse the spirit of discontent among the angels. Working with mysterious secrecy, and for a time concealing his real purpose under an appearance of reverence for God, he endeavored to excite dissatisfaction concerning the laws that governed heavenly beings, intimating that they imposed an unnecessary restraint. Since their natures were holy, he urged that the angels should obey the dictates of their own will. He sought to create sympathy for himself by representing that God had dealt unjustly with him in bestowing supreme honor upon Christ. He claimed that in aspiring to greater power and honor he was not aiming at self-exaltation, but was seeking to secure liberty for all the inhabitants of heaven, that by this means they might attain to a higher state of existence.

    God in His great mercy bore long with Lucifer. He was not immediately degraded from his exalted station when he first indulged the spirit of discontent, nor even when he began to present his false claims before the loyal angels. Long was he retained in heaven. Again and again he was offered pardon on condition of repentance and submission. Such efforts as only infinite love and wisdom could devise were made to convince him of his error. The spirit of discontent had never before been known in heaven. Lucifer himself did not at first see whither he was drifting; he did not understand the real nature of his feelings. But as his dissatisfaction was proved to be without cause, Lucifer was convinced that he was in the wrong, that the divine claims were just, and that he ought to acknowledge them as such before all heaven. Had he done this, he might have saved himself and many angels. He had not at this time fully cast off his allegiance to God. Though he had forsaken his position as covering cherub, yet if he had been willing to return to God, acknowledging the Creator's wisdom, and satisfied to fill the place appointed him in God's great plan, he would have been reinstated in his office. But pride forbade him to submit. He persistently defended his own course, maintained that he had no need of repentance, and fully committed himself, in the great controversy, against his Maker.

    All the powers of his master mind were now bent to the work of deception, to secure the sympathy of the angels that had been under his command. Even the fact that Christ had warned and counseled him was perverted to serve his traitorous designs. To those whose loving trust bound them most closely to him, Satan had represented that he was wrongly judged, that his position was not respected, and that his liberty was to be abridged. From misrepresentation of the words of Christ he passed to prevarication and direct falsehood, accusing the Son of God of a design to humiliate him before the inhabitants of heaven. He sought also to make a false issue between himself and the loyal angels. All whom he could not subvert and bring fully to his side he accused of indifference to the interests of heavenly beings. The very work which he himself was doing he charged upon those who remained true to God. And to sustain his charge of God's injustice toward him, he resorted to misrepresentation of the words and acts of the Creator. It was his policy to perplex the angels with subtle arguments concerning the purposes of God. Everything that was simple he shrouded in mystery, and by artful perversion cast doubt upon the plainest statements of Jehovah. His high position, in such close connection with the divine administration, gave greater force to his representations, and many were induced to unite with him in rebellion against Heaven's authority.

    God in His wisdom permitted Satan to carry forward his work, until the spirit of disaffection ripened into active revolt. It was necessary for his plans to be fully developed, that their true nature and tendency might be seen by all. Lucifer, as the anointed cherub, had been highly exalted; he was greatly loved by the heavenly beings, and his influence over them was strong. God's government included not only the inhabitants of heaven, but of all the worlds that He had created; and Satan thought that if he could carry the angels of heaven with him in rebellion, he could carry also the other worlds. He had artfully presented his side of the question, employing sophistry and fraud to secure his objects. His power to deceive was very great, and by disguising himself in a cloak of falsehood he had gained an advantage. Even the loyal angels could not fully discern his character or see to what his work was leading.

    Satan had been so highly honored, and all his acts were so clothed with mystery, that it was difficult to disclose to the angels the true nature of his work. Until fully developed, sin would not appear the evil thing it was. Heretofore it had had no place in the universe of God, and holy beings had no conception of its nature and malignity. They could not discern the terrible consequences that would result from setting aside the divine law. Satan had, at first, concealed his work under a specious profession of loyalty to God. He claimed to be seeking to promote the honor of God, the stability of His government, and the good of all the inhabitants of heaven. While instilling discontent into the minds of the angels under him, he had artfully made it appear that he was seeking to remove dissatisfaction. When he urged that changes be made in the order and laws of God's government, it was under the pretense that these were necessary in order to preserve harmony in heaven.

    In His dealing with sin, God could employ only righteousness and truth. Satan could use what God could not-- flattery and deceit. He had sought to falsify the word of God and had misrepresented His plan of government before the angels, claiming that God was not just in laying laws and rules upon the inhabitants of heaven; that in requiring submission and obedience from His creatures, He was seeking merely the exaltation of Himself. Therefore it must be demonstrated before the inhabitants of heaven, as well as of all the worlds, that God's government was just, His law perfect. Satan had made it appear that he himself was seeking to promote the good of the universe. The true character of the usurper, and his real object, must be understood by all. He must have time to manifest himself by his wicked works.

    The discord which his own course had caused in heaven, Satan charged upon the law and government of God. All evil he declared to be the result of the divine administration. He claimed that it was his own object to improve upon the statutes of Jehovah. Therefore it was necessary that he should demonstrate the nature of his claims, and show the working out of his proposed changes in the divine law. His own work must condemn him. Satan had claimed from the first that he was not in rebellion. The whole universe must see the deceiver unmasked.

    Even when it was decided that he could no longer remain in heaven, Infinite Wisdom did not destroy Satan. Since the service of love can alone be acceptable to God, the allegiance of His creatures must rest upon a conviction of His justice and benevolence. The inhabitants of heaven and of other worlds, being unprepared to comprehend the nature or consequences of sin, could not then have seen the justice and mercy of God in the destruction of Satan. Had he been immediately blotted from existence, they would have served God from fear rather than from love. The influence of the deceiver would not have been fully destroyed, nor would the spirit of rebellion have been utterly eradicated. Evil must be permitted to come to maturity. For the good of the entire universe through ceaseless ages Satan must more fully develop his principles, that his charges against the divine government might be seen in their true light by all created beings, that the justice and mercy of God and the immutability of His law might forever be placed beyond all question.

    Satan's rebellion was to be a lesson to the universe through all coming ages, a perpetual testimony to the nature and terrible results of sin. The working out of Satan's rule, its effects upon both men and angels, would show what must be the fruit of setting aside the divine authority. It would testify that with the existence of God's government and His law is bound up the well-being of all the creatures He has made. Thus the history of this terrible experiment of rebellion was to be a perpetual safeguard to all holy intelligences, to prevent them from being deceived as to the nature of transgression, to save them from committing sin and suffering its punishments.

    To the very close of the controversy in heaven the great usurper continued to justify himself. When it was announced that with all his sympathizers he must be expelled from the abodes of bliss, then the rebel leader boldly avowed his contempt for the Creator's law. He reiterated his claim that angels needed no control, but should be left to follow their own will, which would ever guide them right. He denounced the divine statutes as a restriction of their liberty and declared that it was his purpose to secure the abolition of law; that, freed from this restraint, the hosts of heaven might enter upon a more exalted, more glorious state of existence.

    With one accord, Satan and his host threw the blame of their rebellion wholly upon Christ, declaring that if they had not been reproved, they would never have rebelled. Thus stubborn and defiant in their disloyalty, seeking vainly to overthrow the government of God, yet blasphemously claiming to be themselves the innocent victims of oppressive power, the archrebel and all his sympathizers were at last banished from heaven.

    The same spirit that prompted rebellion in heaven still inspires rebellion on earth. Satan has continued with men the same policy which he pursued with the angels. His spirit now reigns in the children of disobedience. Like him they seek to break down the restraints of the law of God and promise men liberty through transgression of its precepts. Reproof of sin still arouses the spirit of hatred and resistance. When God's messages of warning are brought home to the conscience, Satan leads men to justify themselves and to seek the sympathy of others in their course of sin. Instead of correcting their errors, they excite indignation against the reprover, as if he were the sole cause of difficulty. From the days of righteous Abel to our own time such is the spirit which has been displayed toward those who dare to condemn sin.

    By the same misrepresentation of the character of God as he had practiced in heaven, causing Him to be regarded as severe and tyrannical, Satan induced man to sin. And having succeeded thus far, he declared that God's unjust restrictions had led to man's fall, as they had led to his own rebellion.

    But the Eternal One Himself proclaims His character: "The Lord God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty." Exodus 34:6, 7.

    In the banishment of Satan from heaven, God declared His justice and maintained the honor of His throne. But when man had sinned through yielding to the deceptions of this apostate spirit, God gave an evidence of His love by yielding up His only-begotten Son to die for the fallen race. In the atonement the character of God is revealed. The mighty argument of the cross demonstrates to the whole universe that the course of sin which Lucifer had chosen was in no wise chargeable upon the government of God.

    In the contest between Christ and Satan, during the Saviour's earthly ministry, the character of the great deceiver was unmasked. Nothing could so effectually have uprooted Satan from the affections of the heavenly angels and the whole loyal universe as did his cruel warfare upon the world's Redeemer. The daring blasphemy of his demand that Christ should pay him homage, his presumptuous boldness in bearing Him to the mountain summit and the pinnacle of the temple, the malicious intent betrayed in urging Him to cast Himself down from the dizzy height, the unsleeping malice that hunted Him from place to place, inspiring the hearts of priests and people to reject His love, and at the last to cry, "Crucify Him! crucify Him!"--all this excited the amazement and indignation of the universe.

    It was Satan that prompted the world's rejection of Christ. The prince of evil exerted all his power and cunning to destroy Jesus; for he saw that the Saviour's mercy and love, His compassion and pitying tenderness, were representing to the world the character of God. Satan contested every claim put forth by the Son of God and employed men as his agents to fill the Saviour's life with suffering and sorrow. The sophistry and falsehood by which he had sought to hinder the work of Jesus, the hatred manifested through the children of disobedience, his cruel accusations against Him whose life was one of unexampled goodness, all sprang from deep-seated revenge. The pent-up fires of envy and malice, hatred and revenge, burst forth on Calvary against the Son of God, while all heaven gazed upon the scene in silent horror.

    When the great sacrifice had been consummated, Christ ascended on high, refusing the adoration of angels until He had presented the request: "I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am." John 17:24. Then with inexpressible love and power came forth the answer from the Father's throne: "Let all the angels of God worship Him." Hebrews 1:6. Not a stain rested upon Jesus. His humiliation ended, His sacrifice completed, there was given unto Him a name that is above every name.

    Now the guilt of Satan stood forth without excuse. He had revealed his true character as a liar and a murderer. It was seen that the very same spirit with which he ruled the children of men, who were under his power, he would have manifested had he been permitted to control the inhabitants of heaven. He had claimed that the transgression of God's law would bring liberty and exaltation; but it was seen to result in bondage and degradation.

    Satan's lying charges against the divine character and government appeared in their true light. He had accused God of seeking merely the exaltation of Himself in requiring submission and obedience from His creatures, and had declared that, while the Creator exacted self-denial from all others, He Himself practiced no self-denial and made no sacrifice. Now it was seen that for the salvation of a fallen and sinful race, the Ruler of the universe had made the greatest sacrifice which love could make; for "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." 2 Corinthians 5:19. It was seen, also, that while Lucifer had opened the door for the entrance of sin by his desire for honor and supremacy, Christ had, in order to destroy sin, humbled Himself and become obedient unto death.

    God had manifested His abhorrence of the principles of rebellion. All heaven saw His justice revealed, both in the condemnation of Satan and in the redemption of man. Lucifer had declared that if the law of God was changeless, and its penalty could not be remitted, every transgressor must be forever debarred from the Creator's favor. He had claimed that the sinful race were placed beyond redemption and were therefore his rightful prey. But the death of Christ was an argument in man's behalf that could not be overthrown. The penalty of the law fell upon Him who was equal with God, and man was free to accept the righteousness of Christ and by a life of penitence and humiliation to triumph, as the Son of God had triumphed, over the power of Satan. Thus God is just and yet the justifier of all who believe in Jesus.

    But it was not merely to accomplish the redemption of man that Christ came to the earth to suffer and to die. He came to "magnify the law" and to "make it honorable." Not alone that the inhabitants of this world might regard the law as it should be regarded; but it was to demonstrate to all the worlds of the universe that God's law is unchangeable. Could its claims have been set aside, then the Son of God need not have yielded up His life to atone for its transgression. The death of Christ proves it immutable. And the sacrifice to which infinite love impelled the Father and the Son, that sinners might be redeemed, demonstrates to all the universe--what nothing less than this plan of atonement could have sufficed to do--that justice and mercy are the foundation of the law and government of God.

    In the final execution of the judgment it will be seen that no cause for sin exists. When the Judge of all the earth shall demand of Satan, "Why hast thou rebelled against Me, and robbed Me of the subjects of My kingdom?" the originator of evil can render no excuse. Every mouth will be stopped, and all the hosts of rebellion will be speechless.

    The cross of Calvary, while it declares the law immutable, proclaims to the universe that the wages of sin is death. In the Saviour's expiring cry, "It is finished," the death knell of Satan was rung. The great controversy which had been so long in progress was then decided, and the final eradication of evil was made certain. The Son of God passed through the portals of the tomb, that "through death He might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil." Hebrews 2:14. Lucifer's desire for self-exaltation had led him to say: "I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: . . . I will be like the Most High." God declares: "I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth, . . . and never shalt thou be any more." Isaiah 14:13, 14; Ezekiel 28:18, 19. When "the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven;. . . .all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch." Malachi 4:1.

    The whole universe will have become witnesses to the nature and results of sin. And its utter extermination, which in the beginning would have brought fear to angels and dishonor to God, will now vindicate His love and establish His honor before the universe of beings who delight to do His will, and in whose heart is His law. Never will evil again be manifest. Says the word of God: "Affliction shall not rise up the second time." Nahum 1:9. The law of God, which Satan has reproached as the yoke of bondage, will be honored as the law of liberty. A tested and proved creation will never again be turned from allegiance to Him whose character has been fully manifested before them as fathomless love and infinite wisdom.

    CHAPTER 30 -- Enmity Between Man and Satan

    "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." Genesis 3:15. The divine sentence pronounced against Satan after the fall of man was also a prophecy, embracing all the ages to the close of time and foreshadowing the great conflict to engage all the races of men who should live upon the earth.

    God declares: "I will put enmity." This enmity is not naturally entertained. When man transgressed the divine law, his nature became evil, and he was in harmony, and not at variance, with Satan. There exists naturally no enmity between sinful man and the originator of sin. Both became evil through apostasy. The apostate is never at rest, except as he obtains sympathy and support by inducing others to follow his example. For this reason fallen angels and wicked men unite in desperate companionship. Had not God specially interposed, Satan and man would have entered into an alliance against Heaven; and instead of cherishing enmity against Satan, the whole human family would have been united in opposition to God.

    Satan tempted man to sin, as he had caused angels to rebel, that he might thus secure co-operation in his warfare against Heaven. There was no dissension between himself and the fallen angels as regards their hatred of Christ; while on all other points there was discord, they were firmly united in opposing the authority of the Ruler of the universe. But when Satan heard the declaration that enmity should exist between himself and the woman, and between his seed and her seed, he knew that his efforts to deprave human nature would be interrupted; that by some means man was to be enabled to resist his power.

    Satan's enmity against the human race is kindled because, through Christ, they are the objects of God's love and mercy. He desires to thwart the divine plan for man's redemption, to cast dishonor upon God, by defacing and defiling His handiwork; he would cause grief in heaven and fill the earth with woe and desolation. And he points to all this evil as the result of God's work in creating man.

    It is the grace that Christ implants in the soul which creates in man enmity against Satan. Without this converting grace and renewing power, man would continue the captive of Satan, a servant ever ready to do his bidding. But the new principle in the soul creates conflict where hitherto had been peace. The power which Christ imparts enables man to resist the tyrant and usurper. Whoever is seen to abhor sin instead of loving it, whoever resists and conquers those passions that have held sway within, displays the operation of a principle wholly from above.

    The antagonism that exists between the spirit of Christ and the spirit of Satan was most strikingly displayed in the world's reception of Jesus. It was not so much because He appeared without worldly wealth, pomp, or grandeur that the Jews were led to reject Him. They saw that He possessed power which would more than compensate for the lack of these outward advantages. But the purity and holiness of Christ called forth against Him the hatred of the ungodly. His life of self-denial and sinless devotion was a perpetual reproof to a proud, sensual people. It was this that evoked enmity against the Son of God. Satan and evil angels joined with evil men. All the energies of apostasy conspired against the Champion of truth.

    The same enmity is manifested toward Christ's followers as was manifested toward their Master. Whoever sees the repulsive character of sin, and in strength from above resists temptation, will assuredly arouse the wrath of Satan and his subjects. Hatred of the pure principles of truth, and reproach and persecution of its advocates, will exist as long as sin and sinners remain. The followers of Christ and the servants of Satan cannot harmonize. The offense of the cross has not ceased. "All that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution." 2 Timothy 3:12.

    Satan's agents are constantly working under his direction to establish his authority and build up his kingdom in opposition to the government of God. To this end they seek to deceive Christ's followers and allure them from their allegiance. Like their leader, they misconstrue and pervert the Scriptures to accomplish their object. As Satan endeavored to cast reproach upon God, so do his agents seek to malign God's people. The spirit which put Christ to death moves the wicked to destroy His followers. All this is foreshadowed in that first prophecy: "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed." And this will continue to the close of time.

    Satan summons all his forces and throws his whole power into the combat. Why is it that he meets with no greater resistance? Why are the soldiers of Christ so sleepy and indifferent? Because they have so little real connection with Christ; because they are so destitute of His Spirit. Sin is not to them repulsive and abhorrent, as it was to their Master. They do not meet it, as did Christ, with decisive and determined resistance. They do not realize the exceeding evil and malignity of sin, and they are blinded both to the character and the power of the prince of darkness. There is little enmity against Satan and his works, because there is so great ignorance concerning his power and malice, and the vast extent of his warfare against Christ and His church. Multitudes are deluded here. They do not know that their enemy is a mighty general who controls the minds of evil angels, and that with well-matured plans and skillful movements he is warring against Christ to prevent the salvation of souls. Among professed Christians, and even among ministers of the gospel, there is heard scarcely a reference to Satan, except perhaps an incidental mention in the pulpit. They overlook the evidences of his continual activity and success; they neglect the many warnings of his subtlety; they seem to ignore his very existence.

    While men are ignorant of his devices, this vigilant foe is upon their track every moment. He is intruding his presence in every department of the household, in every street of our cities, in the churches, in the national councils, in the courts of justice, perplexing, deceiving, seducing, everywhere ruining the souls and bodies of men, women, and children, breaking up families, sowing hatred, emulation, strife, sedition, murder. And the Christian world seem to regard these things as though God had appointed them and they must exist.

    Satan is continually seeking to overcome the people of God by breaking down the barriers which separate them from the world. Ancient Israel were enticed into sin when they ventured into forbidden association with the heathen. In a similar manner are modern Israel led astray. "The god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them." 2 Corinthians 4:4. All who are not decided followers of Christ are servants of Satan. In the unregenerate heart there is love of sin and a disposition to cherish and excuse it. In the renewed heart there is hatred of sin and determined resistance against it. When Christians choose the society of the ungodly and unbelieving, they expose themselves to temptation. Satan conceals himself from view and stealthily draws his deceptive covering over their eyes. They cannot see that such company is calculated to do them harm; and while all the time assimilating to the world in character, words, and actions, they are becoming more and more blinded.

    Conformity to worldly customs converts the church to the world; it never converts the world to Christ. Familiarity with sin will inevitably cause it to appear less repulsive. He who chooses to associate with the servants of Satan will soon cease to fear their master. When in the way of duty we are brought into trial, as was Daniel in the king's court, we may be sure that God will protect us; but if we place ourselves under temptation we shall fall sooner or later.

    The tempter often works most successfully through those who are least suspected of being under his control. The possessors of talent and education are admired and honored, as if these qualities could atone for the absence of the fear of God or entitle men to His favor. Talent and culture, considered in themselves, are gifts of God; but when these are made to supply the place of piety, when, instead of bringing the soul nearer to God, they lead away from Him, then they become a curse and a snare. The opinion prevails with many that all which appears like courtesy or refinement must, in some sense, pertain to Christ. Never was there a greater mistake. These qualities should grace the character of every Christian, for they would exert a powerful influence in favor of true religion; but they must be consecrated to God, or they also are a power for evil. Many a man of cultured intellect and pleasant manners, who would not stoop to what is commonly regarded as an immoral act, is but a polished instrument in the hands of Satan. The insidious, deceptive character of his influence and example renders him a more dangerous enemy to the cause of Christ than are those who are ignorant and uncultured.

    By earnest prayer and dependence upon God, Solomon obtained the wisdom which excited the wonder and admiration of the world. But when he turned from the Source of his strength, and went forward relying upon himself, he fell a prey to temptation. Then the marvelous powers bestowed on this wisest of kings only rendered him a more effective agent of the adversary of souls. While Satan is constantly seeking to blind their minds to the fact, let Christians never forget that they "wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against wicked spirits in high places." Ephesians 6:12, margin. The inspired warning is sounding down the centuries to our time: "Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking whom he may devour." 1 Peter 5:8. "Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil." Ephesians 6:11.

    From the days of Adam to our own time, our great enemy has been exercising his power to oppress and destroy. He is now preparing for his last campaign against the church. All who seek to follow Jesus will be brought into conflict with this relentless foe. The more nearly the Christian imitates the divine Pattern, the more surely will he make himself a mark for the attacks of Satan. All who are actively engaged in the cause of God, seeking to unveil the deceptions of the evil one and to present Christ before the people, will be able to join in the testimony of Paul, in which he speaks of serving the Lord with all humility of mind, with many tears and temptations.

    Satan assailed Christ with his fiercest and most subtle temptations, but he was repulsed in every conflict. Those battles were fought in our behalf; those victories make it possible for us to conquer. Christ will give strength to all who seek it. No man without his own consent can be overcome by Satan. The tempter has no power to control the will or to force the soul to sin. He may distress, but he cannot contaminate. He can cause agony, but not defilement. The fact that Christ has conquered should inspire His followers with courage to fight manfully the battle against sin and Satan.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Wed Jan 28, 2015 6:36 pm

    I keep wondering where one might end-up if they spent most of their time going to all of the Museums and Art-Galleries -- and attending most of the Classical-Music Concerts and Cathedral-Services -- in Europe and the UK -- without joining any church or organization -- and without being devout??!! That would be a different sort of "religion" -- wouldn't it??!! "They might end-up BROKE!!" -- you say?? $mart@$$!! How about Latter-Day Lamborghini-Mithraism??!! Just Imitate the Opening-Scene in The Italian Job!! "Car and Driver" as "Priest and Victim"!! Does anyone know what I'm talking about?? Siriusly consider what a religion based-upon Job through Daniel might be like!! Churches tend to base their doctrinal-frameworks on proof-texts -- but what about Ten-Sequential Core Old-Testament Books (Which Contain Most of the Messianic-Prophecies)??!! If someone asked "What Do You Believe??" -- the answer might be "Job through Daniel!!" If they asked "So What Does It All Mean??" -- the answer might be "Read It For Yourself!!" What if the Exodus is Early -- and the Messiah is Late?? I'm NOT saying to exclude the other 56 books. I'm just saying to get Job through Daniel straight, before moving-on. This could also be a Gateway to Antiquity for serious-researchers (who are not necessarily religious). If one throws-out the Bible -- should they throw-out all ancient historical and literary works?? What if Anglican-Agnostic History-Scholars are on the right-track??!! What Would Pat Condell Say?? Just Wondering. What Would the Apostle Paul Say?? Read the Pauline-Epistles. What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? You Don't Want to Know... http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2014/07/08/07-07-14-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner

    The Church of Latter-Day Lamborghini-Mithraism??!!
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Lamborghini-miura-sv-1971-1972-a


    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Lamborghini-logo
    "Mithraism is Utter Bullshit!!"

    CHAPTER 31 -- Agency of Evil Spirits

    The connection of the visible with the invisible world, the ministration of angels of God, and the agency of evil spirits, are plainly revealed in the Scriptures, and inseparably interwoven with human history. There is a growing tendency to disbelief in the existence of evil spirits, while the holy angels that "minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation" (Hebrews 1:14) are regarded by many as spirits of the dead. But the Scriptures not only teach the existence of angels, both good and evil, but present unquestionable proof that these are not disembodied spirits of dead men.

    Before the creation of man, angels were in existence; for when the foundations of the earth were laid, "the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy." Job 38:7. After the fall of man, angels were sent to guard the tree of life, and this before a human being had died. Angels are in nature superior to men, for the psalmist says that man was made "a little lower than the angels." Psalm 8:5.

    We are informed in Scripture as to the number, and the power and glory, of the heavenly beings, of their connection with the government of God, and also of their relation to the work of redemption. "The Lord hath prepared His throne in the heavens; and His kingdom ruleth over all." And, says the prophet, "I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne." In the presence chamber of the King of kings they wait--"angels, that excel in strength," "ministers of His, that do His pleasure," "hearkening unto the voice of His word." Psalm 103:19-21; Revelation 5:11. Ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands, were the heavenly messengers beheld by the prophet Daniel. The apostle Paul declared them "an innumerable company." Daniel 7:10; Hebrews 12:22. As God's messengers they go forth, like "the appearance of a flash of lightning," (Ezekiel 1:14), so dazzling their glory, and so swift their flight. The angel that appeared at the Saviour's tomb, his countenance "like lightning, and his raiment white as snow," caused the keepers for fear of him to quake, and they "became as dead men." Matthew 28:3, 4. When Sennacherib, the haughty Assyrian, reproached and blasphemed God, and threatened Israel with destruction, "it came to pass that night, that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand." There were "cut off all the mighty men of valor, and the leaders and captains," from the army of Sennacherib. "So he returned with shame of face to his own land." 2 Kings 19:35; 2 Chronicles 32:21.

    Angels are sent on missions of mercy to the children of God. To Abraham, with promises of blessing; to the gates of Sodom, to rescue righteous Lot from its fiery doom; to Elijah, as he was about to perish from weariness and hunger in the desert; to Elisha, with chariots and horses of fire surrounding the little town where he was shut in by his foes; to Daniel, while seeking divine wisdom in the court of a heathen king, or abandoned to become the lions' prey; to Peter, doomed to death in Herod's dungeon; to the prisoners at Philippi; to Paul and his companions in the night of tempest on the sea; to open the mind of Cornelius to receive the gospel; to dispatch Peter with the message of salvation to the Gentile stranger--thus holy angels have, in all ages, ministered to God's people.

    A guardian angel is appointed to every follower of Christ. These heavenly watchers shield the righteous from the power of the wicked one. This Satan himself recognized when he said: "Doth Job fear God for nought? Hast not Thou made an hedge about him, and about his house, and about all that he hath on every side?" Job 1:9, 10. The agency by which God protects His people is presented in the words of the psalmist: "The angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them." Psalm 34:7. Said the Saviour, speaking of those that believe in Him: "Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father." Matthew 18:10. The angels appointed to minister to the children of God have at all times access to His presence.

    Thus God's people, exposed to the deceptive power and unsleeping malice of the prince of darkness, and in conflict with all the forces of evil, are assured of the unceasing guardianship of heavenly angels. Nor is such assurance given without need. If God has granted to His children promise of grace and protection, it is because there are mighty agencies of evil to be met--agencies numerous, determined, and untiring, of whose malignity and power none can safely be ignorant or unheeding.

    Evil spirits, in the beginning created sinless, were equal in nature, power, and glory with the holy beings that are now God's messengers. But fallen through sin, they are leagued together for the dishonor of God and the destruction of men. United with Satan in his rebellion, and with him cast out from heaven, they have, through all succeeding ages, co-operated with him in his warfare against the divine authority. We are told in Scripture of their confederacy and government, of their various orders, of their intelligence and subtlety, and of their malicious designs against the peace and happiness of men.

    Old Testament history presents occasional mention of their existence and agency; but it was during the time when Christ was upon the earth that evil spirits manifested their power in the most striking manner. Christ had come to enter upon the plan devised for man's redemption, and Satan determined to assert his right to control the world. He had succeeded in establishing idolatry in every part of the earth except the land of Palestine. To the only land that had not fully yielded to the tempter's sway, Christ came to shed upon the people the light of heaven. Here two rival powers claimed supremacy. Jesus was stretching out His arms of love, inviting all who would to find pardon and peace in Him. The hosts of darkness saw that they did not possess unlimited control, and they understood that if Christ's mission should be successful, their rule was soon to end. Satan raged like a chained lion and defiantly exhibited his power over the bodies as well as the souls of men.

    The fact that men have been possessed with demons, is clearly stated in the New Testament. The persons thus afflicted were not merely suffering with disease from natural causes. Christ had perfect understanding of that with which He was dealing, and He recognized the direct presence and agency of evil spirits.

    A striking example of their number, power, and malignity, and also of the power and mercy of Christ, is given in the Scripture account of the healing of the demoniacs at Gadara. Those wretched maniacs, spurning all restraint, writhing, foaming, raging, were filling the air with their cries, doing violence to themselves, and endangering all who should approach them. Their bleeding and disfigured bodies and distracted minds presented a spectacle well pleasing to the prince of darkness. One of the demons controlling the sufferers declared: "My name is Legion: for we are many." Mark 5:9. In the Roman army a legion consisted of from three to five thousand men. Satan's hosts also are marshaled in companies, and the single company to which these demons belonged numbered no less than a legion.

    At the command of Jesus the evil spirits departed from their victims, leaving them calmly sitting at the Saviour's feet, subdued, intelligent, and gentle. But the demons were permitted to sweep a herd of swine into the sea; and to the dwellers of Gadara the loss of these outweighed the blessings which Christ had bestowed, and the divine Healer was entreated to depart. This was the result which Satan designed to secure. By casting the blame of their loss upon Jesus, he aroused the selfish fears of the people and prevented them from listening to His words. Satan is constantly accusing Christians as the cause of loss, misfortune, and suffering, instead of allowing the reproach to fall where it belongs--upon himself and his agents.

    But the purposes of Christ were not thwarted. He allowed the evil spirits to destroy the herd of swine as a rebuke to those Jews who were raising these unclean beasts for the sake of gain. Had not Christ restrained the demons, they would have plunged into the sea, not only the swine, but also their keepers and owners. The preservation of both the keepers and the owners was due alone to His power, mercifully exercised for their deliverance. Furthermore, this event was permitted to take place that the disciples might witness the cruel power of Satan upon both man and beast. The Saviour desired His followers to have a knowledge of the foe whom they were to meet, that they might not be deceived and overcome by his devices. It was also His will that the people of that region should behold His power to break the bondage of Satan and release his captives. And though Jesus Himself departed, the men so marvelously delivered, remained to declare the mercy of their Benefactor.

    Other instances of a similar nature are recorded in the Scriptures. The daughter of the Syrophoenician woman was grievously vexed with a devil, whom Jesus cast out by His word. (Mark 7:26-30). "One possessed with a devil, blind, and dumb" (Matthew 12:22); a youth who had a dumb spirit, that ofttimes "cast him into the fire, and into the waters, to destroy him" (Mark 9:17-27); the maniac who, tormented by "a spirit of an unclean devil" (Luke 4:33-36), disturbed the Sabbath quiet of the synagogue at Capernaum--all were healed by the compassionate Saviour. In nearly every instance, Christ addressed the demon as an intelligent entity, commanding him to come out of his victim and to torment him no more. The worshipers at Capernaum, beholding His mighty power, "were all amazed, and spake among themselves, saying, What a word is this! for with authority and power He commandeth the unclean spirits, and they come out." Luke 4:36.

    Those possessed with devils are usually represented as being in a condition of great suffering; yet there were exceptions to this rule. For the sake of obtaining supernatural power, some welcomed the satanic influence. These of course had no conflict with the demons. Of this class were those who possessed the spirit of divination,--Simon Magus, Elymas the sorcerer, and the damsel who followed Paul and Silas at Philippi.

    None are in greater danger from the influence of evil spirits than those who, notwithstanding the direct and ample testimony of the Scriptures, deny the existence and agency of the devil and his angels. So long as we are ignorant of their wiles, they have almost inconceivable advantage; many give heed to their suggestions while they suppose themselves to be following the dictates of their own wisdom. This is why, as we approach the close of time, when Satan is to work with greatest power to deceive and destroy, he spreads everywhere the belief that he does not exist. It is his policy to conceal himself and his manner of working.

    There is nothing that the great deceiver fears so much as that we shall become acquainted with his devices. The better to disguise his real character and purposes, he has caused himself to be so represented as to excite no stronger emotion than ridicule or contempt. He is well pleased to be painted as a ludicrous or loathsome object, misshapen, half animal and half human. He is pleased to hear his name used in sport and mockery by those who think themselves intelligent and well informed.

    It is because he has masked himself with consummate skill that the question is so widely asked: "Does such a being really exist?" It is an evidence of his success that theories giving the lie to the plainest testimony of the Scriptures are so generally received in the religious world. And it is because Satan can most readily control the minds of those who are unconscious of his influence, that the word of God gives us so many examples of his malignant work, unveiling before us his secret forces, and thus placing us on our guard against his assaults.

    The power and malice of Satan and his host might justly alarm us were it not that we may find shelter and deliverance in the superior power of our Redeemer. We carefully secure our houses with bolts and locks to protect our property and our lives from evil men; but we seldom think of the evil angels who are constantly seeking access to us, and against whose attacks we have, in our own strength, no method of defense. If permitted, they can distract our minds, disorder and torment our bodies, destroy our possessions and our lives. Their only delight is in misery and destruction. Fearful is the condition of those who resist the divine claims and yield to Satan's temptations, until God gives them up to the control of evil spirits. But those who follow Christ are ever safe under His watchcare. Angels that excel in strength are sent from heaven to protect them. The wicked one cannot break through the guard which God has stationed about His people.

    CHAPTER 32 -- Snares of Satan

    The great controversy between Christ and Satan, that has been carried forward for nearly six thousand years, is soon to close; and the wicked one redoubles his efforts to defeat the work of Christ in man's behalf and to fasten souls in his snares. To hold the people in darkness and impenitence till the Saviour's mediation is ended, and there is no longer a sacrifice for sin, is the object which he seeks to accomplish.

    When there is no special effort made to resist his power, when indifference prevails in the church and the world, Satan is not concerned; for he is in no danger of losing those whom he is leading captive at his will. But when the attention is called to eternal things, and souls are inquiring, "What must I do to be saved?" he is on the ground, seeking to match his power against the power of Christ and to counteract the influence of the Holy Spirit.

    The Scriptures declare that upon one occasion, when the angels of God came to present themselves before the Lord, Satan came also among them (Job 1:6), not to bow before the Eternal King, but to further his own malicious designs against the righteous. With the same object he is in attendance when men assemble for the worship of God. Though hidden from sight, he is working with all diligence to control the minds of the worshipers. Like a skillful general he lays his plans beforehand. As he sees the messenger of God searching the Scriptures, he takes note of the subject to be presented to the people. Then he employs all his cunning and shrewdness so to control circumstances that the message may not reach those whom he is deceiving on that very point. The one who most needs the warning will be urged into some business transaction which requires his presence, or will by some other means be prevented from hearing the words that might prove to him a savor of life unto life.

    Again, Satan sees the Lord's servants burdened because of the spiritual darkness that enshrouds the people. He hears their earnest prayers for divine grace and power to break the spell of indifference, carelessness, and indolence. Then with renewed zeal he plies his arts. He tempts men to the indulgence of appetite or to some other form of self-gratification, and thus benumbs their sensibilities so that they fail to hear the very things which they most need to learn.

    Satan well knows that all whom he can lead to neglect prayer and the searching of the Scriptures, will be overcome by his attacks. Therefore he invents every possible device to engross the mind. There has ever been a class professing godliness, who, instead of following on to know the truth, make it their religion to seek some fault of character or error of faith in those with whom they do not agree. Such are Satan's right-hand helpers. Accusers of the brethren are not few, and they are always active when God is at work and His servants are rendering Him true homage. They will put a false coloring upon the words and acts of those who love and obey the truth. They will represent the most earnest, zealous, self-denying servants of Christ as deceived or deceivers. It is their work to misrepresent the motives of every true and noble deed, to circulate insinuations, and arouse suspicion in the minds of the inexperienced. In every conceivable manner they will seek to cause that which is pure and righteous to be regarded as foul and deceptive.

    But none need be deceived concerning them. It may be readily seen whose children they are, whose example they follow, and whose work they do. "Ye shall know them by their fruits." Matthew 7:16. Their course resembles that of Satan, the envenomed slanderer, "the accuser of our brethren." Revelation 12:10.

    The great deceiver has many agents ready to present any and every kind of error to ensnare souls--heresies prepared to suit the varied tastes and capacities of those whom he would ruin. It is his plan to bring into the church insincere, unregenerate elements that will encourage doubt and unbelief, and hinder all who desire to see the work of God advance and to advance with it. Many who have no real faith in God or in His word assent to some principles of truth and pass as Christians, and thus they are enabled to introduce their errors as Scriptural doctrines.

    The position that it is of no consequence what men believe is one of Satan's most successful deceptions. He knows that the truth, received in the love of it, sanctifies the soul of the receiver; therefore he is constantly seeking to substitute false theories, fables, another gospel. From the beginning the servants of God have contended against false teachers, not merely as vicious men, but as inculcators of falsehoods that were fatal to the soul. Elijah, Jeremiah, Paul, firmly and fearlessly opposed those who were turning men from the word of God. That liberality which regards a correct religious faith as unimportant found no favor with these holy defenders of the truth.

    The vague and fanciful interpretations of Scripture, and the many conflicting theories concerning religious faith, that are found in the Christian world are the work of our great adversary to confuse minds so that they shall not discern the truth. And the discord and division which exist among the churches of Christendom are in a great measure due to the prevailing custom of wresting the Scriptures to support a favorite theory. Instead of carefully studying God's word with humility of heart to obtain a knowledge of His will, many seek only to discover something odd or original.

    In order to sustain erroneous doctrines or unchristian practices, some will seize upon passages of Scripture separated from the context, perhaps quoting half of a single verse as proving their point, when the remaining portion would show the meaning to be quite the opposite. With the cunning of the serpent they entrench themselves behind disconnected utterances construed to suit their carnal desires. Thus do many willfully pervert the word of God. Others, who have an active imagination, seize upon the figures and symbols of Holy Writ, interpret them to suit their fancy, with little regard to the testimony of Scripture as its own interpreter, and then they present their vagaries as the teachings of the Bible.

    Whenever the study of the Scriptures is entered upon without a prayerful, humble, teachable spirit, the plainest and simplest as well as the most difficult passages will be wrested from their true meaning. The papal leaders select such portions of Scripture as best serve their purpose, interpret to suit themselves, and then present these to the people, while they deny them the privilege of studying the Bible and understanding its sacred truths for themselves. The whole Bible should be given to the people just as it reads. It would be better for them not to have Bible instruction at all than to have the teaching of the Scriptures thus grossly misrepresented.

    The Bible was designed to be a guide to all who wish to become acquainted with the will of their Maker. God gave to men the sure word of prophecy; angels and even Christ Himself came to make known to Daniel and John the things that must shortly come to pass. Those important matters that concern our salvation were not left involved in mystery. They were not revealed in such a way as to perplex and mislead the honest seeker after truth. Said the Lord by the prophet Habakkuk: "Write the vision, and make it plain, . . . that he may run that readeth it." Habakkuk 2:2. The word of God is plain to all who study it with a prayerful heart. Every truly honest soul will come to the light of truth. "Light is sown for the righteous." Psalm 97:11. And no church can advance in holiness unless its members are earnestly seeking for truth as for hid treasure.

    By the cry, Liberality, men are blinded to the devices of their adversary, while he is all the time working steadily for the accomplishment of his object. As he succeeds in supplanting the Bible by human speculations, the law of God is set aside, and the churches are under the bondage of sin while they claim to be free.

    To many, scientific research has become a curse. God has permitted a flood of light to be poured upon the world in discoveries in science and art; but even the greatest minds, if not guided by the word of God in their research, become bewildered in their attempts to investigate the relations of science and revelation.

    Human knowledge of both material and spiritual things is partial and imperfect; therefore many are unable to harmonize their views of science with Scripture statements. Many accept mere theories and speculations as scientific facts, and they think that God's word is to be tested by the teachings of "science falsely so called." 1 Timothy 6:20. The Creator and His works are beyond their comprehension; and because they cannot explain these by natural laws, Bible history is regarded as unreliable. Those who doubt the reliability of the records of the Old and New Testaments too often go a step further and doubt the existence of God and attribute infinite power to nature. Having let go their anchor, they are left to beat about upon the rocks of infidelity.

    Thus many err from the faith and are seduced by the devil. Men have endeavored to be wiser than their Creator; human philosophy has attempted to search out and explain mysteries which will never be revealed through the eternal ages. If men would but search and understand what God had made known of Himself and His purposes, they would obtain such a view of the glory, majesty, and power of Jehovah that they would realize their own littleness and would be content with that which has been revealed for themselves and their children.

    It is a masterpiece of Satan's deceptions to keep the minds of men searching and conjecturing in regard to that which God has not made known and which He does not intend that we shall understand. It was thus that Lucifer lost his place in heaven. He became dissatisfied because all the secrets of God's purposes were not confided to him, and he entirely disregarded that which was revealed concerning his own work in the lofty position assigned him. By arousing the same discontent in the angels under his command, he caused their fall. Now he seeks to imbue the minds of men with the same spirit and to lead them also to disregard the direct commands of God.

    Those who are unwilling to accept the plain, cutting truths of the Bible are continually seeking for pleasing fables that will quiet the conscience. The less spiritual, self-denying, and humiliating the doctrines presented, the greater the favor with which they are received. These persons degrade the intellectual powers to serve their carnal desires. Too wise in their own conceit to search the Scriptures with contrition of soul and earnest prayer for divine guidance, they have no shield from delusion. Satan is ready to supply the heart's desire, and he palms off his deceptions in the place of truth. It was thus that the papacy gained its power over the minds of men; and by rejection of the truth because it involves a cross, Protestants are following the same path. All who neglect the word of God to study convenience and policy, that they may not be at variance with the world, will be left to receive damnable heresy for religious truth. Every conceivable form of error will be accepted by those who willfully reject the truth. He who looks with horror upon one deception will readily receive another. The apostle Paul, speaking of a class who "received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved," declares: "For this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: that they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness." 2 Thessalonians 2:10-12. With such a warning before us it behooves us to be on our guard as to what doctrines we receive.

    Among the most successful agencies of the great deceiver are the delusive teachings and lying wonders of spiritualism. Disguised as an angel of light, he spreads his nets where least suspected. If men would but study the Book of God with earnest prayer that they might understand it, they would not be left in darkness to receive false doctrines. But as they reject the truth they fall a prey to deception.

    Another dangerous error is the doctrine that denies the deity of Christ, claiming that He had no existence before His advent to this world. This theory is received with favor by a large class who profess to believe the Bible; yet it directly contradicts the plainest statements of our Saviour concerning His relationship with the Father, His divine character, and His pre-existence. It cannot be entertained without the most unwarranted wresting of the Scriptures. It not only lowers man's conceptions of the work of redemption, but undermines faith in the Bible as a revelation from God. While this renders it the more dangerous, it makes it also harder to meet. If men reject the testimony of the inspired Scriptures concerning the deity of Christ, it is in vain to argue the point with them; for no argument, however conclusive, could convince them. "The natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned." 1 Corinthians 2:14. None who hold this error can have a true conception of the character or the mission of Christ, or of the great plan of God for man's redemption.

    Still another subtle and mischievous error is the fast-spreading belief that Satan has no existence as a personal being; that the name is used in Scripture merely to represent men's evil thoughts and desires. The teaching so widely echoed from popular pulpits, that the second advent of Christ is His coming to each individual at death, is a device to divert the minds of men from His personal coming in the clouds of heaven. For years Satan has thus been saying, "Behold, He is in the secret chambers" (Matthew 24:23-26); and many souls have been lost by accepting this deception.

    Again, worldly wisdom teaches that prayer is not essential. Men of science claim that there can be no real answer to prayer; that this would be a violation of law, a miracle, and that miracles have no existence. The universe, say they, is governed by fixed laws, and God Himself does nothing contrary to these laws. Thus they represent God as bound by His own laws--as if the operation of divine laws could exclude divine freedom. Such teaching is opposed to the testimony of the Scriptures. Were not miracles wrought by Christ and His apostles? The same compassionate Saviour lives today, and He is as willing to listen to the prayer of faith as when He walked visibly among men. The natural cooperates with the supernatural. It is a part of God's plan to grant us, in answer to the prayer of faith, that which He would not bestow did we not thus ask.

    Innumerable are the erroneous doctrines and fanciful ideas that are obtaining among the churches of Christendom. It is impossible to estimate the evil results of removing one of the landmarks fixed by the word of God. Few who venture to do this stop with the rejection of a single truth. The majority continue to set aside one after another of the principles of truth, until they become actual infidels.

    The errors of popular theology have driven many a soul to skepticism who might otherwise have been a believer in the Scriptures. It is impossible for him to accept doctrines which outrage his sense of justice, mercy, and benevolence; and since these are represented as the teaching of the Bible, he refuses to receive it as the word of God.

    And this is the object which Satan seeks to accomplish. There is nothing that he desires more than to destroy confidence in God and in His word. Satan stands at the head of the great army of doubters, and he works to the utmost of his power to beguile souls into his ranks. It is becoming fashionable to doubt. There is a large class by whom the word of God is looked upon with distrust for the same reason as was its Author--because it reproves and condemns sin. Those who are unwilling to obey its requirements endeavor to overthrow its authority. They read the Bible, or listen to its teachings as presented from the sacred desk, merely to find fault with the Scriptures or with the sermon. Not a few become infidels in order to justify or excuse themselves in neglect of duty. Others adopt skeptical principles from pride and indolence. Too ease-loving to distinguish themselves by accomplishing anything worthy of honor, which requires effort and self-denial, they aim to secure a reputation for superior wisdom by criticizing the Bible. There is much which the finite mind, unenlightened by divine wisdom, is powerless to comprehend; and thus they find occasion to criticize. There are many who seem to feel that it is a virtue to stand on the side of unbelief, skepticism, and infidelity. But underneath an appearance of candor it will be found that such persons are actuated by self-confidence and pride. Many delight in finding something in the Scriptures to puzzle the minds of others. Some at first criticize and reason on the wrong side, from a mere love of controversy. They do not realize that they are thus entangling themselves in the snare of the fowler. But having openly expressed unbelief, they feel that they must maintain their position. Thus they unite with the ungodly and close to themselves the gates of Paradise.

    God has given in His word sufficient evidence of its divine character. The great truths which concern our redemption are clearly presented. By the aid of the Holy Spirit, which is promised to all who seek it in sincerity, every man may understand these truths for himself. God has granted to men a strong foundation upon which to rest their faith.

    Yet the finite minds of men are inadequate fully to comprehend the plans and purposes of the Infinite One. We can never by searching find out God. We must not attempt to lift with presumptuous hand the curtain behind which He veils His majesty. The apostle exclaims: "How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!" Romans 11:33. We can so far comprehend His dealings with us, and the motives by which He is actuated, that we may discern boundless love and mercy united to infinite power. Our Father in heaven orders everything in wisdom and righteousness, and we are not to be dissatisfied and distrustful, but to bow in reverent submission. He will reveal to us as much of His purposes as it is for our good to know, and beyond that we must trust the Hand that is omnipotent, the Heart that is full of love.

    While God has given ample evidence for faith, He will never remove all excuse for unbelief. All who look for hooks to hang their doubts upon will find them. And those who refuse to accept and obey God's word until every objection has been removed, and there is no longer an opportunity for doubt, will never come to the light.

    Distrust of God is the natural outgrowth of the unrenewed heart, which is at enmity with Him. But faith is inspired by the Holy Spirit, and it will flourish only as it is cherished. No man can become strong in faith without a determined effort. Unbelief strengthens as it is encouraged; and if men, instead of dwelling upon the evidences which God has given to sustain their faith, permit themselves to question and cavil, they will find their doubts constantly becoming more confirmed.

    But those who doubt God's promises and distrust the assurance of His grace are dishonoring Him; and their influence, instead of drawing others to Christ, tends to repel them from Him. They are unproductive trees, that spread their dark branches far and wide, shutting away the sunlight from other plants, and causing them to droop and die under the chilling shadow. The lifework of these persons will appear as a never-ceasing witness against them. They are sowing seeds of doubt and skepticism that will yield an unfailing harvest.

    There is but one course for those to pursue who honestly desire to be freed from doubts. Instead of questioning and caviling concerning that which they do not understand, let them give heed to the light which already shines upon them, and they will receive greater light. Let them do every duty which has been made plain to their understanding, and they will be enabled to understand and perform those of which they are now in doubt.

    Satan can present a counterfeit so closely resembling the truth that it deceives those who are willing to be deceived, who desire to shun the self-denial and sacrifice demanded by the truth; but it is impossible for him to hold under his power one soul who honestly desires, at whatever cost, to know the truth. Christ is the truth and the "Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." John 1:9. The Spirit of truth has been sent to guide men into all truth. And upon the authority of the Son of God it is declared: "Seek, and ye shall find." "If any man will do His will, he shall know of the doctrine." Matthew 7:7; John 7:17.

    The followers of Christ know little of the plots which Satan and his hosts are forming against them. But He who sitteth in the heavens will overrule all these devices for the accomplishment of His deep designs. The Lord permits His people to be subjected to the fiery ordeal of temptation, not because He takes pleasure in their distress and affliction, but because this process is essential to their final victory. He could not, consistently with His own glory, shield them from temptation; for the very object of the trial is to prepare them to resist all the allurements of evil.

    Neither wicked men nor devils can hinder the work of God, or shut out His presence from His people, if they will, with subdued, contrite hearts, confess and put away their sins, and in faith claim His promises. Every temptation, every opposing influence, whether open or secret, may be successfully resisted, "not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts." Zechariah 4:6.

    "The eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and His ears are open unto their prayers. . . . And who is he that will harm you, if ye be followers of that which is good?" 1 Peter 3:12, 13. When Balaam, allured by the promise of rich rewards, practiced enchantments against Israel, and by sacrifices to the Lord sought to invoke a curse upon His people, the Spirit of God forbade the evil which he longed to pronounce, and Balaam was forced to exclaim: "How shall I curse, whom God hath not cursed? or how shall I defy, whom the Lord hath not defied?" "Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!" When sacrifice had again been offered, the ungodly prophet declared: "Behold, I have received commandment to bless: and He hath blessed; and I cannot reverse it. He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, neither hath He seen perverseness in Israel: the Lord his God is with him, and the shout of a King is among them." "Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any divination against Israel: according to this time it shall be said of Jacob and of Israel, What hath God wrought!" Yet a third time altars were erected, and again Balaam essayed to secure a curse. But from the unwilling lips of the prophet, the Spirit of God declared the prosperity of His chosen, and rebuked the folly and malice of their foes: "Blessed is he that blesseth thee, and cursed is he that curseth thee." Numbers 23:8, 10, 20, 21, 23; 24:9.

    The people of Israel were at this time loyal to God; and so long as they continued in obedience to His law, no power in earth or hell could prevail against them. But the curse which Balaam had not been permitted to pronounce against God's people, he finally succeeded in bringing upon them by seducing them into sin. When they transgressed God's commandments, then they separated themselves from Him, and they were left to feel the power of the destroyer.

    Satan is well aware that the weakest soul who abides in Christ is more than a match for the hosts of darkness, and that, should he reveal himself openly, he would be met and resisted. Therefore he seeks to draw away the soldiers of the cross from their strong fortification, while he lies in ambush with his forces, ready to destroy all who venture upon his ground. Only in humble reliance upon God, and obedience to all His commandments, can we be secure.

    No man is safe for a day or an hour without prayer. Especially should we entreat the Lord for wisdom to understand His word. Here are revealed the wiles of the tempter and the means by which he may be successfully resisted. Satan is an expert in quoting Scripture, placing his own interpretation upon passages, by which he hopes to cause us to stumble. We should study the Bible with humility of heart, never losing sight of our dependence upon God. While we must constantly guard against the devices of Satan, we should pray in faith continually: "Lead us not into temptation."

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 6:53 pm; edited 5 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Thu Jan 29, 2015 5:27 pm

    What if This Solar System is a Galactic-Vietnam??!!

    What if the Destroyers, Saviors, Exploiters, and Locals Have
    Been Equally Screwed for Tens of Thousands of Years??!!

    What if Azazel Will Be Blamed for ALL the Murder and Mayhem as
    Judas-Goat and Scape-Goat -- for Creating Humanity and Freedom ??!!

    What if Michael is Azazel??!!
    B.B.Baghor wrote: Words by ortho: "As I've mentioned before -- I'm not an atheist, agnostic, or believer. I am a Possibility-Thinker (which includes positive, negative, and neutral possibilities). If one keeps this sort of thing to themselves -- it's not so bad -- but when one does this on the internet in a semi-convincing manner -- life can become somewhat problematic".

    I'm not sure if I understand what you refer to, ortho, where you point at, with "life can become somewhat problematic".
    Is it my semi-convincing "shouts into the universe" or your sharing of possible views on what's going on in it?
    I'm aware of my "miss-know-it-all" side effect, similar to Hermione's attitude in Harry Potters stories Hmmm

    A general feeling of oppression and discomfort -- strange visitors -- a website (including the web-address) of mine being completely removed from the internet -- reprehensible treatment in "real-life" -- my general situation steadily worsening -- horrifying conceptualizations regarding how things might be -- hints at who I might really be -- hints regarding the extermination of the human-race -- etc. Your participation came after most of the madness had already occurred (unless we've met before (online and/or in real-life). I frankly utilize the forum-members as sparring-partners and co-stars in an ongoing religious and political science-fictional pseudo-intellectual "quest".

    And here's another question, about your quest for what, who, why and where? if I may describe it that way, a sincere
    question: when you're a possibility thinker, coming from a neutral point of view, if that's how you approach your quest,
    when presenting your posts with considerations and possible truths, how come that you feel increasingly paranoid?
    Like you mentioned here lately?

    I do it for new-answers -- in the context of the old-answers not working any longer. I've posted some pretty provocative posts -- which probably made some significant individuals of interest highly displeased. My intuitive-perceptions and historical-interpretations cause me to feel as if history might repeat itself with a vengeance -- and just because I'm paranoid, doesn't mean they're not out to get me. "Don't burn me, bro!!"

    I'm wondering, what is it that causes you to feel that way? Or picture yourself as the chicken in that tubby? (I'd rather
    picture myself in the fate of the chicken, for at least it's courageous in making a move outside the treadmill and see new things).

    I guess that chicken reminds me of David Mann -- in Steven Spielberg's first movie Duel. It's interesting to me that Steven Spielberg was talking on the phone with the alien Paul (receiving a movie-idea from the alien) -- and Duel was playing in the downtown theater in the movie Paul. It's also of interest to me that I had a couple of conversations with a close-relative of Steven regarding a movie-idea. Robert Morningsky speaks (perhaps jokingly) of an alien giving Steven Spielberg movie ideas. In the movie Dogma -- Serendipity speaks of writing the scripts for 19 of the top 20 movies of all-time -- and speaks of writing the Bible (in a non-sexist form). Serendipity is a Muse who Lacks Definition. I even had a message mysteriously appear in my laptop word-processor claiming that I wrote 37 books in antiquity -- 5 of which are in the Bible!! Honest!!

    Are you trying to check the possible reality of those different views on life, presented in your posts, by feeling your
    way through them, have a taste of them, as if they're real, maybe? (although temporarily) For if that's so, you might
    expose yourself to possible realities, in existence only for those with a kindred nature to yours.

    I've engaged in radical ongoing online-modeling which seems to have spilled-over into real-life. I created a thread in the old (now-closed) Project Avalon titled Amen Ra -- and shortly thereafter (one dark night) a mysterious individual of interest looked me in the eye -- and stated (matter of fact) "I Am Ra." They said they were "Angry and Jealous." They also said "you're lucky to be alive" and "I'm tired of keeping you alive".  

    I'm curious how you look at this view of mine. I think (and experience) that I live in a reality of my own making, shaped by
    my belief systems, either based on experiences of the past, declared as my fate, a passively created reality, or based on being
    openminded, in a state of wonder, declared as my creation, my wished for reality.

    I think we live in a combination of "creating our own reality" and being "victims and beneficiaries of circumstances, context, chance, and the choices of others".

    And coming from that point of view of mine, assuming that you ponder all those possibilities, I wonder if you risk a fragmentation
    of your consciousness, in how you perceive your world, your reality. Have you ever considered that as a possible cause for anxiety?
    Having said all this....   I truly hope I haven't caused trouble by adding more to it. Did I forget the sea of salt with which you recommend I should take all of your posts, ortho? OO UU (blinking owl)

    I try to separate fantasy from reality -- but I try to imagine possible (and likely) realities (which are often MOST Upsetting and Disorienting). Does that make me crazy?? Probably. BTW -- I drink coffee from my "Owl-Mug" as I watch "Dr. Who". What Would Lilith Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would the Queen of Heaven Say??

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 32415f
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 KeirDulleaDavidBowman2001
    Why is David Mann Paranoid??
    What Would David Bowman Say??
    Is David a Victim??
    Is David Azazel??
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam-War-Protest
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Deadvietcong2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ss-100429-vietnam-18_ss_full
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vte
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam+War+II
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam_sm07
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam%20war
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 07-the-vietnam-war1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam-war-photos-10
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 02_0
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 VIETNAM-WAR-RARE-INCREDIBLE-PICTURES-IMAGES=PHOTOS-HISTORY-005
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 The-Vietnam-War-2
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Vietnam_war_17
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 08
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 13
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Horst-faas-vietnam-war-us-helicopters
    Carol wrote:
    Iraqi dinar Increase In Money Supply Says Central Bank
    Published on Jan 29, 2015
    http://americancontractor.com Iraqi dinar Increase In Money Supply Says Central Bank

    How do central banks inject money into the economy?
    http://www.investopedia.com/ask/answe...

    Definition of Secondary Market
    http://bit.ly/1CDsQtz

    Russia giving Iraq weapons on credit
    http://bit.ly/1CDsljb

    Iraq Purchases $1 billion worth rocket launchers and guns from Russians
    http://www.iraqinews.com/iraq-war/ira...
    http://bit.ly/1BuT3GI

    Two Arab countries provide free weapons to Iraq to fight ISIS
    http://www.iraqinews.com/iraq-war/two...
    http://bit.ly/1Lm5axS

    Abadi: We received U.S. arms shipment, will pay for it when oil prices increase
    http://www.iraqinews.com/features/aba...
    http://bit.ly/1yR8Cvi

    Iraqi Dinar Redenomination
    http://americancontractor.com/iraqi-d...

    Central Bank documents
    https://drive.google.com/viewerng/vie...
    Financial Charts
    http://finviz.com/
    B.B.Baghor wrote:Carol, in one of the tubbies, in your post with lots of Simon Parkes testimonies, Simon shares his view,
    and I hope it's based on truth, on Putin's role in the present situation. If I am right, it's in the tubby below
    the one with P.A. It's the one that takes about 1 hour. According to Simon Parkes, Putin is given a powerful
    weapon by an ET race, much more powerful than the existing ones on the planet. And thus..... he holds power
    over America. That's, at least as Simon explains, the reason why no weapon-war has started.... yet?
    Carol wrote:Two hour interview with Jim Willie taped on the 26th - known from GoldenJackass.com and the Hat Trick Newsletter.  Fascinating. He covers the GCR, everything that’s happening with the Rothchilds, Rockefellers, Bushes and Ukraine, ISIS, new monetary system, BRICS, a bit about the RV- also The Swiss de-pegging, Germany, Greece- it is a FAR ranging interview.  He’s abrasive, but worth the listen.

    http://oneradionetwork.com/moneyfinance/jim-willie-end-american-empire-big-powerful-nasty-ugly-days-ahead-january-26-2015/

    Jim Willie

    The End of the American Empire




    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jim-Willie

    Jim Willie comes from US industry with three main fields of statistics covered. He earned a PhD in Statistics at Carnegie Mellon Univ in 1980. The three fields are Quality Control in manufacturing, Marketing Research in computer technology, and Sales Forecasting in retail. Since 2004, the “Golden Jackass” has been running the Hat Trick Letter, a newsletter that focuses on gold, currencies, central banks, and the economies. His numerous correct forecasts on important developments toward the global breakdown have gained considerable attention, if not notoriety. The current major forecasts include the rejection of the USDollar as global reserve, the installation of the Eurasian Trade Zone, the flipping east by Germany, Turkey, Saudi, and Japan, and the return of the Gold Standard. The return will come through the trade window, not the currency window. The acceleration of systemic breakdown events has come in earnest during January here, exactly as forecast.


    Show Highlights:




    - Willie says there is a strong contingent of powerful “Good Guys” ex military who are tired of the status quo; and there are extremely wealthy Chinese Elders who are sick and tired of “The Boys” and their destruction of the Planet.

    - There are three major factions who run the world….for now; who are they?




    - Germany is actively looking for credible ways to exit the Euro Zone, political and currency




    - The dollar is losing market share, as we speak, with the emergence with BRICS




    - The amount of gold Russia and China has will curl your hair




    - The U.S. is out of gold




    - Putin kicked the Rothchild’s out of Russia a few years ago




    - The Vatican is loaded with assets on all levels and it goes back over a thousand years




    - Willie explains how oil got to $45 a barrel today




    - It’s all about derivatives and not supply and demand for all major assets




    - Just how did the Swiss pull off keeping the Euro peg for the last three years




    - The dollar may have strong numbers today but is weak at heart




    - Willie’s take on ISIS, their origin and what they are up to




    - The Global Currency Reset is real and in motion




    - There will be a new, improved dollar someday that will be as worthless as the current one




    and more!



    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Sep 22, 2015 7:06 pm; edited 7 times in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Thu Jan 29, 2015 6:07 pm

    When I made the last post -- my computer shut-down completely -- after displaying some sort of a "violation" message!! Is someone trying to tell me something??!! Once again -- I wish for things to work out well for all-concerned -- and when I said this to the Ancient Egyptian Deity -- they replied "ALL Concerned??" I'm sure they knew a thousand-times more about what's REALLY Going On than I did -- so who knows what I'd have said if I knew as much as they did??!! I'm simply attempting to help -- and that's probably a HUGE Mistake. I should know better by now. The AED really was a Guardian of the Galaxy kind of guy -- and I'm NOT kidding. BTW -- the AED called me "Michael" at Wal*Mart!! We had just finished discussing Sirius-Issues at Starbucks!! Honest!!
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 2014_guardians_of_the_galaxy-3840x2160
    CHAPTER 33 -- The First Great Deception

    With the earliest history of man, Satan began his efforts to deceive our race. He who had incited rebellion in heaven desired to bring the inhabitants of the earth to unite with him in his warfare against the government of God. Adam and Eve had been perfectly happy in obedience to the law of God, and this fact was a constant testimony against the claim which Satan had urged in heaven, that God's law was oppressive and opposed to the good of His creatures. And furthermore, Satan's envy was excited as he looked upon the beautiful home prepared for the sinless pair. He determined to cause their fall, that, having separated them from God and brought them under his own power, he might gain possession of the earth and here establish his kingdom in opposition to the Most High.

    Had Satan revealed himself in his real character, he would have been repulsed at once, for Adam and Eve had been warned against this dangerous foe; but he worked in the dark, concealing his purpose, that he might more effectually accomplish his object. Employing as his medium the serpent, then a creature of fascinating appearance, he addressed himself to Eve: "Hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?" Genesis 3:1. Had Eve refrained from entering into argument with the tempter, she would have been safe; but she ventured to parley with him and fell a victim to his wiles. It is thus that many are still overcome. They doubt and argue concerning the requirements of God; and instead of obeying the divine commands, they accept human theories, which but disguise the devices of Satan.

    "The woman said unto the serpent, We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden: but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die: for God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil." Verses 2-5. He declared that they would become like God, possessing greater wisdom than before and being capable of a higher state of existence. Eve yielded to temptation; and through her influence, Adam was led into sin. They accepted the words of the serpent, that God did not mean what He said; they distrusted their Creator and imagined that He was restricting their liberty and that they might obtain great wisdom and exaltation by transgressing His law.

    But what did Adam, after his sin, find to be the meaning of the words, "In the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die"? Did he find them to mean, as Satan had led him to believe, that he was to be ushered into a more exalted state of existence? Then indeed there was great good to be gained by transgression, and Satan was proved to be a benefactor of the race. But Adam did not find this to be the meaning of the divine sentence. God declared that as a penalty for his sin, man should return to the ground whence he was taken: "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return." Verse 19. The words of Satan, "Your eyes shall be opened," proved to be true in this sense only: After Adam and Eve had disobeyed God, their eyes were opened to discern their folly; they did know evil, and they tasted the bitter fruit of transgression.

    In the midst of Eden grew the tree of life, whose fruit had the power of perpetuating life. Had Adam remained obedient to God, he would have continued to enjoy free access to this tree and would have lived forever. But when he sinned he was cut off from partaking of the tree of life, and he became subject to death. The divine sentence, "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return," points to the utter extinction of life.

    Immortality, promised to man on condition of obedience, had been forfeited by transgression. Adam could not transmit to his posterity that which he did not possess; and there could have been no hope for the fallen race had not God, by the sacrifice of His Son, brought immortality within their reach. While "death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned," Christ "hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel." Romans 5:12; 2 Timothy 1:10. And only through Christ can immortality be obtained. Said Jesus: "He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life: and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life." John 3:36. Every man may come into possession of this priceless blessing if he will comply with the conditions. All "who by patient continuance in well-doing seek for glory and honor and immortality," will receive "eternal life." Romans 2:7.

    The only one who promised Adam life in disobedience was the great deceiver. And the declaration of the serpent to Eve in Eden--"Ye shall not surely die"--was the first sermon ever preached upon the immortality of the soul. Yet this declaration, resting solely upon the authority of Satan, is echoed from the pulpits of Christendom and is received by the majority of mankind as readily as it was received by our first parents. The divine sentence, "The soul that sinneth, it shall die" (Ezekiel 18:20), is made to mean: The soul that sinneth, it shall not die, but live eternally. We cannot but wonder at the strange infatuation which renders men so credulous concerning the words of Satan and so unbelieving in regard to the words of God.

    Had man after his fall been allowed free access to the tree of life, he would have lived forever, and thus sin would have been immortalized. But cherubim and a flaming sword kept "the way of the tree of life" (Genesis 3:24), and not one of the family of Adam has been permitted to pass that barrier and partake of the life-giving fruit. Therefore there is not an immortal sinner.

    But after the Fall, Satan bade his angels make a special effort to inculcate the belief in man's natural immortality; and having induced the people to receive this error, they were to lead them on to conclude that the sinner would live in eternal misery. Now the prince of darkness, working through his agents, represents God as a revengeful tyrant, declaring that He plunges into hell all those who do not please Him, and causes them ever to feel His wrath; and that while they suffer unutterable anguish and writhe in the eternal flames, their Creator looks down upon them with satisfaction.

    Thus the archfiend clothes with his own attributes the Creator and Benefactor of mankind. Cruelty is satanic. God is love; and all that He created was pure, holy, and lovely, until sin was brought in by the first great rebel. Satan himself is the enemy who tempts man to sin, and then destroys him if he can; and when he has made sure of his victim, then he exults in the ruin he has wrought. If permitted, he would sweep the entire race into his net. Were it not for the interposition of divine power, not one son or daughter of Adam would escape.

    Satan is seeking to overcome men today, as he overcame our first parents, by shaking their confidence in their Creator and leading them to doubt the wisdom of His government and the justice of His laws. Satan and his emissaries represent God as even worse than themselves, in order to justify their own malignity and rebellion. The great deceiver endeavors to shift his own horrible cruelty of character upon our heavenly Father, that he may cause himself to appear as one greatly wronged by his expulsion from heaven because he would not submit to so unjust a governor. He presents before the world the liberty which they may enjoy under his mild sway, in contrast with the bondage imposed by the stern decrees of Jehovah. Thus he succeeds in luring souls away from their allegiance to God.

    How repugnant to every emotion of love and mercy, and even to our sense of justice, is the doctrine that the wicked dead are tormented with fire and brimstone in an eternally burning hell; that for the sins of a brief earthly life they are to suffer torture as long as God shall live. Yet this doctrine has been widely taught and is still embodied in many of the creeds of Christendom. Said a learned doctor of divinity: "The sight of hell torments will exalt the happiness of the saints forever. When they see others who are of the same nature and born under the same circumstances, plunged in such misery, and they so distinguished, it will make them sensible of how happy they are." Another used these words: "While the decree of reprobation is eternally executing on the vessels of wrath, the smoke of their torment will be eternally ascending in view of the vessels of mercy, who, instead of taking the part of these miserable objects, will say, Amen, Alleluia! praise ye the Lord!"

    Where, in the pages of God's word, is such teaching to be found? Will the redeemed in heaven be lost to all emotions of pity and compassion, and even to feelings of common humanity? Are these to be exchanged for the indifference of the stoic or the cruelty of the savage? No, no; such is not the teaching of the Book of God. Those who present the views expressed in the quotations given above may be learned and even honest men, but they are deluded by the sophistry of Satan. He leads them to misconstrue strong expressions of Scripture, giving to the language the coloring of bitterness and malignity which pertains to himself, but not to our Creator. "As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye from your evil ways; for why will ye die?" Ezekiel 33:11.

    What would be gained to God should we admit that He delights in witnessing unceasing tortures; that He is regaled with the groans and shrieks and imprecations of the suffering creatures whom He holds in the flames of hell? Can these horrid sounds be music in the ear of Infinite Love? It is urged that the infliction of endless misery upon the wicked would show God's hatred of sin as an evil which is ruinous to the peace and order of the universe. Oh, dreadful blasphemy! As if God's hatred of sin is the reason why it is perpetuated. For, according to the teachings of these theologians, continued torture without hope of mercy maddens its wretched victims, and as they pour out their rage in curses and blasphemy, they are forever augmenting their load of guilt. God's glory is not enhanced by thus perpetuating continually increasing sin through ceaseless ages.

    It is beyond the power of the human mind to estimate the evil which has been wrought by the heresy of eternal torment. The religion of the Bible, full of love and goodness, and abounding in compassion, is darkened by superstition and clothed with terror. When we consider in what false colors Satan has painted the character of God, can we wonder that our merciful Creator is feared, dreaded, and even hated? The appalling views of God which have spread over the world from the teachings of the pulpit have made thousands, yes, millions, of skeptics and infidels.

    The theory of eternal torment is one of the false doctrines that constitute the wine of the abomination of Babylon, of which she makes all nations drink. Revelation 14:8; 17:2. That ministers of Christ should have accepted this heresy and proclaimed it from the sacred desk is indeed a mystery. They received it from Rome, as they received the false sabbath. True, it has been taught by great and good men; but the light on this subject had not come to them as it has come to us. They were responsible only for the light which shone in their time; we are accountable for that which shines in our day. If we turn from the testimony of God's word, and accept false doctrines because our fathers taught them, we fall under the condemnation pronounced upon Babylon; we are drinking of the wine of her abomination.

    A large class to whom the doctrine of eternal torment is revolting are driven to the opposite error. They see that the Scriptures represent God as a being of love and compassion, and they cannot believe that He will consign His creatures to the fires of an eternally burning hell. But holding that the soul is naturally immortal, they see no alternative but to conclude that all mankind will finally be saved. Many regard the threatenings of the Bible as designed merely to frighten men into obedience, and not to be literally fulfilled. Thus the sinner can live in selfish pleasure, disregarding the requirements of God, and yet expect to be finally received into His favor. Such a doctrine, presuming upon God's mercy, but ignoring His justice, pleases the carnal heart and emboldens the wicked in their iniquity.

    To show how believers in universal salvation wrest the Scriptures to sustain their soul-destroying dogmas, it is needful only to cite their own utterances. At the funeral of an irreligious young man, who had been killed instantly by an accident, a Universalist minister selected as his text the Scripture statement concerning David: "He was comforted concerning Amnon, seeing he was dead." 2 Samuel 13:39.

    "I am frequently asked," said the speaker, "what will be the fate of those who leave the world in sin, die, perhaps, in a state of inebriation, die with the scarlet stains of crime unwashed from their robes, or die as this young man died, having never made a profession or enjoyed an experience of religion. We are content with the Scriptures; their answer shall solve the awful problem. Amnon was exceedingly sinful; he was unrepentant, he was made drunk, and while drunk was killed. David was a prophet of God; he must have known whether it would be ill or well for Amnon in the world to come. What were the expressions of his heart?

    `The soul of King David longed to go forth unto Absalom: for he was comforted concerning Amnon, seeing he was dead.' Verse 39.

    "And what is the inference to be deduced from this language? Is it not that endless suffering formed no part of his religious belief? So we conceive; and here we discover a triumphant argument in support of the more pleasing, more enlightened, more benevolent hypothesis of ultimate universal purity and peace. He was comforted, seeing his son was dead. And why so? Because by the eye of prophecy he could look forward into the glorious future and see that son far removed from all temptations, released from the bondage and purified from the corruptions of sin, and after being made sufficiently holy and enlightened, admitted to the assembly of ascended and rejoicing spirits. His only comfort was that, in being removed from the present state of sin and suffering, his beloved son had gone where the loftiest breathings of the Holy Spirit would be shed upon his darkened soul, where his mind would be unfolded to the wisdom of heaven and the sweet raptures of immortal love, and thus prepared with a sanctified nature to enjoy the rest and society of the heavenly inheritance.

    "In these thoughts we would be understood to believe that the salvation of heaven depends upon nothing which we can do in this life; neither upon a present change of heart, nor upon present belief, or a present profession of religion."

    Thus does the professed minister of Christ reiterate the falsehood uttered by the serpent in Eden: "Ye shall not surely die." "In the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods." He declares that the vilest of sinners--the murderer, the thief, and the adulterer--will after death be prepared to enter into immortal bliss.

    And from what does this perverter of the Scriptures draw his conclusions? From a single sentence expressing David's submission to the dispensation of Providence. His soul "longed to go forth unto Absalom; for he was comforted concerning Amnon, seeing he was dead." The poignancy of his grief having been softened by time, his thoughts turned from the dead to the living son, self-banished through fear of the just punishment of his crime. And this is the evidence that the incestuous, drunken Amnon was at death immediately transported to the abodes of bliss, there to be purified and prepared for the companionship of sinless angels! A pleasing fable indeed, well suited to gratify the carnal heart! This is Satan's own doctrine, and it does his work effectually. Should we be surprised that, with such instruction, wickedness abounds?

    The course pursued by this one false teacher illustrates that of many others. A few words of Scripture are separated from the context, which would in many cases show their meaning to be exactly opposite to the interpretation put upon them; and such disjointed passages are perverted and used in proof of doctrines that have no foundation in the word of God. The testimony cited as evidence that the drunken Amnon is in heaven is a mere inference directly contradicted by the plain and positive statement of the Scriptures that no drunkard shall inherit the kingdom of God. 1 Corinthians 6:10. It is thus that doubters, unbelievers, and skeptics turn the truth into a lie. And multitudes have been deceived by their sophistry and rocked to sleep in the cradle of carnal security.

    If it were true that the souls of all men passed directly to heaven at the hour of dissolution, then we might well covet death rather than life. Many have been led by this belief to put an end to their existence. When overwhelmed with trouble, perplexity, and disappointment, it seems an easy thing to break the brittle thread of life and soar away into the bliss of the eternal world.

    God has given in His word decisive evidence that He will punish the transgressors of His law. Those who flatter themselves that He is too merciful to execute justice upon the sinner, have only to look to the cross of Calvary. The death of the spotless Son of God testifies that "the wages of sin is death," that every violation of God's law must receive its just retribution. Christ the sinless became sin for man. He bore the guilt of transgression, and the hiding of His Father's face, until His heart was broken and His life crushed out. All this sacrifice was made that sinners might be redeemed. In no other way could man be freed from the penalty of sin. And every soul that refuses to become a partaker of the atonement provided at such a cost must bear in his own person the guilt and punishment of transgression.

    Let us consider what the Bible teaches further concerning the ungodly and unrepentant, whom the Universalist places in heaven as holy, happy angels.

    "I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely." Revelation 21:6. This promise is only to those that thirst. None but those who feel their need of the water of life, and seek it at the loss of all things else, will be supplied. "He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be My son." Verse 7. Here, also, conditions are specified. In order to inherit all things, we must resist and overcome sin.

    The Lord declares by the prophet Isaiah: "Say ye to the righteous, that it shall be well with him." "Woe unto the wicked! it shall be ill with him: for the reward of his hands shall be given him." Isaiah 3:10, 11. "Though a sinner do evil an hundred times," says the wise man, "and his days be prolonged, yet surely I know that it shall be well with them that fear God, which fear before Him: but it shall not be well with the wicked." Ecclesiastes 8:12, 13. And Paul testifies that the sinner is treasuring up unto himself "wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God; who will render to every man according to his deeds;" "tribulation and anguish upon every soul of man that doeth evil." Romans 2:5, 6,9.

    "No fornicator, nor unclean person, nor covetous man, who is an idolater, hath any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God." Ephesians 5:5, A.R.V. "Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord." Hebrews 12:14. "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie." Revelation 22:14, 15.

    God has given to men a declaration of His character and of His method of dealing with sin. "The Lord God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty." Exodus 34:6, 7. "All the wicked will He destroy." "The transgressors shall be destroyed together: the end of the wicked shall be cut off." Psalms 145:20; 37:38. The power and authority of the divine government will be employed to put down rebellion; yet all the manifestations of retributive justice will be perfectly consistent with the character of God as a merciful, long-suffering, benevolent being.

    God does not force the will or judgment of any. He takes no pleasure in a slavish obedience. He desires that the creatures of His hands shall love Him because He is worthy of love. He would have them obey Him because they have an intelligent appreciation of His wisdom, justice, and benevolence. And all who have a just conception of these qualities will love Him because they are drawn toward Him in admiration of His attributes.

    The principles of kindness, mercy, and love, taught and exemplified by our Saviour, are a transcript of the will and character of God. Christ declared that He taught nothing except that which He had received from His Father. The principles of the divine government are in perfect harmony with the Saviour's precept, "Love your enemies." God executes justice upon the wicked, for the good of the universe, and even for the good of those upon whom His judgments are visited. He would make them happy if He could do so in accordance with the laws of His government and the justice of His character. He surrounds them with the tokens of His love, He grants them a knowledge of His law, and follows them with the offers of His mercy; but they despise His love, make void His law, and reject His mercy. While constantly receiving His gifts, they dishonor the Giver; they hate God because they know that He abhors their sins. The Lord bears long with their perversity; but the decisive hour will come at last, when their destiny is to be decided. Will He then chain these rebels to His side? Will He force them to do His will?

    Those who have chosen Satan as their leader and have been controlled by his power are not prepared to enter the presence of God. Pride, deception, licentiousness, cruelty, have become fixed in their characters. Can they enter heaven to dwell forever with those whom they despised and hated on earth? Truth will never be agreeable to a liar; meekness will not satisfy self-esteem and pride; purity is not acceptable to the corrupt; disinterested love does not appear attractive to the selfish. What source of enjoyment could heaven offer to those who are wholly absorbed in earthly and selfish interests?

    Could those whose lives have been spent in rebellion against God be suddenly transported to heaven and witness the high, the holy state of perfection that ever exists there,-- every soul filled with love, every countenance beaming with joy, enrapturing music in melodious strains rising in honor of God and the Lamb, and ceaseless streams of light flowing upon the redeemed from the face of Him who sitteth upon the throne,--could those whose hearts are filled with hatred of God, of truth and holiness, mingle with the heavenly throng and join their songs of praise? Could they endure the glory of God and the Lamb? No, no; years of probation were granted them, that they might form characters for heaven; but they have never trained the mind to love purity; they have never learned the language of heaven, and now it is too late. A life of rebellion against God has unfitted them for heaven. Its purity, holiness, and peace would be torture to them; the glory of God would be a consuming fire. They would long to flee from that holy place. They would welcome destruction, that they might be hidden from the face of Him who died to redeem them. The destiny of the wicked is fixed by their own choice. Their exclusion from heaven is voluntary with themselves, and just and merciful on the part of God.

    Like the waters of the Flood the fires of the great day declare God's verdict that the wicked are incurable. They have no disposition to submit to divine authority. Their will has been exercised in revolt; and when life is ended, it is too late to turn the current of their thoughts in the opposite direction, too late to turn from transgression to obedience, from hatred to love.

    In sparing the life of Cain the murderer, God gave the world an example of what would be the result of permitting the sinner to live to continue a course of unbridled iniquity. Through the influence of Cain's teaching and example, multitudes of his descendants were led into sin, until "the wickedness of man was great in the earth" and "every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." "The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence." Genesis 6:5, 11.

    In mercy to the world, God blotted out its wicked inhabitants in Noah's time. In mercy He destroyed the corrupt dwellers in Sodom. Through the deceptive power of Satan the workers of iniquity obtain sympathy and admiration, and are thus constantly leading others to rebellion. It was so in Cain's and in Noah's day, and in the time of Abraham and Lot; it is so in our time. It is in mercy to the universe that God will finally destroy the rejecters of His grace.

    "The wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord." Romans 6:23. While life is the inheritance of the righteous, death is the portion of the wicked. Moses declared to Israel: "I have set before thee this day life and good, and death and evil." Deuteronomy 30:15. The death referred to in these scriptures is not that pronounced upon Adam, for all mankind suffer the penalty of his transgression. It is "the second death" that is placed in contrast with everlasting life.

    In consequence of Adam's sin, death passed upon the whole human race. All alike go down into the grave. And through the provisions of the plan of salvation, all are to be brought forth from their graves. "There shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust;" "for as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive." Acts 24:15; I Corinthians 15:22. But a distinction is made between the two classes that are brought forth. "All that are in the graves shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation." John 5:28, 29. They who have been "accounted worthy" of the resurrection of life are "blessed and holy." "On such the second death hath no power." Revelation 20:6. But those who have not, through repentance and faith, secured pardon, must receive the penalty of transgression--"the wages of sin." They suffer punishment varying in duration and intensity, "according to their works," but finally ending in the second death. Since it is impossible for God, consistently with His justice and mercy, to save the sinner in his sins, He deprives him of the existence which his transgressions have forfeited and of which he has proved himself unworthy. Says an inspired writer: "Yet a little while, and the wicked shall not be: yea, thou shalt diligently consider his place, and it shall not be." And another declares: "They shall be as though they had not been." Psalm 37:10; Obadiah 16. Covered with infamy, they sink into hopeless, eternal oblivion.

    Thus will be made an end of sin, with all the woe and ruin which have resulted from it. Says the psalmist: "Thou hast destroyed the wicked, Thou hast put out their name forever and ever. O thou enemy, destructions are come to a perpetual end." Psalm 9:5, 6. John, in the Revelation, looking forward to the eternal state, hears a universal anthem of praise undisturbed by one note of discord. Every creature in heaven and earth was heard ascribing glory to God. Revelation 5:13. There will then be no lost souls to blaspheme God as they writhe in never-ending torment; no wretched beings in hell will mingle their shrieks with the songs of the saved.

    Upon the fundamental error of natural immortality rests the doctrine of consciousness in death--a doctrine, like eternal torment, opposed to the teachings of the Scriptures, to the dictates of reason, and to our feelings of humanity. According to the popular belief, the redeemed in heaven are acquainted with all that takes place on the earth and especially with the lives of the friends whom they have left behind. But how could it be a source of happiness to the dead to know the troubles of the living, to witness the sins committed by their own loved ones, and to see them enduring all the sorrows, disappointments, and anguish of life? How much of heaven's bliss would be enjoyed by those who were hovering over their friends on earth? And how utterly revolting is the belief that as soon as the breath leaves the body the soul of the impenitent is consigned to the flames of hell! To what depths of anguish must those be plunged who see their friends passing to the grave unprepared, to enter upon an eternity of woe and sin! Many have been driven to insanity by this harrowing thought.

    What say the Scriptures concerning these things? David declares that man is not conscious in death. "His breath goeth forth, he returneth to his earth; in that very day his thoughts perish." Psalm 146:4. Solomon bears the same testimony: "The living know that they shall die: but the dead know not anything." "Their love, and their hatred, and their envy, is now perished; neither have they any more a portion forever in anything that is done under the sun." "There is no work, nor device, nor knowledge, nor wisdom, in the grave, whither thou goest." Ecclesiastes 9:5, 6, 10.

    When, in answer to his prayer, Hezekiah's life was prolonged fifteen years, the grateful king rendered to God a tribute of praise for His great mercy. In this song he tells the reason why he thus rejoices: "The grave cannot praise Thee, death cannot celebrate Thee: they that go down into the pit cannot hope for Thy truth. The living, the living, he shall praise Thee, as I do this day." Isaiah 38:18, 19. Popular theology represents the righteous dead as in heaven, entered into bliss and praising God with an immortal tongue; but Hezekiah could see no such glorious prospect in death. With his words agrees the testimony of the psalmist: "In death there is no remembrance of Thee: in the grave who shall give Thee thanks?" "The dead praise not the Lord, neither any that go down into silence." Psalms 6:5; 115:17.

    Peter on the Day of Pentecost declared that the patriarch David "is both dead and buried, and his sepulcher is with us unto this day." "For David is not ascended into the heavens." Acts 2:29, 34. The fact that David remains in the grave until the resurrection proves that the righteous do not go to heaven at death. It is only through the resurrection, and by virtue of the fact that Christ has risen, that David can at last sit at the right hand of God.

    And said Paul: "If the dead rise not, then is not Christ raised: and if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins. Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished." I Corinthians 15:16-18. If for four thousand years the righteous had gone directly to heaven at death, how could Paul have said that if there is no resurrection, "they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished"? No resurrection would be necessary.

    The martyr Tyndale, referring to the state of the dead, declared: "I confess openly, that I am not persuaded that they be already in the full glory that Christ is in, or the elect angels of God are in. Neither is it any article of my faith; for if it were so, I see not but then the preaching of the resurrection of the flesh were a thing in vain."--William Tyndale, Preface to New Testament (ed. 1534). Reprinted in British Reformers--Tindal, Frith, Barnes, page 349.

    It is an undeniable fact that the hope of immortal blessedness at death has led to a widespread neglect of the Bible doctrine of the resurrection. This tendency was remarked by Dr. Adam Clarke, who said: "The doctrine of the resurrection appears to have been thought of much more consequence among the primitive Christians than it is now! How is this? The apostles were continually insisting on it, and exciting the followers of God to diligence, obedience, and cheerfulness through it. And their successors in the present day seldom mention it! So apostles preached, and so primitive Christians believed; so we preach, and so our hearers believe. There is not a doctrine in the gospel on which more stress is laid; and there is not a doctrine in the present system of preaching which is treated with more neglect!"--Commentary, remarks on I Corinthians 15, paragraph 3.

    This has continued until the glorious truth of the resurrection has been almost wholly obscured and lost sight of by the Christian world. Thus a leading religious writer, commenting on the words of Paul in I Thessalonians 4:13-18, says: "For all practical purposes of comfort the doctrine of the blessed immortality of the righteous takes the place for us of any doubtful doctrine of the Lord's second coming. At our death the Lord comes for us. That is what we are to wait and watch for. The dead are already passed into glory. They do not wait for the trump for their judgment and blessedness."

    But when about to leave His disciples, Jesus did not tell them that they would soon come to Him. "I go to prepare a place for you," He said. "And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself." John 14:2, 3. And Paul tells us, further, that "the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord." And he adds: "Comfort one another with these words." I Thessalonians 4:16-18. How wide the contrast between these words of comfort and those of the Universalist minister previously quoted! The latter consoled the bereaved friends with the assurance that, however sinful the dead might have been, when he breathed out his life here he was to be received among the angels. Paul points his brethren to the future coming of the Lord, when the fetters of the tomb shall be broken, and the "dead in Christ" shall be raised to eternal life.

    Before any can enter the mansions of the blessed, their cases must be investigated, and their characters and their deeds must pass in review before God. All are to be judged according to the things written in the books and to be rewarded as their works have been. This judgment does not take place at death. Mark the words of Paul: "He hath appointed a day, in the which He will judge the world in righteousness by that Man whom He hath ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in that He hath raised Him from the dead." Acts 17:31. Here the apostle plainly stated that a specified time, then future, had been fixed upon for the judgment of the world.

    Jude refers to the same period: "The angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, He hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day." And, again, he quotes the words of Enoch: "Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all." Jude 6, 14, 15. John declares that he "saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: . . . and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books." Revelation 20:12.

    But if the dead are already enjoying the bliss of heaven or writhing in the flames of hell, what need of a future judgment? The teachings of God's word on these important points are neither obscure nor contradictory; they may be understood by common minds. But what candid mind can see either wisdom or justice in the current theory? Will the righteous, after the investigation of their cases at the judgment, receive the commendation, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant: . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord," when they have been dwelling in His presence, perhaps for long ages? Are the wicked summoned from the place of torment to receive sentence from the Judge of all the earth: "Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire"? Matthew 25:21, 41. Oh, solemn mockery! shameful impeachment of the wisdom and justice of God!

    The theory of the immortality of the soul was one of those false doctrines that Rome, borrowing from paganism, incorporated into the religion of Christendom. Martin Luther classed it with the "monstrous fables that form part of the Roman dunghill of decretals."--E. Petavel, The Problem of Immortality, page 255. Commenting on the words of Solomon in Ecclesiastes, that the dead know not anything, the Reformer says: "Another place proving that the dead have no . . . feeling. There is, saith he, no duty, no science, no knowledge, no wisdom there. Solomon judgeth that the dead are asleep, and feel nothing at all. For the dead lie there, accounting neither days nor years, but when they are awaked, they shall seem to have slept scarce one minute."-- Martin Luther, Exposition of Solomon's Booke Called Ecclesiastes, page 152.

    Nowhere in the Sacred Scriptures is found the statement that the righteous go to their reward or the wicked to their punishment at death. The patriarchs and prophets have left no such assurance. Christ and His apostles have given no hint of it. The Bible clearly teaches that the dead do not go immediately to heaven. They are represented as sleeping until the resurrection. I Thessalonians 4:14; Job 14:10-12. In the very day when the silver cord is loosed and the golden bowl broken (Ecclesiastes 12:6), man's thoughts perish. They that go down to the grave are in silence. They know no more of anything that is done under the sun. Job 14:21. Blessed rest for the weary righteous! Time, be it long or short, is but a moment to them. They sleep; they are awakened by the trump of God to a glorious immortality. "For the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible. . . . So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory." I Corinthians 15:52-54. As they are called forth from their deep slumber they begin to think just where they ceased. The last sensation was the pang of death; the last thought, that they were falling beneath the power of the grave. When they arise from the tomb, their first glad thought will be echoed in the triumphal shout: "O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory?" Verse 55.

    CHAPTER 34 -- Can Our Dead Speak to Us?

    The ministration of holy angels, as presented in the Scriptures, is a truth most comforting and precious to every follower of Christ. But the Bible teaching upon this point has been obscured and perverted by the errors of popular theology. The doctrine of natural immortality, first borrowed from the pagan philosophy, and in the darkness of the great apostasy incorporated into the Christian faith, has supplanted the truth, so plainly taught in Scripture, that "the dead know not anything." Multitudes have come to believe that it is spirits of the dead who are the "ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation." And this notwithstanding the testimony of Scripture to the existence of heavenly angels, and their connection with the history of man, before the death of a human being.

    The doctrine of man's consciousness in death, especially the belief that spirits of the dead return to minister to the living, has prepared the way for modern spiritualism. If the dead are admitted to the presence of God and holy angels, and privileged with knowledge far exceeding what they before possessed, why should they not return to the earth to enlighten and instruct the living? If, as taught by popular theologians, spirits of the dead are hovering about their friends on earth, why should they not be permitted to communicate with them, to warn them against evil, or to comfort them in sorrow? How can those who believe in man's consciousness in death reject what comes to them as divine light communicated by glorified spirits? Here is a channel regarded as sacred, through which Satan works for the accomplishment of his purposes. The fallen angels who do his bidding appear as messengers from the spirit world. While professing to bring the living into communication with the dead, the prince of evil exercises his bewitching influence upon their minds.

    He has power to bring before men the appearance of their departed friends. The counterfeit is perfect; the familiar look, the words, the tone, are reproduced with marvelous distinctness. Many are comforted with the assurance that their loved ones are enjoying the bliss of heaven, and without suspicion of danger, they give ear "to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils."

    When they have been led to believe that the dead actually return to communicate with them, Satan causes those to appear who went into the grave unprepared. They claim to be happy in heaven and even to occupy exalted positions there, and thus the error is widely taught that no difference is made between the righteous and the wicked. The pretended visitants from the world of spirits sometimes utter cautions and warnings which prove to be correct. Then, as confidence is gained, they present doctrines that directly undermine faith in the Scriptures. With an appearance of deep interest in the well-being of their friends on earth, they insinuate the most dangerous errors. The fact that they state some truths, and are able at times to foretell future events, gives to their statements an appearance of reliability; and their false teachings are accepted by the multitudes as readily, and believed as implicitly, as if they were the most sacred truths of the Bible. The law of God is set aside, the Spirit of grace despised, the blood of the covenant counted an unholy thing. The spirits deny the deity of Christ and place even the Creator on a level with themselves. Thus under a new disguise the great rebel still carries on his warfare against God, begun in heaven and for nearly six thousand years continued upon the earth.

    Many endeavor to account for spiritual manifestations by attributing them wholly to fraud and sleight of hand on the part of the medium. But while it is true that the results of trickery have often been palmed off as genuine manifestations, there have been, also, marked exhibitions of supernatural power. The mysterious rapping with which modern spiritualism began was not the result of human trickery or cunning, but was the direct work of evil angels, who thus introduced one of the most successful of soul-destroying delusions. Many will be ensnared through the belief that spiritualism is a merely human imposture; when brought face to face with manifestations which they cannot but regard as supernatural, they will be deceived, and will be led to accept them as the great power of God.

    These persons overlook the testimony of the Scriptures concerning the wonders wrought by Satan and his agents. It was by satanic aid that Pharaoh's magicians were enabled to counterfeit the work of God. Paul testifies that before the second advent of Christ there will be similar manifestations of satanic power. The coming of the Lord is to be preceded by "the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness." 2 Thessalonians 2:9,10. And the apostle John, describing the miracle-working power that will be manifested in the last days, declares: "He doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do." Revelation 13:13, 14. No mere impostures are here foretold. Men are deceived by the miracles which Satan's agents have power to do, not which they pretend to do.

    The prince of darkness, who has so long bent the powers of his mastermind to the work of deception, skillfully adapts his temptations to men of all classes and conditions. To persons of culture and refinement he presents spiritualism in its more refined and intellectual aspects, and thus succeeds in drawing many into his snare. The wisdom which spiritualism imparts is that described by the apostle James, which "descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish." James 3:15. This, however, the great deceiver conceals when concealment will best suit his purpose. He who could appear clothed with the brightness of the heavenly seraphs before Christ in the wilderness of temptation, comes to men in the most attractive manner as an angel of light. He appeals to the reason by the presentation of elevating themes; he delights the fancy with enrapturing scenes; and he enlists the affections by his eloquent portrayals of love and charity. He excites the imagination to lofty flights, leading men to take so great pride in their own wisdom that in their hearts they despise the Eternal One. That mighty being who could take the world's Redeemer to an exceedingly high mountain and bring before Him all the kingdoms of the earth and the glory of them, will present his temptations to men in a manner to pervert the senses of all who are not shielded by divine power.

    Satan beguiles men now as he beguiled Eve in Eden by flattery, by kindling a desire to obtain forbidden knowledge, by exciting ambition for self-exaltation. It was cherishing these evils that caused his fall, and through them he aims to compass the ruin of men. "Ye shall be as gods," he declares, "knowing good and evil." Genesis 3:5. Spiritualism teaches "that man is the creature of progression; that it is his destiny from his birth to progress, even to eternity, toward the Godhead." And again: "Each mind will judge itself and not another." "The judgment will be right, because it is the judgment of self. . . . The throne is within you." Said a spiritualistic teacher, as the "spiritual consciousness" awoke within him: "My fellow men, all were unfallen demigods." And another declares: "Any just and perfect being is Christ."

    Thus, in place of the righteousness and perfection of the infinite God, the true object of adoration; in place of the perfect righteousness of His law, the true standard of human attainment, Satan has substituted the sinful, erring nature of man himself as the only object of adoration, the only rule of judgment, or standard of character. This is progress, not upward, but downward.

    It is a law both of the intellectual and the spiritual nature that by beholding we become changed. The mind gradually adapts itself to the subjects upon which it is allowed to dwell. It becomes assimilated to that which it is accustomed to love and reverence. Man will never rise higher than his standard of purity or goodness or truth. If self is his loftiest ideal, he will never attain to anything more exalted. Rather, he will constantly sink lower and lower. The grace of God alone has power to exalt man. Left to himself, his course must inevitably be downward.

    To the self-indulgent, the pleasure-loving, the sensual, spiritualism presents itself under a less subtle disguise than to the more refined and intellectual; in its grosser forms they find that which is in harmony with their inclinations. Satan studies every indication of the frailty of human nature, he marks the sins which each individual is inclined to commit, and then he takes care that opportunities shall not be wanting to gratify the tendency to evil. He tempts men to excess in that which is in itself lawful, causing them, through intemperance, to weaken physical, mental, and moral power. He has destroyed and is destroying thousands through the indulgence of the passions, thus brutalizing the entire nature of man. And to complete his work, he declares, through the spirits that "true knowledge places man above all law;" that "whatever is, is right;" that "God doth not condemn;" and that "all sins which are committed are innocent." When the people are thus led to believe that desire is the highest law, that liberty is license, and that man is accountable only to himself, who can wonder that corruption and depravity teem on every hand? Multitudes eagerly accept teachings that leave them at liberty to obey the promptings of the carnal heart. The reins of self-control are laid upon the neck of lust, the powers of mind and soul are made subject to the animal propensities, and Satan exultingly sweeps into his net thousands who profess to be followers of Christ.

    But none need be deceived by the lying claims of spiritualism. God has given the world sufficient light to enable them to discover the snare. As already shown, the theory which forms the very foundation of spiritualism is at war with the plainest statements of Scripture. The Bible declares that the dead know not anything, that their thoughts have perished; they have no part in anything that is done under the sun; they know nothing of the joys or sorrows of those who were dearest to them on earth.

    Furthermore, God has expressly forbidden all pretended communication with departed spirits. In the days of the Hebrews there was a class of people who claimed, as do the spiritualists of today, to hold communication with the dead. But the "familiar spirits," as these visitants from other worlds were called, are declared by the Bible to be "the spirits of devils." (Compare Numbers 25:1-3; Psalm 106:28; I Corinthians 10:20; Revelation 16:14.) The work of dealing with familiar spirits was pronounced an abomination to the Lord, and was solemnly forbidden under penalty of death. Leviticus 19:31; 20:27. The very name of witchcraft is now held in contempt. The claim that men can hold intercourse with evil spirits is regarded as a fable of the Dark Ages. But spiritualism, which numbers its converts by hundreds of thousands, yea, by millions, which has made its way into scientific circles, which has invaded churches, and has found favor in legislative bodies, and even in the courts of kings-- this mammoth deception is but a revival, in a new disguise, of the witchcraft condemned and prohibited of old.

    If there were no other evidence of the real character of spiritualism, it should be enough for the Christian that the spirits make no difference between righteousness and sin, between the noblest and purest of the apostles of Christ and the most corrupt of the servants of Satan. By representing the basest of men as in heaven, and highly exalted there, Satan says to the world: "No matter how wicked you are; no matter whether you believe or disbelieve God and the Bible. Live as you please; heaven is your home." The spiritualist teachers virtually declare: "Everyone that doeth evil is good in the sight of the Lord, and He delighteth in them; or, Where is the God of judgment?" Malachi 2:17. Saith the word of God: "Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness." Isaiah 5:20.

    The apostles, as personated by these lying spirits, are made to contradict what they wrote at the dictation of the Holy Spirit when on earth. They deny the divine origin of the Bible, and thus tear away the foundation of the Christian's hope and put out the light that reveals the way to heaven. Satan is making the world believe that the Bible is a mere fiction, or at least a book suited to the infancy of the race, but now to be lightly regarded, or cast aside as obsolete. And to take the place of the word of God he holds out spiritual manifestations. Here is a channel wholly under his control; by this means he can make the world believe what he will. The Book that is to judge him and his followers he puts in the shade, just where he wants it; the Saviour of the world he makes to be no more than a common man. And as the Roman guard that watched the tomb of Jesus spread the lying report which the priests and elders put into their mouths to disprove His resurrection, so do the believers in spiritual manifestations try to make it appear that there is nothing miraculous in the circumstances of our Saviour's life. After thus seeking to put Jesus in the background, they call attention to their own miracles, declaring that these far exceed the works of Christ.

    It is true that spiritualism is now changing its form and, veiling some of its more objectionable features, is assuming a Christian guise. But its utterances from the platform and the press have been before the public for many years, and in these its real character stands revealed. These teachings cannot be denied or hidden.

    Even in its present form, so far from being more worthy of toleration than formerly, it is really a more dangerous, because a more subtle, deception. While it formerly denounced Christ and the Bible, it now professes to accept both. But the Bible is interpreted in a manner that is pleasing to the unrenewed heart, while its solemn and vital truths are made of no effect. Love is dwelt upon as the chief attribute of God, but it is degraded to a weak sentimentalism, making little distinction between good and evil. God's justice, His denunciations of sin, the requirements of His holy law, are all kept out of sight. The people are taught to regard the Decalogue as a dead letter. Pleasing, bewitching fables captivate the senses and lead men to reject the Bible as the foundation of their faith. Christ is as verily denied as before; but Satan has so blinded the eyes of the people that the deception is not discerned.

    There are few who have any just conception of the deceptive power of spiritualism and the danger of coming under its influence. Many tamper with it merely to gratify their curiosity. They have no real faith in it and would be filled with horror at the thought of yielding themselves to the spirits' control. But they venture upon the forbidden ground, and the mighty destroyer exercises his power upon them against their will. Let them once be induced to submit their minds to his direction, and he holds them captive. It is impossible, in their own strength, to break away from the bewitching, alluring spell. Nothing but the power of God, granted in answer to the earnest prayer of faith, can deliver these ensnared souls.

    All who indulge sinful traits of character, or willfully cherish a known sin, are inviting the temptations of Satan. They separate themselves from God and from the watchcare of His angels; as the evil one presents his deceptions, they are without defense and fall an easy prey. Those who thus place themselves in his power little realize where their course will end. Having achieved their overthrow, the tempter will employ them as his agents to lure others to ruin.

    Says the prophet Isaiah: "When they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that mutter: should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." Isaiah 8:19, 20. If men had been willing to receive the truth so plainly stated in the Scriptures concerning the nature of man and the state of the dead, they would see in the claims and manifestations of spiritualism the working of Satan with power and signs and lying wonders. But rather than yield the liberty so agreeable to the carnal heart, and renounce the sins which they love, multitudes close their eyes to the light and walk straight on, regardless of warnings, while Satan weaves his snares about them, and they become his prey. "Because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved," therefore "God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie." 2 Thessalonians 2:10, 11.

    Those who oppose the teachings of spiritualism are assailing, not men alone, but Satan and his angels. They have entered upon a contest against principalities and powers and wicked spirits in high places. Satan will not yield one inch of ground except as he is driven back by the power of heavenly messengers. The people of God should be able to meet him, as did our Saviour, with the words: "It is written." Satan can quote Scripture now as in the days of Christ, and he will pervert its teachings to sustain his delusions. Those who would stand in this time of peril must understand for themselves the testimony of the Scriptures.

    Many will be confronted by the spirits of devils personating beloved relatives or friends and declaring the most dangerous heresies. These visitants will appeal to our tenderest sympathies and will work miracles to sustain their pretensions. We must be prepared to withstand them with the Bible truth that the dead know not anything and that they who thus appear are the spirits of devils.

    Just before us is "the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth." Revelation 3:10. All whose faith is not firmly established upon the word of God will be deceived and overcome. Satan "works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness" to gain control of the children of men, and his deceptions will continually increase. But he can gain his object only as men voluntarily yield to his temptations. Those who are earnestly seeking a knowledge of the truth and are striving to purify their souls through obedience, thus doing what they can to prepare for the conflict, will find, in the God of truth, a sure defense. "Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee" (verse 10), is the Saviour's promise. He would sooner send every angel out of heaven to protect His people than leave one soul that trusts in Him to be overcome by Satan.

    The prophet Isaiah brings to view the fearful deception which will come upon the wicked, causing them to count themselves secure from the judgments of God: "We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we at agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us: for we have made lies our refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves." Isaiah 28:15. In the class here described are included those who in their stubborn impenitence comfort themselves with the assurance that there is to be no punishment for the sinner; that all mankind, it matters not how corrupt, are to be exalted to heaven, to become as the angels of God. But still more emphatically are those making a covenant with death and an agreement with hell, who renounce the truths which Heaven has provided as a defense for the righteous in the day of trouble, and accept the refuge of lies offered by Satan in its stead--the delusive pretensions of spiritualism.

    Marvelous beyond expression is the blindness of the people of this generation. Thousands reject the word of God as unworthy of belief and with eager confidence receive the deceptions of Satan. Skeptics and scoffers denounce the bigotry of those who contend for the faith of prophets and apostles, and they divert themselves by holding up to ridicule the solemn declarations of the Scriptures concerning Christ and the plan of salvation, and the retribution to be visited upon the rejecters of the truth. They affect great pity for minds so narrow, weak, and superstitious as to acknowledge the claims of God and obey the requirements of His law. They manifest as much assurance as if, indeed, they had made a covenant with death and an agreement with hell-- as if they had erected an impassable, impenetrable barrier between themselves and the vengeance of God. Nothing can arouse their fears. So fully have they yielded to the tempter, so closely are they united with him, and so thoroughly imbued with his spirit, that they have no power and no inclination to break away from his snare.

    Satan has long been preparing for his final effort to deceive the world. The foundation of his work was laid by the assurance given to Eve in Eden: "Ye shall not surely die." "In the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil." Genesis 3:4, 5. Little by little he has prepared the way for his masterpiece of deception in the development of spiritualism. He has not yet reached the full accomplishment of his designs; but it will be reached in the last remnant of time. Says the prophet: "I saw three unclean spirits like frogs; . . . they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty." Revelation 16:13, 14. Except those who are kept by the power of God, through faith in His word, the whole world will be swept into the ranks of this delusion. The people are fast being lulled to a fatal security, to be awakened only by the outpouring of the wrath of God.

    Saith the Lord God: "Judgment also will I lay to the line, and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding place. And your covenant with death shall be disannulled, and your agreement with hell shall not stand; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, then ye shall be trodden down by it." Isaiah 28:17, 18.

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 509_4
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 919_9_screenshot
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13413
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (1)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Thu Jan 29, 2015 10:59 pm

    I'm including the following, because it fits the general theme of this thread. I know very little about this sort of thing -- and I'm not pushing it. I include a lot of things which might contain an essential 5% of truth (which someone might notice). This goes for the E.G. White stuff, as well. Her work is unbelievably queen-like and attorney-like. It is incredibly complex -- and often quite profound -- but I think it's ruined a lot of sincere people, who couldn't jump through all of the hoops contained in "her" writings. And mind-you, these writings were supposedly written by someone who got hit in the head with a rock at the age of nine -- and as a consequence, had a third-grade education. Once again, I look most closely at the EGW books written after 1888. The definitive EGW book might very-well be Prophets and Kings (published in 1917 -- two years after EGW's death). I say this because of the territory covered therein -- and because it should be the second Conflict of the Ages book -- not the last. Why was this volume published posthumously??  I honestly think this was by design, rather than accident. And why was M.L. Andreasen's first book Isaiah: The Gospel Prophet?? Anyway, you might wish to combine the following with Robert Morningsky's work. This is not my area of expertise -- so I don't have a clue about any of this. I'm simply attempting to construct a conceptual-laboratory for all of YOU. I was told that I should "Write My Memoirs" -- and that after this life I would "Have No Pain or Problems" (or something to that effect) -- and that certain souls would have their "Memories Swept Clean of Friends and Loved-Ones" (or something to that effect) who presumably didn't make-it to Heaven (or who knows where?). I really have no 'memoirs' to write -- so perhaps this thread will have to do -- along with those 37 books I supposedly wrote in antiquity. Perhaps key individuals of interest could answer all of my questions -- and supplementary-material could be included -- in some sort of a multi-volume work (with most of the profits going to worthy charities). Sci-Fi might be cool too. I doubt that any of this is reality -- but just in case it is, I thought I should give some sort of direction. I honestly don't think I have a future (of any kind) in this solar system -- so perhaps it is time for me to imitate David Mann (in Duel) -- and "Get Out of Dodge". Were "Dumuzi and Inanna" really "Adam and Eve"?? What Would Lilith Say?? "Hell Hath No Fury"?? I think TREEE -- Dana Horochowski -- and Sherry Shriner -- know a HUGE amount about the subject of this particular post. Think About It. One more thing. Please read The Invisible War by Donald Grey Barnhouse. An exploration of the great conflict going on between good and evil within the spiritual realm, Dr. Barnhouse carefully traces this vast spiritual conflict back to the period before the beginning of recorded time. Step by step, he then follows its unfolding to the final battle at the end of time. Here are answers to questions that have long troubled thinking people--concerning the trials, sufferings, and difficulties of life--with added helpful suggestions for facing life's obstacles. Dr. Herbert Henry Ehrenstein says, "I am certain that this book will take its place as one of the greatest Dr. Barnhouse wrote during his lifetime, unfolding as it does an entirely new area of biblical truth for many readers who have never before contemplated this invisible battle involving God, Satan, angels, demons, and mankind. Indeed, I know of no other available book of so complex a subject." http://www.amazon.com/Invisible-War-Donald-Grey-Barnhouse/dp/031020481X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1422600965&sr=8-1&keywords=donald+grey+barnhouse Also -- please read The Word by Irving Wallace. The television adaptation was very cool -- but I can't find it. Watch it -- if you can. http://www.amazon.com/Word-Novel-Irving-Wallace/dp/0671211536/ref=sr_1_2?ie=UTF8&qid=1422601950&sr=8-2&keywords=the+word+irving+wallace&pebp=1422602035419&peasin=671211536&pebp=1422602035647&peasin=671211536 I'm honestly not attempting to destroy "the way things are". I am honestly attempting to positively-reinforce "the way things are" -- which includes a lot of obscure and overlooked stuff. I'm NOT on a witch-hunt -- an inquisition -- or a crusade. I'm honestly just trying to keep-up....

    The Original Dr. Who??
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Ishtar_goddess
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Priest-king_feeding_sacred_sheep1318963455981
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 08020905
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Sumer-er
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Inanna___Goddess_of_Goddesses_by_book_of_light%5B1%5D
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 5-Inanna-spouse-Dumuzi-the-Underworld1
    United States AI Solar System (1) - Page 27 Dumuzi-sheep-lg


    Aquaries1111 wrote:INANNA IN PICTURES, MUSIC AND DRAMA

    BASED ON WOLKENSTEIN AND KRAMER

    Welcome everybody to tonight´s presentation dedicated to Inanna, the Great Sumerian Goddess of Love and War. Before we start enacting this powerful myth, I will give a brief introduction on the Sumerians and their importance for us today. Slide 3 showing the map of Ancient Mesopotamia

    Lilith

    Introduction 1: The Sumerians
    Introduction 2: Chronology

    Part1 : The Huluppu Tree
    Part 2: The Giving of the sacred measures
    Part 3: The Courtship of Inanna and Dumuzi
    Part 4: The Descent of Inanna
    Part 5: The Return

    1.- THE SUMERIANS

    SUMER is located in the Southern half of modern Irak. Its climate is hot and dry, its soil is windswept, it has no minerals and very little stone and timber - indeed, a land doomed to poverty. The Sumerians, nevertheless, were a gifted, energetic people, inventive and resourceful, who with the help of irrigation and a pragmatic way of life turned this deprived land in a Garden of Eden. It was in Sumer that the first great urban centres came into being, as well as the cuneiform system of writing, which was soon used all over ancient Near East. These great urban centres or temple estates were known as Eridu, Uruk, Larsa, Lagash, Nippur and Kish. Power alternated between them and community life was organised around the temple. Recorded evidence shows that by 5,000 BCE Eridu, city of Enki, the God of Wisdom, held the power, which by 4,000 BCE shifted to Uruk, Inanna's city. Slide 4, showing Temple with zigurat in the middle Slide 5, showing the Gate of Ishtar Slide 6, Gate of Ishtar and Procession - a reconstruction Slide 7, Reconstruction of a Temple Complex There were close contacts among the temple estates, and a coherent culture. Sumerian civilisation deeply influenced the peoples of the Euphrates region, North Mesopotamia and parts of Iran. Slide 8 - Ivory plaque of a woman at the window, a votaress in the character of a sacred servant of the temple, a hierodule, 900-800 BCE, Nimrud Slide 9 - Ivory figure of a woman holding her breasts in offering. Pay attention to the elaborate crown and necklace. Slide 10 - Fuzzy slide of Astarte, gold pendant Slide 11 (29) - Statue in stone from the temple of Ishtar at Nineveh. Attendant of the goddess in her role as Goddess of Love Sadly, centuries of competition resulted in bitter warfare and attempts of one city to impose hegemony over another or the even the whole region Sumerian language may have been long established in the region, but has no known relatives. Written documents gradually became more easily understood and informative throughout this period. Sumerian tales, legends and songs are part of a vast literature. Evidence shows that indeed recorded history began at Sumer. Slide 12 (59) - Original cuneiform tablet of the Descent of Ishtar, later version of the Sumerian myth of Inanna Slide 13 - Reconstruction of a Temple Slide 14 - The Bull of Heaven (BM) Slide 15 - showing Chronology

    2.- CHRONOLOGY

    8,000- 6,000 BCE - Early village settlements 4,000- 3,000 BCE - Uruk culture in South Mesopotamia, with expansion to North and West 2,750-2,334 BCE - Dynastic Period II and III 2,000 BCE onwards - Disappearance of the 3rd Dynasty of Ur. Sumer split into several estates due to security problems, i.e. infiltration of pastoralist Amorite tribes from the West. Subsequent rulers came from Amorite tribal background. Among them were the rulers of Babylon, now for the first time becoming representative in Mesopotamia. Slide 16 (27) Mould made votive palque of goddess Astarte or her votaress 1550-1300 BCE Slide 17 - Inanna, Ishtar or Astarte 2400 BCE This evening is dedicated to the Sumerian Great Goddess of Love and War, Inanna, the Morning and Evening Star and First Daughter of the the Moon, later known as Ishtar/Astarte. Most words you will hear tonight were written around 3,000 BCE. The myth will be told in five parts: 1. The Huluppu Tree 2. The Giving of the Sacred Measures 3. The Courtship of Inanna and Dumuzi 4. The Descent of Inanna 5. The Return Special thanks to my fellow performers and to Rick Gibson, for the FX. May Inanna lend us graces, as we sing to Her tonight May the hymns come to life to ensoul our hearts And may they again become a living force to grow and transform. (Music)

    1. THE HULUPPU TREE

    Narrator: In the first days, in the very first days / In the first nights, in the very first nights In the first years, in the very first years / In the first days when everything needed was brought into being / In the first days when everything needed was properly nourished When bread was baked in the shrines of the land And bread was tasted in the homes of the land When heaven had moved away from earth And earth had separated from heaven And the name of man was fixed / When the Sky God, An, had carried off the heavens, And the Air God, Enlil had carried off the earth, When the Queen of the Great Below, Ereshkigal, was given the Underworld for Her domain At that time, a tree, a single tree, a huluppu tree Was planted by the banks of the Euphrates The whirling South Wind aInanna, pulling at its roots And ripping at its branches Until the waters of the Euphrates carried it away A woman who walked in the fear of the word of the Sky God, An, Who walked in the fear of the Air God, Enlil, Plucked the Tree from the river and spoke: (Lights focusing on Inanna, who will be 'planting and taking care of' a tree)
    Inanna: ' I shall bring this tree to Uruk I shall plant this tree in my holy garden".
    Narrator: INANNA cared for the tree with her hand She settled the earth around the tree with her foot She wondered:
    Inanna: "How long will it be until I have a shining throne to sit upon? How long will it be until I have a shining bed to lie upon?"
    Narrator: As the years passed by, five years, then ten years, Inanna kept wondering about her throne and bed. Who could help Inanna in her quest for Sovereignty to share? Only a hero on the make could he be A hero seeking for the Goddess without and within. Finally he came, at the coming of the dawn, the hero came Gilgamesh, hero of Uruk, Strength untamed Slide 19 - Display Inanna and Gilgamesh sitting under the Tree From the trunk of the tree Gilgamesh carved a throne for his holy sister From the trunk of the tree Gilgamesh carved a bed for Inanna From the roots of the tree she fashioned a ring for ther brother From the crown of the tree Inanna fashioned a rod for Gilgamesh Thus Goddess and Hero sit together as Friends And so this Great Myth begins. Slide 20 - The Sacred Measures and music

    2. THE GIVING OF THE SACRED MEASURES

    Narrator: Inanna placed the crown on her head She went to the sheepfold, to the shepherd She leaned back against the apple tree When she leaned against the apple tree, her vulva was wondrous to behold Rejoicing at her wondrous vulva, Inanna applauded herself
    Inanna: 'I, the Queen of Heaven, shall visit the God of Wisdom I shall honor Enki, the God of Wisdom, in Eridu I shall utter a prayer to Enki at the deep sweet waters.'
    Narrator: Inanna set out by herself. When she was within a short distance of the Sacred Place in Eridu He, who knows the Sacred Measures, the holy laws of heaven and earth He, who knows the heart of the gods, Enki, the God of Wisdom, saw her coming and ordered:
    Enki: 'When Inanna enters the holy shrine, She must be given butter cake to eat. And cold water to refresh her heart I'll offer her beer before the statue of the lion I'll treat her like an equal. Only then we will drink and toast together.'
    Narrator: Enki and Inanna drank beer together They drank more beer together They drank more and more beer together With their bronze vessels filled to the overflowing They toasted each other, they challenged each other. Enki, swaying with drink, toasted Inanna:
    Enki: 'In the name of my power! In the name of my holy shrine! To my daughter Inanna I shall give The high priesthood! Godship! The noble, enduring crown! The throne of kingship!'
    Inanna: 'I take them!'
    Enki (raises his cup and toasts Inanna a second time): 'In the name of my power! In the name of my holy shrine! To my daughter Inanna I shall give Truth! Descent into the Underworld! Ascent from the Underworld! The art of lovemaking! The kissing of the phallus!'
    Inanna: 'I take them!'
    Enki (raising his cup and toasting Inanna a third time): 'In the name of my power! In the name of my holy shrine! To my daughter Inanna I shall give The holy priestess of heaven! The setting up of lamentations! The rejoicing of the heart! The giving of judgements! The making of decisions!'
    Inanna: 'I take them!'
    Narrator: Fourteen times Enki raised his cup to Inanna Fourteen times he offered his daughter the Holy Measures Fourteen times Inanna accepted the Sacred Measures. Then Inanna standing before her father Acknowledged the Measures Enki had given to her.
    Inanna: 'My father has given me the Heavenly and Earthly Powers Now it is time for me to go back I'll go back to my Holy Shrine I'll go back to Uruk.'
    Narrator: Inanna gathered then all the Holy Measures The Sacred Measures were placed on the Boat of Heaven The Boat of Heaven set off to Uruk. When the beer had gone out from the one who had drunk beer When the beer had gone out from Father Enki When the beer had gone out from the great God of Wisdom Enki looked about his Temple and, not finding the Sacred Measures, called out loud:
    Enki: 'The high priesthood? Godship? The noble enduring crown? Where are they?' 'The art of the hero? The art of power? The making of decisions? Where are they? I can't find them! Oh... I remember! I ... I gave the Sacred Measures to my daughter! I gave them all to Inanna!'
    Enki(Enki then speaks to Inanna, saying) : 'Inanna, you can proceed to Uruk But the Sacred Measures should be returned to Eridu Otherwise you will be challenged by my powers!'
    Inanna: 'My father has changed his word to me! He has violated his pledge - broken his promise! Deceitfully my father spoke to me!
    Narrator: Scarcely had Inanna uttered these words Wild haired monsters sent by Enki seized the Boat of Heaven Inanna called to her servant Ninshubur, saying:
    Inanna: 'Come, Ninshubur, once you were Queen of the East, Now you are the faithful servant of the holy shrine of Uruk My counsellor, who gives me sound advice, My warrior who fights by my side, Save the Boat of Heaven with the sacred measures!'
    Ninshubur:My Lady, I stand here to serve you! Together we will protect the Measures Together we will take them to Uruk (She traces a sigil in the air and utters an earth-shattering cry) Look, my Lady! The wild haired monsters are sent hurling back to Eridu!
    Narrator: One, two, three, four, five, six times Enki sent demons to retrieve the Holy Measures Each time more powerful, each time more treacherous But each time Ninshubur rescued the Boat for Inanna
    Ninshubur:'My queen, when the Boat of Heaven enters the Nigulla Gate of Uruk Let high water flow in our city; Let the people rejoice!'
    Inanna: 'On the day the Boat of Heaven enters the Nigulla Gate of Uruk Let high water sweep over the streets Let all my people rejoice! Let the drums and tambourines resound Let sweet music be played Let all the lands proclaim my noble name Let my people sing my praises!'
    Narrator: And so it was. In Eridu, Father Enki, who knows the hearts of all gods, spoke:
    Enki: 'The Boat of Heaven has docked at the White Quay in Uruk The queen has aroused wonder at the White Quay Inanna has aroused wonder at the White Quay For the Boat of Heaven has arrived at Uruk.' Narrator: The Sacred Measures were being unloaded As the Holy Measures were unloaded They were announced and presented to the people of Sumer Then more Sacred Measures appeared - more me then Enki had given Inanna And these, too, were announced, And these, too, were presented to the people of Uruk 'Inanna brought the Sacred Measures She brought the placing of the garment on the ground She brought allure She brought the art of women She brought the perfect execution of the Measures She brought drums and tambourines.'
    Inanna: 'Where the Boat of Heaven has docked That place shall be called the White Quay Where the holy measures have been presented That place I shall name the Lapis Lazuli Quay.'
    Narrator: Then Enki spoke to Inanna, saying:
    Enki: 'In the name of my power! In the name of my holy shrine! Let the measures that you have taken with you remain in the holy shrine of your city! Let the high priest spend his days at the holy shrine in song. Let the citizens of your city prosper, Let the children of Uruk rejoice. The people of Uruk are allies of the people of Eridu Let the city of Uruk be restored to its great place!'
    Inanna: Tonight the Sacred Measures are also given to the People of Talking Stick. Please take one of the Sacred Measures contained in this silk pouch! May the blessings of Inanna and Enki descend upon us all!
    Slide 20 showing the 'Courtship of Inanna and Dumuzi  

    3. THE COURTSHIP OF INANNA AND DUMUZI

    Utu, the Son God: The brother spoke to this younger sister The Sun God, Utu, spoke to Inanna, saying: 'Young Lady, the flax in its fullness is lovely, Inanna, the grain is glistening in the furrow. I will hoe it for you, I will bring it to you A piece of linen, big or small, is always needed. Inanna, I will bring it to you.'
    Inanna: 'Brother, after you've brought me the flax, who will comb it for me?
    Utu: Sister, I will bring it to you combed.'
    Inanna: 'Utu, after you've brought it to me combed, who will spin it for me?
    Utu: 'Sister, I will bring it to you spun.'
    Inanna: 'Brother, after you've brought the flax to me spun, who will braid it for me?
    Utu: 'Sister, I will bring it to you braided.'
    Inanna: 'Utu, after you've brought it to me braided, who will warp it for me?'
    Utu: 'Inanna, I will bring it to you warped.'
    Inanna:'Brother, after you've brought the flax to me warped, who will weave it for me?'
    Utu: 'Sister, I will bring it to you woven.'
    Inanna: 'Utu, after you've brought it to me woven, who will bleach it for me?'
    Utu: 'Inanna, I will bring it to you bleached.'
    Inanna: 'Brother, after you've brought my bridal sheet to me, Who will go to bed with me? Utu, who will go to bed with me?'
    Utu: 'Sister, your bridegroom will go to be with you He who was born from a fertile womb, He who was conceived on the sacred marriage throne Dumuzi, the shepherd! He will go to bed with you.'
    (The couple acts out the words told by the Narrator)

    Narrator: Inanna bathed and annointed herself with scented oil. She covered her body with the royal robe She arranged her precious lapis beads around her neck She took the royal seal in her hand Dumuzi waited expectantly Inanna opened the door for him Inside the house she shone before him Like the light of the moon Dumuzi looked at her joyously, he pressed his neck close against hers, he kissed her
    Inanna: 'Let the bed that rejoices the heart be prepared! Let the bed that sweetens the loins be prepared! Let the bed of kingship be prepared! Let the bed of queenship be prepared! Let the royal bed be prepared!' Inanna spreads the bridal sheet across the bed: 'The bed is ready! 'The bed is waiting!'
    Inanna (Dance: lines read out) 'What I tell you, let the singer weave into song What I tell you, let it flow from ear to mouth Let it pass from old to young. 'My vulva, the horn, the Boat of Heaven, Is full of eagerness like the young moon As for me, Inanna, who will plow my vulva? Who will plow my high field? Who will plow my wet ground? As for me, the young woman, who will plow my vulva?
    Dumuzi: 'Great Lady, the king will plow your vulva. I, Dumuzi, the King, will plow your vulva!'
    Inanna: 'Then plow my vulva, man of my heart! Plow my vulva!'
    Dumuzi: 'O Lady, your breast is your field Inanna, your breast is your field. Your broad field pours out plants Your broad field pours out grain. Water flows from on high for your servant Bread flows from on high for your servant Pour it out for me, Inanna, I will drink all you offer!
    Inanna: 'I bathed for the wild bull I bathed for the shepherd Dumuzi Now I will caress my high priest on the bed I will caress the faithful shepherd Dumuzi I will decree a sweet fate for him!'
    Narrator: The Queen of Heaven who was presented the Sacred Measures by Enki Inanna, the first daughter of the moon, decreed the fate of Dumuzi.
    Inanna: 'In battle, I am your leader In combat, I am your armour-bearer In the assembly, I am your advocate On the campaign, I am your inspiration You, the chosen shepherd of the holy shrine You, the king, the faithful provider of Uruk, You, the light of An's great shrine In all ways you are fit To hold your head high on the lofty dais To sit on the lapis lazuli throne To cover your head with the holy crown To wear long clothes on your body To bind yourself with the garment of kingship To race on the road with the holy sceptre in your hand And the holy sandals on you feet You, the sprinter, the chosen shepherd In all ways I find you fit May your heart enjoy long days. That which An determined for you - may it not be altered That which Enlil has granted - may it not be altered You are the favourite of Ningal Inanna holds you dear.'
    Narrator: Ninshubur, the faithful servant of the holy shrine of Uruk Led Dumuzi to the sweet thighs of Inanna and spoke: Slide 21 - The couple embraced in bed
    Ninshubur (taking Dumuzi's hand and placing it in Inanna's) 'My queen, here is the choice of your heart The king, your beloved bridegroom May he spend long days in the sweetness of your holy loins Give him a favourable and glorious reign! O my Queen of Heaven and Earth Queen of all the Universe May he enjoy long days in the sweetness of your holy loins!'
    Narrator: The king went with lifted head on the holy loins Dumuzi went with lifted head to the loins of Inanna He went to the Queen with lifted head He opened his arms to the holy Priestess of Heaven Slide 22 - The Descent of Inanna

    4. THE DESCENT OF INANNA

    Narrator: From the Great Above she opened her ear to the Great Below From the Great Above the Goddess opened her ear to the Great Below From the Great Above Inanna opened her ear to the Great Below She abandoned her seven holy temples to descend to the underworld She gathered together the seven Holy Measures She took them into her hands With the Holy Measures in her possession She prepared herself She placed the crown on her head She arranged the dark locks of hair across her forehead She tied beads around her neck Let the double strand of beads fall to her breast And wrapped the royal robe round her body She daubed her eyes with ointment called 'let him come, let him come!' Bound the breastplate called 'come, man,come!' around her chest Slipped the gold ring over her wrist And took the lapis measuring rod and line in her hand. Inanna spoke to her faithful servant Ninshubur:
    Inanna: 'Ninshubur, my support and counsellor, My warrior who fights by my side. I am descending to the underworld If I do not return, set up a lament for me Go to see the Great Ones, Enlil, Nanna and Enki Do not let this holy priestess of heaven Be put to death in the underworld Go to see the Great Gods For surely they will not let me die Go now, Ninshubur. Do not forget the words I have commanded you.' Ninshubur:'Your wish is my command, my lady, I'll do as I am told'.
    Narrator:When Inanna arrived at the outer gates of the underworld She knocked loudly.
    Inanna: 'Open the door! I alone would enter!'
    Narrator:Neti, the chief gatekeeper of the kur, asked: 'Who are you? Why has your heart led you on the road of no return?'
    Inanna:'I am Inanna, Queen of Heaven, on my way to the East'. I came ... because of my older sister Ereshkigal, Her husband, Gugalanna, the Bull of Heaven has died. I have come to witness the funeral rites. Let it be done'.
    Narrator :The chief gatekeeper of the underworld, entered the palace of Ereshkigal, the Queen of the Underworld, and said:'My queen, your sister, Inanna, Queen of Heaven, waits outside the palace gates.She has gathered together the Seven Sacred Measures; She waits out there.'
    Ereshkigal: (She hears the message, makes a sign of annoyance, takes the matter into her heart and finally speaks): 'So my sister is here! Come, my chief gatekeeper, heed my words: Bolt the seven gates of the underworld Then, one by one, open each gate a crack Let Inanna enter, let my sister in But as she enters, remove her royal garments Let the holy priestess of heaven enter bowed low.'
    Narrator: At each gate Inanna had to leave a garment At each of the seven gates Inanna had to surrender a Sacred Measure Only then, naked and bowed low She could enter Eternity She could face the Holy, Dark and Eternal Ereshkigal Inanna (kneels in front of Ereshkigal):
    Ereshkigal strikes Inanna dead: 'I'll turn you into a corpse, a piece of rotting meat, stay there, hanging on a hook on the wall'.
    Narrator:After three days and three nights, Inanna had not returned Ninshubur set up a lament for her everywhere Ninshubur, the faithful servant, dressed as a beggar in mourning Set out for the temple of the Great Gods To seek out help for Inanna.
    Ninshubur (talking to Enki/Enki):'Father Enki, God of Wisdom, help our Morning and Evening Star Or the world will never be the same as it was'.
    Enki:'I'll fashion a kurgarra and a galatur,Creatures neither male nor female, saying to them: 'Go to the Underworld, where Ereshkigal, the Queen, is moaning as a woman about to give birth Show her compassion, she will be pleased. She will offer you a gift Ask her only for the corpse that hangs from the hook on the wall. Sprinkle food of life on it, sprinkle water of life on it. Inanna will then arise.'
    Narrator:The kurgarra and the galatur did as they were told. They found Ereshkigal moaning as in labour, and gave compassion to the Queen of the Underworld.
    Ereshkigal: No one has ever shown compassion to me Alone I live in the depths of the Earth As you cared about my pain I grant your wish Take Inanna's body! It is yours: take it!'
    Narrator: Inanna's body was given to the kurgarra and the galatur, Who sprinkled it with food and water of life Inanna came back to life... But she had been to the Underworld She was transformed, she was reborn So changed, Inanna could not ascend
    Ereshkigal:Inanna, no one ascends from the underworld unmarked If you wish to return from the Underworld You must provide someone in your place.
    Narrator: As Inanna ascended from the underworld The galla, demons clung to her One walking in front, the other walking behind Ever watchful for a replacement for the Goddess in sight. Many were those who mourned for the Goddess, Many were those who grieved for Inanna. Many rejoiced as they saw her back. Only in Uruk nothing seemed to have changed Only in Uruk someone didn't seem to notice or care About Inanna's absence and strange come back. Only Dumuzi, who shared with her the Sacred Marriage bed, Didn't grieve, didn't mourn or for the Goddess showed despair. In shining garments, on the throne of sovereignty he sat Dumuzi the Shepherd and King. Bright as the sun, showing no signs of grief or concern. Inanna fastened on him the eye of death And spoke the word of wrath and pain:
    Inanna: 'Take the one who didn't grieve for me, take him, take Dumuzi away!' Narrator: The galla didn't wait or hesitate, and took Dumuzi from the Goddess' sight away.
    Slide 23 - showing The Return and Music  

    5. THE RETURN

    Narrator: A lament was raised in the city: 'My lady weeps bitterly for her young husband Inanna weepes bitterly for her young husband Woe for her husband! Woe for her young love! Dumuzi was taken captive in Uruk He will no longer bathe in Eridu He will no longer soap himself at the holy shrine He will no longer treat the mother of Inanna as his mother He will no longer compete with the young men of the city He will no longer raise his sword higher than the high priests Great is the grief of those who mourn for Dumuzi'
    Inanna: 'Gone is my husband, my sweet husband! Gone is my love, my sweet love. My beloved has been taken from the city. My beloved bridegroom has been taken from me Before I could wrap whim with a proper shroud. '
    Narrator: But Inanna does not grieve alone. Geshtinanna, Dumuzi's sister, Wandered about the city, weeping for Dumuzi.
    Geshtinanna: I grieve for my brother, lady, I grieve for the king Where is the Shepherd Dumuzi, my favourite kin?
    Narrator: When she saw the sister's grief, When Inanna saw the grief of Geshtinanna She spoke to her gently:
    Inanna: 'Your brother's house is no more Dumuzi has been carried away by the galla I would take you to him But I do not know the place.'
    Narrator: Then a fly appeared, the holy fly circled the air above Inanna's head It told the goddess where Dumuzi had been taken, where Dumuzi was Inanna and Geshtinanna went to the edges of the steppe They found Dumuzi weeping Inanna then took Dumuzi by the hand and said:
    Inanna: 'You will go to the Underworld half the year Your sister, since she has asked, will go the other half On the day you are called, that day you'll be taken. On the day Geshtinanna is called, that day you'll be set free.' (Inanna places Dumuzi and Geshtinanna the hands of Ereshkigal, bows and lends graces to her Holy Sister):
    Inanna: Holy Ereshkigal! Great is your renown!Holy Ereshkigal! I sing you praises!
    Ereshkigal: I accept this Mortal man and woman as Initiates of Inanna and Ereshkigal (Ereshkigal and Inanna hug each other)
    (Music and Drums)

    http://www.gatewaystobabylon.com/myths/texts/inanna/ts94.htm

      Current date/time is Sun May 12, 2024 1:44 pm